Material: 6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Material: 6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 60,059
- Pages: 175
Loading documents preview...
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 1
6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality
MATERIAL SCIENCE 5OO +OBJECTIVE
ESEPrelims MCQ Part 3
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
a made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 All Page 2
QUASrroXs' 1. .
Which one
(a)
(a) (b)
Van der.Waals bond
(c) (d)
Metallic bond
bond?
-
A nucleus of regative ctrarge with protons
around
(b) A spl'rere bf negative cfrarge g:asorpd with enoirgh number of proton plums.
'
(c) A
of
positive charge seasoned wi{h enough number of electron $ums to make it electrically heav'y sphep
(d)
{a) (c)
None of these
6xperiment of Bombardent of cr pa(icles bystrirking on a:thin gold foil showed that
th,e .a-particles passed straight through the foil
'
bond (d) ledth bbnd
(b)
The amount of a substance wtpse mass
deflected by various angles
is numerically equal to its
molecular
(c)
The amount of a substande,whose volume is equal to that'd 1 gram of hydrogen gas at standard temperarture and pressure
o-par{icles went straight
(d)
through the foil while very few were 10.
None of the.above
Avogadro's number is
HyCrogen bonds are Stronger than
(a)
The number of atoms in a gram-atoni
(a) Van der Waals bonds (b) Metallic bonds
{b)
The nujnber of molecules in a gram.
lonic bonds
(c)
Bolh (a) and'(b)
Covalent
(d)
None of the above
-lef (d)
,: rnolecule '.-
JF6atomic number of a certain element is 83. An atom of this etement must conlain
(a) (b)
83 neutrons
(cI
1 neutron, 41 electrons and 4'l protons
Avogadro nunrber,
(a) (c)
atOlrll|-; llulllugr'
.
Electrom
{b)
electrons are Emalt amparbd'with.he
{c)
{he nucleus
N
19ar 0) 6.02 x 1021 6.023 x 10+o (d) 6.023 r 10-zs
"
' .:.-
atorn
,r- .
is. small
:.. .'-t,
cunpred with tre
atom
6.023 x
Nuetrons
Rutherford's o -particle scattaing experinur[. showed that
(a) the riubear chargL is proproitiorrat.-tO'.-,
'
Particles that most effects matedal propertis
(a) (c)
11.
42 protons and 41 electrons
(d) 83 ebctrons
il.
Covalent
hec bond
The moleantar weight of a-substance !n
and sorne were deflected back.
5.
bords (bl
weight
(b) All the o-particles were defledecfb-ack (c) Some partkJes passed through the foil
a!.
Polar
(a)
'
(a) All
3,
lonic bond
The moler:is
,---1R{{hedord's
(d) Most of the
Covatent bond
Eiectron sea exists in
neutral
ri
of ttre following b rrct a #omg
According to Thomson's plum pudding mo&l, an atom corrsists of
(d)
12.
of the above The total .e4e1,gy qf the elechon None
(a)
(b) Protons (d) \blence elecbons
www.dream2gate.co.in
is
its kinctic and
'i;netic
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
anci potential
.
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 3
\, Atomic Structure and lnteratomic Bonding
13..
14.
(g) -
the Product of ib kinetic and pofential
(d)
None of the above
"
energies
(a) qn electron is spiralling towards
an electron jumps between two enagy levds
(a) one (c) three
(c)
the waveleng*h
I
(b) (d)
four
n
may
tnve
'(t) 21.
lf
of
(b) 0,+1rer3,... (d) None of ttie
The angular rnomentum quantum nurr$er I
an electron changes
Nsre of the above
the atonric number
of
its domic ueight is A,
an ehment
tt€
in the ntrcleus is
22.
(a) z (c) A
.A-z (d) z-A
The difference between
A and Z is a result of
lbl
the presence in the nucleus of
(a) 0, 1, 2,...(n - 1) (b) 0, 1, 2, 3,...n (c) =1,2, g,...n (d) 1, 2, 3,...(n -
(a) (c)
1)
The magnetic quantum number m may have, only the values
{a)
0,
(b)
0,r1J2,...rn
(c)
0,
(d)
0, r1,
is Z ard
rrumber of prc*ons
may take only the values
23.
photons
protons neutrons
no more than ivro ehctrons may have the same energy
(b)
the spins
{c)
noh,to electronsrnay have the same four
t1, r2,...t(,-1)
rz...t{n-1)
(b) (d)
electrons
Pzuli's exclusion princ[ple states that, within one atom
': {a)
tX ra...tI
of the electrcns interact so to become parallel if possible
as
quantum numbers
When in electron'jumps'from an energy level to a lower one, the energy released is usually
(d)
(a) {b)
emitted as a photon
The maximum number of electrons in the shell (n 2) is
(c)
emitted as l(;ht
,(a) 4
(bF 6
(d)
emitted as a conlinuous electperlsgnetic
(c)
(d)
(c)
l.
=h/p
1.
E = -mc'
!
25..
(b) g = nl, (d)
The radiation emitted by
L
;
B
14
The maximum numberof electronsallowed in
the 4d subslrcll is
The frequency (v ) and wavelength {I) of the emitted radiation can be found from wtrich tuo equations?
(a)
there are only two values for the quantum
number m"
absorbed by the nucleus
wave
19.
nucleus
two
The fincip4'quantum rurmber
1, 2,3,... above
18.
the
(b)
(c)
17.
ol etcmi
How many. quantum numbers are needed to define the wave function of an electron mwing in two dimensions {excluding spin)?
(a) o, 1,2,...
16.
The emission of i'adiation ficm'a gas
occus wtpn
only lhe vallm
15.
20.
26.
'(a)
14
{c)
B
(b) 10 {d) 4
The lithium atom, which contains three electrons, has the strcuture
c = vl.
a heated
(a)
{c)
.gas of
hydrogen atoms contains
27.
.1s22s1
1s12p2
{b)
1s22p1
(d)
2*2p1
Tfie atomic number of the element whose outennost electron fills the 3s subshell exactly
(a) (b)
all wavelengths
ic)
a set of discrete values of'wavelength
(a)
13
(d)
None of tlre above
(c).
10
.is
one specific wavelength
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(b) B (d) 12
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 4
'"d.di:,
" :il
feature of the transition
35.
The figure illustrates which, of the followirg bonding mechanisms?
i* (i:
,:: ;.,r.:i"tl!
o
filled valenee subshell
empty inner subshell
@@
(ct :zn unfilled outer subshell
iUt
partly filled inner subshell
The i;r:t series oi transition elements, in ufricfr
29.
th, 3d :"hsheli is gradualty filled,
;
\r 1*) 30
ir ;
begins at
'ic t;' ,,ibei
{b)
:r'',
iri.:,,,-!r.lfn
aBi:1;ged
(a)
ii)
21
{d) 13
j1
ir
{a) convalent (c) metallic
periodic table, the elements ae
order of increasing 36.
atomic,a,reight
31.
32.
(b) (c)
Jhs {.,,i;t' ,-,iectron configuration that gives the noble ,::.lses their extreme inertness is
(c,
37.
a completed octet of eleckons from two atoms
thepotential energy of the solid is
Metallic solids are held together
electrons
lo.lrrest
(c)
the force of attraction between the atoms'
the force oT repulsion is
(d) Nonestthe 33.
zere.
ellectrons shared between adjacent pairs of atoms
(d) 38.
abo-vS ,
.
van der Waals bonding is prominent
The iepulslue component in the iorce between tvro atoms.that bond together is.due primarily
(a) between molecular ions (b) between ionic molecules
t9
(c). .when .ih'ere are no valence eleclrons ' a.vaifable to form primary bonds
(gi
'
electrostatic repulsion between.their:' nuclei
(b)
eleckostatic repulsicn .betrirreen the ion'-
(c)
repulsion between the ove.rjgpping. electron clouds of inner filled:sfielts'.'- ' repulsion between the overlipping'
{d)
:(+)' .NTre of the above Van der Wdals bonding is a
result of
(a) '. attraction between magnetic dipoles (b)' .attiacfion between saturated covalenl
' '-bonds (c) attraclicn between electrostatic dipoles (d) None of the above '.'
electron clouds of the valence eleclrons
34.
None-olthe
.
above
by
the attracticn between the ion cores the atiractlon between ion cores and the
is a maximum
(c)
the
a single bond
(a) tb)
lVhen the alorns in a mlid are separated by their equilibrium distance
(a) {b)
sharing of electrons frorn each other
(d)
{b) s2po (d) s2p2
s?po6to
{d) van der Walts
Two,group atoms may be covalently bonded
(ai ' direct transfer cf electron
*i:iPilE number
,lat s?
,
ionic
by,
::cmical equivalent weight ;,rcular weight
(d)
(b.)
The electrostatic nature of ionic bonding makes (a)
ndn-directional
(a)
a part in bonding water of hydration to a salt
(b)
weak
1b)
solid methane (CHo)
(c)
applicable only to Group 'l and 2 denrcnb
(c) (d)
COr,.
40.
ir
(d)
None of the above
Hydrogen bonds play
.
None of the above
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 5 \e
Atomic Structure anC 41.
ln germanirim the bohding'is
(a) covalent (b) (c) semi+netallic (d) 42.
tetravalent ionic
ibdectron with tvochlorine atoms,
a tiyOropn
boriO is formed
the carbori-oxygen bonds are covalent
Clpose thei conect ofiion
{b)
the intermolecular bonding is due to ionic
(a) t and ll are correct (b) Only'i is correct (c) Only ll is conect (d) lSone of tle staterrent is conect.
forms
i
#rer+aene--?a+e+lectrons for bonding -{he mdecdesdo o{1e ancdter l.{one
of #le above
47.
Findout conect'S#ements among following
l.
:
Double borxl cause less repulsion than
ll.
Shape of the molecule is delermined by reprJsions between all theelectron pairs.
lll.
Shape and size of MO depends upon shape ahd size of two alcmic orbitals that combine each other
{a) (c)
(ai
102:.30', 107'48'
(b)
1a7"48" 107"48',
(c)
7M'27','107"48'
{d} 104o27"1wo27', ,
&
.
l, ll and lll
Ib)
ll and llt
I and tll
(d)
I and ll
(a) lf
Each
a
(b) lf both assertion
{a) the excess of electrons ov-er protons {b) the number of electrons in the valence shell .:' , {c) the strength .with. wtiich electrons are
(c) lf the assertion
contains a true statement.
: .'
:
48.
'
tt i atoms in irre'hyorogeri'rirdecr-de
held toiFther
ls irue:but the reason
(d) lf the assertion is false but the reason
lonic'bondi-ng isa'.result of the sharing of ,titeliron-s oi tr,,ro'atoms. -.
Shtement
true
contains a false stalement.
{d) None of the.abqve Statement I
and reason are
statements but the reason is not a correct explanation of the assertion.
attracted to.the- atom
Consider.thb fcillbwihg staternents
of the
both assertion and reason are trG statements and the reason is a conect explanaticn of the assertion.
lrneasure of
pv hvdrogen b.ndirig
Assertion : The hydrogen adom in its ground state can emit radiation Reason :'The elechon can rnake a
ti-ansition
to a higher energy level. 49.
Assertion
:
Hydrogen gas
at
normal
temperatures does not emit light.
.Statembni.ilt : Coydbnt OqnOing occr-ns onty betueen elernents in Gioup 14of tl'Ni periodic
Reason : Ihe radiation that is emitted has wavelengths too short to be visible.
table 50.
Choose the conect optiofi
Assertion
:
The electron behaves like
a
magnet
(a) Only I ard ll are correct (b) Only ll ard lll are corr€ct
(c) (d)
Eord angle ietween N-F &. N-H in NF,
sentences in Questions 48-58 consists of an assertion followed by a reason.
..The electronegativity of an element is
.
:
NH, respectively.
singb bond.
rts.
:
t : Metallic bonding is directional Hement ll : When a hydrogen atom shares
(a)
id)
44.
Cqrsider the following statemelts Slatement
Solid CO2 has a{owsublimation point because
ic)
43.
46;
lnteratcm;ndfu- { z
Reason : it is charged. 51.
Assertion : The ground state of the helium
l, 1l ard ill are conect
atom is'1s2.
lrkne of Xfre statement is corect.
Reason : This is the lowest energy state.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 6
j
$cience
i1.,)
*m : The electronic strucfure ;
rr.,.,,.r3s23re3
Reason
d$4524p5 4d2
r.:*r]$ r:ot normally oca:r in
Magnesiurn and'oxygen
Reason : Carbon lies periodic table.
wrong ordei.
in Group 14 of the
Assertion : van der Waals bonding is weak.
Assertion : The elements in any one group of the periodic trable are chemically similar-'
Reason : lt bonds only molecules together.
I?,:ason : Thgy all contain the same nurnber of
Assertion : Liquid carbon tetrachloride canmt conduct eledtrically.
riectr*ns in the outermost substrell.
Assertion
:
Magnesium oxide
is
Reason : it contairs neither C* ions nor.Cl-
bonded
icr:ml!y.
ions.
ANs}YER KEY
s,
both
Assertion : Bonding in diamond is covalent.
a real atom.
Fl',:ason : Thri sribshells have been filled in tfle
1. 2. 3 4
are
divalent.
{c)
13.
(b)
(d)
14.
{c}
(a)
15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a, d) 1e. (c) 20. (b) 21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c)
{di {a}
6. 7. 8. e. 10.
(ci
11"
G:
x:;.
{bi
(di (a)
(d) (b)
25. 26. 27. 28. 2s.
{b}
30.
(d)
31.
{a}
(c)
4e. (b) 50. (b) 51. , (b)
(a)
52,.
(b)
37. . (b)
(a)
38. 3e. 40. 41. 42. 43.
(d) (d)
32. {a) . 33. (c)
34. (a) 35. tb) 36. (b)
www.dream2gate.co.in
-
(c)
(a)
(c)
53. s4.
(a)
{a)
{b}
M.
(c)
s5. til s6. (c)
45.
(d)
57.
46:
{d)
47.
(a)...:
(b)
48. 'tiri":
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(a)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 7
v
CfrrstalStructure groin'boundory (l"oving iotrer inergy), The process of forming this tyPe of .srrb-gnoin structure is colled polygonizotion.
In oerystoHine solid the interotomic spocing, ond in some coses the bondirg, vories with directiorr. within o sirgle crystal. Youngs modutus thetefoqe deperdson the direct-ion of the stress in.'i'elotion lo thecrystol axes, i z. s ngl e crystols ore ehsticollf otts trpp ie.i
Although single crystals are e'losticolly onisotropic, o polycrystallirc noteritrl in which
grrains, or crystols, ore rondomly orientoted behovss isotropicolly, i.e. its properties
the
Amorphous moteriols srrch os ghss ond non
crystollizing polymers, except when produced in such swoy os to couse some olignrnent of the moleculor structure, ore oko isotropic.
When the materiol P!"opertias do nqt. clronge from point to pint in o certoin direction the noture is termed os homogeneitY.
If
pruperties orectlonge.from point to point in o certoin direction tlre bztsoviour is termed e heterogenietY. /tAetots ore isotropic ond homogeneous-.Composites of ntost gemot moteriols ore onisotrophic ond leterogetleous, while orthotropic materiols with controlled anisotropy
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 8
--
36
Matbrialscience
QUUSNONS ln metals subjected to cold no*iog,. strain hardening effect is due to
.O
2.
{a)
Slip mechanism
(b)
Twining'mechanisrn
(c)
Dislrytionmeehanisrn
(d)
Fracfure mechanism
Which of the followingpropertiesof a solid are dependent on crystal imprfecti,ons?
12. 3. 4.
Yield
stress
l
Melting point
ABCD (a)3 2 (b)3 2 (c)'2 3 (d)2 3
1 4 4 1
4 1 1
4
The material property rr/hich deperds only on the basic crystal structure is
(a)
fatigue strength
G)
fracture
""(b) nrork hardening strengti (d) elaSic constant
Semimndrrctivity Ductility
Select the correct ansiwer usingrthe codes given below:
(a) 1 and 3 (c) 2,3 and 4 a
Godes:
(b) 1,3 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
irgiven figure. The miller indices of the direction (arrow) shown in the figure-is A unit cell of a crystalis shown
Match List-t {Crystal structure) with List-tl (Atomic packing factor) and seled the correct 'answer using the codes given bdow the lists:
List-l List-ll A. Simple cubic 1. 74o/o B. Body{enked Cubic 2. 74Yo C. Face-Centred cubic 3. 52"/o D. Hexagonal close 4- 68% packed
Codes:
AB (a)3 4 /L
c
D
2
1'
2
1
3
1
4"
3
1
i
\
(U'.tJ
(c)2 (d) 4
The set of Miller indices of the plane shinivn the given figure is
{a} (c)
(b) l0 2 1l (d) 11 2 01
[0 1 2] 12 1'91
Match List-l (Material) with List-ll (Structure) and select the conect an$rer using the codes
given below the
List-l
lists:
List-ll
A.
Charioal
.8.
Graphite
c.
Chromium
D.
Copper
1. F.C.C. 2. H.C.P. 3. Amorphous 4. B.C.C.
x
(a) 0oot
(b)
(c)'
(d) (1 1 0)
www.dream2gate.co.in
(1 0 1)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(roo)
'in' '
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 9 \e
Crystalstructure
9.
(q) -f.oint'defbct in crysiat lattice
(a) 0.52 (c) o.74
(b) Lirear defect in crystal lattice : Grain
(b)
0.6B
(d)
1.633
(c) -{d) A
14-
4.
{a) lower energy than those in the grains {b) higher energy than tho'se in the grains
The coordination number for FCC crystal structure is
iz.
15.
Liesperpendicular to its Burger's vector Ir/oves in a perpendiculai direction
Moves
(a),
1 and 4
{c)
2 and 3
'
1.
(Example) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
2.
List-t
3.' ' "
A
Simple Cubic
B"
Body-cenk6d Cubic
c.
Face-centred Cubic
D.
Hexagonal Close Packed
in an inclined direetion to the
1b) 1 and'3 {d) 2 and 4
Boh have same cmrdination number and atomic packing fraction.
Both represent closely packed crystal Both skuctures are generated by stacking
of Oose
pact<eO
planes on'top
of one
anotter, but-only the stacking sequence
'-
is differertt.'
Listjl
Which. oJ.these' stirtembnts .arb corii:cl?
Zinc
1rl (c)
Copper
Alpha iron at room{emperature
't6.
ln
Manganese
ABCD (a) 4 3 (b)4 3 (c)3 4 (d)3,4
to the
structures.
'
Godes:
13.
Burger's vec.tor
Consider the following statements about FCC and HCP crystal structure:
't6
Match List-l (Crystal Structure) with List-ll
1. 2. 3; 4.
ib
parallel to
Select the conect ansvyer using the codes given below:
(d) lower number of atoms than in the grains
B
Lie
Burger's v.ector
-higher number of atoms than in the grains
12
Other
Eurger's vector
boundaries prefurentially because they have
(c)
:
screw dislocation
1. 2. 3.
Chemicals attack atoms witnin grain
(b) (d)
Volwre defect in crystal lattice pnases
(a) a=5=cit=f =T=90" {b) a=b*&;a=9=I=90" (c) ar.b;.c,o=f =y=90" (d) a=b=C,c=f -?*90"
4
Planardefeci in crystal.lattice : External surfme
)
!
(a)
Self
bourdary
Which one of the following pairs of axis bngths
(c)
:
irterditial
represents the dragornaf crystal systernT
11.
37
AtomiL packing factor (APF) in the case of copper crystal is
(a, b, c) and interaxial angles (o,p,t
10.
-
1
aod.2.
.l: ?
.'
a,U3
'Zirrc-'Elende
.'
.tt)..:
ino.s
IO - 1 anic...Q"
siructule- each. atom is
[email protected] loirratornsof the opposite kind llhrich are'bcated af the corirdrs of'which one '. . of 'the
fol{owing?
1 2 2 1
'
(a) Tehahedron (b) Heiahedron (c) Cube (d) Orthorhombic
2 1
1
17.
2
Which oreof the following pairs is not conecily matched?
Which ore of tf€ followingp€rirs is not conec{y matched?
Space'Lattice ftelation between Atomic Radius r and Edge Element -a
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 10
el
Mateiial Science
(a)
(b)
,
Simple cubic structure
= 4r2 3d = 1612 a2
Body-centred
cubic
2Z
given crystal structuies
structure
(c) Triclinic (d) Face+enbed cubic
2a2
az
=
=
(a)
3r2
What is
(b)
thei planar density
of (100) plane-in
(c)
2
-A-
(c) ?
J1
(d)
23.
List-lt List-! A. Alpha lron 1. Hexagonal closed packed
A. Copper 2. C. Zinc 3. D. Glass 4.
Simple
cubic- Body centred cubic
-
Face
Body centred cubic
-
Face centred cubic-
,o=p=1=p0"
(d) o = 0 = 7'*.1g0' 24.
ln the atomic hard-sphere model
unit cell?
Amorphous
{a) 2xAtomicradius
Face-centred cubic
D
(b) @t&)x Atomic radius (c) Q$*Atomic radius
1
4
(d)
2
lr
What
2
What is the movement of block of atoms along certai n crystalloaraphic plane and directions, as?
Glide
(b)
Slip
(d)
of
rE x Atomic radius
is a surffce imperfection,
which
separates crystals of different orientations a poly-crystalline ag gregate, cal led?
3
1
of the crystal
structure of Copper, what is the edge tength
Body-cer*red cubic
Codes:
21.
Face
(b) o = P = Y= 90o (c) c-=B=90"=T'
Structure) andselect the conect answer using the codes given below the tists:
{a) (c)
-
-
For a Rhombohedral space lattice, which one of the following is correct?
(a)
Match List-l {Element) with List-ll (Cryslal
termed
Simple cubic
Body centred cubic
Simple cubic
7
(b)
1
20"
Body
centred cubic (d)
1.4U
ABC (a) 2 3 (b)1 4 '(c) 2 4 (d)1 3
-
-
centred cubic
side a equal to?
19"
Face central cubic
Simple cubic
8r2
FCC (facercentred cubic) crystal with unit cell
(a)
of metals?
centred cubic
structurg 18.
of the following is the correct ascending order of packing density for the
Which one
(a)
Edge
dislocation (b) Stacking fault
(c)
Grain
boundary (d)
Screwdislocation
Whifi one of the following statements is conect in the case of screw dislocations? Jog
(6 = Burgerls Veclor;
= lmaginary Vector)
(a) 5 is perpendicular to I (b) [ is parallel to I (c) b is inclined to t (d) 6 and i are non-coplaner and
Which one among the following is the most effective strengthening mechanism of nonferrous metal?
(a) Solid solution hardening (b) Slrain hardening (c) Grain size refinement (d) Precipitationhardening
i
non-
intersecting 27.
The Miller indices
of
respectively are:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
planes
A, B and C
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 11
\, CrystatsiruEture-Tg (a)
,{1 00)
(c) 33.
(1 1 1)
{b)
;{1
{d)
{1
101
;
01)
Whhh of the following are close-packed slruc{ures?
(a)
{c) Bcc
0 1) {a) (b) (1 1 1),{{0 1), (0 1 0) (0T-0), {1,1 1), {O
{a) 4 {c) B
Whbh one of lhe following crystal systems is : valid for gold?
tratrahedral bonding is characteristic
l
Which one of the following defects is 'schottky defect'?
{a) (b) (c) {d) .30.
(a)
ionic bonds
(b) (c) (d)
covalent bonds metallic bonds vander Waal bonds
Ccmpositionaldefect
and face centered cubic space lattices,
lnterstitialdefect
respectively, are
Surface detuct
(a) 1,2,2 (c) 2,3, 4
(a)
Stacking fault
(b)
Grain bouMary
36.
37.
Which
of the following statement are correct?
('!)
the regularity
(2)
the magnitude of the'interatomicspacing
{3|
the orientation of partictitar atomiq plandr'
relative to the
An allotropic material has
(a) Fixed structure at all temperatures (p) Atomsd'rstributed kr random pattern (c) Different crystal slructures at different ternperafure
Fixed structure
(b) 1,2, 4 (d) 2, 4,4
.
X-iay diffraction can be used to deduce
(d) Twinned boundary
but random
38.
atom
distribution
.atomic stacking in a
crystalfaces
.: --'
the electronic structure of the at'o.rns'
(a)
1,2, 3, 4
(b)-
1, 2
{c)
1,2,3
(d)'
1 only
ln the equation ni
= 2dsin0
Bragg's lavu the angle
g
(a) the angle lndices {x, y, z) for the hetched plane in below unit cell a.e r€presented as
of
(4)
Miller
the
of
The effective number of lattice points in ttre unit cell of simple cubic,.body centered cubic,
Surface impedeetions which separate two are mirror irnage of one
(d)
{b) 6 {d) 10
Vaancy defect
orientations- that another is cal'ed
31.
Diamond
{c) 11 1 1), (011), {o 0 1) (d) (1 1 1),{0 1€), {0 0 1) (a) Orttngonal (b) Cubic {c) Hexagonal (d) Triclinic 29.
Tetragonal
Thecoordination number of atoms in the roc* salt structwe shown next is
!-
28.
(b) {d)
HCP
;
'kr:iown aS
is
between the. incident
and
diffracted X-ray beams
{b)
,
(c)
the angle between the incident beam and
the normal to the diffracting planes the angle betraeen the incident beam and
the diffracting planes
{d)
angle between diffracting planes.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 12
1ie betueen [110] and [111] dirccfions in ::ubic system in degrees is:
a]:!-
46.
.The Miller inilitps of
dap
is
shown in fig
:l iir ,
44.
(
35
(c)
60
(b) m (d) 180
The linear density in atoms pei mm aloq [110] in FCC lridium with lattice constant 0-383B9 nm is
(a) 3.48 x,106 {c) 3.88 x 106 41.
.
(b) 3.68 x 1S (d) 4x 1ff:"
The linear density in atoms/mnr alorq
[111J in
BCC vanadium with lattice con$ant 0.3039 nm is
{a) (c) 42.
x
106
(b)
1.8 x Jff
3.8
x
106
(d)
4.8
8.$ x 16tz 9.$
x
16tz
(b) (d)
6.$
M.
,(c)
B.$
x
1013
x lgtz
(b)
x lgtz
20,81
x
1012
1.eg
48.
(d).'1.89x1013
plane in FCC gold with laltice constant = 0.40788 nm is (b) 1.56 1013 i;.:). 2.12 x 1013
..i5"
'
1.96
x
16ts
(d)
I 2)
(2
3
1)
The Miller indices of plane shown in fig
is:
13.9
x
(b) (33i) F)
r(r
s a)
The coordination number in the unit cell of SC, BCC," FCC and l-lCP respectivety are
(a) 6, .12; 12,8 (b) 8,6, 12, 12 (c) 6, 12, B, 12 (d) 6,8, 't2, 12
, tois
The plahai densityin atomS/mm2 for the (111)
(c)
(d)
(3
tagT). (c) (13l)
= 0.40788 nm is 1.49
(c)
(a)
The planar density in atoms/mm2 for the (110) plane in FCC gold with lattice constant
(a)
(b) e73,,
x 1d
The planar density in atoms/mm2 along (111) in BCC chromium with latticecmstant0.28S46 nm is
(4., (c,t 43.
2.8
47.
(al (1 1 3)
DIRECTIONS; The tollowing ilems consrsts of
two
stafements; one labelled as 'Asserfion (A)' and the other as'Reason (ry'. You are to examine thesafuo slalements carefutty .and select tlrc answers to these items usinq the codes given belw: Codes:
(a)
1012
Both A and R are true and R is the coned
explanation of A
The Miller indices of crystal direction B is:
(b)
Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is fatse (d) A is false but R is true
49. {a} (c)
tl6
6l
t0611
(b) (d)
16
6
il
[0 6 6]
I
Asse_rtion (A): Carbon would form
an
interstitial solid solution with iron.
.
Reason (R): The atomic radius smaller than that of carbon.
t
i T
I
of
iron is
I t
t
I
I
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 13
Crystal 50.
(4:
ebmerie are ctassified'into mebts and nonmetals on the basis of their
Assertion' (A): Poly-crystalline material is stronger than ordinary one.
atomic weighb.
Reason (R): Crystals in Poly-crystalline
Realon (R): The valdnce electron stnrctures
materid hlare different orientatiors witr respect to each other-
Esgertion
contribute to the primary bonding between the atoms to form aggregates.
Assertion (A): Natural crystals 51.
Assertion (A):_.'Most of the materials exist in singb crystal.;' Reason{R): Sugar isa single cry$al mabrial.
always contain
defecb-
Reason (R): The defects may affect colour and can make a crystal a valuaUe gem.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
-e
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 14
.
4A MalerialScience
:
AltswE*'*="
"
ixe,
'-
-.
1-
(c)
12.
(b)
23-
(d)
v.
(b)
2.
(b)
13.'
(b)
24-
(c)
35.
O)
3.
(d)
14.'
(b)
25.
(c)
36.
(b)
4.
(b)
15.
(c)
(b)
37..
{c)
s-
(c)
16.
T
(c)
(d)
38.
(c)
(b)
3e.
(a)
40. (b)
6.
(a)
17.
(c)
2e 28.
:-
{a}
7-
(P)
18.
(b)
n.
8.
(c)
le.
3{r. (d}
41.
(c)
G)
e.
(b)
20.
(c)
42.
(d)
10"
(b)
21.
(d)
43.
(c)
11.
(c)
22.
u.
(d)
(c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (a)
45.
(a)-
,16.
(c)
47. (a) 48, (q) 4s. (q)
s0.
(d)
sl.
(d)
,'52.
(1)
s3. (b)
r:, ;:
:' a:
E
*
st t
* I' ):-
J. a.
I $ f,
B:
x E
E[
B !i
3 fr
E
E:
lr
& H
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
r
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 15
s ?
:o
Phase Diagram and Heat Treatnrent
1.
Eutectoid reaclion occurs at
Martensite
(a)
600'C
{b} 773"C
carbon in
(c).
114'C
id) 1493"
ListJ
A. A. C. D.
rn
:h
;
List-l
F+ypo+utecloil $eel Hyper-aftectoid steel Hypo:eutectic cast iron Hyper-zutectic cast iron
ts
ABCD {ala 3 (b)1 3 (c)4 1 {d)1 2
r) nd
tic
ant
3"
2 4 2 3
2.O
-
4.3
rnsite
4.
2. , 3.
1
2
4.
3
form a new solid
'
to
,
Two metais are completely soluble in liquid state and completely insolubb in solid state Two metali, soluble in solid and
liquirl
..
3 3 1
transformation of
ta) {c)
t.
{a)
combines with one solid to form a second new solid
(b) (c)
Solldifies into two different solids
ard anottrer l(uid
'l
Cementite Fenite
(b) (d)
Pearlite
Au$enite
lncrease of ferrite phase in steel irrcreases
Duing perltectic solidificatkrn, one liquid
ore solid
4 2 4 2
T.T.T. diagram indicaies tirne and ternperature
_
{d) ' {onm one s
One liquid and'another solid cornbine
ABCD (a)2 3 (b)4 1 (c) 2 1 (d)4 3
a
ln a eutectic system; two elements aie
frrrms
One liquid decomposes into arr*her liqrid
Codes:
Which one of the following sets of constituehts
(a) lnsoluble in solirJ and.liquid;state' (b) Sohrble liWid statel . (c) Soluble in sotid'State (d) lnsoluble in liquid-state 5.
Monotectic sysbm
state,
4
completely -
enite
Peritectic system
and solid
(a) Fenite dnd peadite (b) Cementite and pearlite (c) Ferrite.and bainite (d) Cementite and mirensitb ".' '
ered
C. D. 1.
hypereutectoid steel from austenitib state?
g.
lsomorptror.rssystem
0.02-0.8
is expected in equilibrium eooling of
rzld Eh-
A
List{l
2. 4.
-
Codes:
:c
30n
6.67 0.8 - 2.O 4.3
alpha
Match List-l {Pfiae diagram) with List{l (Charactaristic) ard sebct ttre aorffil ansvier using the codes given betow-ttp lisb:
List-ll
1. 3.
solution of
(b) bdairon (d) delb imn
iron {c} gamma iron (a)
-Makfr Lishl{Nqme of material} with List ll {% Carton.rarggl)1ard sdect the conect a{lsil,er rx;irg S€ €odps gr\Ae bery the {is6:
)
is a supersaturated
10.
(a)
Strength
(c)
Dnctility
(b) {d)
Hardness BritUeness
The eutectoid of carbon in iron, above.louer critical temperature, when cooled, results in
(a) Ferrite and austenite (b) Ferrite and cementite (c) Cementite and austenite (d) Ferrite, cementite aM austenite
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 16
56 11.
Materialscience
List.! (Fe-Fe3C Phase
Match
{c)
Oiagram
Characteristic) with List-lt (Phase) and select fie mnect ansuer using the codes given below
(d) all the above the three are coned
.the lists:
A. Alpha (a) iron B. lron carbide having crystal lattice C.
Which one of the following elemenb b an austenitic itabitizeA
14.
List-l
BCCr pure allotrope of iron is stable betWeen 1388"C & its melting point at 1535'C
Chromium (b) Tungsten (c) Nickel (d) MolyManum
.(a)
-15.
Which on'eof thefollowirgelementsisafenitic..
stabilizeilP
(a) Nickel (c) Copper
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4.
6
iron
Eutectic with 3 iron and 1 carbon atom
(a)
Cementite
(c)
3
(d)
1
2
A. Martenbite 1. B. Very fine pearlite 2. C. Fine pearlite 3. D. Coarse pearlite 4.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Water quenchec
Air cooled Furnace cooled
13.
Eutectic phase Hypo-eutectic mixture Eutectoid mixture Hyper-eutecticphase
stiatement is wroog?
(a)
corretates the microstrffire and propert'res of steet and cast iron
CD .23 14 41 34
(b)
indicates the phase changes manning during heating and cooling
(c) is
made by plotting temperature percentage along x-axis an-d carbon
percentiage alorg y axis
(d) is the correcl 19.
statement?
Pearlite in iron-carbon system is a
.,
phase
lron-carbon equilibrium diagram which
18.
Oil quenched
Wtrich one of the following
(a)
Phase diagram provides the informatiori on how rapidly equilibrium is rea$ed
diagram is
Codes:
2
The phase may be tiquid or vapour with
Pearlite phase in an iron-carbide
17.
List-ll
List-l
3
function of
ordered crystal structure'
1
answer using the codes given below the lists:
3
a
composition, temperature and pressure-
of C,ooling) with List-ll (Cooling Medium) and select the correct
4
Chromium
does not give amont of
phases which are
Match List-l {Effect
AB {a)1 (b) 2 (c) 2 {d) 1
irtanganese.
Characteristic of any series of alloys cannot be fouM be phase diagran.
(b) Phase diagram
Codes:
12"
(b) {d)
The correct statement;ls
16.
Fenite stable below 910"C
ABC {a)4 2 {b}3 4 .(c) 4 2 {d) 3 1
eutectic mixture.of fenib and cernenfrte at room temperature
phase consisting of fenite and cementite at room temperature
(b) mechanical mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperature
all of the above
lf a
particular FeC alloy contains less than 0.83% carbon, it is called
(a) High speed steel (b) hypoeutectoidsteel (p) hypereutectoidsteel (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
"
cast iron
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
2
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 17
tr r
Phase Diagram and HeatTreatment
t r
ir.
iO. ' - Gibb's phase rule is giyen
by
.
5:
..
{a)
- nurnber of components P - number of phases) (a) F=C+P (b) F=C+?-Z (c) F=C-f.-2 {d) F=C-P+2 C
(b)
(c)
,
(lEtreftglh of the metal increases but ductility decreases
tb)
Ceramic materials have tong range
List-l (Heat treatment) with List-lt (Effect on the propertieqland select the
electron matrix bond
correct answer using the codes given below
fr.
Match
the lists: List-l
According to Gibbs' phase rule, the number of degrees of freedom of an eutectic point in a binary system is
(a)
{c) 23,
ch nd
ing
A. B.
metals
because of weak electrostatic bond
)e
1
(b)
2
o
,(d)
3
D. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Which one of the following faclors is more relevant to represent complete solubility of tvro metals in each other?
(b)
A/alency factor
(c)
Crystal structure factor
)on
:har;
-
;
-
-.
:
:
Valency
2
and
4 only
(d) 1,2,3 aN
4
lncreases surface hardness lmproves ductility
1
2
3
.'4
.-Ma*ri.ires.tooteglderalays are usuallpharclened blA-
(i)'vacuuin'hardening
Chemicalaffinity
1,
lmproves the hardness of the wfiole mass
:
Relative size
of two metals in each other in the sdU state?
{c)
Refined grain structure
ABCD: .(a).4 .3 2 4 {b)1. 3 1 {c).-4.-- 2 27
Which of tlrcse factorsgovern relatiue sokrbility
'
Ncrmalising
Codes:
Cryslal structure
(a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only
Nitriding
.'i0:"2-'.'t .'3
Consider the fotkrwing:
1. 2. 3" 4.
ure
Annealing
ListJl
{d) Relative size factor 24.
increase
Smrctur#-of rnetallic comists of doms havirg valerrce of S,fi or 7
(d) Ceramics are weaker than
22:
both strength and ductility of the metal
{a)
I
h
both strength and ductility of the metai decrease
repeating molecules ,f
strength of the metal decreases but ductility increases
Wttich:oreoti tte'fulow+r€ is true?
I
,f
!..
irrcreases,
{F = number of degree of freedom
21.
.
When the temperature of a solid metal
.
(b.)
- mSte'Tp.erins
'(q) iol
28.
.
induct'tqn'hardgling
flame'harde
'!:
Guideways of lathe beds are hardened by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
carburizing cyaniding
nitriding
..
-
flame hardening
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 18 l. t t
Heating the hypoeutectoid steels to 3OrC above the upper'uiticat temperature line, soaking at the temperature and then cooling slowly to room temperature to form a pear{ite and ferrite-stroeture, is kncrurn as
Itletstr:tist-r=ft
rilff xrTn'',rlFr
{a) Hardening (b) Normalising (c) Temperirg (d) Annealing ;
30.
iffi#d
Assertlon (A) : Normalized steel will have louerrhardness than anneated steel.
;: ' i!.
ii, :;.1
l
(a)
Both A and R are tue and R is the conect explanation of A
(b)
Both A and R are true but R is not correct. explanation of A
(c) (d)
A is true but R is false
:li1
'.!,, ;::: rlj -!
31.
I
Oil
(a) (b) (c)
Water Brine
32.
{d) 2
c
D
2
1
3
4
2
4
q
1, 2, 3, 4
:I,t*:;1,*,1n,.,*1
(b) 2, 1, 3,4 (d) 4, 3, 2,
EffecG on mediufl
Nsrrndisins
1
: r;,,*n.;i* :T:l ::t] 2 , ::l,H,H-,
'Tgmpering' of,quenched martensitiC Steel is necessary. to improve the
(a) hardness of the metal (b) surface texture of the metal (c) corrosion resistance of the metal (d) ductility of the metal. nt
AB 3 4 e I 3 r
hardness of steel undergoing heat
(a) '1, 3, 2, 4
(c)
*.
Codes:
The correct sequence of these media in order
of increasing treatment is
1*^n,.
:. fl',*I'H,",.
a
A is fatse but R is kue
2. 3. Water + NaOl{ 4-
i
:
Comider the following quenching media:
1.
il il l:
.r
List.il
Rea3bn (R) : Thepearlite of normalized steel is finer and has.lower intermolecular space.
structure
:n^^ar*rooO,rl llnu'*nnn which
of
,r^-''"'9 :
matched?
Primary ot{ect of full annealing is to
{a)
1 and
(a) lrrcrease toughness and yield point {b) Reduce ductility and resilience (c) Remove foreign impurities and improve
(c)
3
37.
Decreased ductilitY Maximum softness
Fairs given zbovo cnffec above erp are correctlY
a
(b) 2 ana s Austernperi.^ (d) 1, Z, 3 aod 4 (a) looo/ s ts ernPloyed to obtain and
4
surface finish
(d) 34.
(c) So,r ""'ttc I;r,,1,*.':[::::
lncrease ductility and machinability
structure
o*,jLt',unsitic structUre
Glcbular form of cementite in the structure of
an.d
50% trainiti
steel is obtained through :i i.t
ii
(a) Normalising (b) Malleabilising (c) Spheroidising (d) Carburizing
:
lt
J
www.dream2gate.co.in
il. *lli',:arri c structure d;:.':[]ins statements a :: ti
38.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 19
'v
t I t
Phase Diagram and Heit Treatrnent
3
I
[' i
(1) . lt can bequench-hardened brdndcase-
I I
hardened
i I
I I
(2)
lt cannot be quench-hardened h.* casehardening can be done
(3)
lt exhibitsdistinct yield po'nt underbnsion test
I t
'
i I
:
I lg.
4.
Which of thesq$aternents are correct?
i I
(a) 1and|,i {c) 'i1 and 3' 39.
(b) 2ard3 (d) 1,2and3
(a)
Machinability
(c)
Rtctility
(b) (d)
Toughness Weldability
Match List-l (Quenchirg media) with List-ll (Structure produced) and select the conect ansr4er using tte code given belcw the lisb:
List-l
List-ll
.e
A. Iryater B. Oir C. Air D. Furnace cooling
Consider the foltowiog staiesrents:
Assertion {A)
lsothermal anrrealing is mainly used in alloy steels.(o improve.
:
Carburizing is done on nonfenous altoys to irrcrease the surface
hardness.
Reason (R) : Precipitation hardening of nonferrous alloys involves solution heat treatment folhwed by precipitation heat
1. L 3. 4.
Coarse .pearlite Martensite Very fine pearlite
Fine pearlite
Codes:
ABCD '
treatment.
(b)2 3 (c)''1 4 (d) 2 4
Of these statements
(a)
Both A and R are true and R is the conect
explanation of A
(b)
'8oth A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) (d) 40"
(d) 41.
A is tru€ but R. is false A is false tut R is true
Tempering is a process of annealing
{a) {b) (c)
|
45.
martensite at low ternperatures
-
at higher temperatwes .
Percentage carbon
tle conect ansvrer using the code given betow : -
ui
1.
Water
3.
Brine
(b) 2and3only (d) 1, 2 and 3
Which one of the following mediums is used for the fastest cooling rate of sleelquenching ?
(a) Air
(b)
oir
2-
lce
solution 4.
Oil.
,
Consider the tollorrving statements regarding
anrealing process:
1. 2.
Allstrudural imperfections are removed.
3.
Cooling can be done
Work size
Select
42.
Consider the following:
Quenching media
(a) 1 and2only (c) l and3only
1
{a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2,3 and 4 only (c) 1 and 4 only (d) 4 only 46.
Which of the following factors influence
1. 2. 3.
2
in case of Alloy steels?
-
bainite at low temperafures
hardness in a plain carbon steel?
1
Which of these iJare rced as quenching media
martensite at higher temperatures
bainite
4 3 3
The hypo-eutectoid steel is heated to about 50 - 70'C below upper critical br+Frature
in heat treating
furnace, by heating it, keeping the rnetal
in it and tuming off furnace till it cools to room ternperature.
4.
Uniform grain structure is resulted.
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) 1,2 and 3 only (b). 2, 3 and 4 only (c) 1;' 3 and 4 ordy (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 20
r
60
t
MattihalsEience
t
.
l
l. t.
47.
Q.
During heat treatrnent of steel, the hardness of various structures in increasirig order is
(a)
martensite, fine peadite, coarse .spherodite
(b) fine pearlite, rnartensite,
2.
austempering
R.
3.
Martempering
spherodite,
Hardness
globular structure
4.
are reducrd
5.
of steel gr€atty irnproves
Carbon is absorbed into the
with
metal
cyaniding
(a) (c)
tempering
From the lists given below, choose the most appropriate set of heat treatrnent process and the coresponding process characterislics Process
Characteristics
P.
1.
Tempering.
Both hardness and brittleness
coarse pearlite, fi ne pearlite,
(a) annealing {b) (c) normalising {d) 49.
Cementite is converted into
martensite 48.
!
martensite
martehsite, coars€ pearlite, fine pearlite, sphdrodite
{A) qrcraiite,
'
mnverted into
pearlitre,
coarse pearlite
(c)
Austenite is
50.
Austenite is converted into bainite
R-5 -(b) p4, e.3, R-2 P4, Q-1, R-2 (d) P-i, Od, R-4 P-3, Q-1,
The main purpose of spheroidising treatment is to improve
(a) hardneability of low carbon steels (b) macfrinability of low carbon steels (c) hadenability of high cafioh sbets (d) machinability of high carbon steels
AN.SWER KEY (b)
fa) 3:
(b)
4:
(b)
,
:
5. (a) '. 6, (4,' 7. . (d) :
e-
(d)
:'
:
ic)'
'
37. (b) 38. ' (b)
46.
(c)
47.
(d)
3e.
(d)
48.
(b)
40.
(a)
4e"
(c)
41.
(d)
50.
(d)
42.
(d)
43.
ta)
44.
(b)
4s.
Id)
i':^-
i; r-
i: a-"
I 7:
g
h E E
* *
E
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 21 b
t,te
riifs
Struh qeigrefers to over-struining of metols
of c speciql mognifying gloss contoinirg O gruduoted scole in millimeter. tlsing this ildentotion diometer volues hordress is reod fium the toble supplied with tle testing unit. The hardness is given os Brinell hordnass nmber. This tesier is portoble ond it is o quick tnethod of meosurino Brinell hordness of o vorietv of metols ond olloys, such os steels cost irons nonferrous metoli ord their
os a furrtion of time. Anoverstroined rnetal in
the stote of plostic deformotlon, if ollowed to age (i,e. rest), ottoins the situotion of upper yield point.
. '
Stroin ageing is olso'known os stroin o9ehordening os the metal hordens due to enlanrr.l stress-j
A rretollic spegimen t.estel in tension; when unloodsd
slh6. {
{
6otd workirrgr:- When o moteriol is plosticolly
deformed ,to get
cold working.
i
-Hordness Test . Poldi
.
The principle of Poldi hordness
testirg is done "by.the opplicotion of loodon the srr,r,irrlen orid o siondord test bor in o lireor direction through o speciol Erinell boll indenter of trO mm diometer by o hommer$low. The size of indentction obtoinzd is on the test bor ond the work-pieredepetds on their tvcrdness. The diometer of impressions on the test bar ond thot on the specirnen ore meosu red by meons
o desired
shope
of
o
temperoture which is less thon 0.4 times of melting point of motericl, then it is terrfied os
:
looks some os the normal Rockwetl hordness testel, the loodirg ond depth meosuring systems are dtfferent. Working is olso the some os for normol Rockruell hordness tes'ier. In this case the minor " lood hos beea reduced to 3 kgf ond mojor lood con beof 15,30 or 45 kgf. The iMenter's geometry is the same os in normol Rockwell 'hor:dnesi tester, buf becouse of 'the' shol low depth of penetrotion coused by lighter loods the indenterc in superficiolRockwall hordness tester must be shoped with gr,eoter precision. . Thesa'ore known os 'N' Brole indenterc. ,SuFlf iciol Rockwel I hordness tester is usef ut thin moteriols superficiollv hordened ' for mqferiols or tests requirino on exceptionoltv sniirll indentotion for one or the other recson.
>
earbide
of oluminium ond stoinless stu.ls,long glass rodsore mode due to this properties
In this tester
o
Dianond > goron nitride > Eoron carbide Twgsten '
e.9., Ultrof ine grained olloys
Superficiol Rockwell Hordness Test
.
t'lor&ress votue of diffeeent moteriols ore os shown below:
It
results in good srrfoce finish,
higher stresses involw clue. to stroin' hordenirg.
{
l-lot working: When o rnoteriol is plosticolly deformed to get o desired shope ot o temperoture urhkh is higrlrer tl.ron0S times of melting point of rnateriol, then it is termed os hot workirg. It results in poor surfoce f inish, lower stresses involve due to softening of moteriol.
1
, Technofogicot froperty:
Technologicol
properties ore those properties tlrot opply during monufocfuring ond formirg processes using metol. e.9., Molleobility; Mochinobility; . Weldobility; Costobility; ond Ductility
{ < { { {
.
At higher stress or ot higher temproture, the totol stroin is lorge ord creep frocture occurs in lpsser time. The durotion
of three creep stoges olso very.
Bi-lutodutus Moteriol A moteriol, whose stress-stroin diogrom hos different slopes in tension ond compression, is known os bi-modulus moteriol. Such o moteriol possesses uneguol vtlues of Young's moduli in tension ond compression. Cost iron is not o bi-modulus moteriol'while
the elostomer ond wood moy keep bi-moduli chorocter.
www.dream2gate.co.in s
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
-
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 22
632
i,iiaterial Science 18.
QUSSTIOIVS 1"
Failure due
to
deformation is
excessive
Fracture toughness decreases with
controlled Oy
(a)
(a) Material properties (b) 'Design and Dirnensions (c) ebth i (d) l.lore i
lncreasing strain rate
(c)
lncrease in yield strength
(d)
lncrease in grain size
19.
for ceramics is in the range of X T..
controlled by
(a) 0.14.2 (c) o3{.5
(aI
Yield
(c)
Young's rnodulus
strength (b) (d)
Tensile strength
All
(a)
Fracture
(b)
Fdigue
{c)
Buckling
{d)
Geep
(b) {24.3 {d).. o.il.7
(a) 1d (c) m?
{b)
1d
(d)
10e
Cleavage fracture appears
Creep rate in tertiary stage
(b) Drl {a) Bright {c) Difficult to identify (d) I$one
{a) Decreases (c) lncreases
{a) (c)
13.
HCP
fracturebecause '.. (a) (b) (c)
,
No warning sign
Crack propagates qt ve'ry f,ign speeds
''
Brckling
{b) Creep
Fatigue
(d)
Ail
(a)
iltltteE
(c) '
Polymers
23.
(b) Ceramics (d) SemicoMtrctors 24.
whiffire
No need for extra slress during.'crilci<..
nraterial
' (a) Fiactures (b) &velope craeks
rut
.Ci.
-
Fracture voids usually form at
,(a)
lnclusions
{b) (c)
Second phase
Grain boundary triple pornts
(d)
Ail
partides
.
. ''
.. .'.
'
.
Becomes
plastic
(d)
Rugure. 2s.
Matefiats that normally undergo creep are
- '-. . '- (a). Metals at room temperature ..- ..
:
. .(b) lr,letals at high temperature (q)
.
!_.ow
melting point materiats
(d). .High melting point materiaJs
Fracture toughress is measured in terms of
(a)
n.
Yield strength of the materials is the stress at
15.
propagation
(d)
(b) Constant (d) tlone
Among the following types of materials which one has the highest modulus of elasticity?
Brittle fracture is more dangerous than ductile
21.
Most often machine components fail by
(a) (c)
(b) Bcc (d) r\bne
FcC
20.
Fatigue strength fo, nonlf"rrous materials is defined at stress cycles
fail in ductile mode
7.
(b)
Failure duei to excessive deformation is
Usually materials with following crystal structure
6.
lncreasing temperature
Ductile to BrittleTransition Temperature (DB1-l-) -
Tirne dependent yield is knoYrn as
4.
.
17-
Strain energy rehase rate
{b) Stress concentration (c) Both (d) Mre
factor
-
Creep curve is a plot
of
{a) (b) (c)
Strain versus temperature
Id)
Elastic moduls versus ternperature
www.dream2gate.co.in
Strain versus time
Stress versus strain
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
26.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 23
Mabriah 83.
.Physical, il,lecfianical Properties and Tegting of Among the foltowing materlais, which one has the highest hardness?
18.
{a) (c)
Steel Cast lron
(b) (d)
n.
(a)
Copper
{a)
Ttre presence of impurities
(b) -?resence
of
'
28,.
cracks
f-ow-tonOt;trength
Time dependent defcrmat'rcn
20.
in
which tlre
(d)
material doe's not Fecover its original dimenskrn is cdled
(b) Plasticity (d) Anelasticity
{a) Elasticity (c) Viscoelasticity
29.
good fatigue resr.stance material, theslope of the S-N curve is
{a) High (c) Low Which
(b) (d)
highest
(b) Fracture (d) nr -
The area under'tl're stress-skain curve gives
24"
(a) .Haidne6s.- . ' {c)
".Oueiniti
q.*, hlld-nqs
25.
-
.' ' -or
ieef
,
{b)
bugnress
(d)
Elasticity
primarily. depends on
€)
Mgtnou of;manu{acture
(bi"
Heat heaiment.empby€d
-'- '
(c)'.'Shape of caibidesaird thbir distributkrn in . 'iron ""
(d)
Percentage of carboir
Resistance to scre*chipg Resistance to machinirg .r'
(cI
Talc
:
Quart
(b) (d)
Corundun Topaz
B0o0
(b) 12m0 (d) 4000
,
Approximate Brinell hardness number for talc is
(a) (c)
1
$1o
(b) (d)
2 2G30
The property wtrich enables metals into wire is known as
(a) (b) (c) (d)
to be
dawn
Malleability Ductility Straining
Plastic deformation
ln.BrineH hardness testing the minimunr thickness of tfre specimen should &e
(a) less than 5 times the depth of impession (b) hss than 10 times the depth of impression (c) thickness of specimen has no relevance
' .'
tg the depth of impression
Malleability is the property of metals known as
{a) (b) lrrlechanical property (c) Technol.ogical property
deformatkrn
(a) 15m0
(b) Magnesium (d) Aluminium
.
b
l,lore
The failure of a material due tocreep is normally called
(a) Faiture (c) Ruplure
Resistairce
Ivledium
specificgravity?
23.
to sllding
Vickerb hardness number for diamond could be of the order of
of the following me{als has
{a) kon (c) Copper
30.
Resista'noe
Whbh of the following is the hardest?
(a) (c)
fora
21.
Hardness is
{a) (b) {c)
{cFRise intemierature
{
with temperature
(b) by providing scatches on the surfme (c) by poviding notcfies (d) by understressing the material
Silicon Carbide
Brittle fracture occurs in materials due to
{9.
The fagitue strength of materids increms
(dl
more than 10 times ttre depth of irtpression
Magnetic property
(d)
Thermalproperty
ln
Srinell hardness testing the time of loading
is
(a) {c)
1 second
5 seconds
www.dream2gate.co.in
{b) (d)
15tl30seconds 15 seconds
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 24
:O
Materialscience Whidr of he fotorving is a nondestructive test?
lrrcreasing order of hardness
(a) (b)
Charpy test
(a)
Talc, quarE, topaz;diamond
X-rayted
p)
Talc, quarE, diamond, topaz
(c) . Tensile tmt
(d)
(c) Talc, diamond, quaftz,lopz (d) Talc, diamond,lopaz, quarlz
Cupping test
Slow plastic deformation of metals under a constani stress is known as
(a) F,atiUue (b) ffiurancefailure (c) Grdualdeformation (d) ceep 37.
(c)
ii
10.
krpwn as
28.
(c)
(c)
2e.
(b)
{d)
11. 12.
(c)
30.
(d)
(a)
13"
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
(d)
15.
{c)
7.
(d)
16.
(b, c)
(c)
(b)
undergo
deformation under ten6ion without rupture is
(d)
5. 6. B. e.
Broneze
AN5WER KEY
3
(c)
Copper
(a) Mechanicalstrength (b) Stiffness (c) Toughness (d) Ductility
(a) Carbon csrtent (b) Chemical composition {c) Grain size (d) Preserrce of alloying elements
3. 4.
Magnesium
(b) (d)
The capacity of a material {o
Jhe maxirnum harden&iligof any steeldepends
(c)
specific gravity?
(a|-€asliron
on
1. 2.
Which of the following metals has ttxi lorrres
17. 18.
{a) {d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
37. 38. 3e. 40.
(a)
(a)
(c)
(d)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 25
't I
t. i
' Alloys n
(
+
In
(
This is an anti friction material.
)y
h
Latest is tlre metal flouro.plastic materialwtrcre a thin porous bronze layer (0.3mm) is filled with a mixture of flouro flastic and molybderumdisutfide.
n
Metals with extremely high melting point. Tfuy are Niobium, Mo, W, Ta. ilelti.ngLpoint rafige frofl1
.{2500
l. + S,
-
Puie zinc is relatively soft,'weak and brittle at room temperature. lt is tterefore difiicult to cold
hdts ardntried pips.
3400"). {W) hasnighe6tan-.goffiaffi-C.
Arnaior qse of
is in prcvilirg a cmting, knor,rnr
aslalvanisirg, for"mrFmix potection on fenqrs
high temperature.
ma{eriats.
t-ksed
as
a
I I
oyirg*lenren ts i n'sieel f or improv rq i
M+-altoy are used in extrusion dies, space
Zinc Attoys
(
vehicles, incandescent light fllaments, x-ray fubes.
W-alloys are in making welding electrodes. Tantalum alloys are immune to chemical attack in all environments below 1 50"C.
(
These alloys are used extensively in @ucts sudr as fuel pumps, grills for automobiles, components of household appliances suct as vaq"um cleaners, washing machines, ptrctoengraving prts etc.
Very fine grained 78o/o Zn + 22Yo Al sheet is a 'comrrpn example of srper plastic lnc alloy.
NOTE (
lrrc
Ttese trave trigh st{€ngth and hardrress at very
various properties.
'e
VariousTypes 93
{n tt$s form, it is used fu$attery caes and roofing and provUes corrosion resistance due to the forrnatbn of a dense protective srfaceJayer. Zktc is dso used Jgr sacrikial anodes to pmbct ship's
5.9 REFRACTORY I{ETALS
(
and its
:
The percentage composition of alloy given in
"t"pt",
may have variation of t(2-3\o/oin other books,
;o
e %
d )/"
rd
"e
3. ld
!c
,d
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 26
94 , Material Science
ln low carbon steels, presence d
18lB stainless3eel contains
quantities ulphur improves
(a)
(a) 18% stainless, 8% ctromium (b) 187o chromium, B7o nickel (c) 187o turgsten, 8% nickel
O) Furnd*y
Weldability
{c) l'iacninaOitity
{O)
HryUebbdtrty
(di
Consider tte fotto*ing statement* I
18% tungsten, S% drromium*
Addition,bf silicon to cast iron
1. 2. 3. 4.
i-
Tin base
Prgmotes graphite moduhformalim
Prornotesgraphite flake{ormatisr
lmproves the ductility of cast hon
Of these statements:
Alloy steel wtrich is wqk hardenable and which is used to make he blades of bulldozers, hrcket wheel excavalgrs and other earth moving equipment contain iron, carbon and
Match List-l(Alloy )with List-ll (Use) and select the correct answer using the codes give below
(a) Chromiuun (b) (c) Manganese (d)
lists:
List-l
A. B. C. D.
i
1. 2. 3. 4.
of alloying elernents in steel are
Hadfield manganese steel
matched?
Constantan
1.
MolyMenum
:
conectly
Forms abrasion resisting
Babbitt alloy
particles
Listll
Phosphorous : lrnproves machinability in
Bearing
free cutting steels
Thermocouple
Cobalt : Contributes to hot hardnss by
Wire nails
hardenirg fenite
4.
Sulldozer blades
.
Silicon Reduces oxidation resistance"
........:
Which of these statementsa re correct? B
c
D
(a)
1
2
3
4
(b)
-3
4
1
2
(c)
3
2
1
4
(d)
3
4
2
1
4 (c) 1,2 ard 3 (a) 2,3
and
-(b)
1,
'
-
3,and-4 . ....
'.: -(dL 1','f and 4.
Match List-l (Alloying elerient. in ste'etl wiifr List-tt (Property conferred'on steel by'the element) ard select the conect arfswer using the codes given below the lists:
Addition of magnesium to cast iron increases
List-l
its
(b) (c) (d)
Magnesium
Which of the following pairs regarding the effect
A
(a)
Silicon
Low carbon steel
Codes:
4.
ars
(a) Large sudace rrr,ear (b) Elevated ternpeg-!,ure (c) Light load and pressure (d) High pressure.and load,
lncreases-the fluidity of the molten metal
(a) 1 and 4 are correct (b) 2 and3 are correct (c) 1 and 3 are correct (d) 3 and 4 are correct
the
vYhite nretals
bearings are subjected to
.A
-Hardness
Nickel
Ductility and strength in tension
B.
Chromium
Corrosion resistance
c.
Tung$en.
Creep strength
.D.
www.dream2gate.co.in
Silicon
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
.
i
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 27
v Alloys_4nd its Various
:"
t
.
tl
r. List{l
1. 2. 3. 4.
f
t I
12.
Magneticpermeability
(b)
Cop'p,er and
Heat resislance
.(c)
Aluminium. and copper
(d)
Copper and nickel
Hardenability
13.
ABI
{a) 88% Cu, 10% Sn, ?/o Zn - {b, 8o06 cu, 1ff/,27,10% Al (c) B5% Cr,, 57. lvlg, lflo Al {d) 85% Cu, 5% Sn, lOYo Pb 14. The correct sequerre of uilments.of
3
{a) W,iC1 V (c) Cr, Ni, C i
List-l
15.
Chromel
p)
Mo, Cr, V
(d)
Cu, Zn, Sn
Assertion {A) : The machinability of
Steels'. '
Babbit alloy
Reason (R) : Sulphur in steelforrns manganese sulphide irrclusion which helps b produce thin ribbon like continuous chip.
Nimonb alloy High speed steel
16.
Journal bearing
Match List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (Application) and setect the conect an$r/er using the codes given
$elow the lists:
Milling cutter
List-l G-as
turbine-blades
.
r
GoCes:
A
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 2
"I
,) )
11"
BCD 142 412 413 143
A. B. C.
Silbon $eel High cirbon steel
Hiqh sDeed steel
.D ...tvtoret'mtial
" ".
.Liit+.
..
..:1. - Marirebearirps
' 3.' ..
Addition of vanadium to steel results in
.
'.
..
Sorinos' J
4.
frahifoimbr r t s. .g vr. rv.. 'Codes: r
l+tminarions .e Mra tI tqvr
improvementof
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Heat-treatability byquenching Hardenability Fatigue strength
A B C ..D (a)1234 (b)4231 (c) 4 3'2 (d) 1 i'2 4' 1
Resistance to oxidation at elevated temperature
stee}s
improves by adding srlphur to obtain so called 'Free Machining '
List-ll
4.
1S-4-1
ItSS fool is
given below the lists:
1. 2.
lnc
Gunmetal, wtrich is used in journal bearings,
Match List-l {A}loys) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct answer using the codes
A B. C. D.
.
coltains
cD
{a)4132 (b)4 1 2 (c)1432 {d)1423 10.
of
Conosion resistance
C6des:
I
:Monel.metal is an dloy
Types 95
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 28
m MaterialScience , Matd Lbt{ @lhrylng Element) wiffijst{t (Effect on $eel) and select the corect answer using the codes given below the lists:
17.
Consider the fotlowing stalements:
1.
Lisl{
2.
A' Vanaditrn B. illolybdenum C. Silicon -: .p
D.
1. 2. 3. 1.
-Cffonrit
3. .
n
Cast lron has poor ability to damp vibatims.'
Cast lron parts are suitable
where permanent deformation is prefened over
fracture.
LiH{I
Which of these statements idare
{ocreases endurance $rength
{a) 1,2and3 . {c) 3 only
lnrprores creep properties lncreases hardness lncreases resistance to high temperature
:21.
oxidation
I
Cast lron has higher comprssive SerErSt compared to that of steel.
conect?
(b) 1and3 (d) 2 only
I
I
Match List-(Cohposilion) with List-ll (Application) and select tfre conect ansrrcr usirg
the codes given below the lists:
18.
ABCD (aI 2 1 (b)1 3 (c)2 1 {d)1 2 Match
List-l
3 4 2 4 4 3 4.3
:
List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (major
Constituent) and select the conect-amwer using
.tte.mdes
given below the lists:
Lbt+ A Babbit B. h\rar C. Gun Metal D. Dualumin
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4.
Nickel
Tin and lead Aluminium
C.4per
Co&:
ABCD (a)z 4 1 (b)3 1 4 (c) 2143 (d)3 4 1 19.
3
-2
A" B. C. D.
Commercial bronze \1oo/oZn) Red brass (15%Zn),
Aluminium brass (22% Zn2o/o N) P-bronze (11% tin, small amount of P)
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4
Radiator
Spring metal Forging and stamping Power plant and,chemical equipment
(a)
2
tdt tc)
2
(d)
3
3
what is the:
combination of materials used for the
Whidr of the following materials is used in the manufacture of extrusion nozzles?
(a) Grey cast iron (b) Malleable cast iron , (c) While ca'st iron
screr,v:
and the nut?
(a) Cast iron screw and mild steel nut (b) earbon steel screwand phosphorbronze nut
(c) (d)
' (d) Nodular cast iron www.dream2gate.co.in
.
BCD 413 142 143 412
ln case of power screws, 2
'
@des:
A
Cast iron screw and cast iron nut Aluminium screw and ailoy
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I I
I
Codes:
:
I
steel nut
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 29
v Alloys and its Various Types .
Wnii*r ofre of tfre foltoulng
Effitr/"lffi
30.
exhi bits seasoo oacking?
{a) Ttey have excellent embeddability
Vrbration danprng in mactfirery is best achieved
by rneans of base structures made of which ore of the followir{ material?
Whhh
Carbon
Selectthe corrert bebr
-
r
(a)
32.
;
lmprove macfrinability and hardenabllity. lncrease weight and volume.
a
for tb)
Bearings
1.
Botts
(d)
Clutch liners
2-
Which material is used for bushes in
meJal
Gun
{c)
Rubber
and 3
Blades of bulldozer Gas lurbine blades
Drillbit Spring of automobiles
..
List{l
Gears
{a)
1,2
Match Li+(Conponent) with List-ll"(Required Property) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
A. B. C. D.
bushedAin type of flexibb eoupling?
29"
imprwenrent
Lis!-l
Which one of the following is correct? Babbitts are used
28.
Corrosion and oxidatfon resistance
only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only (c), 1,2and4'only (d) 1,2,!tand4
(b) 1 and2 {d) 2and 4
(b) lmar {c) Vitallium (d) Stellite
Ti
lmpove hardness and toughress.
Which of these statements are correct?
Coefficient of Expansion is practically nil in a particular alloy. What islhis alloy?
G)
not lose strength with increase in
,,Tftey have high fat(;ue strength
3. 4.
the code given
{a) Had field Marganese Steel
27"
&
ternperature
1. 2.
MolyMenum
arTswer using
(a) 1 only (c) 3 only 26.
Mangarrese
.Ttey
Albying elements are added to
insteel?
2. 4.
(c)
Consider the following s{atements:
of the folhwing ebments'given betow
Chromium
They are relatively stronger than other beadng materials
{d)
determ in e(s) the maximum attaina ble, hardress
1. 3.
(b)
--
{a) towcartor/steet 1U) Noduhriron -t (c) Greycastion '{d): Whitecast iron 25.
Why are Babbitt alloys'used for bearing materid?
(b) Brasg {a) lron (c) Aluminium (d) $ed
u.
97
(b) Plastic (d) Aluminium
3. 4.
'
strmgth
'-
HQh wear ano aorasion
ie$!aii.cg.'
Codes:
(a)
Sulphur, lead and phosphorous
tb)
Sulphur, lead and cobalt
(c) Aluminium, lead and copper (d) Aluminium, titanium and copper
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.
Higtr creep str€ngth'a.nd lood-cor.rtision
residance
The.elements which, added to steel, help in chip formation during machinirg are
'
.o
A
B
c
3
2
1
4
1
4
3
2
3
4
1
2
'l
2
3
4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,:i
Page 30
tiil ll li
ti
ir
i.
98
Materialscience
,i:
,.
1.
(c)
8.
(c)
2.
(b)
e.
(a)
3.
(d)
4.
(b)
5.
(b)
6.
(d)
t.
(c)
;
10. 11. 11 13: 14;:
(a) (b) (d)
(a) (a)
ls. 16. 1718. ls. N21.
{b)
(d)
2L 23. 24.
(c)
2s.
{d)
(c) (cJ
(c)
(d) (b)
www.dream2gate.co.in
26. 27. 28.
(b)
(c)
(b) (b) (c)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
n. 30. 31. 3L
(a) (e) (a) (c)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 31
I I
Semiconductors 171
t t tI I
For a semicondrcb, wt$dr one of the statements is llOT coned?
1.
i
(a)
I
(b)
I tI I
.e
,{c)
When
a hole recorntine, energy mu$ be liberated
I
fre valence band cannot be accderded by ffte fek, unless there
An elec&m
in
are enpty.energy levels available (d)
Floles cannot be accelerated Sy the field
The furbidden energy
gap in silicon at 300
K
is
{a)
1A1,eY
{c}
0.7E5 eV
(b) 1.1 eV {d) a.72 eY
Wifrr an irrcrease in tenperatr.ne, the hvel in an intrinsic serniconduclor
(a)
Moves ctoser
fenni
the condrrction
band
edge Moves closer
available
{c)
Moves into the conduction band
(d)
Remains at the centre of the forbidden
follorrving statement :
to the valence band edge
gap
n
1. Of high conductivity
Which of these statements are NOT conect?
1
and 2
1 and 3
(b) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Match List-l with List-ll and seleqhthsconect
answer
:
List
-l
List
A.
Ga-As
B.
Nichrorne
c.
Quartz
D.
Si
1-T 3. 45.
-ll
2 1
2 1
1. 2. 3.
Canier concentration Canier mobility Sign of the carrier
Select the conect answer using given belov'r :
(a) 1and2 (c) 2 and 3
the codes
(b) 1and3 ... (d) 1,2 and 3 . .
An intrinsic semiconductor at a temperaiureof
lntegrated circuit
Laser Busbar Heating element Oscillator
Codes:
A
On which of the folbwing factors does the eiectrical conductivity of a semicondubtor depend?
2. Highly mobile 3. Higihly charged
{a) {b) (c) (d)
75%
(b)
sic sem iconductors sfi ow hig h electrical conductivity because the impurties are
{a) (c)
(b) fi% (d) 100%
0%
unless there are empty errergy levels
Consider the Extri
(a) (c)
an electron and
Electrons-in the conduction Sand can acquie aoet acderation fnrm a fieH becar.rselttrere are erffi encrgy hvels availaile
i I i
f*rr$rg
BCD 451 532 531 452
absolute zero behaves because of
like an insulator
(a) Nsravailability of free electrons {b) l.{on-recombination of electrons with holes (c) Low drift velocity of free electrons (d) Low {almost zero) electron en€rgy The electrica I cond ucti v ity of a semicond uctor
increases
with increase in ternperature-
because
Assuming the.FermilevelE. to be independent of temperature, E, may be defined as the
level with an occupancy probability of
{a) (b) (c)
The mobility of the caniers increases Ttte canier concentration increases Both carrier concentratbn and mobility increases
{d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
Thermal en€rgy
of
eiectron decreases
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 32 ,l 1
li
:i .i
:
b
!12 Materialsqience
--- -l-
.
10.
Fermilevel in a ptype semionductrlies close
(a) 0K
to
{c)
(a) {b) (c) (d) 11.
The top of the valance band The bottom
of the valence
(b) (c) (d)
High temperature (d} Atl temperdures
by
The top of the conduction band The bottom of the conduction band
T9 find type
&) 0'c.
- reach a sbile atomic strucfi.re Elements can
17.
band
Hall Eff,ect can be used
(a)
12.
.
of semiconductor{wfrether p
or n type)
.o
To find carrier concentration
18.
(b)
gaining eledrons orly
(c).
losing or gaining
(d)
collisions
d $aring betrrveen atsis
To rneasure conductivity
ilt-V atloy senricondudor crystallizes in wtrat form?
All of the above
(a)
Simple cubic
(c) (d)
Zinc blende structure
Width of energy bands depends on which of the following?
(a) Temperature (b) Pressure (c) Relative freedom of electrons
stgrtture
Which one of the fdlorving isthe Fermifunction
in
(E)?
the
(a)
Mass of at'om in the material
(b)
1* "(e-S)r(tr)
Which one of the following staten'r.ents is not true for a trtype semiconductor?
13.
(a) (b)
Ic)
Fermi level lies cloSer to th'e condudtion
Principle
(b)'
Movement of charge caniers towards one
end
formed by adding an acceptor
(c)
Ammeter
(c)
Galvanometer {d)
(b)
lnduced voltage by
te
applied magnetic
field
of Hall effect is used in
(a)
(d)
the
Voltmeter
21.
The measurenrent of which one of the followirg
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.
(b) lnsulator (c) lntrinsic semiconductor td) Alloy
lnduced voltage by the applied electric field
will reveal the sign of the charge carriers?
Gaussmeter
For whieh one of the following materials, is the Hall coefficient zero? Metal
Drop across the crystal due to iunent passing through it
construction of which one of the following?
16.
;J+*m
(a)
impurity to germanium
- (a)
1
Floles constitue the majority charge
(d) lt is
15.
;;+rm
(d)
;;E-+j{rri
What is the output voltage produced across the crystal by Hall effect, due to?
band
14.
1
1
Conduction is by the movement of holes in the valence band carriers
(c)
:
Wurtzite structure
cyrstal
(d)
eledrons
22.
Conductivity-
Mobility Hallcoefficient Diffusion constant
Consider the foJlowing statements about semiconductors?
ln an intrinsic semiconductol the number of eli;ctrons is equal to the number of holes at
1. T.he forbidden energy gap
which temperature?
www.dream2gate.co.in
in
semicond.udors lies between the valeoce b'and and conduction band.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
t
k E D
a
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 33
Semiconductors-
2.
The forbidden energy gap in germanium
27.
at 0 K is about 0.72 eV.
3.
Semiconductors
have
Which of these statements are conect?
23.
.1, 2 and 3
{c)
2'and 3
(b) (d)
1 and 2
x.
of
applied magnetic ,fleld is
of the fiee electron? is y n/s. The tnobility of the electrons is defined as velocity
chaqed.
3.
Direction
of both applied eleckic and
magnetic fields are changed.
4.
Direction of cunent
,=V7'.
is changed.
24.
(b) (d)
1, 2 and 3
1,2
ard 4
is N and each canies a charge of e Cculomb, the resistance Rof the condrctor is
3 only
(a)
3 and 4
Consider the following statements for n-type semicondrctor:
1. 2"
Fermi level lies below the donor level at room temperature (T). Fermi level lies above the donor level as
Fermi level lies in valence band.
4.
Fermi level remains invariant with
fifuon, Lu
29.
.LN
(b)
ftgn,
Id) ffi"r,,
List-lwith List-ll and select thecorrect answer using the code given below the list: Match
A
3.
L
{c) ffiohm
List
T --r 0.
lf the nurnber of free electrons per
m3
Which of ttpse slatements idare correct?
(a) (c)
Agnsider a metallic conductor of lengttr L m and a constant cross-sectional area
$@dyfc*e{rtialdifference of V volts isapflied betureen the ends of the conductor. The &ift
Dkectixof apflbd fbld is char6€d. Dir€ction
is due to
(b) l and2cnly (d) 2and3only
(a) 1,2 arfi 3 (c) 1 anffi only
1 and 3
Consider the fotlowing statements : ln a Hall effect experimeht, ffe sign of Hall voltage will .e change ff i
1. 2.
a semiconductor
1. Drift cunent 2 . Displacement.current 3. Diffusion cunent
negative
temperature coefficient of resistivity.
(a)
-The current flow in
1{3
-l
Carbon (Diamond)
List
-ll
1.
Conducting
2.
Semi- conducling
ternperature.
(a) 1 only {c) 2, 3 and 4 25"
(b) 1 and 2 bnly (d) 1,2 aN 3
lll elernent to an elemental semiconductor results in the Controlled addition of gnoup formation of
(a) lntrinsicsemiconductor (b) n-type serniconductor (c) p-typesemiconductor (d) Degenerate semiconductor 26.
C. Tin (Grey)
3.
lnsu.lating
D. Lead Codes:
ABCD {a)3 2 (b)1 2 -(c)3 1 (d)1 1
1 1 2 2
1
3 1
3
The ternperature coefficient of a resislance of
a
dopped semiconductors is
(a) (b)
(c) (d).
Always positive
The following items consist of two statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A and the other labetled as
Always negative
'Reason R'. You are to examine these two statem-ents car.efully and select the answer to these two statements
Zero, Positive or negative depending on {he tevd of doping
cardully and select the answer to these items using the codes given. below:
www.dream2gate.co.in
.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 34
'v
114
Mabrial Science Both A and R are individually tnre and R is the
31.
Assertion (A): Energy released when an electron jumps frorn a higher to a lower level is usually in tre fofin of Photons. Reason (R): EnergY released when an electron jump ftorn a higher to a lower level is absorbed by the nucleus.
32.
Assertion (A):fu kfiinsic semi-conduc{or has lour electicd cor*nivity. Hence, it is namally not used in the device fabrication without
conect explanation of A (b)
Both A and R are individually bue but R is not
the conwtexplanation'of A (c)
A is true but R is false
(d)
A is false.but R is true.
30.
Assertioh (A): A doped semicorductor will behave'as a perfpc! insulator atzero Kelvin i but its'etectrical conductivity'will ,ise if the temperature{s skarvly increased above zero Kelvin.
doping.
-
o
Reason {R): lts electrical resistivity can be increased by raising its {emperature. 33.
Assertion (A): rstrirsic semi conductors show I
coefficient.
Reason (R): The rise inetectricd conductivity is mainly due to irrcr'eased ionization as the
negative
temperature is rasjed above zero Kelvin.
holes are equal in air intrinsic semiconduc{or.
Flall
Reason (R): The number
of electrons
and
:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 7.
(d)
{d) (a)
(b) (b)
(a)
8.
e. 10. 11. 12. 13, 14.
(a)
(b).
{a) {d)
ls. 16. 'll. 18. ,
{c}
1e. 20; .
(d)
2'1.
(a)
(c)
22. 23. 24.
(c)
2s.'
(c)
(a)
26.
(d)
(b)
.27.
.lcl
(c)
28.
(a)
(a) (d)
(d)
t, !
G) (b)
I
I I
i I
i I I I t _t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 35 \e-
Magnetic and DielecJric Properties of'Materials
_,'', '1.
l
CryEF
The magnetic dipole moment.of a bdy is measured in
(a) (c)
3.
(b) A m? (d) wb !_'
A m-1 Wb m-e
o
4.
spin angular momefrtum
(d)
{d)
The units of
(b) (d)
H m-l
:
B=
{d)
trese
r :
Wb A m-l
po(H+M) (b) [/ = po(H+B)
f{ = po(M +B)
l*one of
moments
The magnetic moment of a single electron due to its orbital,motion around the nucleus is
Wb m-2
{a)
The quantities B (magnetic flux density), H (magnetic field intensity) and M (intensity of magnetization) are related by the equation
(a) (c)
so trhat there is rnaximum cancellation of
magndic
magnet'rc permeability are
A m-1
is achieved
{onsistent with PaUli's. principle
Ic)
rRonrenUarea
.
'(b) so that the maxirnum possible value of
magnetic'nrcnrerf/vofuine
magnetic
rn,
-{a) -in the order of decreasing
of a body is
{b) nragrelic nrcnrent x area (c) magnetic rnornent x volurne
(a) {c)
2
To work out the size of the m4netic moment due to the electrons in a subshell, we use Hurd's rule, wtrich stateg that the electrons fill the $ates
units of
Ttre intensity of magnetization defined as i
{a)
137
m,
{") -fr 10.
B = p6H + M
(b) -p,
-hrPa
{d)
{q?B
The magnetic moment of a sirqle electron due to its spin alone is
iiii li ;i
F
A complete
{a) the
shell of electrons has
maximum possible permanent
magnetic moment (b)
zero permanent magnet'rc moment
.tc)
a
moment dependent on the particular
11.
(b) -k
/a\ (c) --;PB
/r\ (d) -es
ln the 3d transition elements the ;crystal field' the
{a) the spin magnelic moment to become negligible
=-2is
(b) so that the maximum possible value of spin angular momentum is achieved consistent with Pauli's principle
(a) zero {b) twice that of each elec{ron (c) dependent on the values of rn" for the two
(c) sc that there-is maximum cancetlation of magnetic moments
eleetrons
'(d)
in
solid causes
The resultant orbital magnetic moment of two electrons, one with ffir = +2 and one wilh mt
{a) -2ee
due to the charges on neighbburing ions
(d) None of these '6.
1
{d) the orbital magrnetic mornent
f.{one of these
to be a
maximum 7.
An elementcan form a strongly magnetic solid
only if its atoms have
{a) an incom$ete valence shell {b) an incomplete inner strell (c) a vacant inner shell (d) None of these
12.
lf
the atomic magnetic momenls are randomly
orienled in
a solkj its magnetic behaviour
termed
{a) polycrystalline {c) antifenomagnetic www.dream2gate.co.in
(b)
paramagnetic
(d)
polymagnetic
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
is
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 36
'138
Materialscience
13.
Consider the hble given below, S.No Elernent I'lo. of 3d
Atornic magnetic
eledrons
moment n
&fr
18.
magnetond
1
Ca
0
1
2
V
3
3
3
Cr
4
5_
4
Mn
5
6
5
.Fe
6
4
6
Ni
B
2
7
Cu
7
2
(b) 1,3,5 and 6 only (d) 1,3 4 and 5
only
1,3,4 and
(d)
None of these
19.
7 only
ia) Ib) (cl
a fenite
20.
1,5,6 and Tonly
(d)
None of these
increases with increasing temperature
'
.
21.
It must therefore be fenomagnetic
Both I and ll
{b) (c)
ll only Neither I nor ll
If the.domain walls in a magnetic material can be easily moved-thg material displays
ib)
bigh flux densily
(c) (d)
permanent magnetic behaviour
presence
of magnetic domains 22.
in varying directions
None of lhese
To increase
the permeability
of
iron
it
is
necessary to
a permanent misalignment of the atomic
Nbne of these
The Curie temperature is the temperature at
23.
which
(b)
,
A piece of magnetic material has a net magnetic moment wlpn no field is applied.
None of these
{c)
_ (a)
ll.
high permeability
moments ." .m.$r.retic fluctuations in the directions of {he atomic lnagnetic moments
(d)
A piece of material has no net magnetic moment. lt can only therefore be composed of domains magnetized in
(a)
'magnetized
(b) ..'.
random
is independent of temperature
:the
.(a)
demagnetized
different directions
It)
The dependeneed M on temperature is caused
bi
{b) {d)
C,onsider the fotlowing statements
(a) ,l only
a
(b)-,deereasesith inereasing telnperature
(c) (d)
an antiferromagnet
Which of'the above statements is/are conect?
feromagnetic solid
(a)
atomic
Within each magnetic domain in a feromalnet all the atomic rnagnetic fiornents are
l.
antiparallel and unequal
The intensity of magnetization M of
.d;rfG;pp.*
a ferrimagnet
{a) antiparallel ; (c) parallel
{a) one constituent is iron (b) the constituenb are transition metal oxides ' (c) the atomic magnetic moments are parallel (d) the atomic magnetic moments are 15.
rt *i" ,""gr"ti.
A material with unequal, antiparallel
A ferromagnetic material is one in which
14.
17.
th"
magnetic moments is termed
Which of the elements are given the wrong value of magnetic moment in the solit1 state?
{a) (c)
(.)
the saturation iritensity of magnetization
(a)
introduce carbon
{b) (c) (d)
purify it alloy it with cobalt None of these
Magnetic recr"rrrJimg tape made from
(a)
small particles of iron
becomes zero
(b). silicon-iron
the domains bscome entirely randomly
{c) feir.ic oxide (d) None of these
magnetized
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
is most commonly
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 37
24.
Permanent magnets are sornetimes made by the aggregation of particles which are
ln high {requency'applications a fenite is
31.
prefened to a ferromagnetic material because, the fenite has
(a) smaller than a magnetic domain wk1th (bl mo-magneiic particles in a magnetic
t
i
bondng medium
(c)
l t
srnaller than a domain wall thickness
(d) -NorE of these
'
I
25.
t l
Diamagnetisin
(a) (b)
tI
is exhibited by
Or{y $rsp materia{s whhh do rnt permanent magnetic rnoments-
32.
poress
High resistivity
{c)
High saturation magnetization
(d)
Square saturation magnetization
(a)
There is a net magnetic moment dre lo the Mn2* ion
(b)
There is a net magnetic moment due to the 02- ion
I
permanent magnetic moments
i
(d)
I I
I
Only those materials which have strong intemalfields.
i
26.
Paramagrretic materials when placed
in
a
magnetic field, get
27.
33.
(a) Feebly attracted (b) Feebly repelled (c) Strongly repelled (d) Strongly attrac{ed The net spitr ma.gnetic moment of
29.
{b) 4m, (d) 2*,
moment due to
I i
Curie-Weiss Law is obeyed by
Antiferromagnetic materials
Ferromagnetic materials above Curie Curie
temperature
34.
Varies dirmtly with temperature
The magnetic effect which
js
analogous to
converse piezoelectric effect
' (a) Exchange interaction Varies as
'(b)
1ff
ls independent of temperature
fi) 35.
1O-3,
tO{ Hm-l)
a)
(a) Only spin magnetic moment of
3d
36.
(b) Only spin magnetic moment of 4s electrons (c) Both spin and orbital moments of 3d electrons
of s
0.12s7
{c) 4rx10't
electrons
electrons
Antifenomagnetism
the induction in Wb m-2 at an applied field of 100 kA m-1 is (tto = 1.%7 x
ln transition metals, the c
Both spin and orbi.tal momen{s
J
ln a paramagnetic material of susceptibility equal
to
l l
i
Magnetostriction
(c)'Magnetic Hysteresis
The condition lor an atom to possess orbital magnetic mornent is that the atom m0st have
(d)
There is no rpt rnagnetic moment
a net magnetic both Mn2* and G- ions
(d) Ferromagnetic material below
(a) Completely.filled s-shells (b) Partially filled s-shells {c) Partially filled p, d or f shells (d) Completely filled p, d or f shells 30.
(d)
(c)
The susceptibility of diamagnetic material
(c) {d)
Theretis
i
I
temperature
(a) 5m, (c) 3*, (a)
(c)
(b)
Fe3* ion is
28.
High permeability
ln the ceramic mat'erial MnO
Allmateriats
.(c) -Only t$ose materials which pos€ess
{
(a) (b)
{b) o.1%8 (d) none of ttrcse
The temperature of the antiferromagnetic-toparamagnetic transition is called
{a)
Antiferrornagnetic Curie temp.
(t)
Curie-Weiss temp.
(c)
Neel temp.
{d) Dpbye temp.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 38
v : :
140 ' Material Science 37.
(a) (b) (c) (d) 38.
39.
Assertion (A): Fenites
The factors that obstruct domain wall motion in Fe are
impurity atoms
Assertion (A): Silicm-iron ha a high rer^^ "'oQetf flux density Reason (R): defects prevent tte dom31r., .from. returning to their original positioi*'.31h " utten the magnetizing field is remorred.
voids
All,of the above
The tr:bnsition from the'fenomagnetic to the pararuiagnetic state is named after Curle
(c)
Neel
'
(b)
Curi+Weiss
Consider the following statements
(d)
Debye
l.
The garnet crystal used in a mhroprocessor has the formula
The capacitance of a parallsl capacitor is inversely proportionql .Dlate to the voltage between the plates
lll.
Permittivity is represented 3S ? con* number to take account of tossnllpbx -.
47.
"nd
Consider the following statements
l. A dielectric
the reason contains
(d)
lf the assertion is false but the reason contains a trqe statement.
40.
Assertion {A):The magretic moment of an iron atorir in Fe.Oo is less than that in rnetallic iron
the
jlt'u* (a) I onty tb) tand 1t nlV (c) ll and til onty (d) I u ,,nly
the assertion.
lf the assertion is true but a false staternent.
i
Which of the above statements is/are
assertion.
(c)
tn
dielectric
lf both assertion and reason ae true statements and the reason is a cor.rect explanation of the lf both assertion and reason are true statements but the reason is not a correct explanation of
_.
ll., :
Direction: Each of the sentences in Questions 4&45 mnsists of an assertion fotlowed by a reason. Answer:
(b)
The charge held by a parallsl
capacitor is proportionat to the ars- ll.aF plates for a fixed apflied voltage - "t its
(a) YO.FerO. (b) YrtouO,, (c) YO.6FerO, (d) Y,Or.FerO,
(a)
if hiil
Reason (R): They have a loruer saturalior., o -' density than does silicon+on'rtq
dislocationtangles
{a)
useful
are
frequency transformers
ll. lll.
can be regards6
serniconductor with an energy enerov -
-".1* oS
a
compbrable with semiconductor 6uf,oD h-YoD
is ig
9Qp onlv be ho -^'" v'rp can only negatively by friction if there .1,s neqatively arq arF:rargqt no f_ri electrons in the soiid-
srrface A dielectric surface
^.
A dielectric surface positively cha.^
friction retains
iti
charge
i;'g:d
ry
oo:r.l:l:^1: d r::
atmosphere electrons in the solid to neutraliZu'i,
Reason (R): The orhiiS[mbment is reduced by
Which of the above statements is/are 41.
Assertion' (A)€ A pece-'of jron lnay have no magnetic.nrtiinent-'...... . .... Reason. (R):. tt iS intifencim.aSngtq. 1.
42.
Asseiij'6n (A): ' Copper.',iannol .: antiferbmagnetic "' :
"
111
48.
be
-.'-
Reason (R): lt possesses a{uH i}d.ihett of electrons. 43.
Assertion {A}: ln the 4f transition series of metals, the crystal field does not cause the orbital magnetic moment to disappear in the solid
,Reason {R): The 4f electrons are not deeply buried inside the atom.
(a) ll and lll only (b) I and ll on,, (c) I and lll only (d) l, ll and The permittivity of . ,.,l,.rin"r,,1u un,t* (a) Farad metre {b) Farad (r1o*-''o (c) (Farad metrefl /h\ (b) i^is a ^..- "Ig)-1 ^ nurxS*-
49.
lf the distance between the plates of a ^_ plate capacitor is initially small anq fidralH doubled the capacitance is "ren is
(a) doubled (b) halved
(c)
increased by a factor of 4
(d)
decrease by a factor of 4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 39
v Magnetic and Dielectric Properties
ll.
Cdnsider the foltbwing statem6nts '
50.
l. ll.
Which of the above statements
(a) (b) (c) -(d)
a vector proportional tot he electric field at the sarne point
of ttre
tlL-dependent gn ttre permittivity
medium lV.
i
to the distance from ltre 54.
p{oportionril
ctnrge ;
V.
Pyroelectricity symmetric
.
material
mrrsl
:
Which of the above statements iVare conect?
(a) I and ll only '(b) (c) ll only (d)
ll
and ttl onty
l, ll and'lll
l. All ferroelectric materials
V.
given in joules per metre
Vl.
proportional
exhibit
pyroelectricity
positive if the charge Q is positive ind6pendent
be
is only found in centro-
Consider the following statements:
lV"
also
crystals
positive if the charge Q is negative
tl.
of the path foltowed
-
The Curie temperature for a fenoelectric
is the temperature above
which its
spontaneous polarization disappears
to the permittivity of
lll. "
the
Barium titanate is a ferroelectric because its lattice strainS spontaneously dbove the
Curie temperature
equal to the gradient of the field
Which+f the above stdtements is/are correct?
Which of the above statements igare4onect?
{a) lll and tV only (b) l,.ll and lV onty (e) ll, lH and Vl only (d) lll and Vll onty
(a) I and ll only (c) ll only
tire
potahz.ation
in a dielectric is
charge per unit volume of the
dielectric
.'
(a)
'dielectric
(c) ttre'bound
charge per unit area .of the
"(b)
and
l, ll
lll only
and lll
lf both assertion and reason are true statenents and the reason is a correct explanation of the assertion. lf both assertion and reason are true statenrents
the assertion.
None of these
{c)
lf the assertion is true but the reason contains a false.statement.
(d)
lf the assertron is [alse but the reason contains a true statement.
Consider the following statements:
'1.
ll
but the reason is not a correct explanation of
dielmtric
(d)
(b) (d)
SHement: Each of the sentences in Questions 56-$2 consisb of an asse(ion followed by a reason. Answer:
'.{!,)f iheSound charge per unit volurme of the
t
The dielectric susceptibility
I
polarization per unit electric f,reld
I
l,leither I and nor ll
a vector quantity
-'(a) theiiee
-
.
material is one tht generabs bound electrostatic ctrarge on its surface when it is meehanically
lll.
mqiium
53.
I and ll both'
piezoelectric
point P in an electric field E due to a point charge Q is the work done on a unit positive charge in bringing it to the point P from infinity. The potential is
.
ll only
n. A pyroelectric
The electrostatic potential at any
-
is/are conect?
I only
deformed
Consider the following statements:
Vll.
strerEth
t. A piezoelectric
fias unils of mulomb's per square me{re
(a) l, ll and V only (b) l, ll and lV only (c) ll and ll{ only (d) lll and V only
l. ll. lll.
is the average
Consider the following statements:
Which of the above statements is/are correot?
51.
The polarizability of a dipold
difule moment per unit field
the ebcbic Rux density atany pcr'nt in a mediun distant r from a point ctrarge q is
14!
of Materials
is
the
i
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 40
142
Material Science
56.
Assertion (A): Displaceirrent of the electron cloud roupd a nudeus by an electric fieid is
Aisertiirn (A): HCi is a polar motecule Reason (R):. lt comprises a positive charge separated from a. negative charge by a small
called opticat polarizabitity
distance.
Reason (R): lts relaxation frequency is in the optical range.
57.
60.
Assertion (A): Optical polaizability arises in
:l .' !
Reason (R): The crystal is centro-symmetric.
i-
61.
Reasoqi (R): The electron cloud round a
58. !l .i
Assertion (A): OrienHional polarization
!' nucleug experiences a force in an electric field
generally occurs in solids
in the sanre directir:n as does the nucleus.
Reason (R): The atoms can
mwe
freely.
Assertion (A): lntbrfacial polarizat'ron in a solid has a very low relaxation frequency
Assertion (A): trlolecular polarizability occtrs in all substances
:
Assertion (A): Rock salt cannot acquire a dipole moment in an electric field
Reason (R): Diatomic molecules can possess
Reason (R): lt reqdires the movement of a whole body of charge through a resistive
a dipole moment
medium.
l
ANSTI'ER KEY
1.
(b)
14.
(c)
27.
(a)
(d)
2.
{a}
15.
(b)
28.
(d)
(c)
3.
(c)
16.
(c)'
2s. (c)
(c)
4.
(a)
17.
(a)
30).
(a)
(c)
5.
'(b)
18. {b}
31,
(b)
(F)
- 57.
(a)
6.
(a)
19.
32.
(d)
(c)
58.
(a)
7-
(b)
20. (d)
5e.
(b)
8.
(b)
21.
(d)
60.
(a)
e.
(d)
22. (b)
'(b)
61.
(b)
10.
{d)
23.
(c)
(b)
62.
(a)
11.
(c)
24.
(c)
(a)
12"
(b)
2s.
(b)
(a)
13.
(b)
26.
(a)
{b)
(c),':..
'9,'
ia:
(a)
'(-"')-. '
.{b)
F)
:
.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
s3. (c) s4. (a) s5. {a) s6. (b)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 41
Conducting and Supercohducting Properties_of Maferiala
.
two dissimilor rnefol couses a detretse in temperoture of one end ond increose in temperoture of the other end. It is c{nverse of seeSock effegt.
4-15 supei"c.onductors ore intermetolfic
compounfl such os Nb.Sn, Nb3Al which hove
low crlticol ternperoture. Their structure is cubic crystolline which'ls olso known 0s (p-W)
Conductivity of semiconductor increases with
the rise in temperoture.
In other
tungsten structure.
words
Sulphur hexofluoride gos tmwn to be o gos hoving high dielectric strength in conporison .to oir. is nontoxic ord rrcninfhmrnble.It is inert in noture.
semiconductors hove negotave temperofure coefficients.
It
Semiconductor moieriolsdo rrct follow4hm s
ol
low. &nlgop llury, moteriils is neorly 1 eV. The semicondrctrng materiol iscper{ect
;'t )
t
:
r1 j
e e Q"rs
.e
" 19
IX
n{ l€
imuhtor ot 0 K. The runber of corducting electrons per otorn is determined by otomic structure. Valerce electron moy be CIbh to toke port in conduction. Cory7,Silver ond 6old hove only one valetce electron per otom, Zinc, Codmiurn hove 2 while Aluminium hos 3. ff more thon three volence .electrons sre there, both the chorocteristics of bonding (covolent ond ionic) moy exist ond electricol properties chonge completely except tin, leod. When we o smoll omount of copper in nic*el the conductivity decrea*s. The neoson is, thot in replocing some of the nickel otoms in the lottice, the copper otoms destroy the lottice periodicity in their immediote neighborhood ond thus oct os new scattering centers for the conduction electrons. The moterioi hoving number of vo{once electron (Z) from 2Io S.gercrally show srper
cotUuctivity.
1n
lnt
the surfoce smooth ond rrcn-obsortent due to the irreguiorities of the obtoined surfoce eliminoted. Becouse'of there is no ony void on the surfoce to obsorb the moisture. Poper ond pressboord'hove genenolly been
used for bindirg ond coble coil 'insdlotion. Primory dielectric copocitor, tronsformer insulotion. Poper has list offi*ty for moisture thon Asbestous. 1.
Asbestous, widely used os heat insulotor especiolly in boiler. ft hos light weight ond is fire weother proof.
('
:
porticulorsubstonce.
in the moterio. This is temperoture.
notri7jsls,
hf rooin terrrperotury. F€, Ni,.' eir,' gfe irls<, irOf '3upercbnductirts
riroteriol5.-
.'''.t:...
.
-
znt )s5
{
independent
of
The resistance of arry moteriol with o uniform cross-sectionol oreo A depends on A ond its
length /. In mothemotical forrn,
....
The super. conducting.compounds ond olloys do nof. .nicessorily hirve_ super .cp.nducting
.compnenti such oi ; PbrAu,. CuS, MN; MoN, NbB,.ZrZ.
rnd {
:
(ii) Residuol component This component orises due to impurity ond defcct present
the
)m
lor
Resistivi\ is composed of two components : (i) Thermol resistivity : It is &re to lottice vibrqtion ond is ehorccteristk of the
por
conduct'ors
of
Glozir:g is done on cer
In foct,.
he( {
low rcltoge, lines.
superconductirvg'blemerrts ore'relotively
conducting.l
ie.
for
Lepidolite type mico is unsuitable forelectric insuhtion becruse it is hord ond britHe.
elements which .ot room temperature ore ggod conductors (Cu, Ag, Au ord the olkoli metol) ore obseni from the list of super
:ol
znt'
insulotors
. The
of
rck
permitivity cemmics +sed in suspension irsulotors for higdr voltqeJiras ond pin
Low
Pbrflr. -
Snsb,
Low temperoture superconductor.': Criticol temperoture less thon 25K. Mostly LTS are metollic e.9. Nb-Ti, Nb-Zr, lrlbrsn, Nb3Al, Vr6o etc.
High temperoture super-conductor (HTS)
:
Criticol temperoture > 25K. These ore cerumks type e.g.: Perovskite oxide (Cclciunr Titonium bxide, CoTiO3).
where, p is ktown os the specific resistonce or resistivity of the moteriol in ohm-meters
..r.
(
Resistonce of wire is given by 8,,* = Ro{l+(oat)} where Ro is intiol resistonce of wire: s is temperoture coefficient of resistonce ond At is temperotr:re dtlferencu; Rn€w is finol resistonce due to chonge in te.mpenoturc Lt
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 42
154
Materialscience
QUES'UONS Copsider the following properties pertaining an alloy used as d precision resistor :
1. 2. 3. -
(a) inversely proportional to ib energy (b) directly proportionatio its momentuh (c) directly proportionalto ib energy (d) inversly proportional to ira mornenfum
b
Uniform resistance Stable resistance Zero oy''low ter.nperature ooeftlcient
resitivify
d
'
Which one
Which of these properties are desirable?
{a) 1,2 and 3 (c) 1 and 3
(a) lt is electronegative in nature (b) lt has high{ielectric strpnUth (c) lt is non-toxic /' (d) lt is highly inflammbble
(b) 1 ard 2 (d) 2 and 3
The conductivity of a $per conducting matedd on being subject to critical magnet'rc field changes to
of a conductor of is
{a) lndependent of tempaature {b} Directly proportionai lo tempqrature .(c)
Which of the following has the greatest
(b) (d)
Cotton
{c)
Asbestos
(b) (d)
Negative ion 10.
Flole
-
11.
Superconductors have almost zero
(c)
The external magnetic field has no effect
(d)
on superconductors Entropy increases on going frorr superconducting state to normal stde
(c)
{b) 4.12"C {d) 41.2 K
De Broglie wavelenglh associated with material particle is
density
in a
Jha'a $e .tfinsitiph
Less than the crititnlfield conesponding
to the given temperature (d)
12. a
'tiqS
temperature_is..- . .: .. (a) Zero .- ' ' (b) Great€r "th.an- the' 'criticat :'iietit' :ffi psiaturb corresponding. to the given
The transition temperature of Mercury at ufrich it becomes superconductive is
4.12 K
factors does the
The magnetic nefO'at iulndr a.srper-condrctor remains, in its.super+ondudingf .state ht a
temperature
resitivity
4.12"F
of the following
of critical current
perfect
diamagnetism
(a) (c)
of
(a) Temperature (b) Applied magnetic field (c) Terqperature and applied magnetic field (d) Silsbee's rufe . .. -'.-
Mica
(a) Superconductors show
to square
superconductor depend?
Whictr of the following statements is NOTtnre?
(b)
On nlhich
value
Faper
proportional
temperature
Which of the following insulating materials has the least affinity to moisture?
(a)
lnversely proportional to temperature
{d) lnversely
mobility?
(a) Positive ion (c) Electron
for
According to Wiedemann-Franz law the ratio of thermal conductivity to electricd coriductivity
(a) normal state (b) unstabls state (c) temperature-independent state (d) temperaturedependent state
7.
of the following is-NOT true
Sulphur texafluoride gas?
Equal to the critical field mnesponding to the transition temperature
Match
List-t (lnsulator) wiin List-il
(Application) _anQ select the correct answer using the codes given belovrr
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
14. I
t
is.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 43
v '-QonO List
A. B. C. D.
-l
tjelect the conect ansarer r.sing the code given
below:
Mica
(a) 1 arfi 2 {c) 2 and 3
Polystyrene Porcelain
connection witti supermndudors
-ll
Bushings
2.
Electric wires afld €ables
3.
Low vo&aqeupacltors
45.
lron
t;
i
I
2.
{a} 2
(c) -Both 1 and
4
18.
2
51
:
more than
(ci
zero
(c) Ferromagneticsubstance {d) Ferrimagnetic substance
ans\rrrer using
Match
' A B.
Superconductivity is destroyed
At hbh temperature.
field . ,:
,l I
16.
presence of magrnetic-impurities
":
..-
Superconductors
I
3.
Pin'hsulators for
Enamelcovering lnsulation.
lines.
' 1. . 2'.
List
Jl
Laminations .Wires
. 3. . Miichines -'4. Transformers ....-..1.. g
€uspension insulators for high voltage
.2.
-l
-'.Cttdes:-
following?
tl rlt
List
with List-ll and select the correct the code given below the list:
D. Empire cloth
ln all the-above cases
Consider the following : Applicdions of low permitivity ceramics include ufi'rch of the
1.
Listl
one (b) one . (d) negative
,
{c) Applied magnetic field (d) Supplied thennal energy I
1 nor 2
Supercorducting metal in super+onducting state has relative permeability of
ln metals, resistivity is composed of tvtro pa.rts:' one part is characteristic of the particllai' substance. The other part is due to .. ..-'._
I
Neither
Which one of the followirrg is the correct
(a)
(a) Applied voltage tb) Crystal imperfections
2 only
statement?
4
At hig'tr magnetic
2
.
ida6 conect?
(b) (d)
1 urly
(a) Paramagneticsubstance (b) Diamagneticsubstance
(d)
!
Transitbn from the superconducting to rormal state under the influence of a magretic'field is inversible..
Metallic copper is a
ic) -in
I
Transition temperatu+e of a super conductbr can be reduced by the
Which of these statemenb
(d) 2
:
applkEtion of a magnetic fidd
Radio Cabineb
s {c)4 1 3
nl,
3
List
1.
(a) (b)
(d) 1,2and
Consider the following statements in
ABCD (a)4 51 {b) 21
14"
and 3
Silicon rubber
Godes:
13.
'1
(b)
c 4 1 {b) 3' 4 1 tc)z 1-4 {d)3 1 4
'1a) .2. ..
D
3 2
3 2
x. - Consider the folbwing statements
:
Characteristics of a good insuldting material lsrw voltage lines.
are
t www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 44 t MaterialScience
-=
1.
Should give urffmn electric and thermal properties.
2.
High permittivi$-
List
!. 2. 3. 4.
3. . Low dissipation fmtor.
4.
Low insulating rei$ance.
Which of the above statements are conect?
(a) (c)
onllr (b) 2 and 4 only 1 and 3 only (gl 1,2, 3 and 4
1.
:
24.
lines.
4.
All
srperconductors mabrials.
3.
n.
only (b) 2 and 4 only
List-l
only (d)
1, 2,
3
List
(a) (c)
with
-l
List
A. Frecision Work 1B. Rheostat 2. C. Heating devices 3. O. Brushes- 4.
-ll
25.
23.
Match ListJ
A. B.
C. D.
Resistors are shielded against magnetic
field.
'
'
only (b) 1-onty 1 3 only (d) 3 onty .and 1 and 2
Materials in superconducting state have the
'.
of
Niphrorne
ti)
Constantan
(b) Replling magnetic fietd (c) Absorbirq electric field (d) Repelling electric field
Magnesium
26.
1
Absorbing magnetic field
1
27.
with
-l
High conductivity materials . High resistivity materials
Metal for lightly loaded contacts
'
"
j
A srperconductor may be used foi generatfr.E (a) 'Voltage
(b) (c) Temperature (d)
4
4
,.
Nickel-chromiunri's best suited for resistance of high value.
property
List-ll and select the conect a{rswer using the code given be}ow the lists: List
The material should be of high resistivity
Graphite
Codes:
ABCD (?) 4 3 2 tb) 1 3 _2 {c) 4 2 -3 (d)1 2 3
2
Which of the ihese statements is/are correct?
and 4
List-ll and select the conect answer using the code given below the list: Match
2
the following statements with regad to manufacture of a standard resistor :
2.
Which of the above sbtements are conect? 1, 2 and 4
1
and low temperature coefficient.
criticalvalue.
1 and 2
1
CD 24 2"3 1 4, 13
Consi<Jer
1.
are paramagnetic
Superconductors become normal when placed in a magnetic field of certain
(a) (c)
lron, Nickel Constantan
s (d+
becornes a super mnductor is calted
3.
Aluminium,Copper
(c)
The tempe+ature at tr*rich the conOuctor
" transition temperature. 2" Superconductors repel magnetic flux
Platinum, MolyMenum
AB (a)3 (b) 4
Consider tfre; following statements about supercondrctors
Tungsten, Carbon
Codes:
1 and 4
,
21.
-ll
Pressrrre. .'.
Magnetic
fieti
..
As temperature falls below the tiarisition temperature, the value of critical magnetic field
of a superconductor
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Materials for bimetallic strip
www.dream2gate.co.in
Remains unchanged lnJreases Decreases First increaSes, reaches a peak and then
decreases
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 45
v E[ng and Supercondudmg Properties of lvlaterials 32.
(a) ls independent of temPeratird (b) lncreases with temPerature (c) ls maxlmum at a ciitical temperat0re the following ptoperties is -Whictr of'for a." sttperconductor in its coneqt
stry?
33.
'
'
Lead
1. 2. 3. 4.
Will not alloy with many other metals
{a) 1 and 2 are correct {b) 2 and 3 are conect
31.
PermittivitY
Some oflthese properties are for DC use and some are for AC use.
Directions:
List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the list: Match List-l i,vith
List
Dielectric hoses
use (a) 1,2 and 3 (b) 1and3 (c) Zand 4 (d) 1and2 .
Has good malleable and ductile properties
J
A. Porcelain B. Steatite a C. Mica D. Rutile List ll 1. Used for high freqtrency applications ?" Used in capacitors to be operated at htgtt
AC use
2 and 4 1,2and3
1,
1 and 2
1,2,3and4
.
The following items cbnsist of two staternents, one taibtted as 'Assertion A and th'e oiher labelled as 'Reason R'. You are to examine these twostatements carefully and setec!the answer to these tvrrc statqmelts carefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given below: -
(a)
Both A ard R arelndividuatly true and R is the
{c) (d)
frequencies
3. ' 4.
Releases water wtren heated
Reason {R): Lepidolite is hard . bnd brittle-
Codes:
ABCD (a)3 1 4 2 3 Ib)1 2.4 (c)3 4 2 (d) 1 4 2 3 1
mrca ls
34.
Used for insulators
35.
-
-1 I i
Dielectricbreakdov'nr strengttr
DC
ls least affected bY sea water.
{
lnsulation resistance
The conect combination is
ls not used to form cable sheaths.
(c) 3 and 4 are conect (d) 1 and 4 are correct
mwh below the transition
Consier{he fdlowing properties of insulators:
1. 2. 3. 4.
.is zero
30.
a temperature
(c) a $rong titectric fietd . {d) a pressure below that of the atmosphere
{a) tts resistiv.ity is,zerc {b) lr,tagnetic fluxdensity irx*de te conduc{or (c) lts relative permeability is unity (d) lb magnetic susceptibility is negative
a $rong magnetic fleld temPerature
NOT
suOercgnducting
"'
a material bY aPPlYing.
(a) (b)
(d) ' ls minimum at a edtical ternperaturq 29.
ii--'" peiOt" todestrdy the strper-conductivity'
'of
Assertion {A): Glazing is done on ceramic insr.rlators to make the surface smooth and non-absorbent.
Reason (R): Moisture from the atmosphere can collect on ihe surface discontirruties on a ceramic and result in electric breakdown'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 46
{58
tr,taterialScience
l.ssertion (A): An electric or mechanical input makes the flux iump from one supercondudor to another, generating large direct cunenb'
temperature wtrich is more than the
Reason (R): The electric resistivity of srperconductors depends upon the magnetic
Assertion (A): At absolute zero degree temperature the semiconductor materials behave as insulators.
temperature, super-conductivity can destroyed.
fidd.
Reason (R):;At absolute zero degree Kelvin temperature; there is no energy avaitable to generate the current carriers in the
Assertion (A): Cryotron is a srvticfr constructed otrt of supercondu-cting materials'
37.
Reason (R): SwiLcbing action is characteristic
sem'rconductor.
of srperconduetors onlY.
Assertion (A): Superconductors cannot
Assertion (A): Superconductivity of a
38.
be
--.4
used as coils for production of $rong magnetic
superconducting material can be &stroyed by
fields. ,
rylication of an extemal magnetic field' Reason (R): lf the applied magnetic field is
"
Reason (R): Superconductivity in a wire may be destroyed if the current in the wire exceeds a critical value.
greater than the critical magnetic field at ag{ven
9,1 lllTl 9.1
ln
9.2
N
9.3
E
:
ANSWERI(EY
P
(d)
37.
(c)
(c)
38.
(a)
9.4
1.
. {d)
10.
(d)
2.
(a)
11.
(c)
20.
(c)
(d)
21.
{c)
30.
(b)
39.
{c)
12.
(a)
3.
9.5
(
(b)
1?.
(b)
22.
(a)
31.
(c)
40.
(a)
9.6
I
(")
14.
(d)
23.
(a)
32.
(")
33.
(d)
5. :
,
{b)
24.
t s
I
9.7 (c)
r
6.
(c)
15.
(b)
7.
(d)
16.
(b)
(b)
(a)
8.
(b)
17.
(a)
(d)
(a)
9.
(b)
(c)
(b)
(d)
I
i
i I I
I
t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
|
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 47
I
Optical and Tlrermal properties of Material.i69
r,
< A p*fext conduc+or, would be o prfect.
The ombrphous !'losses retoin this
II
refle*tor.,
ststa Polymethyl rnethacrylote (PAitAtA), with excellent tronsporency ond moderote strength, is exploited for its opticol properties in both tronsporenry in the solid
T
I
I
,( '
dteet form ond in injectign mouldings such os outo reor-light filterscose
t t
comphrnentory colour.
(
Polymer hove very lorge thermol exponsions trpon teoting its thermol exporsion coqfficierfi
Although tougherrthonglcss. PilAtA is rnole
I
bl
is lies in the ronge of 5O * 1O{-400--rlOL (O"C1-t. The highest volue of thermol exporrion found in lirrzor ond bronch plymer
*rutchirg ond crozing. Pdye
I I I t
I t I
I
1
Ceromic hove comporotively l6w ceftkient lof thermol exporsion in the rcnge of (0.5-15) !Oa/oC. One metol hove coeffkient of
,
thermol exponsion very high in the range aI
20-4WrC.
plostic. PVC hos somecrystollinity ond is much
I
less tronsporent but is widely usetl, on the bosis
of its lower
1
Thermolconductivity of most nretolfoll with rise in temperoture (Al ond Uronium ore
cost, for opplicotions such
os pockoging ond bottles.
{
Compoct discs them selves
exception).
<
ara injection
moulded f rom spechlly formulotedPG
I
A thermoset with on outstording combinotion
of opticol ond mechonicot properties
1
is
plydiol lyldiglycokorbonote (CR39), used for
Crystollites resist diffusion of gases. This leods to on interesting conflict in the
drink, which must keep fhe-firbon dioxide gos in while corbonoted
mointoining high tronsporency.
Gases thermol
'
condictivity is rises with rise
in temperoture. Ablctive moteriol : It
offer eff
ective thermol
protection for o shortel.durotion (second or minutes) ot very high femperqture. Fibre reinfonced resin, corbonised plostic ond metol.
moulded lenses.
of
Liguid's thermol conductivity dereoses with
groder
with high purity ond low nrelt viscosity.
pcckoging
q
Most comrnon moteriol hove portiolly empty 'd-shellso obsorption is highast ot high photbn energy thot is why metol reflect the
-
to
I
,
metol composite ore some.exomples.
The rarge ol electromognetic rodiotion.it
-
which metols exhibit moximum reflectivilY is.' visible rorge ond beyond uftroviolet.--' -"-:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
._
'.'
'
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 48
\, 17O
[4aterial
Sciene
1&; -l €
Find the wrong statement
: Specific
heat of a
. wifr......-..
.material.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Thermal conductivity in polymas increases
10.
Constant for a material
("1 (b) (c) . - (d)
Heat capacity per unit mass Extrinsic ploperty Has units asJ/kgK I
(
lncreass in crystallinity
(,
Decreases
in
crystallinity
Eiher
(,
i{one
j
Heat capacity hm units as
(a) (b)
(b)
J/mol.K
(c) J.ohmlsec.K, {O) Wm.K Thermal expansion of a materiai has units as
12.
(a) J/ks.K (b) J/mol.K (c) J,o-hm/sec.K2 (d) 1fC Polymers have thermal conductivities in the range of
.1 {c) 10-100 (a)
).
(b) 1-10 (d) > 100
0.5
- 1s
.
(c)
25
-
50
(b) 5'-
{d) 50 -
400
0.5
- 15
2s
-
50
{b) 5-25 {d) 50 - 400
14.
15.
(( S
$
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a
6.62 6.62
x 10-s J.sec x 10-34 J.min
(bj
x 10-u Cal. sec 6.62 x 10-s Cal min
(c
6.62
(d
Lt
{rl
(a
Reflectivity
Reflectivity + Refractivity (b
Reflectivity + Absorptivity +-Tfadsmitivity
(cl'
Any
Metals can ..........
the light
(b) 1-5 (d) 20 - 400
beams Fh
Refract (a)
Any (c)
Metals are .........
(a) Transparent - (b) (c) Transluceni - (d)
of
Et Opaque
(a)
None (b)
Metals can transmit these ..........
(a) Radio waves (b) (c) Microwaves (d)
With increase in temperature, thermal mnductivity of a metal ........
(a) (b) (c) (d)
k
(a) Reflect ]Ut (c) Transmit (d)
[4ehls have thermal mnductivities in the range
(a) <1 Jc) s-25
(r
.;
"(d:
Coefficient of thermal expansion for ceramics is the range of ...:...... x10{
(a) (c)
{i
Planck's constant is
(b) (c) (d)
25
0.77
0.39
Sum of these is unity
13.
Polymers have thermal expansion coefficient in the range of ........ x10{
(a)
mm
0.39 - 0.77 mm {c) 0.39 - 0.77 nm (d) 0.39 - o.77 cm ,
Units for tfiermal conductivity
{a) J/kg.K
MsiUe light's wavelength range
11.
(b) y'mol.K {a) J/ks.k (c) J.ohrn/sec.K2 (d) W/m.K
(
(c)
Visible light X-rays
2+'
(d) ry.,
lncreases
17.
Decreases Either
All, depending on metal
Reilectivity of metals
(a) (c)
0.05
0.9s
(a)
(b) 0.50 (d) None
(b)
G}
-(ol www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 49
Ogticaland Thermal Properties of 'Material
# Refractive index of materials is approximat'ely equal to square root of
(a) {b) {c)
Sdr
25.
Magnet'c PermeabilitY
x
magnetic
PermeabilitY
Crptcd fibre operators on {he principle of
26.
(d) None !' (a)
{r) (b) {c)
.@ i
Li$rt rdlec{bn
21.
(b)
Compton scattering
28.
ultraviolet
ln indirect
inter-band transition the electron
{af
Change in both energy and momentum
(b)
Change in momenturn but no charge in
(c) (d)
Knocking out ofelectrons by photons
Change
29.
1O-sps
Electricalconductors
(b)
Electri
(c)
p-n jurctions
(d)
Ail
10-sns
(c) Ge
-
(b) (d)
:
Si
Se -t
Dielectric materials like enamels, porcelain, etc'
are opaque (in the visible range) becausg They have band gap greater than 3 eV
{a} (b) TheY have band gap less than 3eV
(c) TheY scatter light (d) TheY have low refractive index 31.
-
Which of theJollowing are examples of direct
(a) GaAs
1fr5 ms
Pyrorneter works based on
(a) Laser teehnologY (b) Photo-conduction (e) Tlrermalemission (d) tyhoattettect
'l
-i
band gaP semiconductors?
Electro'luminmcenee occurs in
{a)
in energy but no change in
momentum
All
(b) (d)
'J
No change in both energy and momentum
Photons stimulated bY Photons
10{s
;l
energy
fluoremence occurs within
{a) (c)
Msible
Photons emitted while excited electrons-
drops.down
(b) (") {d)
The: ranges of electromagpLtic radiation.in which metals exhibit maximum reflectivity is
undergoes
Luminescence is because of
(a)
Lmer technologY
{e} Ultraviolet (d) lnfrared
(c) Both (d) None 21.
Pfroton-electric effect
(b). Beyond
subjecte(to Rayhigh scattering
intemal reflectance
Tyndalleffect
(a)
Sky looks blue iecause the sun liEht is
(a)
tTotal
{d)
(b) Light rdractkm (c) Lighttransmiss'xrn (d) Ligtrt AbsorPtion 20.
cell works based on
{a) taSer technologY (b) Pfpton-conduction (c) Thermal emission {d) Tyndalteffect
Eledrical PermitivitY
Electrical permitivity
{71
Which of the following materia[s does not absorb visible radiation?
' (a) SaPphire "i ' . (b) RubY (c) www.dream2gate.co.in
Diamond_
(d)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
Silicon
.I
.i
--l -'l
-i
..1
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 50 t
172 Materialscience ANSU'ERI(EY
trF
1.
(c)
8.
(d)
15.
(b)
22.
(c)
z.
(b)'
e.
(d)
16.
(d)
23.
tc)
3.
(d)
10.
(a)
17.
(c)
24.
(c)
4.
(d)
(b)
-1s.
(a)
25. .
(b)
s.
(a)
12.
(a)
1e.
{b)
26. {a)
6.
{d)
13.
(c)
2a.
(a)
27.
(a) & (b)
7.
(a)
14.
(a)
21.
(a)
28.
(a)
i 'n.
(") 31.
ht
'o
ET
10.1
ll
-10.1 .10.2
1o.3
' 10.5 10.6 10.7
10.4
t I I I
1GB--
(
10.9
: I I
rl
I I
t ! I 10.14
I
10.15
(
10.16
(
10.17 10.18
I
(
10.19
'l
10.20
(
10.21 10.22 10.23
I
I
10.25
\
1o.az 10.28
www.dream2gate.co.in
I
10.24
10.26
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
I
I
I I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 51
\, Modern
{
Bhkelond nomed his new moteriol "Bakelitet; todoy we use the ganuic names 'phenotformoldehyde' or just 'phenolic". Crystollizoti,on is focilitsted by the tre.serce of polor groups. Plostics with two or tnore phcses ore commonly colled plyblerds. Becouse the electrSns thot ore shqred covolently within f hsins ore highly laealizd, .mosi polymers iare very g'ood .insulotor. Plostic ized ?llc, polyethylene - -ord polytetrofltrcroethylene ate all flexitle insuhtors wifh low *.norgilr permedili\ to
with them high-volume opplicotions in shi.eldirp ebctrical wire ond cobles. Where insukii<x is rrct wonted, e.g. {in ontistotic fooms ond pockoging f or
levels
I
'due to
,(
density.
1
Ploscoot PPA 571 ES is o lfrermoplostic cmtgg powder which hos been.specificolly desiged to ,provide o long lostirg, tough
.
(
of
-4A"C
' need for o seporo?e primer. The moteriol olso '.. providesgood obrosion ond impoct resistonce.
Tf PPA 57 IES over sproyed powder is to be reqcled then blend o moximum of 25% of the over-sproyed poWder wifh75% of virgin powder.
<
tu93'C.
Viton is o synthetic rubber ond fluropropofne
elostomer used in o-rirE, chemicol resistonce glove. Viton is not suitfule for steom, omine
or hot woter services. RTFE (reinforced tetrofluoroethylene) is o variotion on PTFE (teflon) thot typicolly hos 15% gloss filled fibreodding to the pressure thot PTFE con normolly withstond. RTFE should not be used in hydrofluroic ocid ond hot spring coustics {due to a reoction with the gloss). PCTFE (Polychlorotetrofluorethelerc) is a polymer used in volve seot for cryogenic service.
Delrin is o tvpe of polyoxymethylene (ccetol,
polyotetol ond ployformoldehyde). It is o thermoploslic used in volved se
on olloy of acid modified polyolefin's. Thzretore, it is Holoqen free ond the conbustion fumes ore low in.smoke ond hove
571ES is resistont to siress crocking, odversa weother conditions, deterrynts, salt sproy ond typicol oirborne pollutonts. The cooting mointoins excellent odhesion to the metol substrote without the
for
works in temperotures
cooting for acterior opplicotions to mild steel, golvonized steel ond oluminum. ft is.bosed on
Ploscoot ?PA
o high molecular weight polyomide mode by Devol specificolly toilored high temperotur e/ pressure oppl icotions. Devlon comes in o var:iety of grodes with Devlon VAPT being the moat common in the iMustry. in impoct ond eorr+sive environments, Derrelon
Lupitol and
ftnd rhich structured conrposite formed by ,attochirE two thin stiff s*in toa ligrht wei.grlrt {xlt thick core. Core moteriol are generalty bw strength nraterioldue to higler ih;ckness composite hove high berdiry stiffness with overoll bw .,.
ebtronics comporents, useful
is light weight'yet performs well
ond
It
Celecon, Kepitol, Durocon, Ultraform.
is
Devlon
iis high'.stiffness; {ow friction
excellent strength. A product of DuPoint, Delrin is susceptible to ocids though it hos high heot resistonce ond low woter otsorption Delrin is good for temperotures of -4O"C.to 1m%. cgn olso be known os Hostoform,
of condrtivity con be produced by
filling with grophite porticles. Electroactive Polyrwrs oligned, to iive o polorizing effext or o colour chonge, by on externol electricol or mognetic lTEld. .Photooctiue polymers con be constructed in o similar woy by fixing light-octivoted chorge tronsfer groups to the moin choin; these tnoteriols ore used for xerography, in copiers ond in loser printers. Devlon is cost polyomide used for high fressure ond temperoture opplicotion. Dev{on
Material 2O3
(
Silicone elostomer posses high degree"of flexibility ot low temperoture and even very stoble ot 250'C. It is resistont to weothering ond kitfficnt.oil. So, it is find on opplicotion inoutotnobile ergine.It isolso used in blood tubing, RW(Room Temperotwe Vukonizotion) rubber is product of it ofter vulconizing. RTV silicone used in cockpit instruments, engine gosketing, engine elecironics potting, sculpiure, prototypes ond furniture. Nlono compsite rnteriol ore highly preleroble in &sig considerotion for their vbrotion resistonce.
1
Porticulote composite
is
dispersion
strergthere.d composites.
I
P"o{yocetylene, polyoniline
ore electricolly
corducting polymer ore used in EMI shielding,
' 'electrodes in so{d stote botteries, LED's,
polymer
plostic tronsistors onci integroted
chiP.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 52
2O4
Materialscience
QUESTTONS The
(a) Styrene'butadiene Rubber (SBR) (b) Butyl rub'ber (c) Nitrile rubber (d) Any one of the above depending
structure of a pdymer is shown in the given figure. This polymer finds special
1.
application in
upon
the need
(a) packagrrg (c) bearings
2.
Formed by addition polymerization Formed by mndensation polymerization
Which'of these statements are correct?
Softened on heating and hardened sn cooling for any number of times
(a) 2and3
(d) fertilizer
Consider the follwving statements:
1. 2. 3. 4.
are
i
modulated by heating and cooling
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) (c)
3.
(b) 2 and 4 (d) 2 and 1
1 and 3 1 and 4
Match List-l with List-ll and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Neoprene
1. : .- 2l -
.
-.
Baketite
-
Polycarbonate...Pooliinpact resistahce PTFE...Lowcoefficient of friction Polypropylene...good fatigue strength
(b) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
1 and 4
Assertion (A) : Addition polymerization is
t0.
a
pnmary summation of individual molecules.into
long
chains.
:'
Reason (R) ; ln addition polymerization, the reaction produces a small molecule as by-
Both A and R are t'iue and R is the
corect
explanation of A
(b)
Araldite
Eleekic
lQht
Consider the following statements:
(a)
:
Foamedpol!-urethane
Both
A and R are true but R is not
a
conect explanation of A srvitches
(c)
A is true but R is false
(d)
A is false but R is true
12
Adhesive. The molecular urcight of vinyl chtoride is 62.5.
Thus the molecular weight of a polyvinyl chloride.with a degree of polymerization of
:.
.Codes:.
.A
(a) 4 (b) (c) 4 1
{d)
6.
to
Of these statements
List-ll
.-:
(c)
Acrylics...Very giood transparency
product.
List-l
A. B. C. . - .- D.
of plastics
1. 2. 3. 4.
Thermosetting plastic
'
Consider the following pairs their distinct characteristics:
(5) adhesives
1
2@00 is
-P
c
'1 2 4'2 'l 3 43
(a) 200m 6zs
D 3
20000
(b)
62.5 20000
3
-(c) 62.5 x
2
Consider the following statements:
2
Poly-tetra-fluoro-ethene is
Which one of the following,materials is used for car,tyres as a standard material?
(d)
20000
1.
a thermoplastic material.
2.-
having low friction coefficient.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 53
3. 4. 5. 6.
a thermosetting
material.
'
Codes:
ABCD (a)3 2 1
having high friclion coefficient. an ehctih insulator.
o)2 3 4
non sticking to surfaces.
(c)Z 3 1 (d)3 2 4
Which of these slatements are coriect?
(a) 1,2,5 arrcl-6- (b)
{c)
3, 4 ard
5
{d)
!
Teflon iS
a
2, 3 and 6 3, 2 and 5
13.
;
4 1
4 1
PtEnd formaldehyde is e/an
{a}. thermoplastic @ynrer
(a) Thernroeefting fltrcrocarbon polyner (b) Thermof,astic f{rcrocarbon polymer (c) lnorganic cornpound of flrrcrine and
&) thermoset polymer {c) elastorner {d)
;i
rubber
carbon
td) 10.
Consi&r the following stalernents:
Laminated phenolic material
(A) : ln Addition Polymaization method,'polymer is produced by adding a second monomer to the first, then a third mo{prr}er to this dimmer snd Assertio_n
ln the case of rubbet vulcanization refers to the process of producing a
(a)
Linear polymer
'11.
of
Of these statements
(a)
Match
List{ (Material)with List-ll [fypical use)
and select the conecf answer using ihe codes given lelow the lists:
(b)
Both
A and R are true but R is not a
correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R'is false (d) A is false but R is true 15.
:
Match List-l (Mabrial) with List-ll (Application)
,
and select the conect answer using the code
given below the lists:
I
ListJ
List-t
A. B. C. D.
Both A and'R are tnre and R is the coned
explanation of A
-
{a) Dicarboxylic acids with dihydroxy alcohols {b) Biphe.nol-A and epichlorohydrin {c) Phenol and formaldehyde (d) Benzene and toluene 12.
There must exist at least orp
in the monomer for Addition
Polymerizati on reactircn.
Polyesters can be defined as the condensation
products
:
double bond
Reason (R)
{b) Brarrched polymer (c) Cross-linked polymer (d) Network polymer
s T.
Branchedpolyethylene
A
Fibre reinforced plastics
Polyester
B.
Acrylics
Polyvinylchloride
c.
Phenolics
Linear-polyethylene
D.
Butadiene rubber
I t I
r t I a
ListJl
Listll
1. 2. 3. 4.
Bottles Textile fibres
Fikns for packaging Transpaent fikn
1.
Automobile tyres
L
Aircraft
,
Lenses
I
I 4.
Electric switch cover'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 54
206 MaterialScience
16.
prim6ry bonds
A
B
c
D
(b)
secondary bonds
(a)
1
4
3
2
(c)
covalent bonds
(b)
2
3
4
1
(d)
van der WaalS or hydrogen bonds
(c)
1
3
4
2
(d)
2
4
3
1
Structure of as
(a)
poflper
Thermosetting polymers is:
i
{c) {d)
Closed pack hexagonal
(d) have very
'Addition polymerization
(b)
Co-polymerization
(c)
Linear polymerizatiori
{d)
Condemation polynrerization
(a) Alumina 23.
Become hard on heating. lncreasingplasticity. Ability to deform with rise in temperature.
Long chain structure.
of these properties for plastics
(a) t, 2, 3 and 4." . ...(b) '3 .arid 4.only (e) l and 4 only";' . iOi.' ,, 3 and a on[ the corhponent.
(a) Low densjty, maclinability.a:nd high (b)
Machinability,. high stren$th,and large plastic deformation
(c)
High strength, large plastic deformation and low densig
Low density, machinability and large plastic deformation
G
Sitica Firectay
27. A -t. (a
(r ((
List-l
A. B: C. D.
(
Ceramics
28.
Refractories Stones
A (r
High silica glass
List-il
1. 2. 3. 4.
Construction of c*remical plants
(,
Columns and pillars
Uning of furnaces 29.
Tites
ABCD (a)4 3 z' (b)2 14 (c)4 12 (d) 2 3 4 (a) (c)
Alumina Whisker
www.dream2gate.co.in
liR
t I
E
u
i:
Codes:
t ( 1
(,
3
t
3
30.
1
1
(
Which one oi the following is not a ceramic?
ln a thermoplastic polymer, adjacent rnolecules .
(b) (d)
Match tist-t 1U"t"rial) with List-t! (Appticatim) and select the correct answer using the codes
are
conect!
by
(h
given below the lists:
Consider the following properties for plastics:
are bonded
(a
temperature-sensitive
(c) Magnesia
(a)
ll
CaO slag?
as?
(d)
{i
Which oneof the following refractory matedals is recommended for steel furnaces containing
by-product such as water or ammonia, known
Plastic material"'is used .for.
--(c
mechanical properties
What is the process by rafrich two or more demicdtydifferent moncmers are polymerized to form a cross link polymer together with a
Which
(b
26.
thermoplastic polyrners
Cubic
1. 2. 3. 4.
-
(a) consists of. a netwo* of polymers dlains (b) are crosslinked by crystalline regions {c) are generally more rigid than
1
Long chain
{b) Rhombic
17.
(a)
(b) Porcelain (d) Pyrosil
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
( ?,1
t (
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 55 \9
I
25.
.
Which one of the following is correct?
{b) ln blocks {c) 0ver sleel rods
When'devitrification" of inorganicgrlasses done
(a)
glass transforms ftom crptalline to non-
crystalline l
{b)
(c)
(d)
.glass transforms into a fully transparent material grlass kansforms
frsn
TL
2f'.
glass is r6lieved
of
internat stresses
Tl"re main furrction
TtE t)rpe of bondir€ inceramjc is
charac{er
(d)
(c| Predominantly ionic With small covalent 34.
character
27.
28.
(d)
Among the following ceramics which one has
'?9.:
..
Ceramics norrnally exhibit lvhich type of
{d)
Ceramics strength in tension compared to that in compression is
(a) Ductile (c) Cleavage :
Silicon carbide
A refractory miterial must
'(d)
(a) Hish (c) Low 37.
AIlof the above 38.
.
..,1b) .Basic
{r) 1ii).
30.
F)
All
(b) (d)
tuledium
None
Glass Clay
'
(b) Sakelite
td)
Aluminium oxide
Graphite Chromia
(b) (d)
Kaynite
Dolomite
Which of the following fibre materiab are used
for reinforcemeni' in composite materials:
'.ttleukal
1. 2. 3.
:None of {l'e above
The chernical formula of silirnanite is
(a) AlP. {c) AliO3.SiO2 31.
39.
Brittle
Which is the neutral refaclory materials?
(a) {c)
Acidic
(b)
Which is not a ceramic material?
{a) (c)
Not crumble or cracks easily
Thenature of rnagresite as refractcry rnabrials
{a)
'
.
Dolomite
(b) Ganister (d) Silica hick
fracture?
ls-
,.
Lime
basic refractory?
(a) Aluminum oxide (b) Quartz (c) Boron carbide
(c) _.
Absorption of heat
the h(;hest hardnesS?
slag
. '
of refrackrbs is - o
Which one is an example of
(a) tc)
Purely ionic
ia) Be capable of withstanding high temperatu,:" {b) Be resistant to action of molten nretal and
"
ceram'rc material is
{a) Thermal radiatkx (b) Reflection of heat (c) Thermal insulation i;
{a) Purely covalent (b) Predorninantly covalent with small ionic
.
An exarnple of crystalline
(a) Window glass {b) MgO (d) C€rrlent {c)' Fixed.clay
mono-crystalline
s{ate to g0lV+qfsatline date
{d)
All of the above
{b) S0, (d)
Boron carbide Graphite
Select the iorrect answer using the codes
At20".2sio2
Reinfrcrced cernent concrete is caStn€
Glass
gereldd
given below: by
(a) 1 and 2,, (c) 2and3
www.dream2gate.co.in
{b)
1and3
(d)
1,2and3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 56
wE!'!!'--
208
Materialsciince
wood is a
naturar>
wfrich of the follovrirg?mposite consisting of
comPosite?
(a].. Lionin fibres in dtru"! rnatrix (b) Lignin fibres in apatrte;.;;^
(c) {d) 41.
Cellulose fibres
in
ceuurose ,ibres
; ;frl*J,ll-
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Nano compbsi(emeert
in design
;"r#f iflryt'rr-"."t
(a) higf' re,6i$ance to (b) vibration r.o**oq (c) impact resistarrce (d) high resitiene
the following rnaterials is noil
G6;;"f
Fropagatkrn
l
Wood Concrete Plywood Sialon
Which
of the following
dispersion-strengthened
composites
composites'?
{a)
Parliculale comPosites '
(b) (c)
Laminar'comPosites
(d)
Stiort-fiber discohtinuous composiles
Fiber reinforcetrcornPosites
ANSTYER KEY
1.
(c)
r0.
(c)
28.
(d)
37.
{b)
2.
(b)
rr. (a)
29-
(b)
38.
(c)
3.
(c)
4.
(a)
5.
(b, c)
6-
l-,
- -
(cl
1'' ' t'l 13. (b)
30.
(c)
39.
(d)
31.
1c)
40.
(d)
14,
(o-l
!?.
(b)
41.
(b)
. ls.
6l
33.
(c)
42.
(d)
43.
(a)
7.
(c)
16.
(a)
M.
(c)
8.
{a}
1r.
(o)
35.
(b)
e.
(b)
18' ri
(c)
..
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
are
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 57
MiseeHaneous-
1.
tYh'rc+'
(a)
{c)
of the following is unstratified
Sheb
of
lhe fpllowing pairs is correctly
m*ched I
-,*)-gem' (b)
{c)
l/etamorphb
m*
Argillaceous rock
,
Marble is a
3. .
,.'
{a)
Stratifbd rock
lc)
{diated rock
(5) UnstrdKied rock (d) argfl{aoeous rock
11.
5.
of the folbwing consli{r.{ents in earth ptastbity to rnould .bricks in suitable 4ives
.(iii) Good in strerprth
shape?
(a) only (i) (c) both {i) & (ii)
)
{b) id)
Lime Magnesia
12.
is
(b)
only (ii)'
,.{d) toth{ii) & (iii)
Tle rnain constiftEnt to hydraulic lime is
{a) Fire bricks
{a)
Cakiurn oxide
{b) Silica.
.(c)
Clay
(d)
{b) Stone {ricks {+} Cl*y Hles -
Tera cotta
ae extensively useO{orlasic rdractrorks in lonraoes are The bricks v.tridr
ia)
(b)
C.rrcinite.bricks'
{c}.' Magnesltg'iric.rs'(O) wtlieh of--td Jdbiving '
.
The ccrrect answer
Gur'stred pottery is used in the manufacture o{
de)
:
Quhk {ime is
(i) Sbw in settr€ (ii) Rapid in slackirg
Which
{a) Silica {c) Alumina
7.
'{a) Calciurn carbonde {b) Cakium oxide {c) Calcium hydroxide {d) Nore'of the above
Sedimedary roc*
,Easalt
{d) Granite
Quid(iine"b-
{grcons rok
Limestone
ttte follow{rg is a rock
(a) Quarlz (b) M'rca (c) Gypsurn {d) illone oJ {l're aborre
(b) Lirnestone (d) Granib
Sandstone
Which
VUnich of
and ffivance Matixids
.
. .''
:{c) shate
(bJ. .Lirneslore {d).. .gypsum
Plywood has the advant4e of
direction
Fosterib $ricks
'seidimentary
Water
'(a) Greder tensiledreng$ in{onger dlrection (b) Greateltensile strergth in shorter
SrllimanIe bricts
{c) .Sarne tensile sker€th (d) Nore of the above
rocks
intaquaiEiie'Oy metaririxptric ardion?
-{a) .:sffidstone' -
13;
wtrich irnpartstrydrauticity
14.
in all direction
Hard boards are exar*pb of
{a) {c)
Plywood
{b)
Fibre board
Parlicle board
"(d)
Ch"ip board
Quartzites r's a
ConsiOeittre following statements
{a) {b)
Silbious rock
Conifers
Argillaceous rock
are endogenous lrees
(c) Cakareous rock
(i) {ii)
{d)
(iii)
have pointed irc€d{e like
f{one of the above
grow outwards
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
lea,res
$
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 58
22.
Of the above statements
,16.
(a)
(i), (ii) are conect
(bl (c)
fiiL (ii), are conect (i), (ii) & (iii) are conect
(d)
(i), (iii) are conect
17.
(a) Ume & silica (b) Lime & alumina (c) Silica & alumina (d) Lime & iron
The material recommended for roofing is
(a) Linoleum r {b) (c) Thermocqte {d) The setting {irne
{a)
Geosyrdhetic
dplader of paris
is.ddayed
Which of fhe following.is
Alum
(b)
Clay
(cl
Hydrated
lime 1d)
Glue
{a) Lirne (c) Alkalies
Gypsum loses all its water of crystallization at
(a)
50"C
100"c
(c)
Ib)
200"C
{d)
300"
25.
(b)
Calcium chlorkJe
CO2 ib) CaSOn & H2O (c) Lime & HrO (d) CO2 & calcium 21.
A.l A.2 A.3
All of the above
Which of {he following is / are used for the manufacture of basic bricks?
A4 A5 A6 A,7
A8 AS
.Ar A., A.
{a) Setting (b) Slakirp (c) Calcination.
Gypsum consists of
(a)
(d)
The thermal decomposition of limestone into quick lirne & carbon dioxide is called.
(c) Galcium carbona{e (d) None of the above 20.
(b),rkon pyrites
(a) Magnesia (b) Ddomite (q) Bottra&b (d) l'bne of {he above
Most cornmonly used retarder in cement is
Gypsum
/ are the harmful
!!]
ingredbrb in b,rick earth?
(a)
(a)
(b) Sofl (d) lmpervious
Hard
{c)--Pcrors
about
19.
_4
Glazing is used to make earthenmre
Asbe$os
by adding +etardant
18.
The main ingredients of portland cement are
H2S &
The main costituents of.cements which is responsibl-e for iniiial setting of cement is
Petroleum bitumen is obtained frorn
(a)
A
Fractionirl distillation
(a) (b)
Dicahium silicate
(c)
Tricalciumaluminate
C)' - itn osptreric;vacarr4 Oistiitatlm
(d)
All of the above
iOy-' Oestruction d-istillalion'
(b)
Tricalcium silicate
..-q$-aelion'.'
A
'
, I
..........:
t I I
:
-25.
1.
(d)
7.
(a)
13.
(c)
19.
(a)
2.
(b)
8.
(a)
14.
(b)
20.
(b)
26.
(c)
3.
(a)
9.
{s)
15.
(b)
21.
(c)
27.
(c)
4.
(c)
10.
(b)
16.
(b)
2?.
(a)
5.
(c)
11.
.(cl
17.
(d)
23.
(d)
6.
(c)
12.
{c)
18.
(c)
24.
(d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
[c)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 59
Annerure l,and,Anrrerutedl
find out correct staternent amor€ following l. Lithium sterate is used in making
ll.
zutomobile grease. Alhcyof tithiurn and aluminium is used in makir€€liass.
Hl.
Li2GO3
{a)
I and lll
tc)
I only
kr
I
,'
conet
find
ll.
ptanb Lfune is use for
{t} lard ll
'u:
:{d) l, ll ard lll
Plasterof paris{CaSOo. Hr0)is used for plastaing of walls.
(a)
l, ll and lV
statenentanrcng tte fdloruing
{b) ll, l, lll ard lV {d)
(c)
Hl and lV
Aluminiumironze is alloyof Aluminium & Nickel.
ll.
Atuminiumsums wiih oxygen& reaction
ll!.
Tin is fotmd as the ore galena.
lV.
Watergas is equimolecular mixture of CO
'rs endothermic.
anQ
ffz
ta) lV only (c) I and lll
l. NaHCO. is used as baking powder ll. Liquid sodium metal can be used as coolant of fast breeder nuclear reactors. (a) Both statements are correct (b) Statentent t is r'rght & Statement ll is
{b)
l, ll and lV
(d)
ll and lll
Find out inconect statements.
l.
-
ll.
wrong
ln dianpndeach C atoms is tetrahedral sunounded by four other C atom.
Fullerenes are soluble
in
inorganic
solvents.
right & staternent t is \r/rong
!tt.
'Freonis are causing damage
to
ozone
layer
find out correc!.
l. ll.
statements
"*go-g
follbwing
fertilizers.
..:
{c) lll only
-' .' .;. - .
Potassiurn permanganit'e'.is'good
Itl. Potassiurir
superoxide-
is .used
Find out conect statement among following
as
chemical orygen .prc1ators -f!n,.S@" suits.
{a) t and lt ,:. ' "{o}. iffi Jit-,. .1.,.' (c) ll and lll' , , tO') l, ll aniJ'l{i '. Temporary hardress is
(a)
Due to all catbns presant
{b) Due to ?resence of frrfuSou, CaSOo {c) Due to carbonate 8 bicarbonate of mg2.
10.
l. ll. lll.
Zeolites is used
rv.
Pure Si is used
(a)
l, ll and ltl
(c)
l, ll, lll ard
Silica gel is used inchromalography.
in removing hardness.
Germanium is used to makeprisrns and lenses
to make cornputer chips
(b) Jl, Ill and
lV
(d)
lV
I ard ll
Find outcorrect stalement arnong following
t.
and Ca2*
(d) , None of ttese
(b) ll.only (d) I and lll
(a) t only
Potassium_compoundsare.vgryimportant
as
5.
ll,
J{l
l.
statement among the
following.
4"
I ard
:
Find out the.,correct $atement
lV. it is used in making sodp. {b) l, ll, lll and lV {a) l, ll and lV (c) ll and lV {d) ll, lll ard lV
Statement ll is
softenirg of wder
ilj.
l. lt is ac'ttjic in nalure ll. lt'€ IUPAC name is sodknn hydroxide. tll. lt is insoluble in water
(c)
is used b makl ornanrents.
MgF. is inportant in cfilorophyll in green
for caustic soda.
Find ont the correct
,i,i:,,;:
out mnect $a!en1e.nt among{otbwlng
Ablter
{fiedicine
a
Fkrd out
2.
is.'us
6.
pigmeriJ
ll.
www.dream2gate.co.in
is used in strong yellow signs & markings ]or.road
lead compourd
NrOo is called laughing gas.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 60
lll.
Phosphorus trisulphide
is
used' in
15.
l.
matches.
lV.
Alloys of Bi is used
m a high
(b) I and lll
G) ll, lll and lV.
(d)
ll.
ll, lll and lV
.
decomposes to
16.
Find out correct staternents among the following
l.
is used in
Selenium
17.
goltre
(a) l, ll and lll
{c) ll, lll and lV Find out correct
13.
l. I
ll.
(b) (d)
e
19.
(c) 14"
l. ll. lll.
Coal gas is used in lighting & teating 6oCO
is radio active isotope
(a) I and ll (c) Il and lll
{b) I and lll (d) l, ll and_lll
I and ll
.(c)
I and lll
is used in fireuorks
Fe, (SO), is'used as a coagulant
tll
,(b) ll and lll
(d)
I and ll
._1
J
LCo(cN)sf"----rLCor(cru),oJParanegnelic .' Diamagrnetic I and ll
(d)
llonly
none'of .these. '
Findout eneels{atement'ambng.folloiving
ll.
:
Eoron is non+netal'and alwayr ioim '
bond.
'
_
.". , ..
.
ajraphite layers -are-.arranged ih.the sequerceABAB..".--'... ,.-.. .
(a) t and tl (c) ll only 20.
Nickel is used in steel makirp
(d)
l, ll and
KCIO4
covalent
(b) ll and lll (d) l, ll and lll
Find out conect statements
is like soccer ball {b) ll and lll
Fullerene structure
(a)
l.
There are several blue portenis which
ll ll only
thermodynamically less staUe
Steel contains less than 2oh carbon
{a) {e)
Mercury is the only metal which is liquid at roomlemperature.
I and
Gnapt$te is
l. ll. lll.
lt.
eontain copper.
til
Dendty of graphite is lesserthan diamsrd
colour to glass, glazes.
ore llr.
ancitffi
18. Find ou* the cmect statement among following ' l. CoO is used as a pigment to give blue
t, ll, llt and lV
Most common ore of silver is peacock
(d)-il
I
Find out conect siatements
t, ll and lV
btatements.
I and ll
{a) I and lll (c) l, ll and lll
ll. Chlorine is used to purify drinking water lll. lodine deficiency causes the disease the periodic table.
(b) l, ll and lll
Find out cone& staternent among fdlowing
lll.
Xerox-type
Fluorine is the least reactive elements in
ll onty
than diamond
phoiocopies
lV.
Rh is an inrportant catalyst for the control
of car exhaust emissions.
l. ll.
O,
lV. H2O2 is used as rocket fuel. (a) l, l1 and lll (b), ll, lfl and lV (d) l, ll, lll and lV G) l, ll and lV 12.
llt. (a) (c)
Fird out coneclstatements
l. Pure -watdr is ctiamagnetic & dielectric. ll. Dioxygen i.is paramagretic lll. Ozone {Or) is stable & does not
Pt is used in three-way catalytic convertors.
-t,.
11.
.Nickel-silver contains 60% Ag, 20% Ni,
NYofur
melting
plug for automatic fire sginker systems.
(a) l, ll and Ul
21.
Find ort conect statement among following
1(b)
' (d)
.l'only "
.
':
none of thes'e
Find out the conect statement among following.
l. ll: lll,
Solid CO, is called dry ice or cardice.
(a) (c)
I, ll and lll
QuarU is a piezo-electric material Siliccnes are electrical insulalors.
I and ll
www.dream2gate.co.in
(b) id)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I and lll
ll and lll
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 61
ll
Annexwe I and Annexure
'',.
21. ' Find out tlnpcrisonun rndd amorg follo,ri.rg : l: :*fg I. Cd {ll. Sn lv.. Pb v..sb vt. co
22.
Vll.
Au
{a) {c)
l, ll, {HV V Vl l, ll, l1l, M V
ll. lll.
row
{4 26.
I* l.
I
24.
I
1.
mar€€nes€ rornpo*nds af€ O.OSe/o in
bmp.
{c)
{d) .fl and lll
l-klium*astfp
of
lowest boiling polnt of
Column-t l. haematite p. ll. magnetite q. lll. limonite lV. 'siderite s Iilil q {a)s r r {b) p q p ic) q {d)r s
{c)
116o48'
{d)
190'
Find out conect statements among following
{fd
:
is natural radioactive
Co is fenomagnetic Alnico
l, ll
make powerful magents
lll
and
I and
lll
28.
(b) ll and lll. (d) I and ll
NiO is used directly in steel makirg in Mond process.
ll.
Ni is used in NirFe storage batteries'
(a)
2. (c)
| 7.
I 8.
{b)
3. (a)
| s. I - ro.
4. (b) s. (c) 6. 1c)
(c) (b)
I 11. (c) i tz. (a)
feqoH) FerOo
13. 14. 15. 16.
Fer0, IV p S
q p
a good hrgh temperatur$. _ :
Assertion (A): Graphite remai,rs lublcant.ul,to
l.
(a)
feCO.
r"
1D4"
*ll
Column-ll
;
O-OO in O, is
Technetium isotopes
I and ll
I and
,ftlaffi the following
,(b) I and lll (d) ll ard lll
{b)
as
.sbel bads to a'low terisib strergth.
.
.Reason (R): Planes of atoms are bonded with van der Waals bords.
fet|rer
following.
I
Rlemium and platinum aHoy is used lor lead or lead free+etrol
tb)
1oz"28
I
ll and .lll
-+t- *plosphorus contefitof oler
in
Ffnd out the correct statemenls amoqg I
iOl
Ja) l, lland {ll
{a)
ll. lll" (a) (c)
I
I and ll
Chromium is unreactive or pmsive at low
Bond angle
l.
{b)
€oloured is pale pink.
trarsitim elements.
(a) I and ll {c) l, ll and lll 23.
lll
out correct staternenb
,ll. flax.
any liquid.
I
l,{.|€rd
{c) tard lll
VI and Vll
Fird out con€ict among {doudng l. Vanadtuin tus h(frest mbtting point tfte first
.,,{1.. While goldis alloy of P.d* Au
{b) il, il, tv v vt, \'ql '{d)
247
I
29. . -.'Assedign. {A): €raphite &es not conduct .-' .-.elMricity as uelt as dbes a rnetat
' ':
'-"
-Reason [R): Ebckons cannot rnove freely{rom one sneAt of artgms to the next
(d):
2s. (a)
(d)
m.
{d)
27. 28.
l&l
n.
{a)
{a)
' 17. -(a) 18. {a}
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
{a) (a)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 62
Material Science Question Set
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
rrvrb,tYb
EILFIL
tUlA,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 /.Y \
ry
(a) NegativelY (b) Positively
charge with
(c)
protons around
Neutron carrieSa ..,,.......;. charged
soned with enough number of Proton plums.
(c) A heavy sphere of positive
(a) Positiveijlectrical
charge
(b) Neg+i*e electrical
seasoned with enough number of election plums to make it eleciri-
(c) Eithdr negative
or Positive
(d) None of the above
cally neutral
-The weight of an electron is .'..'--.. of
(d) None of ihese 2.
Either negatively or positively
(ci) None of the above
eharge sea-
(b) A sphere of negative
ihe weight of a Proton or neutron
Rutherford's experiment of Bom bardent of a-parllcies by striking on a thin gold
/^\
ta)
11
1850
1k\ t'r 2000 -
foiFshowei that i ^\ tt'l
(a) All the a-particles passed :lr?lgt t
. (b) All the a-particles werb deflmted
back
through the
(d) Mosi of the j:partides went straight through the foil while very fewwere
l.
bonds
The atomic number of a certain element
tain
@\-aZ Protons and 41 electrons
(b) 83 neutrons
(c) 1 neutron, 41 electrons and
is equal to
(c) zq.ri,,
bonds
is 83. An atom of this element rnust con-
The energ'r (E)of an electron in an atom
n1'z'e'
bonds
(d) Covalent
angles
a4r'r.,r
Hydrogen bonds are stronger ihan
(c) lonic
deflecied the foil while very few 'were deflecied back bY various
(')
(d)
1836
(b) Metallic
foil and some urere deflected back'
-./ mz-e-
1
(a) Van der Waals
::
(c) Some particles passed
3.
Page 63
Mesone carries a .......... charged
According to Thomson's plum pudding model, an atom consists of
(a) A nucleus of negative
-
41
protons
(a)
mL'e' ur1,;n' a-
1
m'/-e'
(d)
-dfh,
(d) 83 elecirons
9.
Avogadro number,
li,l
x {a) 6.023 x 1023 (b) 6.02 1021 (c) 6.023 x 10-26 (d) 6.023I 1q1
RS.4+
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 64
S Chapter-1 10.
What
is
(a) 25 nm
ihe atomic or ionic characteris-
tic that determines the elements of the
(c)
0.25
which the atom or ion is representative?
(a)
-lhe
(d)
-l-he
-ihe
nm
(a)
Van der Waals bond
number of electrons
(b) Covalent
mass
(c)
bond
Metallic bond
(d) lonic oo,1$u
propertis
14. Bond
stre@of
(a) Nuetrons
in the range of
(b) Protons
(a)
1
(c)
100
Electrons
seconedary bonds is
kJlmol kJlmol
(b) 10 kJ/rnol (d) 1000 kJ/mol
I
(d) Valence
I 15" '-" Electron sea exists
electrons
I
,.1:
i - ",,t
of
in
,
(a) Polar bonds (b) lonic bond
12. Mean distance between atoms in tre range
(c)
Covalent bond (d) Metallic bond
..i".
r" fi, ',.,
tt,,,'i'
Ar{swER5 /l T.
(c)
(b)
:
10.
(a)
4a t.J.
(a)
(d)
14.
(b)
(c)
AF
=r.'' (d)
(a)
'i
r'
6.
a
strong bond'7
11, Particles that most effects-rnaterial
(c)
(d) 0 025 nm
Which one of the foilowing is not
13.
number of protons
(b) The number of neutrons
(c)
(b) 2.5 nm
(d)
(d)
(c)
(a)
www.dream2gate.co.in
4.') tL-
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
tc.
(d)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 65
Crysial Struciures
ln metals subjected to cold working,
t.
5.
strain hardening effect is due to
{a) Slip mechanism (b) Twining mechanism (c) Dislocation rnechanism (d) Fracture mechanism
,olid are depenCeni on
a
Select the correct answer using the. codes given ,,.'' (a) 1 and (ir) 1, 3 and 4
belor,nr:
3
t\
Aunitcell figure.
-l-he
(d) 2 and 4-',:''
of a'crystal is
H.C.P.
Codes:
2. Melting point 3. Serniconductivity 4. Ductiliiy
4
F.C.C.
C. Chrclniunr 3. Amorphous D. Copoer 4. B,C.C.
crystal
Yield stress
(c) 2,3 and
List-ll
A. Charcoai .- t. B. Graphite 2.
irnperfections?
1.
Match List-l (ivlaterial) wiih List-ll (Structure) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists;
List-l
Which of the following properties of
27
showin given
miller indices of the direction {rrrow) shor,vn in the figure is
ABCD ,',ta) 3214 r, (b) 3 2 4 (c) 2341 (d) 2314
1
DiRECTIONS:
The follouring items consists of
two
statements; one labelled as'Assertion {A)' and the"other as 'Reason (R)' You are to examine these two statements carefully and select the answers to these items using the codes given below.
Godes: (a) Both A anC R are true and R is the correct explanation of A (b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (rJ) A is false but R is true 7.
i)
fo121
(b) t0
(,:)
[2 1Al [1 20]
(d) [2 0
f
;
(,: )
2 1l 1l
Assertion (A): Carbon woilld form an interstilial solid solLition with iron. Reason (R): The atomic tadius of iron is sma{ler than tnat of carbon.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 g
,t;BI Page 66 ,.
E':l
X8
i\
ehapter-2 rrilatch
List-l (Crystat
structure) with
( cr,0, y
List-ll (Atomic Packing factor) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
ListJ Simple cubic
A,
B. Body-Centred
c. Face-Centred D. Hexagonal
cubic 2cubic 3.
a=b=c, u -o-^, = 90' -p-l '=90o (b) a=b + c, o =R=v r'' I
74oh
a+b* C,u,=$= T =90" (d) a=b=c ,cr=B=T?90"
(c)
74Yo 52oh
close 4. 68%
the tetragonal
(a)
List-lt
{.
) represents
crystal system?
12. ln the grain-size determination
using
standard chartsithe relation between
packed
the given size number n and the average number of grains-'N' per square incli"'at a magnification of 100
Codes:
ABCD (a) 3421 (b) 4321 (c) 3 412 (d) 4 312 9,
N=!n-t
(a) N=2n
(b)
{c}N=2n*'
(d) frl
=ln+1
13. 'Cherricals attack atoms within grain boundaries preferentially because they
"The
set of Miller indices of the plane shown in the given figure is
L^.,^
IIdVU
(a) lower,energy than those in the
Z
grains
(b) higher enerqy than those in the grains
(c) higher nunrber of "the
atoms than in
grains
(d) lower number of atoms than in the grains
14.
-[he
coordination number crystal structure is
for
FCC
)(
(a) (1 0 0)
(b) (100)
(c) (1 0;1)
(d) (1 1 0)
;\torrric packing factor (APF) in the case of copper crystal is
1ti
0.52 (c) 0.7a
(a)
11
!-
,
(b) 0.68
(a)
4
(b)
(c)
12
(d) 16
B
15. tulaich List-l (Crystal Structure) with
.
List-ll (Example) and seiect the correct answer using the codes given beloi,rr the lists:
(d) 1 633
List-l
\Alirich one of the following pairs of axis
Simple Cubic
Itingths (a, b, c) and interaxial angles
Body-centred Cubic
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 67 Crystal Structures
18. Consider the following
Face-centred Cubic i,
1. 2. 3.
about FCC and HCP crysial struc{ure:
List-ll
1.
Zinc
2.
Alpha iron at roonrtemperature
ABCD (a) 4 312 ib) 4321 {c) 3 4',2 (d) 3 4 i
stacking of close packed planes on top of one another, but only the stacking sequence is different.
,::
Which of these statements are conect?
(a) 1 and'B' (b) 2 and 3 1
(c)
2
1.
boundary
,
(c) Planar defect in crystal latti'ie
surface
..
:
3
(d) 1 and 3
20.
:
.;:-.
(a) Teirahedron (b) Hexahedron
(c)
Cube
(d) Orthorhombic
Which one'of the following pairs is not correctly matched?
' ' - Space Lattice Retation between Atomic
(d) Volume defect in crystal
Radius-randEdge Element
(a) Simple cubic
Other phases
A screw dislocation ,.',:'' l.
2-'and
ln Zini Blencie structure each atom is surrounded by four atoms of the ..opposiie kind urhich are located at the ' -'corners of which one of the following?
{b) Linear defect in crystal lattice .
1
..::*
1,-
19.
interstitial
External
Lies parallel to,jd Burger's vector vector
:
&=
'
ib) Body-centred
'.
3az
=
16rz
Zaz
=
3rz
4r'i
cubic structure
ic)
lrrclrnrc
(d) Face-centred cubic
Moves in a perpendicular direction to the Burger's vector
Moves in an inclined direction to ti;.: Burger's vector
Select the corect answer using the codes given below:
(a) 1 and
a
structure
Lies perpendicular to its Burger's
A
paukeei
3. Both structures are generated by
Which one of ihe follolving pairs is not correctly matched?
Grain
Both represent closely ci-ysiai structures.
(a) Point defect in crystal lattice : Self
tI.
Both have sarne coordination number and atornic packing fraction.
Copper
Codes:
,{?
statements
Hexagonal Close Packed
'i. Manganese
tS.
29
4
(b) 1 and 3
(r) 2 and 3
(d) 2 and 4
az = Brz
structure
21. What is the planar density of (100) plane in ECC (face-centred cubic) crysial r,.lith unit celi side a equai io? 1
1.484
(a)
d
)
L
(b)_:u ,[?
1
.-,-,) d
www.dream2gate.co.in
itr)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 68
30
Chapter-2
22. Match List-l
(Element) with List-ll (Crystal Structure) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List-l
List-ll
1. Hexagonal
,+,. Alpha lron
closed packed
B.
(c) Simple cubic -
- Face centred cubic (d) Body centred cubic - Face centred cubic-Simple cubic 26. For a Rhombohedral space lattice, which one-of the follorting is ccrrect?
Zinc
Amorphous
(a) u = 0 = l'=90o (b) o = 0 = T= 90o (c) c/.=[]=90"=T
Glass
Face-centred
(d)
2. Body-centred
Copper
cubic
-:."
t.
hard-sphere model of
the crystal structrire of Copper, whet is the edge lengih of unit cell?
ABCD (a) 2314 (b) 1423 (c) 2413 (d) 13 24
(a)2xAtomicradius .-
r'
(b) (4/nt3), Atomic radius .:
(c) 1Zt"Dx Atomrc radius (d) V2 x Atomic radius
23. What is the ntovement of block
of atoms along certain crystallo-graphic plane and directions, termed as? (b) Twinning
(d)
Jos'
28.
What is a surface imperfection, which
separates crystals of different orientations a poly-crystalline
'
Which one among the fq[owing is the
(a) Edge dislocation
most effective
(kl) Stacking fault
strengthening
mechanism of nonfeirous metal?
(c) Grain boundary
(a) Solid solutiorilhhrdening
(d) Screw dislocation
(b) Strain hardening
?i).
=
tt. In the alomic
Codes:
(a) Glide (c) 9lip
[ -,i + 90" )-
CI .
cubic
Zr:',.
Body centred cubic
Which one of ihe following statements
(r;) Grain size refinement
is correct in the case of
{d) Precipitation hardening Whicfi one of the following is the
dislocations?
correct ascending order of packing donsiiy lor theglven crystal siructures of metals?
Vector)
(a) Simple cubic
-
-
Face central cubic
Body centrad cubic
(b) Body centred
cubic
-
Simple cubic
(6 = Burger's
Vector;
i
screvv
= lmaginary
(a) b ,s perpendicular to i (o) 6 is parallel to I (c) 6 is inclined to i (d)
- Face centred cubic www.dream2gate.co.in
6 and i
are non-coplaner and
non-intersecting
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 69
Crystal Structures ,*,"::"sertion
{Ai: Elemeirts are classified
(a) Stacking fautt (b) Grain boundary (c) Iilt boundary (d) Twinned boundary
irrio metals and nonmetals on the basis of their atomic weights.
Reason {R): The valence electron structures contribute to the primary bonding between the atoms to form
An
36.
Which one of the following crystal sysiems is valid for gold?
material has
pattern
(c) Different crystal struciures at
(a) Ofihogonal (b) Cubic (c) Hexagonal (d) Trictinic ,,'j
alio_tropic
(a) Fixed structure at all iemperatures (b) Atoms distributed in random
aggregates.'11
3t
different temperature
(d) Fixed strucftjl bui random atom distributiont
Which one of the following is correct for'Ciimb'?
37. Miller lnd|.cEs'tx, y, z) for the hatched
plane
(a) Dislocation moves par-allel io the
in the below unit cell
are
represented as
slin plane
..: z
(b) Dislocation moves perpendicular io the slip plane
,.
.:r ,, I
,.,t t
(c) Sliding of one plane of atoms over
(x
'y,21)
the other plane-
(d) Dislocati,lfl rnoves from a slip plane to another slip plane -1.).
Which one of the following is correct for "Burger'q vector" in _ screw dislocation?
(a) (1 0
0)
(b) (r 1 o)
(,r) Perpendicular to the.dislocation
(c) (1 1
1)
(d) (1 0
x
1)
DIRECTIONS:
The following iiems conSists of two
(b) lnclined to the dislbcation line ir:) Parallel to the diilocation line
{'l) Cpposite to the dislocation .i'
!
\,'Virich one
statements; one labelledas'Assertion (A), and the other as 'Reason (R)'. you are to
line
examine these two statements carefuily and select the answers to these items usino the
of the foilowing defects is
'Schottky defect'?
codes given below.
(a) Vacancy defect
Codes:
ib) Compositional defect
{a) Both A and R are true
{r:) iitlerstitial defect (d) Surface defect
R is
ihe conect explanation cf A
(b)
,,),1
imperfeciions which separate two orientations that are mirror image o[ one another is Sr.ri'iace
called
ancJ
1
]
and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A Both A
.(c) A is true but R is false (d) A
rs
www.dream2gate.co.in
false but i< rs irue.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 -B' . -.-B 70 Page ,#
li
32
Chapter-2
:q]
,,
Assertion (A): Most of the materials exist in single crystal.
f$:
41. The effective number of lattice points in the unit cell of simple cubic, body centered cubic, and face centered
Reason (R): Sugar is a single crystal 39.
material.
cubic space lattices, respectively,
Assertion (A): Poly-crystalline material is stronger than ordinary one"
(a) 1, 2, 2
(b) 1, 2, 4
(c) 2, 3, 4
(d)2,4,4
Reason (R): Crystals
in
Polycrystalline material haire different 40.
42. The material property
r,orhich depends
orientations with respect to each other.
only on the basic crystal structure
Assertion (A): Natural crystals always contain defects.
(a) fatigue slrength .,
(bi work, h,afdening
Reason (R): The defects may affect colour and can make a crystal a
(c) fraclure
valuable gem.
strenglh
(d)""elastic constant
.
i:.
$...
ANSWERS -!''
";'a
5.
il
(c)
11.
(b)
1$:;
(c)
27.
(b)
12.
(b)
20.
(c)
28.
(e)
(c)
21.
(c)
29.
(b)
ltt
a-7
(b)
(b)
(c)
22.
(c)
30.
(d)
3B
(d)
(c)
(b)
23.
(c)
31.
(b)
Jv.
(b)
(a,b)
(b)
L'*
(d)
32.
(b)
4A
(c)
(b)
25.
(c)
JJ.
(c)
41.
(b)
(c)
26.
(b)
34.
(a)
o,
(c)
-
:
(b)
l
rl.
are
(c)
10
tu.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
|
is
'
l;:
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 F.
jt$.
Page 71 F Chapter-3
il
II I i-
QUEST{CINJS
1.
600"C (c) 114"C (a)
2.
I
Eutectoid reaction occurs at
ln a eutectic system, two efements are completely
(b) 723"C
I
(a) lnsoluble in soiid and liquid state (b) Solubie liquid state
(d) 1493"
Match List-l (Name of material) with List li (% Carbon range) and select
(c)
Soluble in solid siate
the correct answer using the codes
(d)
lnsoluble in liquid state
give below the lists;
6.
,t\, Hypo-eutectoid steel
'l
During peritectic solrdification, one tlqutd
Hyper-eutectoid steel
(a)
combrnes with one solid
to form a
C.
Hypo-euteclic cast iron
*.
Hyper-eutectic cast iron
(b) :Sofidifies into two different solids
Listll
(e} forms one solid (d) forms one solid and another liquid
'1.
4.3
-
second new solid
:
6,67
2. 2.0 - 4.3 3. 0.8 - 2.0 4. 0.008-0.8
1,.'
(a) alpha
Codes:.
AB (a) 4 3 (b) 13 (c) 41 (ri) 1 2 VVhich one
Martensite is a supersaturated solution of carbon in
9.
CD: 14 LI
,."
ta -r a /-J
A. lsomorphous
cf the following sets of
constituents is expected in equilibrium
cooling of a hypereutectoid sieel from aListenitic stale?
{r;) Ferrite and bairrite
{d) Cementite and martensite
(c) gamma iron (d) delta iron 'Match List-l (Phase diagram) with List-ll (Characteristic) and seiect the correct answer using the codes given List-!
w-
(b) Cementite and pearlite
(b) beia
below the lists:
A,
.,i:"n
{:i) i:crriir and pearlite
iron'
system
B. Eutectic system C. Peritectic systent D. Monotectlc system l-istJi
1.
One liquid ciecomposes into another liquid and solid
2.
One liquid and anothei- solid combine to forni a nevi sbtid
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
r
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 72
Phase Diagrarns 57 Two metals are completely soluble
3"
in liquid state and completely insolubte in sol[d state
Two metals, soluble in solid and
14"
ListJ (Fe-Fe3C Phase Diagram Characteristic) with List-ll (Phase) and select the correct answer using the codes given belorru the lists: Match
liquid state A. Atpha
Codes:
tr0.
11.
A
B
(a) 2 (b) 4
D .J
4
1
1
2
-J
tc)
2
1
/d\
A
J
B, lron
D
C.
A
J
2
1
carbide having crystal lattice
BCC pure allotrope of iron is stable
between 13BB'C & its melting point
at 1535"C List-ll
LT.T. diagram indicates time and temperature transformation of (a)
Cementite (b) Pearlite
(i)
Ferrite
(d) Austenite
A 60 C-plain carbon steel has, approximately,
(a\
75% of peartite and 25% of ferrite
(b)
259',
of pearlite and 75% of ferritb
(c) 75% of cementite and ?5t% of
ferrite
(d) 75%
(o) iron
.- "
1.
6 iron
2.
Eutectic with 3 iron and 1 carbon atom
3. Ferrite stable betrrueen 13BB"C .,,
1:.lCementite
,it..Codes:
AB (a) 4 2 (b) 3 4 (c) 4 2 (d) 31
C 3 1
1
2
of pearlite and 25o/o of 15. Match List-l (Ef{ect of Cooling) with
cementite
1?. lncrease of ferrite'',,.Phase in steel
List-ll (Cooling Medium) and select the correct answer using the codes given belolrlJhe lists:
lncreases
Lisi-l
i,r)
Strength
(b) Hardness
A.
(c)
Ductility
(d) Brittleness
B. Very fine pearlite C. Fine pearlite D. Ceirse pearliie
-[he
eutectoid of carbon in iron, above
lower critical temperature, when coolod" results in
(a) l:errite and austenite (b) Ferrite and cementite
Martensite
List-ll
1.
Water quenched
2. Air cooled 3. Furnace cooied 4. Oil quenched
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 73
S8
Chapter-3
AB (a) 14 (b) 2 3 (c) 2 3 (d) 12 16.
C 2 1 4 s
information on how rapidly equilibrium is reached
D 3
Pearlite phase in an iron-carbide phase
4
diagram is
1
(a) Eutectic phase
4
(b) Hypo-eutectic mixture
Which one of the following is the correct statennent?
(c) Eutectoidal mixture (d) Hyper-eutectic phase
Pearlite in iron-carbon system is a
(a) phase consisting of ferrite and cementite at room temperature (b) mechanical mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperafure (c) eutectic mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperature
lron-carbon,qlqi libriu m diag
(a) conelates the mirostructure and properties of steel and cast iron (b) indicates the phase changes occurring during heating and cooling
;(c)
(d) all the above the three are correct 17. Which one of the follorrying elemenis: is an austenitic stabilizer? i . ,' ,t,
(a) Cl-rromium ib) Tungst$
(c)
Nickel
(d) Mglybdenum
18.' Which one of the following eiements is a ferritic stabilizer?
(a)
Nickel
(c) Copper
It
{b) Manganese (d) Chromium
The correct statement is
(a) Characteristic of any series of alloys cannot be found be phase di;igranr.
(d)
is rnade by plotting
carbon percentage along x-axis and. ternperature along ,v axis arl of the above
tf a partiiular Fe-C alloy contains less than 0.83% carbon, it is called
(a) High speed steel
(b) hypoeutectoid steel
(c) hypereutectoid steel (d) cast iron Gibb's phase rule is given by
(F = rrumber of degree of lreedorn C = number of components P = number of phasesl
(b) Phase diagrarn does not give amount of phases whieh are a f unction of com position. temperature and pressure.
(c) The phase may
ra m
De liquitl or vapour
with ordered crystal structure
(a)
f=C+P
(c)
r=C-P-2(d)F=C *p+Z
(b)
i=C+p-Z
Which one of the following is true?
(a) Structure of metallic consists ol atoms having valence of 5, G or 7
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 74 Phase
l.
Ceramic materials have long range electron matrix bond
of phases present at any tenrperature'
Reason (R): Lever Rule is restricted to estimate relative phases, only if they
(d) Ceramics are weaker than metals
of
weak electrostatic
are solid Phases.
bond
B. Consider the following:
25. According to Gibbs' phase rule, the rrumber of degrees of frqedom of an eutectic Point in a binary sYstem is
(a)
1
(b) 2
{c)
o
(d) 3
Assertion (A): Lever Rule can be applied to determine relative amounts
of lon$ ic) Polymers are composed chain of rePeating molecules because
1. Crystal structure
2. Relative size 3. ChemicalaffinitY 4. Valency .'.
26. Which one of the following factors is rnore relevant to represent complete solubrlity of two metals in each other?
(a) Chemical
Which ditthese factors govern relative solubility of two metals in each other
in the solid state?
affinitY
(a) 1, 2 anrl 3 cnlY
:\
(b) ValencY factor
(c)
(b) 2, 3 and 4
CrYstal structure factor
(d) Relative size factor
Diagrams 59
{c) 1, 2
:.
ail
4
only oniY
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
DIRECTIONS:
,.t''
29.
The following items consists'of two
When the temperature of a solid metal
. increases,
rilatcnrents; ong labelled as'Assertion (A)'
(a)"strength of the metal decreases but ductilitY inueases
as 'Reason (R!';'You are to examine these two statements carefully and sek:r;t ihe answers io the,se'items using the ,:orlr;s given below:
arrd the-other
(b) both strength and ductititY of the metal decrease
tirltlurs:
(a) Both A and R are true and R'is the correct exPlanation of A
(c) both strength and ductilitY of the
(b) Both A and R are true but R rs not a correct exPlanation of A'
(d) strength
metal increase of the rnetal increases but
ductilitY decreases
(c) A is irue but R is false (cl) A is false but R is true I I
DBE-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 75 Chapter-3
(b)
(d)
4tr tJ.
(a)
(d)
16.
(b)
(a)
17.
(c)
2.
(a)
,1.
(b)
5.
(b)
12.
(c)
t5.
(d)
n
(a)
13.
(b)
tY.
(a)
(a)
14.
(b)
24.
(c)
10.
(d) (c)
24.
'
)Q
r.\..
25.
to.
"
(c) (c)
ffi$SARAT PHOTOSTAT:& BOOK CEIYTER N4ADE EASY, ACE & O"T}IER NSTT. NOTES AVAILABLE IES, GA'TE, PSU'S PAPER'S OTHER INSTI.TEST StrRItrS SSC'JE&CGL, BANK. ISRO. DRDO.T-TA &OTHER PS[J'S I'APERS
MOB -97181 02070,97 t6tg1 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 76 Mechanical Properties and Testing of Material
87
QUESTTCINS
?
Failure due to excessive deformation is controlled by
(ci No need for extra stress during
(a) Material properties
(d) Ail
(b) Design and Dimensions
Fracture voids uslrally form at
(c)
(a) lncl0sions
crack propagation
Both
(d) None
(b) Second fligse particles
Failure due to excessive deformation
(c)
Grain'6'oundary triple points
is controllecl"
(d)
A11..*''1'
by
(ai Yield strength
FracJilre toughness
is
measured in
(b) Tensile strength
terms of
1c) Young's rnodulus
'(a) Strain energy release
(d)
(b) Stress concentration factor
Ail
Time dependent yield is known as
Fracture (c) Buckling
(a)
(b)
Fatigue
-
(c)
-t
(d) None
rate
Both
:l
(d) Creep ." ,-"
4.
Fracture toughness decreases with
(a) lncreasing temperature (a) Bright (b)
{rj)
(b) lncreasing strain
Dull None
r,
,
rate
(c) lncrease in yield strength (d) lncrease in grain
-,,
size
Ductile to Brittle
Transition
usually materials with following crystal rrtrr:cture fail in ductile mode
Ternperature (DBIT) for ceramics is
(a)
in the range of X Tr.
FCC
(b) BCC
(a) 0 1-0.2
tc) HCP
(d) None
(c) 0 3-0.5- (d) 0,s-0 7
lJrittle fracture is more dangerous than
11. Following
(b) 0.2.0.3
inrpurity decreases DBTT for
ductile fracture because
steels
ia) N9 warning
(a)
l'.4n
0)I'
(c)
Si
(d) Mo
sign
(b) Crack propagates at very high speeds
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 77 Chapter-3
,
L.
-
3.
(b)
9.
(d)
1s.
(a)
21.
(c)
27.
(a)
10
(d)
16.
(b)
22.
(b)
28,
(b)
44 tt
\cl /
17.
(c)
a.) LJ.
(d)
29.
(br
12.
(c)
(d)
L-+.
AA
(c)
la.)
tJ.
t,b)
(a)
tc.
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
(c)
2lg''
(c)
24.
..'1
ii '
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 78 Mechanicat Properties and Testing of Material
87
QUESTTCINS
1"
2"
Failure due to excessive deformation is controlled lbv
(c) No need for extra
(a) Material properties
(d)
(b) Design and Dimensions
Fracture voids usually form at
(c)
(a)
crack propagation
Both
lnclulsions
(b) Second phase
Failure due to excessive deformation is controllecl by
(c) Grain.$oundary (d) All..,
particles
triPle points
"
Fracture toughness
measured
(b) Tensile strength
tefus
(c) Young's modulus
j-j
(d)
(b) Stress concentration'factor
Alr
Time dependent yield is known
Fracture (c) Buckling
(a)
4.
Ail
(d) None
(a) Yield strength
3.
stress during
(b)
Fatigue
(d)
Creep
(c)
as
strrin energy release
rate
Both
(d) None
:
"-
of
9.
Fracture toughness decreases with
Cleavage fracture appears
(a) lncreasing temperature
(a) Bright
(b) lncreasing strain
(b)
Dull
.
(c) Increase ln yield strength
.,..
(c) Difficult to idenlif! 1ri)
None
" (d) Increase in grain size
.-i','
to Brittle Transitlon
10. Ductile
Usually materials with following crystal ritrr:cture fail in ductile mode
ia) (c)
rate
Ternperature (DBfT) for ceramics is
in the range of X T*.
FCC
(b) BCC
(a) 0 1-0.2
(b) 0 2-0.3
HCP
(d) None
(c) 0 3-0.5-
(d) 0 5-0 7
iJrittie fracture is more dangerous than
11. Following
impurity decreases DBTT for
ductile fracture because
steels
ia)
(a) fln
(b)P
(c)
(d) Mo
N9 warning sign
(b) Crack propagates at very high
Si
speeds
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 79
.#ffi
Chapter-4
Fatigue strength for non-ferrous materials is defined at stress cycles
13.
(a)
103
(b)
(c)
107
(d) 10e
18. Creep curve is a plot of (a) Strain versus time
105
(b) Strain versus temperature
(c) Stress versus strain (d) Elastic moduls versus temperature
Creep rate in ternary stage
(a) Decreases
(b) Constant
(c) increases
(d) None
19. Among the fcllo:#ing materials, which one has the highest hardness? (a) Steel
14. Most often machine components fail
(b) Copper
by
(a)
(c) Fatigue I q).
(c) Cast
Buckling (b) Creep (d)
Arr
Brittle fr:acture occurs in materials due
to:'
Among the following Vpes of materials
which one has the highest modulus of elastici'ty?
(a,) The presence of impurities ]:;
;is
(a) Metals
(d) Low bond strength
(c) Polymers
21. Time dependent deformation in whicn
the material does not recover its
(d) Semiconductors
original dimension is called
...,,t
Yield strength
the mater:ials is the 9f stress at which the materral
(a)
Elasticity
22. For a good fatigue resistance materiai,
(b) Develope c
the slope of the S-N curve
(c) becomes plastic
is
(loMhigh). 23. A material is said to be elastic if siressstrain curue is (linear/non-linear).
(d) rupture
1/.
(b) Plasticity
(ci' Viscoelasticity (d) Anelasticity
(a) Fractures
,
(b) Presence of cracks
(c) Rise in ternperature
(b) Ceramics
16.
To4,
(d) Silicon Carbide
=-
Materials that normally undergo creep
The failure of a materiai due to creeo is normally called
are
(.r) fi4etals at room tempeiature
(b) Metals at high ternperature
(c) Low melting poini materiais (d) High melting point materiats
25.
The area under the stress-strain curye grves of the material (hardn essitou g h nesslstre ngth
26. The hariirress
ol steel primaniy
depends on
www.dream2gate.co.in
)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 80 Mechanical Properties and Testing of Material
32. Vicker's hardness
(a) Method of manufacture
(a) 15000 (c) 8000
of carbides and their
distribution in iron
(e)
(d) Percentage of carbon ,7
Malleability is the property of metals known as
(d) 4000
800
Approximate Brinell I hardness number
33.
for talc is
(a)
1
{b} 2
(b) Mechanical property
(c)
5- 10
(d) 20-30
(c) Technological property
(e) 50-80
Compressive strength case of
is
highest in
34. The propedy which enables metals to be drawn i6D wire is known as
' (a) Malteability
(a) Cast iron (b) Wrought iron
(c) Mild steel
29.
(b) 12000
(a) Magnetic property
(d) Ther,mal property 28.
number for diamond
could be of the order of
(b) Heat treatment employed (c) Shape
(d) Low carbon
steel
(e) High carbon
steel
89
(b)
D.uctility
(c)
Straining
id)
Plastic deformation
(e)
Elastic deformation
ln
Brinell hardness testing the
minimLrm thickness of the specimen
The fagitue strength of materials-;
increasgs
should be
-:-"'=
(a) less than 5 times the depth of impression
(b) by providing scatches on the
(b) less than
surface
(c) by providing
(c) thickness of specimen has no ,'relevance to the depth of
notches
impression
! 1a-Cness is
rdi more than 10 times the depth of
(a) Resistance to sliding
{b) Resistance to deformation (c) Resistance to scratching
{dl Resistance to machining Jl"
tl/hich of the following is the hardest?
{a) Talc (c) Quartz (e) Corundunr
times the depth of
inrpression
(ci) by understressing the material 'in
10
impression
36.
ln Brinell hardness testing the time of loading is
(a) 1 second (b) i5 io 30 seconds
(b) Fluorite
(c) 5
(d) Topaz
(d)
seconds
l5 seconds
(e) 1 minute
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 81
;#ti
Chapter-4
,/hich of tf,u toffo*rg is a
non-
44.
,jsstructive test?
(a) Talc, quartz, topaz, diamond
(a) Charpy test (b) lzod impact
(b) Talc, qr:artz, diamond. topaz
(c) Talc, diamond. quarlz,
test
topaz
(d) Talc, diamond, topaz, quartz
(c) Tensile test
41. Which of the following
(d) Cupping test
metals has the lowest specific graviiy?
(e) X-ray test ?a
lncreasing order of hardness
(a) Monel metal (b) Copper
Slow ptastic deformation of metalsu{der a constant stress is known as
(a) Fattgue
(c) Magnesium (e) Cast i
j:.:j..1
42.
(d,y
Broneze
''
(c) Gradual deformation
The capdqity of a material to undergo deformdion under tension without rupt$1e is known as
(C) Creep
(a) Mechanical
iu)
Proof deformation
strenqth
,,,,,tb) Stiffness
(e) Endurance failure
(c)
The maximum hardenability of any
lougnness
(d) Ductility (a) Carbon content
,',
'
43. Which of the foilowing
metals has
highest ipecific gravity?
(b) Chemical composition
(a) lron
(b) Magnesium
(c) Grain size
(c)
(d) Aluminium
{iii
(e) Brass
Presence of alioyipg elements
Copper
trfrtr \
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 82
Mechanical properties and Testing of Material
'.i
12.
(c)
23.
(Linear)
34
(b)
(c )
13.
(c)
24.
(Rupture)
35
(d)
(d )
14,
(c)
25.
(Toughness)
36.
(b)
(a
15.
(b)
37.
(e)
38.
(d)
(c
"a)
a) {a,
16. (c)
(d) d)
17.
(b & c)
3e
(?)
18.
(a)
40.
(a)
1e. (d)
41
(c)
2a.
(b)
42
(d)
21.
(c)
:i3.
(a)
(d) 1) IB
(cj
i
i
le 1,0
(b) (a))
i
t,, ['
(a))
*,,.,;' s't-,.,.-' "'".a
22. (towj,-;t "
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
g{
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 83 Alloys its Various
fypes 10f
--{qrysry lrr tow carbon steels, presence of small
quantities sulphur inrproves
weldability
(a)
(b) formabitity
(c) mechanabiiity (d) hardenabitity 2.
Consider the following statements:
Codes:
AB (a) 12 (b) 3 4 (c) 3 2 (d) 3 4 4. Addition gf
1.
Promotes graphite module fonnation
2
Promotes graphite flake formation
increases'its
3. lncreases the fluidity of the mclten
(a) hardness
metat
4.
Improves the ductiiity of cast iron
.,
:'. 5.
(b) 2 and 3 are correct ':
List-l (Aitoy )with List-u (Use) .,;nrj select the correct answer using tire codes give below the lists:
i.
1
agnesium to cast iron
(d) creep strength 1B/B stainless
steel contains
tungsten, B% nickel ]8Yo 1B% tungsten,_B% chromium
Tin pase white metais are used v,rhere the bearings are subjecied to
(b) elevated temperature
(c) light
ladfield manganese steel
loacj and pressure
(d) high pressure ancJ load,
Constantan
ffearing
4-
(a) large surface wear
.,1, Low carbon steel
[-ist-ll
2
(d) corrosion resistance
(d)
List-l
i). Babbitt alloy
.
(C)
Ir,4atch
/^
4
(a) 1B% stainless, B% chromium (b) 18% chromium, B% nickel
i!
(d) 3 and 4 are corr.ect
i
D
(b)=ductility and strength in tension
Of these statements.
J.
C 3 1 1 2
'.
Alloy steel urhich is work hardenable and which is used to make the blades of bulidozers, bucket r^yheel Lxcavators
Thermocouple
and other earih moving equipment contain iron, carbon and
Wire nails
(a) Chromium (b) Siticon-
Bulldozer blades
(c) Manganese
www.dream2gate.co.in
.
{d) Magnesiunr
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 84
08 Chapter-S
{ ir"
Which of the following pairs regarding the effect of alloying elements in steel are correctly matched?
1.
Molybdenum
:
Forms abrasion
resisting particles 2
Phosphorous
:
lmproves
mechanability in free cutting steels 3
Cobalt
.
Contributes
to
red
hardness by iiardening ferrite 4.
Silicon Reduces
oxidation
Codes:
ABCD (a) 41 3 (b) 41 2 (c) 14 3 (d) 14 2
2 3
2 3
11. Match List-t (Alloys) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct answer using the codes given beiow
resistance
Which of these staternentsa re correct?
4 (c) 1,2and3 {a) 2,3 and J"
(b) 1,
3 and 4
(d) 1,2and4
Assertion (A) : Austenitic
stainless
steel contains 1B% chromium and B% nickel. Since it retains its austenitic structure at room temperature, it is called austenitic stainless steel.
i {"t.
List-l
A. Chreinei B. gabbit alloy C.'. Nimonic alloy .D.-' High speed steel
List-l!
1.
Journal bearing
Reason {R) : Chromium present in the steel improves its corrosion resistance by forming a thin film of chrotiiiuhr ':. \t,: oxide on the surface.
2. J. 4.
tulatch List-l (Alloying element in steel)
Codes:
with List-ll (Property conferied on steel by the element) and select the correct
Milling cutter
lnermocouple wrre Gas turbine blades
A. B.
Nickel
ABCD (a) 3'1 4 (b) 3 4 1 (c) 2 4 1 (d) 21 4
Chromium
Assertion (A)
C.
Tungsten
interstitial solid soiution when added
answer using the cod€S given betow thq
lists: +," l-.ist-tr
f). Silicon L-i:;t
2
2 3 3
:
Carbon forms
to iron.
I
Reason (R)
-l I
: The atomic
radius of
carbon atom is much smaller than that
1.
Corrosion resistarrce
')..
Magnetic permeability
J,
Heat resistance
4.
Hardenability
of iron.
Percentages of various a{loying elements present in different steel inaterials are given below:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 85 Alloys its Various
1.
18% W; 4oto Cr; jok
5%
17Jhe
2.
B% Mo; 4o/o Cr', "0.7%
for
domestic
utensils is
6%
Zoh
c
(a) 0.08% C, 18% Cr, B% Ni, 2% Mn,
3.
27% Cr; V% Ni; 5% Mo; 0.25% C
4.
l9olo Cr;
Bo/o
Ni; 0.15
1% Si
(b)
C
A.0B% C,24o/o Cr,12o/o Ni, 2% Mn,
1% S;
Which of these relate to that of high
(a) 1 and
3
(b)
and 2
(c) 0.15% C, 12% Cr, 0.5% Ni, Mn 1% Si
(c) 2 and
3
(d) 2 and 4
(d) 0,30% C, 12% Cr, A.4% Ni,
speed steel? 1
14" Addition of ,ranadium to steel results in improvement of
Mn,
18.
'1%
(b) hardenabilig
(b) Copper and zinc
ic)
resistance to oxidation at elevated
-
temperatLrre
lhe alloy steel designated as 40 Cr 1B Ni 2 by Bureau
of lndian Standards
'
Aluminium and copper
.,'(d) Copper and nickel
.19. Gunmetal, which is used in journal bearings, contains
contains
(a)
(a) 0.4% C, 18% Cr and 2y, l,y-ii (b) 4.0ok C, 1.8% Cr and O:2X tti
(b) B0% Cu, 10% Zn, 1A% At
(c) 0.470 C, 1.8% Cr and 2% Ni (d) 0.4% C, 1.Bo/o Cr and 0.2% Ni
(d) 85% Cu, 5% Sn, 10% Pb
lp. Which of the following factors govern solubrlity of two norf*rrou, metals both
iri liquid state as weil as in soiid state?
'1. Crystal structure
2- Relative size factor 3. Chemical-affinity factor
/,.
Rclative valence factor
Seiect the correct ansu,rer using the cocles given beiow:
(l)
1, 2 and
(c) 1 and 4
3
1%
Monel metai is an aitoy ot
(a) Iron.and barbon
(d)
1%
Si
(a) heat-treatability by quenching (c) fatigue strength
15.
correct composifion of arstenlttc
stainless steel used
A.7a/o C
Types 109
(9)
BB% Cu, 10%
S57o
Sn, 2% Zn
Cu, 5% Mg; t0% Al
2A. The correct sequence of elements of 18-4-1 HSS tooi is
(a) W, Cr, V
(b) Mo, Cr, V
(c) Cr, Ni, C
(d) Cu, Zn, Sn
21" Assertion (A) : The mechanability of steels improves by adding sulphur to
obtain so called 'Free Machining Steels'
Reason (R)
:
Sulphui' in steel forms
manganese sulphide inclusion which
(b) Z, 3 and 4
helps.to prociuce iirirt ribbon like
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
continuous chip.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 86
t'iO ')')
Chapter-S
Match List-l (Steel type) with List-ll {Product) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Codes:
AB (a) 12 (b) 4 3 (c) 4 2 (d) 13
List-l
A. Mild steel B. Tool steel C. Medirrrn carbon steel D. High carbon steel
1. Screws 2. Conrmercial beams 3. Crane hooks 4. Blanking dies
below the lists:
Codes:
C.
Silicon
D.
Chromium
(b)
An
1a
A.
.,\, ts.
lists: List-l
.. ',
iii
Vanadium
1.
q.9,,..,*$B
lncredses endurance strength
2. lmproves creep properties 3. lncreases hardness
.-.
4. "lncreases resistance to high
given below
temperature oxiclation
,;..s
Codes:
'
ABCD (a) 21 3 (b) 13 2 (c) 21 4 (d) 12 4
Silicon steel High carbon steel
{-istJl
,)
4
List-ll
C. High speed steel D. Monel metat 1
1
1-
Matclr List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (Application) and rgkqf the correct the
1
B''Molybdenum
2
answer using the
4
List-l
10 IJ
43 (d) 3 4 1 2
(c)
: ":.
CD -'t
3
D
Match List-l (Ailoying Element) with List-lt (Effect on Steel) and select the corect answer',using the codes given
List-ll
AB (a) 2 4
C 3 2 3 2
Marine bearings
4 4 3 3
25, Match Lisi-l (Steel) with List-ii
Cutting tools
J.
Springs
&.
fransformer laminations
(Appiication) ano select the correci answer using the codes given below the lists: ,1
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 87 Alloys its Var-roLrs
j::.
List-l
(a) Grey cast iron
Mild Steel
(b) illalleabie cast iron
B. Tool Steel
(c) White cast iron
fl. High Carbon Steel
(d) Ncdular cast
D.
Medium Carbon Steel
28.
List-ll
iron
Consider the following ::r'
1. Casi lron has peol at.;,
1.
Ball bearing
:'..
Cold. chisels
3.
Shaft and axles
vibrations.
2. Cast lron has higher co: 3.
Codes:
ABCD 4 i.r) 21 (t,)4 3 2 t.j 2 3 4 (d) 41 2
over fracture.
.
3
Which=of these statemei-.
1
$r}
J
ic)
answer using the codes given below the
.*',
List-ll*,.,...5
1. Nickel ' 2. Tin Sncl lead 1",.,.
3,,..Aluminium
t, 2 and 3
(b) 1 ar,-
3 only
(d) 2
cr",t
Match List-l (Composition) I
the lrsts: List-l A. Commercial bronze B.
(ii.
Red brass (15% Zn)
c. Aluminiuni brass (220i,
i,ln
D.
rr-t:
;\ilCD .(a) 2 4 '{b) 3 1 i,:) 7- 1 i'r)3 4
,
29,1
Al)
P)
List-ll
3
2
1.
3_
,)
2
?i. iliirir:h of the following materials is r.,r:;lil
7
P-bronze (11% tin, snraii aniouni
of
1 4 4 1
v
(Aoplication) and select ti. answer using the codes o
n, Duralumin 4. Copper cJ
i
correct?
1
List-il (major Constituent) and select the correct
ti. lnvar e. Gun Metal
Cast lronp*.ffi are suit:,r perm aneffdeform ation i.;
Match List-l (Alloy) with
iists: List-t A. Babbit
.
strength compared to ihr
4. Rolled steel sections
;1$.
-Ii
in the manufacture of extrusion no/llcs?
Radiator
Spring metal
3.
Forging and stantping
4.
Power plant and equipment
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
rsrnical
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 88
112
ft
Chapter-S
r
34.
Codes:
ABC (a) 2 4 (b) 31 (c) 21 (d) 3 4 30"
D
ticil
4
2
4
3
1
2
I
i
I
t E F
(c) Vitallium
F
t
(d) Stellite
nut?
bronze nut
2.
(d) Alunrinium screw and ailoy steel nut
!I
the lollo\/./ing statements in respect of austenitic stainless steels:
(b) Carbon steet screw and phosphor
(c) Cast iron screw and cast iron nut
!
Consider
1.
(a) Cast iron screw and mild steel nut
F
alloy?
(b) lnvar
35.
F
nil in a particular alloy. What is this (a) Had field Manganese Steel
combinaiion of materials used for the
ihe
Expa
3
1
in case of power screlvs, what is the screw and
Coeffrc,ent of
I
I
AustenitLe..,,stainless sleels are hardened' and strengthened by
I
cold working.
I
Au.stenitic stainless steels cannct .'be quenched and iernpered.
Which
of these statements
I I
I 1
isiare
I t i
31.
1n
Jt,"
Which one of the following elements/
correct?
alloys exhibits season cracking?
(a) 1 only
(a)
lron
(b) Brass
(c)
Aluminium
(d)
Steel
{c) Both 1 and 2 (d) Neither 1 nor 2
i,.
Vibration damping in machinery is best
36.
of the following
material?
(a) Low carbon steel
:i3"
Which one of the following is correct? Babbitts are used for
achieved by means of base structures
made of which one
(b) 2 only
(a) gears
(b) bearings
(c)
(d) clutch liners
botts
Which materiai is used for bushes
in
(hr) Nodular iron
the bushed-pin type of flexible
(,:) Grey cast iron
coupling?
(rl) White cast iron
(a) Gun
Vilhich of the following elements given
below determine(s) the maximum attainable, hqrdness in steel?
1 I
Chromiurh
2
lvlanganese
Carbon
4.
l'/olybdenurm
metal
(c) Rubber 38.
(b) Piastic (d) Aluminium
The elements which, added to steel, help in clrip formation drrring machining are
correct answer using the
(a) suiphur, leaci (b) sulphur,
i;ttdc given below-
(a) 1 only
(b) 1 and
(c) 3 only
(d) 2 and 4
2
iead and cobalt
(c) aluminium, (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
ano phosphorous
lead and copper
aluminium, titanium anci coppet
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Alloys its Various
i,;
4.
"ytjhich one
of the followinq cast irons consists of carbon in rosette form?
ta) 1, 2 and 3 only
(b) Gray cast iron
(b) 2, 3 and 4 only
ft,4alleable cast iron
(c) 1, 2
(d) Nodu{ar cast iron
the property of non-sparking character?
and 4
43. Malch List-l (Component) with List-ll {Required Property) and select the
(a) Hadfietd's manganese steel
correct answer using the code given below the lists:
(b) Spring steel
List
Sielliie
!,.
"..
A. Bfadeq of bulldozer
(c) lnvar
B.
41. itt'hy are Babbitt alloys used for
9-'
boai'ing material?
(a) They have excellent embeddability (b) They are relatiyely stronger than. other bearing materials
ic) They do not lose strength'with in.rease in temperature
(d) They have high fatigqd=trength . ,.. j,'
4?, Consider the following statements: i
Allo.v;ng elements are added to
i.
and 4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3
r,{}. Which one of the following possesses
ic)
lncrease weight and volume,
Which of these siaiements are correct?
(a) White cast iron
(c)
Page 89
Types 1't3
improve hardness and toughness.
improvement.
3. lmprove mechinability and ilardenability.
.
;i|D.
s turbine
blades
Drilt bit Spring of autornobiles
l-istjl
..'-
1" High wear resisiance and high toughness
2.
Low Young's modulr"rs and high fatigue strength
3. High wear anij abrasion resistance 4. High creep strength and good corrosion resisiance Codes:
ABCD (a) 3 2 1 (b) 14 3 (:) 3 4 1 (d) 1 7 3
www.dream2gate.co.in
4 2
2
4
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 90
174
Chapier-S
AHsWERs (c)
10.
(a)
1s.
(a)
28.
(d)
37
(c)
(b)
11.
(a)
20.
(a)
2s.
(b)
38.
(a)
(d)
12.
(a)
21.
(a)
30
(b)
39.
(d)
(b)
13.
(bl
22.
(d)
31
(b)
40.
(b)
(b)
14.
(b)
23.
(c)
32. .-'(c)
41.
(a)
(a)
15.
(a)
24.
(d)
33;
(d)
42.
(a)
(c)
to.
(d)
)r,
(d)
34.
(b)
43.
(c)
(c)
17.
(a)
(c)
35.
(c)
(b)
18.
(d)
27
(c)
www.dream2gate.co.in
36 (b)
__-t
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,t -al Page 91 : 1
{AG
l
Chapter-6
_( 1.
a,uasrrryq
It/atch List-l (Heat treatment) with List-ll (Effect on the properiies) and select the corect answer using the codes given below the lists:
D.
(c)
4.
A. Annealing B. Niiriding
.
(b) cyaniding
tu4artempering
Normalising
Refined grain structure
(a) ferrite
(c)
the
whole mass
ABCD
the correct explanation of A
I
A
4,-.',2 "tui
?-
3
3
4
'
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is irue
fulachines tool guideways are usually
hardness.by
6.
(a) vacuum hardening
the
temperature and then cooling slowly to room temperature to form a pearlite and ferrite structr;re, is known as
hardening
{il)- fiame hardening Guideways of tathe beds are hardened iry
Heating the hypoeutectoid steels 1o 30"C above the upper critical
temperature line, soaking at
/:,) marternpering (c) induction
(d) martensite
(a) Both A and R are true and R is
/'r)A?)4
(b) 1 3 {':) 4 2 (,i) 't 1
austenite
(b) cenrentite
Reason (R): Grain boundaries provide easy paths to dislocation motion.
Codes:
".).
also
Assertion (A): Refining the grain size of polycrystal line material renders il harder and stronger.
3. lncreases surface hardness 4. lmproves ductility ,., ,.
^
is
known as
2. lmproves the hardness of
/ -l\
A given steel test specimen is studied under metlilurgical microscope. .k Magnificafidri used is 100 X. ln that different phases are observed. One of them is FerC. The', observed phase FerC
List-ll
1.
nitriding
(d) flame hardening
List-l
e
(a) carburizing
(a) Hardening (b) Normalising (c) Tempering (d) Annealing
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 92 Heat Treatment
Asseftion (A) : Normalized steel wiil have lower hardness than annealed steel.
Reason (R)
:
The pearlite of
(a) Normalising (b)Malteabilising
(c) Spheroidising (d) Carbonizing
12"
normalized steel is finer and has lower
intermolecular space.
Match List-l (Name of treatment) with List-ll (Media used) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the iists:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is
List-l
the correct explanation of A
Pack carburizing
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not
Gas carburizing
a correct explanation of A
Cyaniding..
(c) A is true but R is f-alse
.:i ''.,"
Nitriding:',r
(d) A is false but R is true
6.
List-ll
Consider the fcrllowing quenching
Arnr.nonia gas
media:
Sodium cyanide
2. Water 1. Oil 3. Water + NaOH 4. Brine
Carburising compound Ethane
The correct sequence of these nredia in order of increasing hardness of steel
9.
(a) 1, 3, 2, 4
(b) 2, 1, 3, ,l
(c)
(d) 4, 3, 2,
1, 2, 3, 4
.
Codes:
ABC (a) 3 ,4 (b) 21 (c) 31 (d) 2 4
1
.:
'Tempering"of quenched martensitic steel is necessary to improve the
(a) hardness of the metal (b)- surface texture of,ihe metal r"
13.
D
2
1
3
4
2
4
3
1
Consider the following parrs.
Effects on medium carbon steel
Heat treatment
ll,
(c) corrosion resiStance of the metal (d) ductility of the metal. ii),
1.
Normalising
.
and yield point
(b) Reduce ductility and resilience
(c) Remove foreign impurities and improve surface finish
(d)
lncrease ductility and mechanability
11, Globular form of cementite in the structure of steel is obiained through
Grairr
refinement
Primary object of full annealing is io
(a) lncrease toughness
127
2.
Full annealing
:
3.
tr4arlempering
:
Uniform grain structure Decreased ductility
4. Spheroidizing
:
Maximum softness
Which of the pairs given above are correctly rratched?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 93
':**ffi
Chapter-6
{a) 1 and 2 (c) 3 and 4
(b) 2 and 3
(d) 1, 2, 3 and
17. The pattern
structure is encountered in
4
'!d" Austempering is employed to obtain (a)
1AA% martensitic structure
(b)
10096 bainitic structure
(b) norrnalizing
(c) spheroidizing (d) -annealing
18. Ulhich one of the following is the process to refine the grains of metal
after
structure
it
has been distorted
Arrnealing
(a)
statements
(b) Softerring
.l
(c) Recrystaiiliing (d) Normalizing
about medium carbon steel:.
(1) lt can be quench-hardened
but not
19. Temperfu''is
case-hardened
,
process of annealing
(a) martensite at low ternperatures
{2) It cannot be quench-hardened but case-hardening can be done
{b)., mai'tensite at higher teniperatures
.(c) bainite at low temperatures
(3i It exhibits distinct yield point under tension test Which of these statements are correct? (b) 2 and 3
(c) 1 and 3
(d) 1, 2 and.i :.
(d) bainite at higher temperatures
'20.
Which of the following factors influence
hardness in
(a) 1 and 2
a plain carbon steel?
1. Percenlage carbon
l
C.onsider the following stat#ents: ,,:
2. Quenching media
Assertion (A) :-Carburizing is done on nonferrous alloys to increase the
3. Work size
,,
surface hardness.
,
,.
Reason (R) : P,, rpitation hardening of nonferrormiitiyr involves solution hoat treatnrent followed by precipitation lrcart treatment.
Of these statements
(a) Both A and R are true and R
is
the correcf explanation of A
(l:) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A Ir,i A is true but R is (d)
by
harnmering or cold working?
(d) 10A% pearlitic structure
16.
tempering
(a)
(c) 50% martensitic and 50% bainitic
1li. Consider the following
known as Widmanstattd
fals-e
A is false but R is true
Select ihe correct ansr,nrer using code given below .
(a)
1
and
2
the
only (b) 2 and 3 oniy
(c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3 21. Which one of the following
mediums
is used for ihe fastest cooling rate of steel quencl-ring ?
Air (c) Waier (a)
(b) oit
(d) Brine
22. Which one of the following
nraterials
can be subjecied to an age hardening process?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 94
Heat Treatment t
ia)
(c) Pure iron
23,
Aluminium i ZO.
(b)
HSS
is mainly
Consider the following statements regarding annealing process:
(d) Stetiite
lsothermal annealing
1.
used
2. The hypo-eutectoid
(a) Mechenability (b) Toughness
24.
AII struciural iniperfections are removed.
in alloy steels to inrprove.
(c) Ductility
29
to about 50
(d) Weldability
steel is heated
- 70"C below upper
critical temperature.
llaich List-! (Quenching media) with
3. Cooling can be done in heat
List-ll (Structure produced) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
Jreating furnace, by heating it, heeping the metal in it and turning off furnace till it cools to room
List-l A. Water B. Oil C. Air D.
Fumace
I
List-ll
L
4.
Coarse pearlite
{ai (c)
4
3 only
1, 3 and
4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
'j
13
1, 2 and
(b) 2, 3 and 4 only
Fine pearlite
Codes:
(a)
Uniform grain structure is resulted.
Which of these statements are correct?
2. Martensite 3. Veryfinepearlite
coal 4.
temperature.
27. 2
Dunng heat treatment of steel, the hardness.of various structures in increasing order is
(c) 1 4 (d) ')rl 4.,, ) ,
2 4
3 ,.,',, 3.,.f.
(a) martensite, fine peariite, coarse pearlite, spherodite
(b) fine pearlite, martensite, spherodite, coarse pearlite
Consider the folloWing:
I VVater 2 lce 3 Brine solution 4. Oil
(c) rnartensite, coarse pearlite, fine pearlite, spherodite
Which of these isiare used as quenching media in case of Alloy
(d) spherodite, coarse pearlite, fine pearlite, rnafiensite
:;tccl:;?
{a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b)
23and4only
(c) land4only
--
(!l1e.U
28.
Hardness of steel greatly improves with
(a) annealing
(b) cyaniding
(c)
(d) f om r.orinn
www.dream2gate.co.in
normalising;
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 95
'?.${-i Chapter-G
:ii.
4.
i:rom the lists given beloq choose the
Boih hardness and brittleness
niost appropriate set of heat treatment
ps"ocess
and the
are reduced
corresponding
process characteristics
5. Carbon
Process
P.
'absorbed
Characteristics
1. Austenlte
Tempering.
is
bainite
austempering
Austenite
2.
is
converted into
Cementite
3.
(a) P-3,
R-5 (b) P-4, Q-3, R-2
(c)
D.) I \-Z. (d) P-1, Q-5, R-4
P-4,
30. The main purpose of spheroidising
-
martensite
R, Martempering
treatment is to improve
(a)
is
converted into
hardn_eabi*ity
of low carbon steels
{b) nrachinability of low carbon steels
globular
(c) hardenability of high carbon steels
structure
(d) machinability cf high carbon
-
4.
illi
-trtrE_"z= ":::i:'
r$.
(d)
1e. ir)
2s.
(d)
14.
(b)
20. (d)
26.
(c)
1s.
(b)
21.
(d)
27.
(d)
16.
(d)
22. (b)
28.
(b)
(b)
1,!"
{c)
= 11. (c)
17.
(a)
23. (a)
2e.
(c)
12. (a)
18.
(c)
24.
30.
(d)
f{tl
into
the metal
converted into
0.
is
:
(b)
': ,'
BI{ANA.T PITOTOSTA'T & BOOK CENTER !IADE E,,\SY. At L & O.l HER NSTI. \O] i:S .,\\,AIL;\BLE itrs. G,\f E. pSt,'S p.\pl:R's ot HER tNsrt.'rgsr sERItrs SS( .ll:&( (il.1,.{NK. IS}t(). t)ll.lX).i I.\ &Ottltrt{ pS(r's t,.\t,t:RS
MOB-97I g I02070 ,97 t6I9I950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
steeis
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 96
152
ChaPter-7
QUES,TTONS
1
D"rrrgr.ti* it .rhib,t.d by
ffiiJy
(a) only those materials which do not | possess permanent magnetic I moments.
u.
(c) Only those materials which possess permanent magnetic
moments
(d) Only those materials which have
fields.
-(a| Feebly attracted
I I
4.
(b) Only spin magnetic momeni of 4s electrons
t ,i
repetled
(c) Both spin and orbital mcments of 't,i3d electrons :
tU'l Both spin and orbital rnomenis of 4s electrons
7
-
'' .
The net spin magnetic '-."- of -'' - moment (b)
4p,
(d}2rr,
because, the ferrite has
(a) High permeabiliiv
l
(b) High resistivity
iI
,'(c), Hiqh saturation magnetization
I
tOl Square saturation magnetizatioi-r
The susceptibility of diamagnetic I material '; I {b) Varies as 1l(T -
0)
1iT
{c) Varies, as (d) ls independent of iemperature lro condition for an atom to possess orbital magnetic monent is that the Ittom must
ln hi$h frequency appiications a ferrite is preferred to.u t::tnlagnetic materiai
i
(a) Varies directly with temperature
{i.
ln transition metais, thecontribution to
electrons
i
I
repelled
r.; i* i;' (a) 5u, (c) 3pu
(d) Completely filled p, d or f sheils
(a) Only spin magnetic moment of 3d
(d) Strongly attractec
3.
-
I
I Paramagnetic materials when placed i in a magnetic field, get I strong internal
(c) strongiy
sr,.rrr
magnetic moment is due to
(b) All materials
(b) Feebly
f,ilrd p, o or r
B.
In the ceramic material MnO
/a\ Th^.n i(a) There is a ^ n^* net magnetic -^n^nii., moment
I
due to the Mn2' ion
I I
tni
|
(c) There is a net magnetic monrent
i
(d) There is no net magneti: moment
due to the
s-shells (b) Partially filled s-si;ells (a) corrrpletely filled
I
I :
O} ion
due to both l\4n2. and OL ions
I
have
There is a net magnetic rlonreht
g.
curie-weiss Law is obeyecl by
trl
paramagnetic materiats
.(b) Antiferromagnetic
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
matei"rals
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 97
Magnetic Properties of Materials
i:)
Ferromagnetic materials above Curie temperature
(d) Ferromagnetic material
ta
below
Curie temperature
10.
to
(a) Exchange (b)
100W (c) 200W
{a) A m-r
18.
_
as
paramagnetic material of
- 1.257 x 10{ H m-,)
4,1 t
:,
-flre
4xx10
20.
(b) 0.12s8 (d).
none of these
(b)
(q)
(d) 1.eB
1 82
10-24
rrom agneti c-to-para
A mr;. The
ic) Neel temp.
(d) 1750 A
m-1
iJ. Gadoliniuni has a higher saturation inlqnetization than Co at
1 63
The temperature of
(b) Curie-Weiss
(b) 1750 kA m-1 m-1
ia) 1.47
A; is 2.2u,
Z.BST
temp.
21"
-fhe
factors that obstruct ciomain wall rnotion in Fe are
(a) d,slocation tangles (b) impurity atoms
(,,r) -273oC
(b) 25oc
(c)
(e)
(d) 769"C
/C) nonmagneiic inclusions
29OoC
the m a gnetic
(d) Debye temp.
is
1,:) i750 A
(d) 140 A
7.4 A
(a) Antiferror:agnetic Curie temp.
r,iirrrotion magnetization of Fe at 0 K o
(c)
transition is called
net magnetic moment of Fe atom
ln BCC crysiat (a =
(r)
(b) 52 mA
a n-ti {e
t
= 9.273 x
,
(aJ-'0 A
19. The ratio of the atomic radlus/3d shell radius of Mn, which normally exhibits antiferromagnetic behaviour, is
susceptibility equal to 10r, the induction in Wb m-? at an applied field of 100 kA
(c)
Using a permalloy core (v. =2700\, a 19m long _300 turn coil of a conductor
:...
(c) kg pp'z s 2 A-1 (d) kg s-2 A-1
{a) a.1257
(d) 600W
ha vv
(d) Wb A-i m-l
ln base Sl units, tesla is expressed
(h) 150W
giving an-induction of 7.5 T is to be made.'Th'b current in the coil should
(b) l{/b nr-z
H m-l
m-1 is (lto
(d) 650K
1040K
(a)
tulagnetostriction
In a
(c)
interaction
The units of magnetic permeability are
4a I \r.
(b) 1400r(
at 25 Hz and 50 Hz is 250 W and 800W, respecriveiy. Ti,; c.dC;, cui:=,-., loss at 25 Hz is
(d) Antiferromagnetism
] l.
(a) 2000K
is ccn',,ei-se piezoelectric
(c) Magnetic Hysteresis
{c)
Curre temperaiure oflonalt is
The total iron loss in a kansformer core
The magnetic eff ect which analcgous efrqel
ftre
{53
voids
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 98
f 54
??
Chapter-7
ilansition from the ferromagnetic to the pai'amagnetic state is named i-Re
27. ln nickel-zinc ferrite with ZnlNi atonr ratio equal to 315, the number
unpaired electron spins present perNio.urlrorruFeroo is (assume that zinc ions push the ferric ions from tetrahedral sites to octahedral sites arrci change their
after
Curie (c) Neel
(a)
iJ"
(b) Curie-Weiss (d) Debye
5
(b)
0
24"
5 (c) 1.25
(a)
(a) YO.FezOr
_,t (c) YO.6F*$
The saturation magnetization of 29.
if tire saturation magnetization
of
ferrite in the same units is (Given: atomic number of Fe = 26; Ni = 28)
(c) laza ,)rl ,1,
t.l .
hi ghei$t-rn easu
(b) YrFeuO,,
(d)Yror.Fero, red energy prod uct
m-3
(b) B0 kJ m-3
(c)700 kJ m-3 (d)400 J rn{
magnetite is 510 kA m-1, that of nickel
(b)
-lhe
(a) 800 J
1
510 (d) 340
in a
in a p.eifianent nragnet is about
(a) 1770 kA m-' (b) 638 M m-l (c) 506 A nr-1 (d) 506 kA m
(a) 255
(d) 4.5
microprocessor has.the formula
magnetite with 16 ferric ions and B ferrous ions in the cubic unit cell (a = s.37 A) is (pu = 9.273 x 10-2o A m',)
?5.
(b) 3.7s
28. The garnet crystal used
{c) depends on Zn% (d) 2.2
-
spins)
The magnetic moment of a fen'ic ion in nickel-zinc ferrite is
(a)
61
30. T.he magnetic energy product of PrrFe,oB alloy is higher than that of i, martensitic carbon steel by a factor o; about
,l
,,.""
To make tlre Mn atom ferromagnetic hy alloying, the ratio of its atomic iarr.lir-i:;-to-3d radius sholld..be
31.
(a)
1.1
(b) 5
(c)
100
(d) 1000
A suitable material for audio and T\'' transformers is
(;r)
r;orrstant
(b) inCreaseei
(a) ferrite
(b) Fe-a% Si
(r;)
rlcr:rr.ased
(d) zero
(c) Fe-30% Ni
(d) very pure Fe
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 99
(b)
9.
c)
17.
(b
25.
(a)
(d
to.
(b)
l
(a)
10.
:b)
18.
(a)
11.
(c,d)'
19.
(a
27.
(a)
(d)
12.
fd)
20.
(c)
28.
(b)
(c)
i.1
(b)
21.
(a,b,c,d)
29.
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
22.
(a),,.11:
30.
(c)
(b)
15.
(a)
23.
,{t)
31.
(a)
(d)
16.
(b)
24,
(d)
BHARAT
|I
'.,t ',1
,,.:: _
Pgorosrer. Boox
cENTE R
MADE EAS\" ACti & Ot'ttER NSTT NOl'trS AV,\ILABLF. IES, GATII. PStr'S Pr\PIR'S OTHER lNSTl.l'EST SERIES SSC JE&CGI-. B,\\k. ISRo. DRDO, iT \ \ ,T}tER PSIj-S P.\PERS
MOB-97 I I I 02070. qt t6t
www.dream2gate.co.in
L)
I
950
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 100
172
ChaPter-B
---
A,Uf,S,rl0NS
Consider the following properties pertaining to an alloy used as a
1.
precision resistor
:
1. Uniform resistance 2. Siable resistance 3. Zero or low temperature coefficient
6.
(c)
1 and
3
moisture?
7.
,,..
(c)
(d) 1fi-3
,..; diamagnetism i:
ll
Superconductors have almost zero {";,j. {b) ri resitivity "ie (c) The external magnetic field has no
effect on superconductors
on going from superconducting state to normal
(d) Entropy increases
state
slowest moving free electron is
The transition temperature of [i4ercury at which it becomes superconductive
(a) 5 mrn
is
(b)'10 mm
mm 1d) 40 mm
lhe conducti,vity of a super conducting rnaterial on being subject to critical magnetic field changes to
{a) normal state
(a) 4.12'F
tb) 4.12"C
(c) 412
(d) 41.2
K
K
De Broglie wavelength associateo with
a material particle
is
(a) inversely proportional to its energy
(b) unstable state
(b)
(c) temperature-independent state
,
(d) Mica
"ii.ii
(a) :super"conductors show perfect
(b) 13
(c) 20
";)
' sr} Asbestgs
(d) 2 and 3
ln a conductor of size 20 m"m x 10 mm x 10 mm, the wavelength of the
3.
(b) Paper
(a) Qotton
(b) 1 and 2
(a) T (1/T)113
(d) Hole
Which ofi.16u following statements is NOT tiae?
When temperature of a conductor is approaching zero Kelvin, the mean free path of the free electrons in the conductor is proportional to
2"
(c) Electron
(c)
Which of these properiies are desirable?
3
(b) Negative ion
Which of the foiIowing insulating materials has the least aftinity to
of resitivity
(a) 1, 2 and
(a) Positive ion
directty prbportional
to
its
momentum
(d) temperature-dependent state
\\,, directly proportional to its enerqy
Which of the following has the qreatest
(d)
inversly proportional moinentum
rnobility?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
to
its
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 101 -fne
\,qihich one of the
following is NOT true
14.
for Sulphur hexafluoride gas?
(a) lt is electronegative in nature
of the following factors does the value of critical current density in a superconductor depend? On which
(b) Applied magnetic fietd
(c) lt is non-toxic
(c) Temperature and applied ma3neii:
(d) lt is highly infiammable
field
to Wiedemann-Franz la,,v the ratic of thermal conductivity to electrical conductivity of a condr.ictor According
oi
tuletals 173
(a) Temperature
(b) lt has high-dielectric strength
't1.
conOuctivity of
(d) Silsbee's rule
15.
The magnetic field at which a super-
conductor remains
rs
in its super-
(a) Independent of temperature
conductinEstate at a temperature less than theltiahsition ten-rperature is
(b)
Directly proportional to temperature
(a) Zero
(c)
inversely proportional to temperature
(d) lnversely proportional to square of temperature
is conect for four-point probe method
(a) (b)
(c)
-l-he
resistivity? ...'
u=..,,
-fhe
current source is connecied to the two inner probes
(c) Less than th_e critical field corresponding to the given terrrperature (d) Equal to the critical'fietd corresponding to the
16. Match List-l {lnsutator) with List-lt (Application) and select the correct answer using the codes given below:
One probe point must inject
List
Current flow only in a small area
B. Polystyrene
c. Porcelain
13. The average drift velocity Vo of r electrons in a metal is re{ated to
D, Silicon
List
electric field E and collision time T as .l
vo =
Q.ET/m.
{b) v. = nt.Q"T
(r:) Vo = muQ"Ti2E (d)
Vo
= Q*ET/2mu
-l
A. Mica
of the sample
(r)
temperature
transition tem perature
sample must be extriilsic
minority carriers {,l )
reater than the critical iieid corresponding to the given -,{.i"'=
',,.
12. Which one of the following stateiirents of determining
(b)
l
rubber
-ll
l.
Bushings
2.
Electric wires anci cabies
3.
Low voltage capacitors
4.
lron
5.
Radio Cabinets
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 '!
?4 Chapter-B
Page 102 '=4
21.
ilodes:
ABCD ia) 4 5 12 {b) 2 1 3 4 (c) 4 1 3 2 (d) 2 5 14 Metallic copper is
1.
Wl"rich
(a) 1 only
is/are
(b) 2 onty
(c) Both 1\ nd 2 (d) Neither 1 norZ Which qjrb'of the following is the
18" Superconductivity is destroyed
(a) At high temperature
correct',hbtement?
(b) At high magnetic field
Superconducting metal
(c) ln presence
conducting state
of magnetic impurities
(d) ln all the above cases ln metals, resistivity is composed of two parts: one part is characteristic of the particular substance. The other part,, is due to
.,'
in
has
super-
relative
permeability of
(a) more than one (b) one (c) zero I
(d) negative
The temperature coeff icient
(b) Crystal irnperfections (d) Supplied thermal ,r,,,ri energy *
Oonsider the following . Applications of low permitivity ceramics irrr;ltrde which of the following?
'1. Suspension insulators
of
resistance of a wire is 0.0008/"C. lf the resistance of the wire is B Ohrn at 0"C. What isthe resistance at 100"C?
(c) Applied magnetic field
?{),
of these statenrents
correct?
substance
(a) Applied voltage
the
superconducting to normal siate under the influence of a magnetic field is irrversible.
(d) Ferrimagnetic substance
19.
of a super
2. Transition from
a
for
high
voltage lines.
')..
Supercdnductors
:1,
l'rrn insulators for low voltage lines"
(a) 8,64 Ohnr (b) B 0B Ohm
(c) 7.92
Ohm
(d) 7.20 ohm
Two materials having temperature coefficient of 0.004 and 0.0004 respectively are loined in series. The overall temperature coefficient is approxirnately
Select the correct answer using ihe colk; given below :
(a) 1 and 2
(b) 1 and 3
(c) 2-and
(d) 1, 2 and 3
3
(a) 0.08
(b) 0.04
(c) 0 001
(d) 0.0001
List-l
with List-ll and seleci the correct answer using the code given below the list: Match
www.dream2gate.co.in
I I j
I
Transition temperature
conductor can be reduced by the apptication of a magnetic field
{a) Paramagnetic substance (b) Diamagnetic substance
(c) Ferromagnetic
1
Consider the following statementifr connection witn superconductors :
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
i
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 103 The conductivity of 'List
2. Superconductors repel magnetic
-l
flux lines.
Enamel covering
3. All
lnsulation
4.
Empire cloth
,
-ll
(a) 1 and 2
Transformers
(c) 1, 2 andl'
1 3 1 2 4 3 4 2
gl.,ypr,
ffiist-l :
"
of the above statements are
tLrir'oct?
i
=.."
superconductors
i"lre temperature
-ll
C.
Heaiing devices3, Constantan
D.
Brushes 4.
Magnesium
Codes:
ABCD (a) 4 3 2 (b) 1 3 2 (c)4 2 3 (d) 1 2 3
1
4 1
4
List-l
with List-l! and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
List -.l A. High conductivity materials
:
at which
the concluctor becomes a super conductor is called transition .tcmperature.
List
A. Frecision Work 1-. Graphite B. Rheostat Z. Nichrome
29. Match
4 only (b) 2 and 4 only
ic) 'il and 3 only (d) 1, 2,3 and 4 i})rsirlcr the following statements ai-roL.rt
below the list:
"'l
ii'i''',
2. High permittivitY. , 3. Low dissipatioq.1261ot. 4. Low insulating'resistance.
and
(d) , 1, 2, 3 and
ji i'
thermal ProPerties. .-
'1
only
[4atcl1$t-l with List-ll and select the,. rrect ansvrier using the cooe
28.
'1. Should give uniform eledtric and
]i1v;r;r$
staternents are
only (b) 2 and 4 onty
Machines
Consider the following statements : Characteristics of a good insulating material are
(;)
of the above
conect?
ABCD (a) 2 4 tb)3 4 (cl 2 1 (di 3 1 ',:nA 't-v,
are
Superconductors become normaj when placed in a magnetic field of certain critical rralue.
Which
Laminations Wires
t:4i,.'
superconductors
paramagnetic materials.
Fibrous Materials
List
Metals {75
B.
High resistrriity materials
c. Metal for lightly loade,J contacts D,
Materials for bimetallic strio
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981
t 76
Page 104
Chapter-B
[-ist
1
33. As temperature falls
-ll
ield
2. Platinum, Molybdenum
4.
superconductor
(a) Remains
Alurninium, Copper
(c) Decreases
Codes:
AB (a) 3 (b) 4 I (c) 3 2 (d) 4 2 1
L
D
2
4
2
^J
,t I
4
1
rJ
(d) First increases, reaches a
34. The energy gap oi a superconductor
(a) ts independent of temperature (b) lncreases'with temperature (c) ls maximum at a cntical temperature
e
(d) 35.
:
The material should be of high resislivity and low temperature Resistors are shielded against ,i"'
3. Nickel-chromium
:'-
value.
,"-.,*
Which of the these statementS is/are correct?
{a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1:,0nly (c) 1 and 3 only ($'3 onty
in
the
negative
36.
properties
4- Will not alloy with nrany other
Absorbing magnetic field
rnetals
{b) Repelling magnetic fietd
(a) 1 and 2 are correct
field
"(b) 2 and 3 are correci (c) 3 and 4 are correct
iri) ilcpelling electr"ic field .i.1. A superconductor may be used for itr:rterating
(d) 1 and 4 are correct
37.
(a) Voltage
(b) Pressure
(t:) Temperature
(d) Magnetic field
not used to form cable sheaths.
2. ls least affected by sea water. 3. Has good malleable and ductile
I
l;Jt
(c) Absorbing'electric
Lead "ls
1.
[i]aterials in supef'eonducting state ir;r'rt.: the property of
ir)
is
(c) lts relative permeability is uniiy (d) lts magnetic susceptibility is
is best suited,;{-Ui
resistance of high
j.
Whieh of the following properties NOT correct for a srlperconductor its superconducting stage?
conductor is zero
magnetic field.
i
ls nrininrum at a cnticaltemperature
'(a) lts resistivity is zero (b) Magnetic flux density inside
coefficient.
2.
peak
and then decreases
3*. Consider the following statements with regard to manufacture of a standard
i.
unchanged
(b) lncreases
lron, Nickel Constantan
resistor
the
transition temperature, the valuer0f of d critical magnetic f
Tungsten, Carbon
3.
belorru
Match List-l ivith List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the list:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 105 The condr.rctivity of
;--
List
fi.
The correct combination is
-l
(b)
use 1, 2 and 3 1 and 3
(c)
2and4
1 and2
(d)
1 and2
1,2. 3 and
DC
Porcelain
B. Steatite C. Mica D. Rt-ttile
(a)
List -tl
1. Used f or high
2.
f
requency
AC use
1.2 1,2
and 4 and 3
4
Directions:
of
applications
The following iterns consist
Used in capacitors to be operatect
statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A, and the other labelle{, as 'Reason R'. you
at high frequencies
examine..,,these lwo statements carefully and select the answer to these
two statemeds farefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given
Codes:
AB {a) 3 1 (b) 1 2 {c) 3 4 (d) 1 4
two
are to
3. Used for insulators 4. Releases water vrhen heated
below: (a) Both'A and R are individually true and l
4 2 4 3 21 2 3
R'is the correct explanation of A
(b) Eoth A and R are
:
possible to destroy the superconductivity of a material by applying
40.
41. Assertion (A): Glazing
is done on ceranric insulators to make the surface smooth and non-absorbent.
{ii) a pressirre below that of the
Reason (R), tuloisture from the
at,tosphere
atrnosphere can collect on the surface cJiscontinuties on a ceramic and result
(,'onsider the following properiies of insulators:
3.
Dielectric losses
1"
Fermitivity
and
brittle.
ic) a strong electric'field
lnsulation resistance
Assertion (A): Lepidolite type mica is unsuitable for electric insulation.
' Reasqn {R): Lepidolite is hard
(b) a temperature much below the transition temperature
indi,,ridually
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is true.
(a) a strong magnetic field
,'
true but R is not the correct explanation of A
-='',
It is
nt
Metals 177
in electric breakdown. 42.
Dielectric breakdown strength
Assertion (A): An electric
or mechanical input makes the flux jurnp from one superconductor to anoiher, generating large direct currents.
Sorne of these properties are for DC use and some are fcr AC use.
Reason (R): The electric resistivity of superconductors depends upon the magnetic fie:d.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available aL \r, qv \J I l\)\j=1-JV9784236981 \ Page 106 -gru6n* 1 +1" I tA), C'./.tron a s*,t[n,
4,
's
l
temperaiure, supei'-conductiv destroyed.
Reason {R}: Switching aciion is ,:haracteristic of superconductors only.
44.
Assedion (A): An insulator has a high value of resistivity, and with increasing temperature the vlaue of its resistivity decrqases exponential ly.
i +0. Assertion (A): At absolute degree Kelvin
:^-:l:,.:lrctor insulators.
i
temperature, the value of the energy band gap decreases.
Ryason$ii Srpe,.onductivity in
iield is greater than the critical
nftr ANSWERS
(d)
12
(b)
(c) A"
(a)
(c) t.
1:
l
itil 10
(d)
i
?1.
(c)
31.
(b)
41.
32.
(d)
42.
(d)
(b)
43
(c)
23.
(a)
JJ.
14. ,':.1d)
24.
(c)
34. 1d)
44
(d)
15.
(c)
25.
(b)
3s.
(c)
45.
(a)
16.
(d)
26.
(c)
JO.
(b)
46.
(a)
17.
(b)
27.
(c)
37.
(c)
47
(a)
10 t().
(d)
28.
(a)
JO.
(a)
19.
(b)
29.
(a)
39
(d)
20.
(b)
a
wire may"be destroyed if the current in the wire exceeds a critical value.
Reason (R): lf the applied magnetic
(b)
.l
cannot be usedas coils tor productioi of strong magnetic fields.
field.
11
ilu
_t.**qurature materials behau*
47. Assertion (A): Superconductors
destroyed by application of an external magnetic ]
(d)
r.'
Ze
Reason (R): At absolute zero degree Kelvin temperature. there is no available to generare rhe .,|[:tJ carriers in the semiconductor,
Reason (R): With increasing
45, Assertion (A): Superconductivity oJ a superconducting material can be
can be
i 1Y
I
4.)
I
l I
_l_
www.dream2gate.co.in
40.
(a).
I I
I
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 107
The conductivity of Metals
{ t.
sorurrffi 22.
{d)
A
v-4 /-m--l
1 T,
1n
and L* = So lt, =0
(a)
Criticai magnetic field is the requirecl magnetic field to bring conductivity of super conducting material to normal
"i.
23.
-l
At = Tz
(c)
a =0.0008,Rc =Bohm
fulobility of electron is more than hole
Rn.* = B(1+ 0.08J
(u)
R*;
External magnetic0 field equal to critical magnetic field can destroy super conductivity. Also by the
31.
application of external magnetic field, the value of transition temperature decreases
.
8,64 ohm
(b)
magnetiq field
33. (b)
, ,_rr., H^=H^J-ilil v Jl lr"rr \
(a)
=-:10S"C
Superconductors are essentially .'.,,d'iamagnetic, so they repel the
(d)
\'cl;
H. = critical magnetic field. - where, Hence
Q"ET
"cl -
jlr
(a)
state.
\1
l;.
Yt, -1
Rnu* = Ro + (ctat)_] [t
5t-6 ts an rnert gas. 13.
(c)
For super-conducting metals.
As we know, mean free path, i=VoT
and l"*
i79
as tempeature T decrbases
beiow the transition temperature (T.),
m^
(c)
the value of critical magnetic field
At critical field rhe #erconductor will c()ine to normal stafe.
increases.
36. (b) Lead has good corrosion resistance, so it is least affected by.ea water.
{:')
iirtsistivity is cornposed of
two
components:-
(i)
37.
Porcelain : is a ceramic material ani used for insulator.
Thermal Resistivity : lt is due to
lattice vibration and
is
Mlca
characteristic of the particular substance
(il) Residual Component :
This
(c)
38.
:
used
in capacitors to be
operated at high frequencies. (a)
lf the applied field is greater than flie
Cornponenl arisos due to impurtty and defect present in the material..
criilcat magneiic fielct at
any
This is independent of temperature.
tem peratu re, super conductiviiy
ir
destroyed.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
!,;l
i-,,.;
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 -l-he
Page 108
Mechanism of Conduciion in Semicondur
--@utrsr 1
t.
List
For a semiconductor, which one of the
following statements is NOT correct?
an electron ?nd a hole recombine, energy must be
(a) When
(b)
A,
Ga-As
B.
Nichrome 2. Laser
c.
liberated
D.
Electrons in the conduction band
can acquire a net acceleration from a field because there are
Quariz Si -' :
A.''
ic) An electron in the valence band cannot be accelerated by the field
(.a)
,2
tb) 1 (c) 2 (d) 1
unless there are empty energy levels available
Holes cannot be accelerated by the field unless there are empf/
3. Busba'
4.
Heatin
5.
Oscilla
B
CD
4
JI
tr4
5
e4
s
JI
4
trr) JL
Assuming the Fermi levei : be independent of temperatur;. r:r ;13\
energy levels available
{,
1. lntegrr
Codes: ''.1'
empty energy levels available
(d)
List -!'
-l
Consider the following statement
be defined as the level
[xtrinsic semiconduetors show clcctrical conductivity be'Cause
occupancy probability of
irrrpuriies are
(c) 75%
i
Of high conductivity
,i. llighly
I
(ai
mobile
5.
=
eV (c) 0.785 eV
r;r:i;'ect?
6. (b)
2and3
(d) 1, 2 and
with
lhe correct answer
(d) 100%
The forbidden energy gap in silicon at
(a) 1.41
liViiich of these statements are NOT
.1. \,{;t;h List-l
(b) 50%
300 K is
Fiighly charged
r land2 (c) 1 and 3
0%
rntit['t an
(b) 1 1 e\t (d) 0.72 e\t
With an increase in temperature, the Fermi levei in an intrinsic semicondr:ctoi'
3
{a) Moves closer the condLtction
List-ll and select
edge
: l
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
band
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 109 .r
\4;,
Chapter-9
r1) Moves closer to the valence
(a)
bancj
edge
ic)
(a)
a
Carrierconcentration
2.
Carrier mobility
3
Sign of the carrier
(b)
of the carriers
-l
he carrier
concentration
(c) Both carrier concentration
and
mobility irr,[ibases
(a) 1 ahci 2
(b) 1 and
(c) 2 and
(d) 1,
(d) Thermal energy
2
11.',
of
electron
tncreases
12. Fermi1fVel in a p-type semiconductor lies-'close to
3
and 3
An inirinsic serniconductor at
(a) The top of the valance band
a
::
temperature of absolute zero behaves like an insulator because of
(b) The bottorn of the 'ralence band (c) The top of the conCuction band
(a) Non-availabiliiy of free electrons: (b) Non-reccmbination of electrons
(d) The bottom of the conduction
with
hoi:s
(c)
Low dri,t vetocity of free e|66trons
(d)
Lov,r (alr"nost
zero)
13.
eiffin
energy
*ry,
ern
crystal
(c) To measure conductivity (d) AIt of the above 14. Width of energy bands depends on which of the follc',ving?
(a) Ternperature
(0) By increasing the concentration of (c)
impurity atorns in the crystal
(b) Pressure
By increasing the width of the
(c) Relaiive freerjom of electi-ons
crystal {LJ)
Hall Effect can be used
(b) To find carrier-concentration
the Hall voltage aci^oss an irnpurity semiconductor crystal be increased?
{ir) By increasing the thickness of the
band
(a) To find type of semiconductor (whetherporntype)
"
ln which one of the followifig
I l.l,
mobrlity
increases
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
3
-l-he
increases
semiconductor depend?
1
oi a
semiconductor increases with increase in temperatui'e because
On which of the following factors does
the e{ectrical conductivity of
(d) infinite
11. The electrical conductivity
forbidden gap
i
(b) negative
(c) zero
Moves into the conduction band
(d) Remains at the centre of the 7.
positive
in
ihe cyrstal
By increasing the cur-rent flowing through the crystal
Which one oi the follouring statements is correct? The Halt coefficient of an intrinsic senricondlctor is
(d) Mass of
15.
rto*
irr iire material
Which one of the following statements is not true for a p-type _semiconductor?
(a) Conduction is by ihe rTlovernenr of hoies in the valence band
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 110
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconducto
(b) Holes constitue the maiority
21. Which one of the following is function f(E)?
charge carriers
(c) Fermi levei lies closer to the (a)
conduction band
(d) lt is formed by adding an acceptor impurity to germanium
Il-l-E^r E-trF
l/lK I
I
(b)
/
!c r' I L_:
r- e'
4 I
(c)
(d)
1ru(Er-E)rltr)
t-e
,,.
-
16, Principle of Hall effect is used in the voltage p construction of which one of the 22. What is the output across the crystal by i-{all effect, oi
foliowing?
(a)
Ammeter
(a) Drop across the crystal
(b) Voltmeter
(c) Galvanometer (d) Gaussmeter 17.
For which one of the following materials, is the Hall coefficient zero?
(a)
Metal
ln an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of electrons is equal to the.
'lnduced voltage by the appiied
23Jhe measurernent of which one of the ,i, ' following will- reveai the sign of the charge carriers?
(a) Conductivity
(a) 0K
(b) Mobility
::
temperature
..
24. Co"nsider the following statements
Elemenis can reach 'b"ttable atomic structure by -
(g) Hall coefficient (d) DiFfusion constant
,
(d) All terhperatures
. =. l
about semiconductors?
1. The forbidden
energy gap in semiconductors lies between the valence band and conduction
(a) losing electrons only (b) gaining electrons only
(c) losing
or gaining of
band.
sharing
eIectrons
(d) collisions between atoms
lllrl
carriers
(c) lnducdd voltage by the applied
number of holes at which temperature?
(b) o'c
(,1),
_
electric field
(d) Alloy
(c) High
of charge
it
towards one end
(d)
(c) lntrinsic semiconductor
19.
(b) Movement
:
ma$hetic field
(b) lnsulator
18.
currenf pa.ssing through
dLi:
alioy semiconductor crystallizes
irr r,yhat fol-m?
2. The forbidden energy gap in germaniurn at 0 K is about 0.72 eV
3.
Semiconductors have negative temperature coefficient of resistivily.
(a) Simple cubic structure
(i;) Body-centered cubic structure
Which c,f these statements are correct?
(c) Zinc blende structure
(a) 1, 2 and
(d) Wurtzite structure
lc) 2 and 3 www.dream2gate.co.in
3
(b) 1 and
2
(d) 1 and
3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 111
i**
Chapter-9
(b) negative
(c) zero (c) Moves into the conductiorr band (d) Remains
at the centre of
11. The electrical conductivity of
the
(a) -l-he mobitity
On which of the following factors does
the electrical
condu ctiv semiconductor depend?
1.
ity of
a
increases
(c) Both carrier concentration mobility
(b) 1 and
(d) 1, 2 and 3
FI
a
(d)
Lov,r
13.
free-ffions
of
semiconductor
(whetherporntype)
(almost zero) electron energy
(b) To find carrier-concentration
(c) To measure conductivity
ttre Hall voltage across an irnpurity senriconductor crystal be increased?
(d) All of the above 14. lvidth
By increasingitie ilrickness of the crystal
of energy bands depends on
which of the follc',ving?
(a) Ternperature
r:r) By increasing the conceniration of irnpurity atoms in the crystal
(b) Pressure
(c) By increasing the width of the
(c) Relaiive freerjom of eiecti-ons
in
ihe cyrstal
crystal
irl) By increasing the cui-rent
(d) Mass of
flowing
through the crystal 1!i,
Hall Effect, can be used
(a) To find type
"F
ln which one of the following ways can
ia)
The top of the valance band
(c) The top of the conduction band (d) The bottom of the conctuction band
(a) Non-availabiliiy of free electrons' (b) Non-recumbination of electrons Low drift velocity of
electron
('b; fne bottom of the valence band
temperature of absolute zero behaves like an insulator because of
hoi:s
of
increasbs $,, 12. Fermi,,[eVel in a p-type semiconductor lies ilose to
3
An inirinsic serniconductor at
ancJ
,rnbibases
(d) Thermalr energy
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
(c)
concentration
increases
2. Carrier mobiiity 3. Sign of the carrier
with
of the carriers
-l-he carrier (b)
Carrier concentration
{a) 1 and 2 (c) 2 and 3
a
semiconductor increases with increase in temperatui'e because
forbidden gap 7.
(d) infinite
15.
Which orre of the follovring statements is correct? Ihti Hall coefficient of an intrinsic ser"nicondlctor is I
rto* ilr iire material
Which one of the foilowing statements is not true for a p-b/pe gemiconducior?
(a) Conduction is by ihe movemenr of holes in the valence band
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 112
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconducto
"(bt
Holes constitue the majority 21. Which one of the following function f(E)?
charge carriers (c)
Fermi levei lies closer to the
1
(a)
conduction band
16. Principle of Hali effect is used in the construction of which one of the
1
(c)
Amrneter
current passing through
23_
ln an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of electrons is equal to the number of holes at which tenrperature?,
0K (b) 0'C
(a)
',,,,'
.,'
'
(d) All temperatures
19. Elemenis can reach
_
by
The measurement of which one of the foltowing will- reveai the sign of the charge carriers?
(a) Conductivity .t
(b) Mobility
(c) Hall coefficient (d) Diffusion constant 24. Consider
'b,.'stable atomic
1.
-'-,':,',u"
sharing
electrons
2.
(d) collisions between atoms
lll{ alir"ry semiconductor crystallizes irr r,vhat form?
forbidden energy gap
in
-l-he
forbidden energy gap in germanium at 0 K is about 0.72 eV
3.
Semiconductors have negative tem perature coefficient of resistivity.
cubic structure
lr) Body-centered cubic structure
-l-he
semiconductors lies between the valence band and conduction band.
(b) gaining electrons only
or gaining of
the following statements
about semiconductors?
(a) losing electrbns only
_!o)
it
, electric field
(d) Alloy
(a) Simple
:
(d)'lnduced voltage by the appiied
(c) Intrinsic semiconductor
(c) losing
.
magnetic field
(b) [nsulator
(c)
p
(c) lnduced voltage by thg applied 'a
(a) Metal
(
-
(b) Movement of charge carriers towards one end
materials, is the Hall coefficient zero?
?0.
(d) ' ' 1-e'',.
(a) Drop across the crystal dLi:
(b) Voltmeter
For which one of the following
structure
1r.(Er-E)rir'r)
across the crystal by l-1all effect, oi
(c) Galvanometer (d) Gaussmeter
18.
(b)
22. What is the output t oltage
foliowing?
|V,
rlikr)
1* "(E-Er
(d) lt is formed by adding an acceptor impurity to germanium
(a)
.
IS
Which of these statements are correct?
Zinc blende structure
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 1 and
2
Wurtzite structure
{c) 2 and
(d) 1 and
3
www.dream2gate.co.in
3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page,t 113
XL$S crraiter-s Consider the following statements : in a Hall effect experiment, ihe sign of Fiall voltage wrll change if
1.
Direetion
28. A semiconductor eV. The
errritted from the semiconductorwhen
of apptied f ietd is
electrons and holes recombine
changed.
2.
nm (c) 625 mm (a)' 625
Direction of applied magnetic field is cllanged.
3.
Direction of boih applied electric and magnetic fields are changed.
4.
Direction of current is changed.
(a) f(E)
correct?
(c)
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 3 only
(c)
(d) 3 and 4
1,
2
and 4
10-20
m'-3
(c) 7.0 x
10*12m
(d) 70
",
m-3
(b)
x
10'2a
,
31.
potential
Controlled addirion of group lll element to an elemental semjconductor results
(c) ptype
:
(b) 1 and 2 onty (d) 1, 2 and 3
serniconductor
(d) Degenerate
semiconductor
32. The Fermi energy Eo of a meial is proportional to (n is the number of free electrons per unit volurne of the metal) AS
(a) n' (c) nzi:
Fermi level remains invariant with temperature.
4
Square ware potential
(b) n{ype seniiconductor
Fermi level lies in valence band.
-1 ancl
,, (b) Sinusodial potentiai
(d) Non-periodic
m-t.j
Fermi level lies above the donor level ad T -+ 0.
/c\ 2,
(d) 1 + {(E)
(a). lntrinsic'semiconductor
L.
only
'
in the formation of
Fermi level lies below the donor level at room temperature (T).
{,ii 1
1/f(E):
(b) 1 - f(E)
l
(a) Constant pctential
(c)
':"
t.
4.
.
,n".,,,,''
Consider the follo#ng statements
,_) -
(d) 625 cm
electron theory, electron in a metal are subjected to
roomtemperature electrical conductivity is 10{ (ohm-m)-1, the eleciron and hole rnobilities are, respectively, 0.5 and A.A4 mzlV-s, What is the insirinsic carrier concentration n at the room tem peratlre? 1021
(b) 625 pm
30, According to free
For instrinsic Ga As, the
(a)
is
The Fernri function for an electron is f(E), where E is energy Then, the Fermi function for a hole rs
Which of these statements is/are
:1
has a band gap of 2 wavelength of radialion
(b)
nrrz
(d)
n"'
33. The temperature coeflicient of
'
a
:resistance of a dopped semiconductors IS
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 114
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconductors {a)
Always positive
List
List
-l
tb) Always negative
A. Carbon (Diamond)
(c) Zero
B. Silicon conducting
(d) Positive or negative depending on
3.
C. Tin (Grey)
the level of doping r,-!
-ll
lnsr-rlating
D. Lead
The current flow in a semiconductor is
Codes:
due to
A
1. Drift current 2.
Displacement current
3
Diffusion current
(a) 1, 2 and
3
(a)
3
(b) (c) 3 ..,(d) 1|' 1
(b) 1 and 2 on{y
BC 2 .'1 2.,' r 12
1
,
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 2 and 3 orrly
D 1
n
J 1
3
IJIRLGIIUNS : i DIRECTIONS 15. Consider a metallic conductor of length ,Lm and a constant cross-sectional ]rne following items consist of two statements' one labelled as 'Assertion A iirea of Am2. A steady potential i ano tne other labelled as 'Reasorr R'' You dill'erence oI v volts is applied between { are to examine these two statements the ends of the conductor. The drift j ., I carefully and select the answer to these velocityof thefreeelectronsis y.mls itwo statements carefully and select the i
The mobility of the electrons is defined
rs ,
=
#
lf
|
to these items using the codes given
below:
the number of free
(a)
eiectrons per m3 is N and each carries a charge
,rr*.,
Botli A and R are individually true and
R is the correct explanation of A
of e Coulon , the resistance
(b) Both A and R are individually
it of the conductof',
true but
R is not the correct explanation of A
__ohn't I;r) \ / NAue t_
Lu
{i) --oflm \ / i\i/\e
(b)
(d)
LN
o* Ltte
*
onm
onm
i I
lii. ivlatch List-l with List-ll and select the r:orrcct ansuJer using the code given below the list:
(c)
A is true but R is'false
(d)
A is false but R is true.
37.
Assertion (A): A doped semiconductor witl behave as a perfect insulator at
zero Kelvin but its
eiectricaI
conductivity will rise if the temperature is slowly increased above zero Kelvin.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 115
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconductors (a)
Always positive
(0)
Always negative
List
A. Carbon (Diamond) 1. ConductiiB. Silicon
ic) Zero
2. Semiconducting
(d) Positive or negative depending on
lnsr-rlating
D. Lead
;r4. The current flow in a semiconductor is due to
Codes:
1. Drift current 2. Displacement current 3. Diffusion current
3
3.
C. Tin (Grey)
the level of doping
(a) 1, 2 and
-ll
A
B
(a) 3 (b) (c) 3 ,,,,.t (d) 'l 1
(b) 1 and 2 only
2 Z:, 1
il
,
(c) 1 and 3 only (d) 2 and 3 orrly
DIRECTIONS
1
CD J1 13 21 23
:
i5. Consider a metallic conductor of length ,L m and a constant cross-sectional The following items consist of two area of Am2. A steady potentiat -statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A difference of V volts is applied between-
the ends of the conductor.
fhe
drift=.
velocity of the free electrons is T..mis. The mobility of the electrons is defined
.rs
v
u=V;L lf the number of free
eiectrons per m3 is N and each carries
and the other labelled as 'Reason R'. You
are lo examine these two statements carefully and select the answer to these two statements carefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given below.
(a)
Both A and R are individually true and
R is the correct explanation of A
a charge of e Coulon!.b" the resistance
(b) Both A and R are individuatly
It of the conductofaif3
true but
R is not the correct explanation of A t_
/;r) \ t NAue
(b)
-ohn't Lu
ii;) --ohm \ / l\l/\e I
ii.
(d)
LN
;-onrn Ltte
*I\A onm
List-l with List-ll and select the r:orrcct ans\lrer using the code given bclow the list: tUatch
(c)
A is true but R is.false
(d)
A is false but R is true.
37. Assertion
(A): A doped semiconductor
will behave as a per-fect
rnsulator.- at
zeto Kelvin but its
electrical
conductivity will rise if the tenrperature is slowly increased above zero Kelvin.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 116
.X02
Chapter-9
Reason {R): The rise in electrical
39. Assertion (A): An intrinsic
ccnductivity is mainly due to increased ionization as the temperature is rasied
conductor has low
G*t
electricai
conductivity. Hence, it is normally not used in the device fabricatiorr without doping.
above zero Kelvin,
38. Assertion (A): Energy
released when an electron jumps from a higher to a
Reason (R): lts electrical resistiviry
can
lower level is usually in the form-of
be increased by
photons.
temperature.
Reason (R): Energy released when an electron jumps from a higher to a
fusertion {A}: lnstrinsic
lower level is absorbed by the nucleus.
Reason (R):,,fhe nr*b*r of electrons and holes hre equal in an intrinsic
raising
semiconductors
show negative Hall coefficient.
semiconductoi'. tf
E*
(d)
o
(d)
17.
{al
25.
(c)
uJ-
toi
(a)
10.
(b)
18.
(d)
26.
(c)
J4.
(')
(a)
11.
(b)
9
(c)
27.
rb)
35.
(a)
(b)
12.
(a)
(c)
ao LO.
\.t
i
JO.
(a)
(b)
13.
(d)'
21.
(a)
29.
(b)
Jt.
(di
(d)
14.
ta)
LL.
')')
(b)
30.
\d/
JU.
,o
(a)
{a)
15.
/1
(c)
?1
(c)
eo
(c)
(a)
to-
(d)
32.
40.
(b)
'+'..
,
(c) (d)
,.1
='2A.
24.
,
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT & BOOK CENTER N,TADE
EASY. ACE & O]'}IER INSTT. NO]'ES AV.,\ILABI I]
IES, GATE. PSU'S Pi\PER'S
;
SSC
its
OilIER tNSTI.'IES'f SLRilTS tt &()liilrti p-\tr'\ p-\ptjRs
it,&('GI . BANK_ ISR(). t)RI)o. I
MOB -97 1810207 0 , 97 t6t
9 I 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 117
The Mechanism of Conduclion in Serniconductors 203
(b)
4.
conduction band
The Fermi level represents the energy statewith 50% probability of being filled,
neqative"""'
to---e-O-o-Er
ion
16$-6-6-0-l
if no forbidden band exists,
extra generated holes
(d)
$.
Ferrrri level in an intrinsic semiconciuctor
15.
is added in semiconductor.
affi
17.
{a)
(a) R,
Conductivity of semiconductcr
=
18.
{d) Hall Voltage, un
','
u''
- pw
23.
=.i.ne .:::,: "
(d) For instrinsicsemi-conductor,
[i = fl = P
(c)
Due to Lorentz Force the charge carriers'moves toward one end and
Vroci
So
.,="
where, n = carrier concentration as for metals n -+ oo so, R* -+ fl
/\
nelpe + uhj
$"
(c)
ln p-type semiconductors, Fermi level is slightly the valance band.
does not depend on temperature. lt moves up or dcxvn only if some impurity
;"
(Fermi Level) Va la nce ba nd
1{). tb)
output voltage is produced across the crystal by hall'effect.
For i nstri nsic semiconductoq
26. (c)
n- P=fli
As for intrinsic GaAs, fli = I] = and R* =
^t' !'P --15-
+l niQ ( lie --$n
and as p"(mobilitY of e
o = Ie(pn +F.)
-)
n.=-
> up
, negative, for instrinsic semi t conductors.
10-6
t.6 x i04(.5+.04)
{b)
fri =7 x1012 m
Ai irigh temperature more covalent bonds will break, and so more charge
27.
3
(b)
Energy band diagram for p-type senri-
n{ype semi-conductor at zero degree kelvin will be below donor level and above ihe half way between the conduction band and the
conductor :-
valance level.
carriers will be available
l)
(' e(pn + Pr)
Rn,
11,
P
{a)
Ferm i level in an
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy and non tech notes available 9784236981 X#-4technical Chapter-9 Page 118
:;
")>-.
iai
(i)
Drift Current applied voltage
(ii)
Diffusion Current
-
Given, E, = 2eV rlr/avelength of radation, i(pm)
i=
=y! ts
1)A "-'*10-om
35.
?
J=pvo
{b}
given, p = ne,vo =v
Fermi Function determines the probabitity of electron or hole and f(E).re.t aq
on
+
so
f(E[o,* = 1
'
to
,.r _= [(n.), )(g),,, n,,, [Bmc J,,"
i=neAy
anogtvenr=
(c)
so,
{a) As we know current density,
l. = 625nm 2S.
which is due to difference in corrcentration of charge carriers in semlconductor
-
)i;)
;;
:'='ir
,..(i)
v/L
r:Yu
[,,l1 t/
.
.(ii)
''-,, L R=;=NAue
so.
E1 o. n2l3
(rl)
17. (d)
The temperature coefficient of instrinsic
semi-conductor is negative, but, temperature coefficient of a dopped semiconductor may be positive.or negative depending on the level of 39. doping.
Due to doping the semiconductor will
have some charge carriers at zeio kelvin, so itwill behave as insulator but not perfect insulator.
(c)
As semiconductors have negative
(c)
tem perature
Current flow in semi-conductor is due
to-
coefficient, there electrical
resistivity decreases by raising temperature
" t:"'
-r LI
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 119
f
*S
Chapter-10
8UflSTI0;NS
Find the wrong statement : ireat of a material
,t
Coefficient of thermal expansion for ceranrics is the range of .......... xl0{
Specific
(a)
(b) Heat 6pacity per unit mass
(c) 25 -
(c) Extrinsic
9.
proeprty
(a)
Heat capacity has units as
(a) J/kg.k
of
-
400
.,.+'
,i'
(c) 5 -.25
(b) 1-5 (d) 20
- 400
10. Heat Capacity of most materials is approximately equal to ..........
Units for thermal conductivity
(a)
R
(b) 2R
(c)
3R
(d) R2
J/kg.K
(b) J/mol K
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2
(d) W/m.K
Lorentz constant has units
1,1.
as
(a) Jlkg.K
(b) J/mol.K
(c) J.ohmlsec.K2
(d) Wim.K',
as th) .l/kg.K
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2 i
:,
(c)
ti"C
(a) lncreass in crystallinity (b) Decreases in crystallinity
(c) (d)
, too
Polymers have thermal expar coefficient in the range of .... ...
- 15 (c) 25 - 50 1.r) U.5
(b) 5
*
(d) 50
in polymers
increases with . ,......
(b) 1-10
.i,,) 10-100
metai
12. Thermal conductivity
irr the range of
.1i
Either
(d) All, depending on
)olymers have thermal conductivities
(a)
lncreaseb
(b) Decreases
J/mol.K (01
With increase in temperature, thermal conductivity of a metal ........
(a)
Thermal expanslon of a material has urrits
i.
(d) 50
50
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2 (d) W/m.K
(a)
'1.
(b) jimol.K
(b)5-25
Metals have themal conductivtties in the
range
(d) Has units as J/kg-K
3.
0.5' 15
(a) Constant for a material
Either
(d) None 13.
Visible light's wavelength range
(a) 0.39 - 0.77 mm (b) 0.39 - 0.77 um
25
(c) 0.39 - 0.77 nm
- 400
(d) 0 39 - 0.77 cm
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 120
Optical anrj Thermai Properlies of Materials ZZ1
i,,,, :';;itck's constant is
Bouguer's law relates
x 10-34 J.sec (b) 6,62 x 10-34J.min (c) 6,62 x 10-34 Cat. sec {d) 6.62 x 10-} Cal min (a) 6.62
(a) Light reflection (b) Light refraction
(c) Light
(d) Light absorption
15. Sum of these is unity (a) Reflectivity
23. Sky lcoks blue because lhe sun light is subjected to
(b) Refleciivity + Refractivity
(c) Reflectivity
+
transmission
Refractivity
+
Transmitivity
(a) Rayleigh,,$ering (b) Comptonl*attering
r.i) Any
(c) Both .:tt
.tl
fu'letals
can .......... the light beams
Reflect (c) Transmit (a)
't', ir.
:
(d) None
ib) Refract
24. Luminescence is because of
(,i) Any
{a) Photons emitted vrl-rite excited
lvletals are.........
electrons drops
(a) Transpa.ent (b) Opaque
dov,in
(b) Knocking out of electrons by
(c) Translucent (d) None
photons
trJ
It. Metals can transmit these
(a) Radio
ways
(c) Photons siimulated by photons
(b) Visible tight
(d)
(c) Microwaves (d) X-ravs' .{
i
t,J.
'i
il
25. Fluorescence occurs within
Reflectivity of metals
ia) 0.05 (c) 0.e5
(bi,0,50
(a)
(d),None
(ci 10{ps
llefractive index' of materials
is
;:irproximaiely equal to square root of
i,r) Electricat permitivity (c) Electrical permitivity permeahiiity
)'i {. 1,
irl,,rre
Snell's law relates
{,t) Lioht refleciicn (b) Light refraction (r:) Light transmission
10-ss
(b) 10{ ms (d) 10sns
26. Electro-luminescence occurs in
(a) Electrical concluctors (b) Electrical insulators
(b) Magnetic permeability
i,;)
Ati
x magnetic
(c) p-n junctions (d)
Ari
27. Pyrometer works based cn
(a) Laser technology (b) Photo-conduction (c) Thermal enrission (d) Tyndall effect www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981
222 ?a
Page 121
Chapter-10
Solar cell works hased on
(a) Ruby laser
(a) Laser tectrnology
(b) CO, taser
(b) Photon-conduction
(c) Semiconductor
(c) Thermal
(d) He-Ne laser
ernission
(a) Total internal reflectance (b) Tyndall effect
(a) v2=c2
(c) Photon-electric
(c)
effect
35.
(d) Laser technology
The ranges of electromagnetic radiation in which metals exhibit maxirnum reflectivity is
(a)
Visible
(c)
Ultraviolet
(d)
lnfrared
i'
ln indirect inter-band transition'the electron
undergges
{a) Change
'
(d) c=Jve,.
Dielectric ,m€terials like enamels, porcelaifi, etc. are opaque (in the visible range) because
(d) They have low refractive
36.
in both energy
Sapphire (c) Diamond
and
(b) si
ic)
(d) Se
Amohg the following lasers which one
Cadmium sulphide has a band gap of
(a) a000 A
(b) 55oo A
(c) 6500 A
(d) 7000 A
38. ln day laser, the laser wavelength is tuned by
in momentum
(a) GaAs
(d) Silicon
wavelength radiation will it absorb?
momentum
Which of the following are examples ,';i direct band gap semiconductors?
(b) Ruby
2.4 eV. Which of the following
no
{d) Change in energy Uri no change
index
Which of the following materials does not absorb visibte radiation?
(a)
i{r) No change in'both energy and
JJ,
lt,2
'!
.:..'..
(b) Change in mo.m€ntum brrt change in en.gpY i
Ge
c=vJe,.
(b) u2=c2
(a) ,They have band gap greater than
37.
*?
l\
3eV -(b) They have band gap less than 3eV i..:'i i,= (c) They scatter light
(b) Beyond ultravlolet
6l Jt"
laser
relations, between the velocity of light in the material v and its dielectric constant are true?
29. Opticalfibre operators on the pnnciple of
(a) Changing the rise time of the
-
pumping source
{b) Changing the orientation of the grating the cavity .
(c) Changing the solrrents (d) Changing the intensity of pumping
eniits the lar,gest wavelength radiiition?
www.dream2gate.co.in
source
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
1,,
:i 'l
34. Which of the foltowing
(d) Tyndall effect
30.
-.-.___--
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 122
optical anci rhermar properties of Materiars
-t-
zz3
AHsWERS
I
I
I 1
18. (d)
(a)& (c)
i
3
"(d) (c)
12. {a)
1e.
(c)
20.
(a)
28. (b) . '::
'i+1r
5
7. i
{i)
21 (b)
2e.
(a)
14. (a)
22_ {d)
30.(a) & (b)
(d)
15. (c)
23. (a)
31. (a)
24. @)
32, {a)
l
i
www.dream2gate.co.in
(c)
37.
(a)
38
(b)
;1
13 (b)
u t.l __|_l u {a)
36. i
(
I
L
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
,l __J
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 123
242
Chapter-1i
-{j*urrruuu }1.
The
structure of a polymer is shown
in the given figure, This polymer finds
special application in
*-c I
I
F
1
rl r\
F
ll
1
i-lF)
4.
(a) packaging (b) adhesives
ic)
bearings
(C) fertilizer
Thermosetting plastic are 1.
Formed by addition polymerization
a
Formed by
condensation
3. Sof tened on heating
and
these statements are
=' 3. Anisotropic lsotropic
\A/h!ch
of
$)2anoa
i';j
'l and
(d)
4
(a)
these statements are I
(b) 1 and
1 and 4
3
(d) 2 and +
lvlatch List-l with List-ll and seiect the
correct answer using the codes giver,
1 and 3
2
and 4
i'ir,ttcir l-ist-l and List-ll and select the
correct answer using the codes given below the lists: List-ll
1.rst-l
i\. Polyethylene
1.
Adhesive
Polyurethane
2.
Film
Cyanoacrylate
3.
Wire
Nylon
4.
Foarn
.
2.':Made of thermoplastic resins and glass fibre.
(c) 2 and 3
(l)
ili
glQ5s fibre
modulated by healing and cooling
of
t0tlowing statements
Mqde of thermosetting resins ano
correct?
correct?
,
the-
hardened on cooling for number of times -1, ,,'
vr/hich
"-:
1.
4.
polymerization
4.
Ccnsider
-
Fibre Reinfoiced plastic are;
.
Consider the following statements:
?.
ABCD (a) 2 4 3 (b) 4 2 3 (c) 2 4 1 3 (d) 4 2 1 3
below the lists:
'!
List-l
A. Neoprene B. Bakelite C. Foamed poly-urethane D.
Araldite
List-ll
1. Electric switches 2. Adhesive 3. -lhermal insulator 4. Oil seal
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 124
Polymers 243
-l
Codes: A
(a)
4
(b) (c) 4 (d) 1
1
BCt) 123 423 132 432
cfrforiOe w,tf.r a
,f-gr;- rf
polymerization of 20C00 is
I
(a)2CC00 62i (c) 62 5 r 10.
vVhich one of the following rnaterials
62
(b)
5
Zoooo
2CC0C id) 2C0CC
Which of the folloiving are fabricated using engineering plastics?
1. Surface plate 2. Gears 3. Guide way€=jor machine tools
is used for car tyres as a stanciard material?
(a) Styrene-butadiene Rub.ber (SBR) (b) Butyl
a potWlnyt
4.
rubber
Foundry,ptterns
Select the_ Cbrrect answer using ihe codes g}v3n below:
l,l) "i.
Any one of the above depending upon the need
(a) 1, 2 and 3 {c} 2, 3 and 4
Consider the foilowing pairs of plastics and their distinct characteristics:
1.
Acrylics...Very cood transparency to light
2.
Polycarbonate ..Poor impact
{)
fxcellent
1- a ihermoplastic
fatigue
correct?
correct?
(a) 1, 2 and s (c) 3, 4 and 5
(,,) 1 ancj 4
(d)
2
3
Addition
polymerization is a primary surnmation of inciividual molecules into long tl,rtin s.
ileason {Ri : ln
(b) 2,
G
(d) 3, 2 and
5
f
are
luorocarLron
polymer
{b) Thermoplastic fiuorocar-bon
polymer
(c) inorganic ccmpound of fluorrne
addition
and carbon
polymerization, the reaction produces
{d) Laminated phenoiic niateriai The molecular weight of vinyl chloride 13. ln the case of rubber. ';ulcanizaiion _i:: !12-5. Thus the molecu ht of tglutt ,olt u ploc,gsr i|producing a a srnall molecule as by-produet.
0
3
and
12. Tefion is a (a) Thermosetting
and 4
+\ssertion (A) :
material.
hich of these slatements
Which of these ui.aiurunts are (b) 1 and
4
2. harring high friction coefiicient. 3. a thermbsetting mater-ial 4. having high friction coefficient. 5. an electric insulator. 6. non sticking to surfaces. \Ii
(r) 2 and 3
(d) 1,2,3 and
Pol y-tetra-fiuoro-ethene is
PTFE...Low coefficient of friction Polypropylene. -strength
1
11. Consider the fotlowing staternents:
reslstance
3. 4.
(b)
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,,'i.ffi ..-fl 125 Page
i;
244 Chapter-11
.t',:
(a) Linear polymer
17.
Consider the following statements:
Assertion (A)
(c)
produced by adding a second monomer to the first, th-en a third
Addition Polymerization method, polymer ig
Cross-linked polymer
(d) Network polymer
14. Polyesters can be defined as
monomer to this dimmer and so on.
the
Reason (R) : There must exist at least one dor-rble bond in the monomer for Addition Polymer izaiion reaction.
condensation products of
(a) Dicarboxylic acids
with dihydroxy
alcohols
Of these statements
(b) Biphenol-A and epichloro-hydrin
(c) Phenoi and
(a) Both A and d are true and R
15. Match List-l
(Material) with List-ll (Typical use) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists: List-l
A.
(b) Both A*hd R are true but R is not a coirect explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is true 18. $atch List-l (llaterial) with List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
-..'{Application)
' -'
List-ll
1. Bottles
Branched
polyethylene
List-l
B.
Polyester
2. Textile
C.
Polyvinyl
3.
.
D.
4.
Linear polyethylene
Films Jor
A. Fibie reinforced plastics B. Acrylics C.
Phenolics
D.
Butadiene rubber
Transparent lm
i-ist-ll
Codes:
ABC (a) 3 2 (b) 2 3 (c) 2 3 (d) 3 !2
fibre's
packaging
chloride
D 1
4
4
, I
1
4
4
1
1. 2. 3.
Automobi!e tyres
4.
Electric switch cover
polymer
(a)
(b) thermoset polymer
(b)
(c) elastcmer
(c)
(r)
rubber
Air"craft
Lenses
Codes;
Fhenol formaldehyde is a/an
(a) iiremoplastic
is
the correitiexplanation of A
formaldehyde
1d) Benzene and toluene
10,
: ln
(b) Branched polymer
(d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
ABCD 1432 2341 134.2 2. 4 3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
1
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 126
Polymers 24S i
.:'f
3,
Structure of a polymer is:
ii)
in
temperature.
Long chain
(b) Rhombic
4.
(c)
Which of these properties for plastics are correct?
Cubic
(d) Closed pack
hexagonal
24. What is the process by which two or more chemically different monomers
are polynrerized to form a crcss link polymer together with a by-product
Long chain structure.
(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (b\ 3 and 4 only (c) 1 and 4 onty (d) 2, 3 and 4 only 22. Plastic material is used for the
ponent
com
wh
ich
requires
such as water or afimonia, known as?
characteristics. os .ll
(a) Addition polymerization (b) Co-polymerization
(a) Low den5ity, mechanabitity
ic)
(b) Mechanability, high strength
and
high,gtrength
Linear pcilymerization
and
large plastic defamation
(d) Condensatian polymerization .il
Ability to deform with rise
.a. :t
(c) High strength, targe plasilc
Consider the fotlowing properlies for plastics:
1. Become hard on heating. 2- lncreasing plasticity
+,i'
deformation and low density
. ":" (d) Low density, mechanability and
.
large plastic deformation
:..
,t
nnn
--
i,aHslltERs It.
,
(c)
(a),.
41 I t.
(b)
{b', c)
iz
(b)
(c)
(c)
4.)
(c)
(b)
{c)
14. (a)
(c)
(c)
15
tJ.
16 (b) 17 (a) ,
(a) i
www.dream2gate.co.in
1B
21
(d)
22.
(d)
(b)
1e. (a)
zo (d)
i
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_l
j
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page* 127
2,ffi4
Chapter-12
QUESTI0N;S
{
,)
Which one of the following refractory materials is recommended for steel furnaces containing CaO slag?
List-l A. Ceramics B"
Refractories
(a) Alumina
(b)
Silica
\-- Stones
(c)
(d)
Fireclay
D,
Magnesia
Match List-l (Material) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct ansWer using the codes given below the Lists:
-
High silica glass
List-ll
:
.
1. Conskuction of chemical 2. Columns and pillars 3. Linim of furnaces
plants
List-t
A. Tungsten carbide B. Silicon nitricle
oxide D. Silicon carbide List-ll 1. Abrasive wheels
C.
(a)
Alunrinium
.l
,.:
'
r'
, .'-' .t-
?. Heating elements .1,, 3. Pipes for ccnveying.liQuid metals 4. Drawinq dies .,t "' "
'
;eD
A8 (a) :l
4
(tr)
3
I .\
\(;l -/ -t\
(ul
'' 4
(b) 2 (c) 4, IZJ (d) 2 341 )^o
Which one of the following is not
a
eeramic?
(a) Alumina
(c)
Whisker
(b) Porcelain (d) Pyrbsil
Which one of the following is correct?
tl,tries:
i4
BCD 321 143
A
(a) glass transforms from crystalline to non-crystalline (b) glass transforms into
)4
4
LI
+.l
J
a
12
of inorganic
glasses done
12 21
a .)
,l
When'clevitrification"
a fully
transparent material
(c) glass transforms from mono-
ii/atch List-t (l/laterial) with List-ll (;\ppiication) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
crystalline state to poly-crystalline state
(d) gla-ss;
thr; lists:'
is relieved of
stresses
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
internal
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 128
Ceramics 265
*.-
fire type of no-nOing in c.rimic
rs |--trl
(a) Purely covalent
(b) ln blocks
(b) Predominantly
(c) Over steel rods
covalent Wth small
(d) All of the above
ionic character
12, What is srllca?
(c) Predominantly ionic with small
(a) lt is an organic polymer (b) lt is a ceramic polymer
covalent character
(d) Pureiy ionic
7.
Among the following ceramics which one has the highest hardness?
(c) lt is a composite
(d) l'.ione of the above |
j 13. An
example.,of crystalline ceramic material
(b) Quartz
(a) Wlndour glass (b)
i*
'
carbide
A refractory material
must
i
(a) Be capable of with standing high temperature
(b) Be resistant to action oi molten metal and slag
(c) Not crumble or cracks easily (d) All of the
above
'
-
'
The nature of magnesite as refra.1o,.,, materials
(a)
is
,
ii-
Acicjic
(t;) Basic
{c)
i
clay
(d) Cement
I
of refractories is
(a) Thermal radiation
tri-
101 Reflection of heat
(c) Thermal insulahon (d) Absorption of heat
j
ts. which "; '"': o* "': ,, an exampre of basic | '"' refractory? |I
(a) \"r/
I
t.l Dotomite
Lime -"
(b) Ganister Ysr.rrrrvl '\"1 (d) sitica brick
| 16. FRp is a
i
(a) Composite material
I
(b)
Highry conducting materira
{c)
High strength material then steel
17. For conrmunication
applications we
requlre
The chemical formula of silimanite is
{,r)
AlrC,
(c) AlrO",
il
F"ixed
MgO
(d) Highly ductile materialthan copper
Neutrai
(d) None of the above
10,
(c)
14, T.,$e',main function
(d) Silicon carbide
3.
material
(a) Aluminum oxide
(c) Boron
B.
in molrlds
SiO,
(b)
S;O2
generated by casting
rods
(b) Thicker glass fibres
(d) ArrOr,2SiO2
i,: ilior"ced cement concrete
(a) Glass
(c) Thin glass fibres is
(cl) Thin glass frbres rvith a coating of cladding material
'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 129
299_ Chapter-12
'i8"
Addition of germania in SiO, will
Fitl in the Blanks:
(a) lncrease its refractive index
20. Ceramics
(b) Decrease its refractive index
fracture
21. Ceramics
(c) Not change its refractive index these
22.
Fibreglass is a composite of
(a) Glass fibres in a polymermatrix
(a) GIass
(b) Bakelite
(c) Clay
(d) Auminium oxicie
is not the nentral refactory materials
(c) Glass fibres in metal matrix -
(a) GraphiE (c) Chroaiie
these
(b) Kaynite (d) Dolonrite
f
1- (c)
6.
(c)
2.
(d)
7
(d)
3.
(a)
B
(d)
lower
(b)
22.
(b)
13
(b)
23.
(d)
14.
(c)
1e. (a)
1s
(a)
2A.
...{e)
i '"r* I
l.
16
21.
11
(a)
_l
4.
(d)
5.
(c)
strength
is not a cerarnic material
23.
(b) Polvmer fibres in a glassy matrix
(d) Alt of
exhibit
tension than in compression
(d) None of
19.
normalty exhibit
e.
(b)
tt''-- t'
1Qi-{c)
Brittle
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT & BOOK CEN'TER \'{,\t)E EASY. ACI: & OTI{ER INSTT. NOTES AV,,\ILABLI: It,S. GATE. PSU'S PAPER'S OTHER INSTI.TES'l SF-RIIS s$t .rt,.tt rit . nr\NK. tsRo. DRt)o.TTA .tot HLR pstrs p,\pl,R\
'
r\108-97
I8
102070 .9716 I 9l 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 130
Composite*c 283
--{ 1,
aLraSiious
Which one of the following refractory materials is recommended for steel furnaces containing CaO slag?
(a)
Alumina
(d) high resilience
5.
(b) Sitica
(a) Wood (c) Ply,^is66
lilhich of the following fibre materials are used for reinforcement in composite
6.
2. Boron carbide 3. Graphite Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
3.
ispersion-strengtherreci com posites'?
(a) Particulate composites (b) Lamrnar composites (c) Fiber reinforced corrrposites
Glass
(a) 1 and 2 {c) 2 and 3
'1
and
{b) (d) 1, 2 and 3
(d) Short-fiber" discontinucus coniposites
7."'-'.eonsider the foilowing statements i. ,, regarding composite materials:
.
3
Wood is a natural composite consisiing
,;'." 1. M3terial is termed as acJvanced coi-nposite, if fibres are directionally
of wlrich of the following?
orienied and continuous.
(a) Lignin fibres rn coilagen matrix (b) Lignin fibres in apatite matrix (c) Cellulose fibres in apatite matrix (d) Cellulose [ibres in lignin niatrix ri.
Nano composite mateiials are highly preferable in design consideration for
their
-110
2.
Reinforced fibre glass products are
strong and light weight.
3.
Concrete is reinforced with steel rebar, the rebar becomes n-ratrir.
4.
Pearlitic steeis are composite materiaJs.
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) 1,2and 3only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only (c) 1, 2 and 4 only
(a) high resistance to crack
.
{b) Ccncrei;
{d) Sialon Which of the following composjtes are 'd
materials:
1.
Which one of the following materials
- is not a composite?
(c) Magnesia (d) Firectay
2.
:
propagaiion
(b) vibration resistance
"|:i::T_
(d)
1, 2,
3 and 4
u
/.'l \
{a)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 131
Pg4
Chapter-14
QUflSTTCII,JS
(a)
polymers deterioration
(c) lnter-granular
(a) Corrosion (b) Swelling and Dissolution
Main from of ceramic degradation
/a)
(c) Weathering 9.
The following irrfluences deterioration
of polymers
(a)
Weather
(a)
Al
(b) cd
(c)
Cu
(d) Either
"{
.
(d) Swelling in
concentration
Both
(d) None
reactions
(b) Chemical EMF
(d) Neithei
following (a) Au (bJ Al (o) Ii =:(d) Ni ij.
(b) Solute
(a) Physical
Passivity is not reason for inlrtness of
the
(b) Weathering
10. 'Corrosion of metals is
Passivity is because of
(a) Higher EMF (b) Lower ii.
(d) Stress
The following fuctors play vital role corrosion process
(ci
V/hich of the follcwing can be used for cathodic protection :
(c) Oxide film
(b) Galvanic
(a) Temperature (b) Radiation
(c) Tenrperature (d) All
4.
Corrosion
(c) Dissolution
(d) Scission 2.
Uniform
Following is not the main form of
(c)
Both'
(d)
None
reactions
11. When Pt-and c0 are electrically connected, which one gets corroded
,
tlillir:rrlt to monitor and very dangerous ioril of corrosion
(a)
Galvanic
(b) Pitting
(c)
Creviee
(d) Stress
I'hi:; fornr of corrosion occurs due to rx.rncentation difierence in a component
(a)
Pt
(b) Co
(c)
None
(d) Can't decide
12. Following equation is corrosion rate
(a) Nernst equation (b) Faraday's equation
(c)
Either
(d) Neither
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
releated to
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 132
Corrosion 29S
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT.& BOOK CENTER NIADE EASY. ACtr & OTlltrR NST'T. NOTES z\\.AIL..\tlLE II-.S. G,\TF.. PSU'S PAPFIT'S OI'HER NSTI.'I'ES'I SI RII:S SSC.llr&CCl lJ \\K. ISRO DRDo. tTA.(Oilt[R pst \ p,\pf:R:
MOB-97
I8I
02010, 97 t6t
9 I 950
::
:.,.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 133
1
(a)
4.
(c)
7.
(c)
2.
(d)
s.
(a)
B'
(c)
L1. 12.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(b)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 134
3OG
{Jhapter-15
QUE-STIONS
The nanosize range
(a) 1-i0'l
nm
The name buckmrnstenullerene is
is
(a) another name for football
(b) 10-1000 nm
(c) 0.001-0.1 Pm tn)
1i
(b) polystyrene filled with carbon
1000 A
Nanorobots
(c)
(a) do not exist Yet
(d) a carbon nanotube
1b) erlst in laboratorv experlments
5.
(c) are used in nanomedicine to
,\
i^
nanotubes
t., ="
(b) one-atorh thick sheet of graphite
wili be used bY NASA in the next unmanned mission to Mars
(c) a thin film made from fullerene (d) a graphical representalion cf C..
quantum dot is
(a) the sharpest possible tip of the ;\tomic Force l'licroscoPe (b) a nanoParticle with electrons
molecule 6.
confined in ali directions
The energy in a fuel celr is prcduce'j through
(a) oxidation
(c) a term used in science fiction (d) unexplaindd sPot of less than 1 nm seen in electron microsgoPe iir
/a--.-1,-^^^
(a) new material made from carbon
reinove Plaque from the walls of arteries
id)
Cso molecule
r;rt1es
of 'Pt
(b) rqducing of
Pt
(c) an electrochemical
reaction
(d) burning of a frrel ,
_,
. :. ,f
l.1n_ U'JtJ
ANSWERS (a,c,d)
ib;
:
(a)
L+-
(c)
lb.
www.dream2gate.co.in
(.r
l
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 135
STANDARS
QUALITY 240+0BJECTIVE
OESTI ONS
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 136
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Prcmises on u,frich :tdal qraf*y sys-tem" vlras proposed by qualitygurus like Edwards Dernirg, Joseph M. Jtran and Armard V Feigenbaum h 'ear{y 1950s rvere.
4.
'Ouality"?
{i)
price ard control
tuslonrer fiodb tnt proed satisfactory ln its use. i Aqua{rty product in afrftion to meeting the . needs of tte custorn8" should atso be produced at min{mal
if it
"(iii) Jitness for use or
tryrfi{
{a) {c)
met the
(iv)
required product f eatures
Qualrty of oonformance enables+chievement of freedonr from deficiencies.
6.
trrrefaence to the approaches identified
1.
Congept of total quality system did not gain traction in US until better quality Japanese products gained sizeable market in US.
Transcendent (i) Quality
Approach Product-
based {ii) Quality-is syfonyrnors with innab excellence and is universally recognizable.
Both {i) and (ii) are true.
tlser based Approach
3.
(iii) Ouality is assr-rred by incor.porating cuskmer's views during product design ard is reflected in consumer demand
Line workers anO tine foreman who were irained in statistical methods of quality control. Senior executive of industries to form sector specific qual'ty standards. Academicians and Practitioners in the field of quality to evolve new quality control
. rnethods. (d)
is a precise
and nreasurabile variable.
Approach
Quality circles which evolved in Japan consisted
{c)
by
Garvin for defining quality, match the following:
of
(b)
and
(a) Only {ii) is true. (b) Both (i) and ii) are false. (c) Both {i) and (ii) s1s 1rus. (d) Only (i) is true.
{b) (i) is kue ard (ii) is false. {c} (i) is false and (ii) is true.
{a)
(i) and (iii)
(d) All of above
Quality of design enables achievement of
(ii)
ia) Both (i) and (ii) are false. {d)
Only (ii) and
(iii) (b) only
characteristics.
correct option
(ii)
tolerances.
only (i), (ii) &
{i)
Read the following statemenls and state the
System.
i
Read the following statements and select the correct option.
with or without reference to the needs of the customer. (iv) All the units involved- in production of a quality item must cohtribute towards to create a product tntwillsatisfy the customer both in terms of performance and cost. (a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (ii) and (iii) only (c) (i), (ii) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv) only
Though propounded by western quality gurus,. industries in Japan were first to champion the concept of Total Quality
purpose.
(iv) Meetirq product specifications within
specifications selected by tre manufacturer's designers, which migtrt have been chosen
{i)
at an of variability at
aoceptable cost.l
ccl
{iii} A product had quality
l4eeting customers, both irrternal exbrnal, expectiatbn.
{ii) @ree of exeellence
{i) @dity in a froduct exists only wtpn a {li)
Whichdtfrcdoln$rqstfu..€onscflV
curves.
4.
Manufacturing based Approach
(iv) Quality isdefined in terms of cost and prlces.
5.
{v)
Value based
approach.
Nore of the above.
,.
.
/ 1
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
Quality is defined as conformance {o spocifrcations.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 137 .\e
-l krnmucrpr.r ._..
ij..::.
't
'(a)
1. Custonmr Craft
1-(ii), 2-(iii),'3-i), a-v) & s-(iv).
(b)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iii), a-v) & e(iv).
(c)
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(iv), a-fii) & 5-(iv)
(d)
{b)
2. Mass-pro&ct
(ii)
Paradigrn
Products are tailored made as desired by
the 3. Stati$icd Quality
Transcendent approach.
Customers.
{iii) Statistical tools are used for process
Conbpl_Paradigm
control.
!
Manufaduring,'based approach.
{iv) Focus on creating
4. TotalQuality
I
custom cr6ated producb with lower
.-o Manaoement
Value based approrch.
Parddrgm
Which among the followirg is not component of Quality Management?
{a)
no direct
wftl't
customer.
tc) User based Eppoact. {d)
rate
involvem€nt of the
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), a-(iv) & 5-v).
(a)
Fo,cus is on production
Pard(pr
While designing a radically new product which approach will be best suited to define its quality:
7.
. (i)
a
lead time by using high level.of
main
mechapiiation.
5. Techno- Craft Paradigm
Quality Control.
(b) Quality assurance. (c) Total Quality Cost. (d) Qualityimprovement.
(v) key tenets are:
r
:
ln reference with type of quality, match
Employee involvement and empowerment, customer focus,
continuous improvement, top management
the
{ollowing.
btc'
1. lndifferent
quality (i)
Qualily that customer expects but if found
lacking, it does not necessarily result in loes of order or a
2. Expected
quality (ii)
4. Exciting
(c)
-
{d) 10.
iotal quality cost (TQC) which of statements are conect:'
to
{i)
appreciate.
{ii) Cost of conformance
following
{iii)
that exceeds qrstomerexpectatios,
(a)
attracting favourable
TQC consist of "Cost of conformance" and "Cost of non-conformance"
implies expenses for producing quality product. Cost of non-conformance is loss because of defects in the ppsduct. Only (i)ind (ii) are conect. (i)q (ii) and (iii) are correct. Only (i) is conect. Only (i) and (iii) is correct. required
demands.
aM
quality (iv) Quality
1{i), 2-(ii), 3{iii)&
11. ln reference
4{i) & 5-(v)
Quality that customer does not notice or
attention.
(a) (b)
1-(ii),z-(iv), 3-(iii),
-the
expects
. quality
1{v),2-(i), 3-(iii), 4{ii) & S-(iv) 1{ii),2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(v) & s{iv)
displeased customer.
3. One dimensional (iii) Quality that customer
quality
{a)
' (b) (c) (d)
1{i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-{J;mmitment
{b) (c) (d)
.
12. Wnicn one of the following
a-(iv).
matcfted.
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3{i) & a-fiv). 1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(ii) & a-fiv)" 1-(iv, 2.{ii), 3{iii) & 4-{l)
tn reference with paradigm of quality, match the
(i)
Cost of Conformance
(ii)
Cost of non-conformanc€
-
Prevention Cost.
-
Appraisal Cost
{iii) Costof Conformance -Costof intemal failure (iv) Cost of non-conformahce - Cost of external failure
following:
is/are correctly
,.:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 138 toloQsAuii,Pnrcr
13,
s
(a) (b) (c)
Only{i) ardllil are corr€ct. Only {iii) and {iv) are conect.
'{a) Salaries of
Only {i) is conecl.
{d)
Only (i) and (iii) are conect.
db) Cod of [est equipment. {c) Cost of training workers to
personnel testing repaired
prodrcts.-
achieve
poduction strandmds.
Phase select the appr+priate optim for {llling the blanks in tte fol{owirg Quality Cost dragrarn,
.{d) 17.
24.
krcorning inspection b prevent defec{ive jarts coming into stores
fead the ftillowing sta{ements ard
ansvrer the
qtrestkm
"{i)
fotai Ouatlty eost cannot be reduoed to
dii)
Prevention cost,and appnaisal osi will always be positive. Both i and (ii) are correct and {ii) is corect
Zero.
(a) (b)
{a) x-Appraisal cost, cost of retesting.
y-
non-conformanca, z-
i.b)
x- cost of rpn conformarrce, y- Appraisal cost, z- extemal failure
cost.
:
{d)
14" Cost of which among the following will
{d) 18.
()
f 1l
..o
o.
o
Cost of training of workers to make quality
(iii)
Cost of information collection ard analysis about number and types of defects.
(iv)
Cost of retest after rectification of a product
=L I,
o o
gl
o
o.
(p) only (i) (iiland (iii) {b) only {i){iii) {iv) {c) Only (iii)and (iv) "(d) 15.
Bad
(a)
Arry cost arising out of claim of customer
(a) Appraisal Cost. (b) Cost of intemal faih-ne (c) Costof external failure (d) Prevention cost
quality
10070 good
a-Prevention cost + Appraisalcost.
19.
Of theTollowing statements, which is true in the
context
of relationships among
qualky cost
categories?
{a)
Which of the followirg will be considered a failure
quality cost?
Product
{b) F Preventioncost + cost of internal failure. {c) c- Cost of external failure + AppraisalCost. {d) d-- Most expensive quality levet.
Only{ii} and (iv)
regarding a defective product within its guarantee period should te inckded in
16.
tfre
be
products.
" '
Study the following graph betweencost of quality
& hvel of quality and answer which of
(i) . Cost of quality planning.
(ii)
(i) is incorrect ard (ii) is oorrect.
folhwing option is true.
included in cost of Prevention
'
21,
tc) Only (i) is conect and {ii} is incorrecl.
Ic) x- cost of process control, y- cost of auditing,
z- cost of scrap" x- cost of product inspection, y- wanantee claims, z- cost of repair.
Both (i) and (ii) are oonect but {ii) is not the conect explanation of (i)
(b)
H
E
ii
When prevention cost is increased, appraisal
E
cost may increase.
q
r
When appraisal cost is increased,prevention
cost may increase.
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 139 lrrnooucrpx ro,Ou
(c) (d)
Wh'en internal failure cost is increased, extemal failure cost may increase.
Vendor quality system audits: Rs. 2000.00
When the appraisal cost is increased, internal failure may cost increases.
Repair
24. Read the following statements and choose
lncoming and final inspection: ns.IO,OOO.m
Considering the above costs, it may be conduded
the
that:
correct option
(i)
lncreasing
(a)
(ii) krcreasing dost of appraisal without chaqging preventiorl cost is likely to increase cost of
intemalfailure. Only (i) is
(b)
Only
(c) (d)
True.
(ii )
Appraisal costs is more than 257o sf TQC
the appraisal quality cost from the
Fees for an outside auditor to audit the quality management system. Time spent to review customers' drawing before contract.
(b)
(c) Time spent in concurrent
engineering rneetings by a supplier. Salary of a metrology lab technician wlro calibrates testing instruments
:
Appraisal costs activities should be minimized as they do not add value. Appraisal activities, in general, do not
{d)
25. The cost of writing the.operating procedures for inspection and testing as part of preparing the management system (OMS)
quality
documentation should be charged to:
(b)
{i) is correct. Both (i) and (ii) are correcl and (ii) is correct explanation of (i).
(c)
Both {i) and {ii) are correct but {ii) is not thq.
(c). (d)
(a)
Only
conect explanation
(d)
Only
of (i).
iii) is correct. '
:
-. :
26.
.
The percentages of total quality costs are Prevention:2% lnternal failure:
Extemalfailurs
Employee training in quality related techniques:
Rs. 10,000.00 Scrap and rework: Rs. 25,000.00 Re-inspection aM retest: Rs. 18.000.00 Disposition of rejects: Rs.15,000.00
failure costs
ln context of an industry where thersare
less
lntemal failure sosl might be not evident
ib) erobaUility of externallailure will be low.
A recommendation for immediate impovement:
Are,lyze the following cost data:
.External
(a)
607o
'(a) lncrease external failure. (b) lnvest more money in prevention. (c) lncrease appraisal. {d) lncrease intemal failure
.1
Appraisal costs. lnternal failure costs. Prevention costs.
opportunities to check an error in a product before it reaches the customer, please select the conect option.
Appraisal: 23%
15%,
'
(a) (b)
distributed as follows:
23.
{d)
{a)
of the product or service being evaluated.
.
External failure is less than B% of TQC
lnternal failure is 70% TQD
following:
{ii) is true. Both (i) and (ii) are True. Both (i) and (ii) are false.
prevent the poor quality product from being produced and they do not change the quality
22"
(b) {c)
24' Pick out
21. Read the following statements and choose the correct option.
(i)
Cost of Prevention is more than 10% of total quality costs (TQC).
of Prevention cost is likeiy
to -increase Appaisal cost and-eost of failures.
(a)
of customer returns: Rs. 10,000.00
(c)
Chances
of
customer needing on
site
support will be less.
(d) 27.
Building quality produ:t may not be possible.
Which of the following is +rot a hidden
quality
cost?
(a) Potential loss of sales. (b) Over production (c) Cost of Scrap. (d) Cost of delay in nreeting production
www.dream2gate.co.in
scheduies.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 140
,
f-iY:;i intentj on
(b)
{egEfdie qualify
functions determining i{lplernerrbtionof.lhe
;ffi[.,.ffiHhY**
{d) allof
audit?
x.
(a) tso 14000 {c) ISO 1m11
or sitrsvir€
the gbove
33.
{b) tso 1s11 (d) rso 177ss
Considering the {ollowirg state{reflt regardirq
What is quality assurarne?
first party atdiUintemal audit
"{a) Omtity a#}arce
.1. lnternal audit
confirnTs {hat {he quality {naflagefirent sys-tem is working effectively-
deals with adivities umfr
ijffiff#trmo'"*;il* {b)
Quatity
{c) {d)
mlH,
activlties
urfrbh
fl5iiy;ffitfl;H,il'.,,irp
cr.rstomers with
.*Ji;ji:f#
p"rffi
.(a)
time, scope, cost, and resources
{b)
human resources, dollars, mabria}s, duration
(d)
34.
objective of
and
following is/are corred -"--' in":
Auditing?
Determine
Who is responsible to organize intemal audit?
(a) {b)
tirne, location,.Curation, and completion 35. organization, design, obiectives
31. Which one of the
(a)
{a) 1 Only {b) 2 Only {c) Both 1 ard 2 (d) Neither 1 rw 2
as the*;lanaseria,
feedback on lhe performance
'lt 4rovides control- rrechanisrns for the maflqement and helps to icstitute-conective action for nononformilbs
Whidr of the above sta{enrent Mare conect?
the
All of tfre above
ii:TilE;,H''ec ;f,I the
{c)
2.
'o
assuranc(
aim at custo*"ii
30"
:
32. 'Which {SO Series provUeguielelLines for quality
quality policy
(c)
(d) , Alt of Above .
or non_conformity
of the quali{y "TplT,ll syslgm elepents with sreified -r
effectiv€ness .the implemented,.:r1,lr.system in
specified quality objectives
{c)
of
the
meegng
Chief executive
,(c)
Certification agency
{d)
Management representative
Which one of the following is conect in context
of the second,party
auditing?
(a)
Se,cond party audit is an examination of the quality system within the organization
(b)
Second party audits are those that are performed by suppliers on their sub-
requirements
(b) Determine
Quality leader
contracto,rs supplier
(c)
To create opportunities to improve the quapy
system.
or by the purchaser on
Second party audit is conducted by those who arerypt party to either the supplier or purchasef and is normally paformed by a cedification agency or statutory body
(d)
their
None of above
i,o l,
l-r
tii t B
E E B
ri I E
li
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 141 lNrRooucrpx
io
ANSWERS
e. 10.
(c) (d) (a)
.11. ,, 12. ,! 19.
(d) (c)
!
17. (al
(c)
18.
(a)
(b)
le.
(dl
(c)
20. (bl
(a)
21.
(b)
-22.
(c)
zi.
(a)
24.
(d)
(a)
1a. (a) ls. {c)
(c)
16.
(b)
1
(b)
.
(a)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) zB. (c) 2s. (a) 30. (d) 31. (d) 32. (c)
. (a) Concept of Total Quality System was proposed
a.
(d)
35.
(c)
their own processes. The success of eC circles is considered to be one of the most important factors in Japanese successegin
product had quality if it met the specifcations
by the manufacturerb
(c)
methods to solve quality related probiemsof
in contrast of tire earlier of quality that 'a selected
33.
designers,
which migrht have been chosen with or without
referring
to ttre rreeds of the
customers'.
Statement i, ii and iv are the correct premises on which TQS was proposed.
2. (d)
Contribution
of
western quality gurus like
4. (d) 5.
(c)
Q!ryards Deming, Joseph M. Juran and Armand V. Feilenbaum lead io the evolution of the concept of.Total quality system which
control" and
automobile and consumer electronics market
6.
As per Garvin, five major approaches to define quality are:
1.
The Transcendent Approach: ln this view, "quallty" is synonymous with 'innate
3. (a) Concept of quatity circles (eC) evolved in Japan
excellence and is absolute and universally
in 1962 when the Union of Japanese
.
2.
The Product-based approach: ln this approach, quality is a precise and measurable variable which is composite of all the attributes that describe the degree o{ excellence of a product
methods through a new joumal called euality Control for Forernan which carried lessons in
statistical quality control. These groups of workmen and foremen were called euality Cirqles where they learned to use statistical
I
3.
The User-based approach: This is
an
approach to assure that the customer's voice
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
i I I
I I
I t
!
I
recognizable
Scientists and Engineers (JUSE) under the
leadership of Dr. Kauro lshikawa began training workers and formen in statistical
I
Both statements are true as quality in design €nsures that produelfeatures reqyired by the
(b)
that American companies'started paying real
attention to quality.
j
customer are incorporated in product's design and expressed as product spgcificationg Quality of conformance ensures that there is no gap between acfual product features and desigrne* specifi cations.
Japanese quickty embraced and called it "Total quality control" or "corir'panywi
it was after Japanese manufacturers acquired sizeable share of
All above Statements are definitions of quality given by different quality gurus.
I I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 142
is
#'.,,;ldingsfor
incorporated during product dCIign anO
is reflec{ed'in ccnsumer
demand .curve.
manuficturing,
.
.
conformance to specificatiom; reduce cost by reducirg ttre numberof&viatiorrs with a practk:es.
The Vdue-$ased apyoadt: Under this, quality isi de{i*ed as perform"* oi conformafiee at an aoceffable cost i.e. qualfty ry d€fined in "te-.,ms o{ costs and
7"
(a)
-
Prcduct of radical inrpvation €nters a marke{ that may notexist.and udrerecustomers may not be abl€ tlo artia.date iheir need. Hence
ffi
training, teamvork
The three main components of Quality
(b)
1.
custorner does not notice or appreciate
2. 3"
4.
car.
Expected quatity: Quality that customer expects and dernands for e.g. Cooling performance of an Air - Conditicner. .One- dirnensional quality: Quality that thecusbmer expects but that tloes not" necessarily result in loss of tire order or ..a.displeased customer when found
[lH"".TI',,f
of
(like Siri, Cortona) in smart phones.
11
{b,
10" (c) a
is created or services are rendered exacfly in the manner desired by the customer, Foi exarnple Coff'ee Shops, furniture shop, tailor's shop etc. Massproduct Paradigm: This paradigm
;,#i**F
fi ff
{:i
f.lus lau"'
prevent pcor qu*'[y znd incurring beczuse of
^;s
fo(
:i'':':;
nf.l ,;i,3r:[:Ttrl##ri:::,:::;
is on produc{ion rate wi{h no direct involvement of customer although lhe mind. :for exarnple Aulomobile part
'rri#r::].
;rT',':F#'#::*;ri'.;::";1;': dub
developed post mechanisation. Here focus
is defined {<eeping the custorner in
Y,rtonth,
::ffi :i,r#[i,ni^i"frrt!;yr
Customer Craft Paradigm: ln this, product
product
*O
of this pattemare fouflo
e.g.
vo'rce based assistants
is
rH11*tliffi,I:z; "'
customer expectations attrmting effectiveness
,:;#,;]
iryY?:,"f]ii",;z
design'and manufactunrv ,
Eraiting quality: Qrality that exceeds
For
rTJ,
ffi;H#iry'iq:';fi;:rrr ot. rnen and automatiqn'J
lacking in the prodrrct. fure.g. tife of tyres [n a car.
favourable attention.
.lg,p_9;,J
trJ::,[l '',w*xffir;*ffi or scrap.
Types of quality are: lndifferent Quality: Quality rhat the for e.g paint thickness over a
T. .**&el, .'-. "du"ro
iilnit#d#'#)t;m oed,
managernent are Quality Control, Qualiiy Assurarrce and Quality improvement.
e"
r,
'ffir;;ix'
@
product design as specifications. (c)
";,rut{w
ilH,ffiiHi'#i,[j
tl'ere rnay not be ready made customers' requirements ttrat can be irrcorpoated in
8'
,1 z,
ilrt *$ ff ffi,E rii:':i:::i*,
focus on engineering and manufacturing
prkEs.
)
_. rtrp
^"dr|:ir:g* . i:HI,,::LHYffiJT,#::,.fi, com mercial
The Marufacturing-based Approactr: Urder this approach, quality is defined sg
4.
,df,6de "rg%e
+ Cost of non v*.,.
12.
(c)
www.dream2gate.co.in
^- ?prt?,,;i rpn-
*4|f,'"o"/
costof conformance and Appraisai cost whllo
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
---''
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 143
cost by virtue of better process 6ign, befier quality training d oper4tors, eftctive slpplier
conformance consist of Cost of htemd fdlrne
and Cost of extemal failure. 13.
(a) Quality cosl primarily consists of CoS
d
evaluation etc. lncrease in of appraisal implies investment in ins@im aspect of quality. of intermediate and fird poducts thus increasing the chances of defed detection in inspection stage.
of
Conformance and Cost of non+onfornance, hence x is cost of non-conformance. Cost of conformance consists of Prevention Cmt and Appraisal Cost, hence y is cost of appraisal. Cost of non-co.nformance (x) consist of of internal failure and cost of external failure, hence z is coit of external failure.
cost
21. (b) Appraisal costs activities stuld
!
la. (a) (i) (ii) and. (rT1) are the components of Prevention Cost while {iv) i.e. Cost of retest
I
i
of a producl after its rectificatkrn shall be added to cost of internal failures.
15.
(c)
Cost of failwes in a product'within its wananty period after it has been sold to the customer is added to cost of external failure.
16.
(a)
Salaries of personnel involved in testirg of repaired products should be included in the cost of repair, whieh is a quality failure mst.
17.
22. lcl lncreasing appraisal will hetp in detection of defects before the produds are shipped to customers. Since cost of extemalfailure of a product is considerably higher than cost of its internal failure, increasing appraisal should result in lowering of failure cmt
cost, Appraisal Cosl, Cost of internal-failure and cost of external failure. ln rare rases wfpre
23.
(a)
Cost of prevenlion is 12% of TQC (Emptoyee training in quality related techniques + Vendor system'audits). Cost of intemd failure is 43% of TQC (Scrap and rework + Re.inspection and retest). Cost of Extemal failure is 25% of TQC (Disposition of rejects and repair of customer returns). Appraisd cosl is 20% af TQC (lncoming and finai irspeciion):
ldl
Options a, b and c will come urder prevention
zero. However there will always be cost
. 18.
(a) 'a-
'b-
associated with"creating and sustaining such quality hranagement systbm, thus prevention and appraisal cost shall be there.
\. ,
ln the above graph: denotes cost of conformance i,e. Prevention
Cost + Appraisal Cost.
24.
denote cost of non-conformance i.e. @_of internal failure + Cost of external Failure
of quality system development.
(d) ln appraisal cost is increased i.e. more resources are used for inspection of before they are shipped out of the production facility. Henee there is strong likelihood that cost of intemal failure wiil increase when appraisal cost is increased.
20.
(b)
Prevention activities are pi'e-production activities and any investment iir these activities is likely to decrease appraisalcost and failure
Whereas
option d will be covered under cost of quality apprai sal ca libration of lesting instrum e nts is; required for accurate checkirg of quality of intermediate and final prodr.tds
d- denotes most economic quality level.
intermediate and final products, chances of identification of defects in products increases
cost because b and c are preproduction activities for qualityplanning and a is the cost
c- denotes Total Quality Cost fl-OC) i.e. Cost on Conformance + Cost of non-Conformance 19.
minimized
costs.
(al TQC is sumrRation of Prevention
quality management sys{em is highly efficient where products are made right first time, Gost of internal and external failures may become
b
as they do not add value sirne they do not change the quality of the pro&.rct or service being evaluated The more the irspections or verifications conduc{ed, he less lkely that the poor quality,product will be stripped to the custorner. However, these adivities do not prevent.the poor quality proert from being pro{uced. By spending rnore money on prevention activities, appraisd mtivities can be reduced and this also leadsto low failure
25.
(c)
Writing operating procedure for inspection anri
testing as part of preparing QMS is
a
preproduction activity to ensure quality in the
product. Hence it should be incltided
in
Prevention Cost.
26.
(a)
Let us consider an 'Over the co.-unter t5rpe restaurant' say for e.g. KFC- ln such type of restaurants,.food is delivered as soon as it gets ready.' Flence opportunity of internal
,l
,i
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 144
ctrecks is very{ess ard hence Se pr.dabflity
of irderna'l
' '
failures of food: Further, any shor{coming/ defect in 8E food are bror.rgrtrt b notice ty tfe {ilstorner eating the focd which qualifies as ex{ernd failure. However Iess opportunity for internal check do not rnean that sub-sdandard food is served because qtnlity of the prodrct is checked ty tight procesp cor*rol.
27.
32.
lcl
{c)
i
te text,o$ d Sr4conres of ir*emal failure and it can de easily qdntfied ty gvaluating {he quantity of scrap gererated. €xcept c, all other costs As elaboratid in
lff)ll{: Guirblines for auditing: Piovides guidelines for esdishing, plaflning, €rrying out and &qmentirg audits of quality sydems as tlrell as providing .basic audit prirrciples, criteria ard praclices. lt allorrvs users to adjust
ISO
ltte
guidelines tg their needs.
ISO 10011-2: Qualification of auditors:
Sets
out qualificatiirn criteria foi the selection of auditors toperform quality systems audits in accordarrce with ISO-I 0011-L
of
u1der eosl
ISO lti011-3: Managernents
come un&r hidden quality cost.
rnandatory for intemal atdit kaining: Provldes tasic guidelires for managing +dlty sys{ems audit progftammes- These guidelines can be
Audit standards are guidelinesl for intemal as uell as external quahty system audib. These include:
audits,
used to establish and maintain an audit programme furrction when, fierformirg quality systerns auditS in accordance with +S0-100111 aM 150-10011-2.
/: www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 145
1.
Although there was some divdrgence in
(i)
philosophies of different of differentquality gurus,
continuously.
the common grounds in their philosophies were:
(i)
of
Leadership a'nd commitment
(ii )
top
(ii)
Continuous ifnprovenrent in processes.
{iii)
Minimizing;variations in products and
initialization of the next.
services.
{iv)
Extensive inspection activities.
(a)
Only{i) is conect.
(b)
Aoth (i)and {ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i).
(c)
Only (ii) is conect.
(d)
Both {i) and (ii) are correct but (ii) is not the correct,explanation of (i).
Select the correct option.
(a)
(i) and (ii)
only
Because of better aesthetics, a new entrant in the market say X undercut sales of an established product say Y. Manufacturer of Y re{esigned it
'
(b) (i), (ii) and (iii) (c) Only (iii) and (iv) {d) 2.
based on market{eedback and rejaunches it to cornpete with X. \l/hich among the following will
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
Who among the following pioneered the use of Statistics for studying vriability in manufacturing
best indicate how far mdnufacturer of
prceess?
(a) {b) (c) (d)
{a)
Walter Shewart
(b) (c)
Joseph Juran
7.
Rate of internal failure of
Y.
Sales of Y in the market" Reduction in total cost lncreased durability
of
of quality of Y" Y.
.Which among the following is a deadly
Expanded form of P-D-S-A cycle developed by
affecling quality, as proposed.by Deming?
Walter Shewart is:
(a) Employee involvement
(a) Plan-Do-Study-Act. (b) Purchasing-Design-Solvirrg-Application. \
{c)
Process-Deeign-solution-Action
(d)
Parambter- Determinationstudy-Ability.
Read the following statements and select the correct option:
(i)
Focus of P_-D-G-A cycle is on problgm prevention rather than rernedies (i,e, fire fightlng).
(ii)
Pursuing P.D-C-A cycle helps in continuous improvernent
(a) (b) (a) (b)
Only (i) is correct. Both (i) and (ii) are conect. B'oth (i) and (ii) are incorrect.
Read the fqllowing slatemerfis and select the correct ooti
in
'
sin
quality
improvement
(b)
Giving.weightage to customer relquirements in planning stage.
(c)
Using dynamic QC tools.
(d)
{Jsing performance appraisal to
ri'afil. -
employee work {or quality production.
"Wqricn'.
. -
'.. .':'."'". Qualityimprovement. (i) Need of mass inspection" (ii) Granting supply contracts to lowest bidders. {iii) Use of slogan, posters and exhortations(a) (b) (c) (d)
Setting numerical goals for people.
only (i) and (ii). only (i)and (iii) ontp(i), (ii) and (iv).. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
..',' _ ':
Based on Dem ing's 14-Point methodologry, of the following should be avoided for conliriuous
{iv)
Only (ii) is rixrect.
Y
succeeded?
Armand Feigenbanm
{d) Philip Crosby 3.
For continuous improvement, completion of
one turn of the cycle flows into the
management,for quality improvement. -@
P-D-C-A is a dynamic tool to improve quality
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 146
{,'#-TffiffiL*,, 9. '-""ph
Jr-rran r,tfrifi
I
{ii): With mntnuous
of the fotlowirg activities
Yoke
.
the relatinn: Poka-Yoke Tecfrniques to Correct Defects + Source lnspection to Prevent Defects = ?
{a) Zero Quality C,ontrol. {b) Appraisal eosts. {c) Total quality Management.
provided Oasis of uhit*l annand Fe[enbaum the qualityrnovement shryd that concept
orality
ilirOuut'i"t
(b) (c)
11"
14. tornplde
(ivi' onlY {ii), {iii) and
;;
:
probterns'
^,.or*Y{ii)d'td'{iii)' (iv)' {i),{i)' {iii)and
- ;i
^ 1u'
(a) Only (i) is correct. . {b) Both (i) ard {ii) are conect. (c) Only (ii) is conect. (d) Both (i) and (ii) are irrcorrect.
Ctroosing
,,ri Providing f"* b Quality *ri on, (i)' iii) and{1ti}
in
lat.er
(d)
20h Century'
Cycles{or eontinuous quality improvement. OualitY Circles. Total QualitY Managernen
15.
1b)
SMED
{c) {d)
Mistake Proofing.
s
minimisatim
til
select the
{d) Continuous improvement
option
Concepts olZeroQuality Control (ZQC)was a.irned at eliminating the need of stati$ical
17.
.{b)
13.
e
ln ZOC, emphasisis on targeting the root cause of the defect by sound manufacturirg
Both.{i) and
*ii)
{C)
Only (i) is conect.
(d)
Both (i)and{ii) are
(O)
-
Emf,oyee
solve problem
participation
'.
Quality ckcte
4.
Employee
The conect order is
(a) A3, 81, C2, D4 {b) A1, 83, C2, D4 (c) A3,81, c4, D2 {d) A3, 82, C1, D4
the following statements and select the
correct
Quality circle can
benefit to
corect but (ii) is not {he corect exPlanation of (i)
Read
2. Continuotrs
related to
are conect and (ii) is corr.ect
explandion of (i).
1. Small cluange
improvement
Only (ii) is oonect
(c)
fi) 'l ',
Match the Following
(A) TQM prornotes (B) Kaizen is
and prmess engineering practices. {a)
Statistical quality control.
{a) Quality is everyone's job (b) Mutual dependence {c) Maintain a steady flow
qualitY control'
fiii
has
Whatdoes the term kaizen mean when applied to quality?
16.
cost' 15) QualitY
correcl
it
occurrs6 is called
Management proposed by ae oer A,bsolutes of onlV performance standard that Ctotoy, ef,lip lhe
(c) Variation control' (d) Zero defecl tle following $atements and Read
i
.
the error immediately obvious once -
JlT.
serme
t
Use of:an autornatic device or nrethod that either makes it impossible for an eiror to occur or make
{a)
(a) Mect
12.
None of the above.
quali$ control. (d) Statistical
makes
t
expec{ed to corne down.
** under QualitYControl' ,/it Establishing quahty goals' subiects); Chocsirlg {onttd unls to nreasure' *'U
,,'if
of poke. techniques, Appraisal coits are impternentation
option
18.
of Poke'Yoke tecnniqrres, frequent stoppage of process
,
Whai is the aim gf fool proofing technique used
ln initial slages implementation
for total quality management?
can be required.
{a) to achievp -ze1o defects
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 147
-19.
ic) to specify brgets (d) none of the.abore
Which iJare statements iorrect abant concunent
Problem solving begins with
1.
.(a)
Team discuss&xs
(b) (c) (d)
sPc
.ln concurrent engineering the different stages run simultaneously, rather than consecutively.
a long-term business strategy, with long term benefibto business. Concurrent Engineering is
Design of experiments Problem iderrlification
1
(a)
only
(c)
Both 1 and
(b) only 2 (d) Neither 1 nor
2
2
ANSWERS 9.
(b)
10.
(c)
11.
{d)
12.
{b)
1. (b) All the quality Errus insisted upon leadership
.
and commitment flowing from the top as an absolute essential for quality improvement.... Their common thrust is towards the concept of continuous improvement of every output; be it a product or service by removing unwanted variatigr ancj m proy ng u ncierlyi ng i
3. {a}
by W. Edward Deming as Plan-Do-Check-
4. (c) P-Q-G.A cycle is, a probtem solvinglproeess . adopted by firms enga$ed in continuous improvement. Continuous rotation of the four stages brings th€'changes gradually.
work processes.
5. (b) The PDCA-syel.e asdesigried dynamig. .niod-et.'iixnpletion'
'Quatity'which relied only on segregation of defective parts. Work of quality gurus v,/ere focused on changing this approach to quality.
2. (a)
Developed by Walter Shewart and mociified Action (P-D-C-A), it is a crucial Ciuality control tool for assuring continuous improvement.
i
Focus on inspection as a means for quality improvement was a tenet of old school of
17. (a) 18. (4 1e. (d) 20. (c)
t9 be used
of
as a
one "tum of
the cyde.florrs irito the.jnilialization of the 6ext. The cyqle- m.u9! be.con$antly rotating. Foll qwing - n'.the spi rii :ot continuous quality improyernent, the progess can.always be reaqllygp{ * newtesl.of bhange begun. i
Walter Shewart(1891-1967) was a statistician at Bell Labs and isconsidered by many to be the founder of tre modern quality movemen! and an innovalor in the application of statistics to quality. He developed quality control charts that are presently used to identify whether
.
?r.rd
6. (b) 'Product X. butperf
the variability in the process is random or due to an assignable cause suchas unskilled
workers or equipment not being calibr:ated. His work created the foundation for statistical process control measures tised today.
www.dream2gate.co.in
better
'aesthetics and ther'e were"no.evident shortcomings in Y because of durdbility,
cost
and failure. Further based on Market research, manufaclurers of Y re{esign and produced
a better looking version, hence by this time P-D- -A of P-BC-A is determined and in C i.e. Check Sales of new version of Y will be correlated with its older version.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 148
7.
:. 'td) ,Dern'ng idertifi€d seven deadly sins atr€ctrq
his book Quality Control- Pdncipleq.?rirdies and Admini$ration (1961)'and in his atide Total Quality Control 11956)". The Japanese
$jality.
purpose version of this concept is called Company,wftb profits on short{errn Efrphasts quality control uhile it is termed Total Quallty l!1. Over-reliance on performance appraisals Man4ement ooM) in the US and etsa*rere. rv. rrrobirityof management 11. {d} Ptrilip Crosby established the Absolutes of V. Overenrphasis on visible figures Quality Managernent, vvhich states that the Vl. €xeessive'{nedical costs for emp}oyee performance l. ll.
Lrckof con$ancy of
rnly
healthcard
standard {that makes
and the basic eremer*s vr. Excessiv*:=osrsof wananry and regarcods ffl*f;ffiI"*crs, 8" td) ln ttis 14-?oint M€thodo{ogy' Deming 12. (b} The Zec concepts are based on a proposed-
l.
ooin functi;
*. *
measuresorqualitv;fr
(b)
statistical quitity inspections and the
Eliminate exhortations: -Eliminate use of
production- process will have 'zero defects:'
slogans, posters
lnplementing enor-proofing devices in the
and exhortations 14. (a)
process to eliminate the possibility of defects and targeting the root cause .of defects wtrenever a.defucl occur can: yiftua+ly elirninate the need for statisticalquality oontrol_
thus movin!{o Zero Quality Control.
the rl,orkforce.
Eliminate arbitrary numericat targets: Elimina{e work standards that prescribe numerical quotas for the workforce ard
numerical goals
for people in
the
management. Substitute these with aids and
helpful supervision and use statistiqal methods for continual improvementof quality
16.
{d)
and productivity.
S. (b)
"Eslablishing auality goals' rirdll come under Qual ity Planning' vt'r i le "Prov id ng solu tion to
Quality Problera" will {all under'Quality
. means "good'-
improvernent'.
10"
{q)
Armand Feigenbzurn
. :.-...'
The concept of Kaizen' was bom.in:Japdn.... . following World.W'ar'll. Ttre word.Kai2en .. rneans "continuous improvement'. lt comes ' . from the Japanese words (kar), which means "change" or "lo correct" and (zen) which
.
i
-
Poka-yoke relates to stopping'processes as soon as a&fectoccurs, klentifying ttre defect source ardpreventirg it frorn happenirp agin so that there willbe reduced dependerrce on
exhortations only create : advArsarial ' relationships;'the bulk of thg.tcases of low quality and low productivity belong to tire .system and; thus, lie .beyand the power of 15' (c)
' '.
t I
occwred, thereby virtually eliminating the nee{ Ior statlstcal process control'
demaMing zero defects and new level of produciivity from the rrr,rcrkforce, without provkling commensurate me{hods. Such
'lV.
I
ilHii:J::.":Jnf;T#fft:'ffir'1[
cont3cf
with price. Reduce.the number of supptieri 13. for the sarne item by eliminating those that do not qualify against the statistical yardstick of quality. The aim is to minirnize totalcost, not merely the initial cost. Purchasing.
lll.
i
of defective operations' ln additbn, his
practice of awarding business solely on the .basis of price tags. lnstead go for meaningful
I
and concepts' Dr
pf*.. n#ri
End rowest render contracrs:
I
Shigeo's basic lj.**t"" *ut to impl-ement erfor-proofirq devices ft:the assembly line to eliminate the possibil,ty in
into the product in'tl're first statisticar evidence ofuuirHn quaritv in
il"
I
ttreoreticallyidealscenar'ro' Horaever' quality irnprovements can be made by using these
Cease depenAenJe on inspection: Eliminate ihe ned for mass ir"rspect;;;; way to acfrieve quality lV *ifOire qulfity
manufacturing and purchaSng
i.
is credited wi{h'the
IE.
(a)
Fool proofing w.as designed as a 1@l to achieve and_sustain'zero defects:'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I F E E
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 149
1.
A histogram gives information about:
(i)
7.
(ii) Variability in the data.
(c) Process capability production proceeds _(1l) A line drawn as
(ui)Extent of commonali$ in variations. (iv)Performance of two macfrines producing same
item.
i (it) {c)only (ii) and iiv) Perhaps
8.
{b) only (ii) and (iii) {d) (i), (ii), (iii) and{iv)
the most effective way of
convirrcing
ard cost
Fishbone diagrams are drawn ,
of
(c) To brainstorm causes of an effect (d) To screen workers' suggestions
{b) Pareto Analysis (c) Fishbone Analysis
10.
{d)Control Chart.
(i) ldentify and organize possib-le cause of
(d) Process variability (e) Process capability
proUem.
(ii) ldenlify possible cause of solution.
11.
' (iii)ldentify possible causes of problem and determine its relation
Fish bone diagram
"
(b) (i) and (iii) only
(c),
{d) (i), (ii).and {iii)
(d)
is also known as?
assignable causes are disturbing the
process
.
if eusicrmers=re. happy lf customers are motivated
12" .From the perspective of Process Control, a .. . .-process mn be deemed out of control when
..'' . ::"..'.
(b)lshikawa diagram
(i)'Ass'r.gnabte caoses
of variations
are present.
: . .in the process. ' '. (iii ttitirrat variation is present in the procesd. .'.-- ..'.'
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above
-' .. . '(!)ottlv (ii)'is'co.nect' ' ". '.' .{clBoth.{0and(ii)areincorrect' '(0.)te6th : : ii) g]id {ii) are correct.
chart (b)paretochart (c) fish bone diagram {d) mntrol chart Flow clrarts indicate anc.l
lf
(b).lf vendor performance is falling
(a) Cause and effect chart
(a)cause
SPC helps determine (a)
The conect answer is
4"
A control chart displays (a)Whether workers are motivated (b) Top management takes interest in quali$ (c) lnspectors are doing their job
Cause and effect diagram used to
(c)lii) &Jiiifonty-
'
(a) To find ctistomer needs (b) To find the cost of quality
non-conformance.
(a){i) only
Cause-effect diagram is used in
{a}Problem identification {b) Field visits (c) Vendor surveys (d) Problem analysis
top management to invest more in quality is to express it in terms of rnoney. ln this context, quality in terms of money can be expressed by: {a)Determining conformance cost
shows
(a) That the.process is in control (b) The vital few from the trivial many
Central Point along which data are distributed.
(a)only (i) and
A Pareto chart
effect
.:.'..
13. During quality*".*r"rent,
when products are
only being classified as good or bad, conforming or non conforming etc, it implies
(a) Causes-of process variation
{b)The kind of forms to fill out .(c)Who reports to whom (d) How inputs get processed into outputs
(a)Variables are being measured. (b) Attributes are being assessed. (c) Both a) and b). ... (d) None of the above. /
t_
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
s
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 150
14. Re€d the follouring sffiemeng:and
,(iil
Correct option
in an interval vniie *triOute dab can.assume
(i) Qlality
discrete values, usually in rairde numbers.
control isdore by obtaining dda abod
of a product. general, variables are counded {ii).ln
{a)€ottr {i) and (ii) are inconect. (b)Only (i) is correct. (c) Only {ii) is conect.
attribtrtes ard variabhs
and
attributes arc rneasured.
(d) Both
{a)Only (ii) is conect. {.b) Only {i) is "cotfect. {c) 8dh {i) and,{ii) ane conect. {d) Both {i) ard:{ii) are inconect.
t+.
f5. Read the fol{owing Satenrer*s and select tte conect option
{i)
lt is easier to data.
dbct
attribute
dda
n.
ls more
(a) Only {i) is conect.
Only (ii) is correct.
(d) Both (i) and (ii) are conect but (ii) is notconect
(b) P+hat
I,
{c) C
{d) Allof the above
I
(b) ttlean
{c)P-chart
(d) All of the above
(a) Rarge chart
(b) Mean chart
(c) P+hart
(d) C-chart
{b) Mean chart
(c)
{d)
(b) Mean chart
(i) Accuracy
(c) P+hart
(d) C-chart
I
i
The control chart used for the number of defects
per unit is
(ii) Precision describes the difference between the meTfrement and the part's actual value..
(i) is mrrect 25.
(a) Raryge chart
(b) Mean chart
{c}P-ffi.
(ffi:cffi
The process capability is calculated as
{d) Only {ii) is conect.
{a){USL-LSLI3o .:(cj.Ju$E+sLy6"
Natural variatkm is:
-'.The'kirm Benchmarking means
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are incorrect.
(b){USL+LSL/3o (d)
(usl+1s1y6o !{
Ii
i!"
ia
"itu
(i)
lnherent in prooess. {ii) Because of assignable factors. {iii)Can be elimina{ed.
!t
$
vt!
(iv)Can be redmed.
E
{ii) (c) Only {i) and{iv) (a) Only {i) and
18. Read the fol{owing
(b) Only {ii) and (iii)
(d) only{iv)
statements are select tlre
correct option
(i)
in
used forthe fraction of defective
(a) Rarge chart
24.
t
Cdprt
Read the following statements and select the descri.bes the variation one sees on
t
in monitored in
(a) Range chart P-chart
29
I
6art
{a) Range chart
correct option
(a) Only
I
{a) Range chart
items in a sample is
measuring the same part repeatedly with the same device
"
I
Ttrc chart used to rnonitor variatile is
23. ifre controt chart
explanationof (i)
17
and (ii) are conect.
22. Dispersion of a process
(c) Both {i) and {ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i)
28.
I
21. Central tendency of a process is rnonitored
efficient than variable inspection. (b)
{i)
I II
The chart used to monitor attributes is
than variabh
(ii) ln statislir:alsense, attribute irspeclion
16.
Variqb,le data an assgme vaft.res continuousty
Data frcrn Variable measurernent and Attrihne rneastrrefrlenl rnay require different types of statistical tools io analyse them.
. : .
l,l
(d) None df ab6vd.
27.
.
'
Benchmarking detenfrines
(a) customer requirements. (b) process capability
(c) how company is doing relative to other (d) getting ISO 9000 audit done
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
;.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 151
t
ln a normal frequency distribution,
':, ,",fri$4eErldrr
represents
distributed.
34.
29. Read the following statements and select the
(i)
i
35.
Factors respdnsible
for natural variations
in
(ii) Special variations are because of factors that can be identified.and eliminated. (a) Only (i) is conect.
Eoth (i) and (ii) are correct and {ii) is
risk risk
37. Which
(i)
(c) lncrease in sample size result in steeper OCcurve
(d) Both (a) and (c)
38.
,
(a) only (i,
ar.rd
{ld.
':
.'
a.nd
cibfdined$
(a) Measuring product's
is
{!ii)
i I I
t
-J
33.
..,.
..
variables. .'
is a
high
(b) LTPD (d) An
39. - ln double sampling
plan, if the number of defects in betweep the trao cut off number C1 and C2
then
(c) gntv (lii). and.{iv). . (ii) anddv) @l.9ntv 32. Degree. of conformbnee'to.. specification or deviatioh"in a pioduct's iharacleirisiic'frbm a specification ca.n.be
Aoa
(c) AaL
i
Ib} Onli fl
The level at which producer would like to design
-a:sampling plan such that' there probability of accepting (a)
(ii) Assignable caugeg 9f variation are present in the process. -.. .(iii) Process. haiqriaturi'l .vaiiations. (iv ) Variations in'the process _can be'. el minated.
following statements(s) is/are
(b) lncreasing accephnce no. C is preferred over decreasing sample size
P.locess is statistically controlli#.
..
of the
(a) Decreasing the acceptance no. C is pref.erred over increasing sarnple size
(a) Each item of the lot will have equalchance of getting included in the sample (b) ltems produced first will have more chance of getting included in the sample, 1i1 ttems prodtrced last will have more chance of getting"incfuded in the sample.'
When both Frocess averages and varianeee€r*. constint over time; it implies
(b) Owneds risk (d) Producer's risk
correct ?
ln a truly random sample
31.
ln acceptdnce Sampling, Produceds risk is the risk of having a
(a) Operato/s (c) Consumer's
explanation of (i).
(d) None of the above.
(d) An
ln acceptance Sampling, vy'nen there is a finite probability that the lot may'be accepted even if the quality is not really good is called
(b) Only (ii) is conect.
(d) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but {ii) is not the correct explanation of (i).
(b) LrPD
(a) Good lot rejected (b) Good lot aCcepted (c) bad lot rejected (d) bad lot rejected
products cannot be elirninated hrt minimized.
(c)
ln operation character curve the hQh level defect which is unacceptable to consumer known as
(a)AoQ (c)AaL
(d) Limits of the data
option-
n
(c) Tuming radius of car. (d) lnterior finish of car.
(a) Centre point around which the data is
correct
" a*rri
(a) Actual fuel economy of a car. (b) Engine torque of a car.
average
(b)Variability in the data. (c) Dispersion in the data.
nnoi.sirroro*r*t
(a) Accept the lot (b) Reject the lot (c) Take another Sample (d) None of these
40.
ln sequential safipling plan
(b) Assessing Product's attributes.
(a)Single sampte is taken
(c) Per-unit Quality cost. (d) None of the above.
(b) Maximum 2 samples are taken
(c) Maximum 3 samples are taken
Which of the foUowing ii an example of
-
(d) Samples are aceumulated at eaclr stage
Attributes?
till
decision of acgepting or rejecting a lot is taken
I t.-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 152
41r
A sarnBiirq San helps in {a) Keepin! the pnocess in control (b) Keeping vucrks motivated
What is the effect of sample Sze on probability
'
of acceplance? (a) Samfle size has no effect on probability of
(c) Tuning ttu machines (d) Rejecting lots that are of unacceptable quality 44. ln a single sampling plan
acceplance
of iterm in a sample decrease, higher is the probability of number of
(b) As runrber
defectives thereby probability
decreases
d
'N'= 2O0l
acceptance
n=10 It-c=Z ) I
: -
(c) As numUerqf items
-
in sample iocre€6e, higher prob'ability is the cif .ry.rmber of defectjves Sereby prgbabBi-ty of as@danae decreases
The actual defectives found by inspection is 3, then the decision will be (a) accept the lot (b) reject ttle lct
id) Noned above
42. -
(c) take 2nd
Which of ttrc followmg.is not a samf,ing plan? 45.
(a) Singb sanpling plan {b) Dorrbh samp{ing plan (c) Triple sampling plan (d) Sequential sar*pling plan
ANSWERS
(cl
13.
2.
(eI
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. e.
.
(b)
(d)
(b)
(d) (b)
{d) {cl:
'.,
1e. 20. 21. 22. 23.
{b)
14. (b) 15. (a) 16. {c) 17. {c) 18.
{a)
{c)
(c)
'26; 1 {tI}
27.
{c)
2e. (d) 30. (a) 31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. {b) 3s. (a) 36. (c)
3e. 40. 41" 42. 43. ' 44. 45:
(d)
(c) (c) (d)
(c) (c)
(d) (b) (c)
hal Quality Cost and areas wfiere investment more is needed to reduce thecost
.''
of quality. This will also help in determining most economic quality level"
"
:
Pareto Analysis is a statistical technique in deciskrn-makirg used for the selection of a
limited nurnber
of tasks that produce
Performanie of tr,to machine producing sarire item can also be cornpare through histograin as it will strow clearly *rovy variations in quality
signilicant overall effect.
characteristic under measurement and its deviation from the targeted specificatioh.
effect or problem.
2. (a) Determirling cost of conformance and non-
-
37. 38.
(a)
failures,
i
exfdmes:-' .
28.
'
tias! - nterval'
{conrmonal ity in variation).'Simitarly,.it will'atso indicate the'.dispersjdr'oi v.ariab.ihty'in data'
internals at the
(b)
25.
class orcell interval in.which rira'ximum data lies lcentrat poirit| and witll also gioup'ctsser
das
{c)
(d)
'(d)'
data in-+-pahici.dai .celt or.
ta)
"24:-.
t. {d) A histogram wiUgiVerii cf'enriiOicatiOh of tte'
by
ln a double sampling plan N = 500, n. = 10, n, = B C, = 1 and Ct= 4.lf Jhe no of defectives in the 1st sample are 3, ti.ren the decision will be (a) accept tile lot (b) reject the lot (c) take a 2nd sarnple (d) hlone of these
10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a)
1.
sample (d) None of ttrese
Fishhone Diagram AKA Cause .& Effect Diagrarn, identifies possible causes for an
is a graph used to study how a proc€ss changes over time.
The control chart
orformance will help to determine cost of
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 153
Ma*eerMenr nuo srmsrrcru-Toor-s
U. tdt Flow chart is a pictorial
representation,
16.
(c)
Accuracy is the degree to which the measured value of the quality characteristic agrees with
showing all the steps of proccss flow from input to output 7
" (b)
I
t
I
many"
i
8" (d)
The cause anOpffect diagram identifies many possibl.e causgs and effect of problem.
9. (c)
The fish bone diagram identifies rnany possible causes and effect of problem. lt can
I
close the measured values are to each other.
17.
(c)
18. (d)
10.
(d)
I
I I
12.
.
{al
The basisof control chartsistoctreck whether
The process is deemed to be out of control
when special causes are present and responsibte for {he situation. lf the variation
in the process is due to common
causes alone,'then the process is said to be under statistical control.
13.
(b) Attributes can be measured by visual inspection or by coniparing dimensions to specifications. tri tnis system, each item is' classified into one of the two categories such as acceptable _oq Sefeptive, good or bad, conforming or noi conforming, etc. Variable
measurements are generally expressed through such statistics as averages and. standard deviations. -AssessrRent of Attributes is done by sirnple. inspect or count wtrile variables are mgasured.
'!5. (")" lt is. usually easier to collect attribuie datb
-
-
product.
sometimes
called, come
.&om
1s. (a) 20. Ic)
21. (b)
22.
la) Explanation for question (19 to 22) Process Parameter to be
Sample
Name of"
Statistic
the Chart
Plotted
Cqntrolled Process average (p) Process variability (o)
Sample
Sample range
R+hart
(R),
defeclives (P)
Process defecls per unit (c)
Sample defects per unit (C)
(c)
X-chart
average (X)
Process proportion defective (p)
Sample proportion
p*hart C-chart
The P-chart is also known as the "fraction defectives' or "fraction non+onforming chart," because it is used to monitor and control the fraction produced in a process that isdefective
statistical sense, attributes inspection is less efficient than variables inspection; tha isl it
does not.yield as much information. This means that attributes inspection requires a larger sample than variables inspection to obtain the same amount of statistical information pertinent to the quality of the
Measurement data, or variable data, asthey
numbers.
23.
'
causes and can be eliminated. Natural variations can only be minimized.
mirasurements of characteristics such as length, width,,weight,' diameter, anrcunt of impurity, and so on. The results from attribute inspection will be in counts, such as number too rough, number too dark and number too tight,,and so on. The variable data that can assume values continuously in an interval needs a mathematical analysis differentfrom that needed for the attribute data, whicb assume discrete values, usually in whole
the variation in the m4nitude of a given characteristic of a manufacfured product is arising due to random variation or assignable variation
t
Special variations are because of assignable
are
be used to structure a brainstorming session. i
a
measured value is to the actual (true) value. Precision, on the other hand, refers to how
of the problems or effecfcome from
"trivial I
the.true value. Accuracy is how close
Pareto principle states that ruryrhly B0 percent 20 percent of the causes. The focus of the Pareto Analysis is to identify the "vitialfew" from the
n eualnv E
or nonconforming.
24.
ldl
The C+hart is used when the quality of a product is evaluatd by counting the number of blemishes, defects, or nonconformities on units of a product. lt is also known as the -'defects-per-unit".chart or'coritrol chart for nonconformities."
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 154
::
26.
- ... (d),
Sraxomos lrro
{hlx.nv Pdlcrrces
-'
,.'::--
i:
Benctnna*irg is anffieiquality improvement
them can be established. l-lbwevei interi,Or. finish of the car can only be classified as good or bad, acceptable or not- acceptable.
tool to improve the performance of-an unparing lhe practices of a
organizatirrn by
sumes$d organizdon, i.e. it is an opportunip 27.
(cl
{a}
28.
'
to leam fron the experienoe of others. Benchmarking isandrer quality improvenrent tool to improve the perforrnance of an orgarfzation,,by ccrnparing ttrc Fr:rctices of a succes*i c*gar$zdim, i.e. it is anopportunity {o 1eaffr {Ein {te experience of ctters. The avaage represents {he locdbn of the distribution in,fp x-axis, or the centrepoint around \flhich the data are distributed. The standard deviation represents the ar+ountof dispersion, or variabilily, in the data about the centre. Umib of the data are represented by
34.
(b)
(d)
unacceptable to the consurner. The @nsumer wcutd like the sampling plan to have a low
probability
variations are due
to 'special
causes:' Common cause variation is natural andexists in every process. lt can be reduced .by process improvement activities, but not eliminated. Special cause variation, on ttre other hand, is an unnafural variation in a pro€ess. lt should be kjentified, and the reasond may be assigned and addressed.
30. (a)
defect .9:
35.'{a) This is the probability, for a gtveri san$r'rg
.@
of rejecting a lot that has a defect bvel equal to the AQL. The producer suffers wtBn plan,
I
I
this occurs, because a lot.wi{h good quality was rejected
36.
(c)
38.
(c)
.
,
I I I
This is the probability,.for a given sarnplirg plan, of accepting a lot with a defect bvel equal to the LTPD (Lot Tolerance Percert
Defective). The consumer suffers wtren ttris occurs, because a lot with unacceptaUe quality was accepted. The AQL (Acceptbble Quality Level) is a percent defective that is the base line requlrement for the quality of the produce/s product. The producer would like to design a sampling plan such that there is a.high
I I, I' t, L
probability of accepting a lot that has a-defect level lesi than or equal to the AQL. Or it
defines lfre percentage of defects at
wtrich
consumers are wiiling to aocept lots as "good'.
3s. {c)
a random sample is a:sample faken in such
lnspect n, pieces
a mamrcr that each item in the lot had
an equal
3f.
of accepting a lot with a
a
{evel as high as the LTPD.
There are hmc Upe of variation in a process
namely Natural (common) and Assigrnable (special) and these variations are generally independent of each other. Naturai variations are due to'cornrnon causes' and ass(yrabte
The LTPD [Lot Tolerance Percent Defective
or Rejectable Quality Level (RQL)I is a designated high defect level that rrrculd be
extremitlm of the-distribution.
29.
ai
+
lf the number of defectives
(91-'Proeess issaid to be tnderstatistical control
."
.
" "'
'.'if-both.the
5
r
pmss
averagps and variances are'conS{an[ overtirne. lt implies that there
;
Does not exceed c,
ii
c.,<defectives
l:
tr E ET
Take second sanrple
E E
of nrpieces
the degiee' of c9 1fg1m a nce to specif icatirans. Variable measur.dments are generally expressed through such statistics as averages
33.
(d)
No. of defectives in the first and second sanples combined, i.e. in (n, + nr1
$ i I
l.
and standard deviations.
2
Fuel economy, engine torque and turning
I
radiusof a car can be measured and checked with the actual specifications and variarrce in
I
!
t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 155 \, .
Lr.
: -.:-_-
\iri.
r,
.'-.
::+J.,:',,r..
OBJECTIVE QUESTIOIiS
1.
Read the following statements and answer the rlrestion
The inspection department being in total control of quality. {c) The entire organisation being focused on ' . satisfying the needs of the customer. Training employees in quality methods. (b)
Stalement (l): TAM is customer oriented management
phi
Statement (lt):
losophy.
ln,iQM quality control is soul
responsibility of quality control departrnent
-(d) 5.
(a)Both i and (ii)iare c6rrect and {ii) is correct explanation of {i) (b) Both (i) and (ii) are conect hrt (ii) is not the correct explanation of (i) (c) Only (i) is correct and (ii) is inconect. (d) (i) is incorrect and {ii) is correct" 2.
Read the following statements and answer the question
(b)Departmental Heads (c) Shop floor managers
{d)Workers/ foremen 6.
(a)lndividual responsibility,
increases productivity.
(b)Collective responsibility,
correct explanation of (i) (9) Only (i) is conect and (ii) is incorrect. (d) (i) is incorrect and (ii) is conect.
ig.
Considering the following statement regarding
i
TQM:
(c) Group responsibility staged improvement knowledge
{d) lnvolves everyone, continual improvement, use of data and knowledge. 7.
- (a)USA {c) -lapan B. TQM does not imply
responsibility of
everyone .: TQM is a management approach to long-term success through customer Satisfaction
3. A major
thrust of TQM improvement
is continual process
of the above statement is/are conect?
(a) 1 and 2 Only (c) 1 only 4"
total quality management first {b) uK {d) Korea
(a) strong external customer orientation
1. ln TQM quality control is
Which
Where was developed?
I
2.
continual
improvement, use of raw data.
i and (ii) are correct and (ii) is correct
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but (ii) is not the
incremental
improvementtse of raw data.
explanation of (i)
i
Which of the following are key componenls of a total quality management system ?
Statement (l): Employee involvement in the decision-making process improves quality and
(a) Both
i
Examining/ ev4luation needs, satisfaction of external customers to formulate qualig objective is generally OoriJ Uy: {a) Top Management
Statement (lt): Better deeisions occur Secause the work force is more knowledgeable about the process
.,ir_'
__=1
-
(b) 2and3only (d) All of above
Which one of the following is nol part of Total Quality Management (TOM)? (a) Commitment of top managernent to quality'
and cuslomer satisfaction.
{b) partnership with vendor (c) Meticulousl y restocking effective produ-cts
(d)team meeting 9.
Which of the following is not a core principle of the total quality philosophy? (a) meeting or exceeding the customer's
(udity
expectations (b) mntinuous improvement
(c) mmpany wide participation and teamwork (d) cost cutting 10. A successful
to improve short term profitability
TQM program incorporates all of
the following except
(a) continuous improvement
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 156
Sz*rnaens
IE,
arrra
o.;ir-Try Pnncrrcrs (b) By increasing-qual ity appr;risal activities (c) By increasing product's reliability'
(b) emploYmen{ inv
(c) benchmaking
(d) None
(d) cenfatized decision making zuthority
17. Taguchi's Quality Loss Function (QLF) is exfressed as L = C (X-T)2' ln reference to this
thetml ordinarily used to aid in understanding'{tre seqtence of events tl"ror4h rafrich a prodtlct travels is a
Among the tools of TQM,
11.
equation match the following'
1. 1
{a)Parelo chart {b) Flow cfrarf {c)
deck
{d)
T€gnrcl-'i
streiet
3. 4.
ktap
su'Plkxs
18,
13. lmproving quality thror'gh small' incremental type of inrprovements is a charmteristic of what qualitY manaEement sYstem ?
{a)Just in tirne {b)Six sigma
the value of the quality characterisths exceeCs the target of 0.75,by the-toterance of 0'020 on either side, the product is likely to failduring he warrarrty period and may cost Rs 100'{or repair'. Determine the t
{d) Kaizen
(c) Rs.
so:called 'Quality Gurus' of total q'.tlltJ
following:
Juran
(a}.Joseph M (b)W Edwards Deming (c) Eill CosbY
{a)
of a prodtrct or process implies
(a) OnlY (i) is conect.
(b) Ability to perform in even in face of
(c) Measure
or
(c) Both (i) and {ii) are incorrect' (d) Both {i) and (ii) are correct'
is
discarded.
(d) lntended performarce of
(b) OnlY (ii).is conect.
adverse
of life of a product before it
a product or.service'
20.
Considering the following statement regarding House of QualitY: f
16"
Robustness
in a product or service is 'best
' ,
. it is primary planning tool used in Quality
By building safeguards in product desigrt be'face against the adverse situdtions{iXely to
unctkrn develoPment (OFD) The house of quality translates the voice of the customer into .design requirements that f
2.
ensured bY (a)
(b) Rs.50 {d) Rs. 15
investigating exPeriment'
to failure orbetween the failures'
uncontrollable outside influences conditions.
0.010'
.(i) Design of experiment (DOE) approach helps in optimising product and process design' (ii) DOE allows objective analysis of multiple internal and external factors affecting tlmough an " .' performance of a product
:
{d)Kaoru lshikawa
Mean time
;10
t
Read the following staternents and select the coriect oPtion
thb minagement (TOM) rlo NOT include one of
Robustness
.'
An analysis of company records reveals thd if
{c) Total qualitY management
14" The
Target value of qualitY
(d) None of the above.
(d) atl of above
'
iv)
Acosiconstpnt.
(c) 1-i, 2-iii, 3-ii and 4-iv.
partners in the'reM {b)Suppl'ers are considered (c) Lorg-term relationship is mutually beneficial
"
iii)
Actual average valueof qualitY characterQtic.
(a) f -i, 2-ii, 3-iii and 4-iv. (b) 1-iii, 2-ii, &iv and 4-ii
term reldbnships with {a) TQMerrcourages long
.
X T
TotalLoss
characteristic
regards of TQM?
'.{5.
i)
z c.ii)
correct in 12. Whitt of the fulcvvmg S€tenents is
.
of the above.
meet specific target
values
;
i
i
during Poduct usage.
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 157 .l-
21.
Which of the above statement islare correctZ
(a) What is-the cost of the program?
(a) 1 Only
(b) 2 only
(b) Who is.the customer?
(c) Both 1 and 2
(d) Neither 1 nor 2
on:
(a)Reducing costs and preventing unnecessary costs prior to production (b) Reducing the r.{umbers of parts in
27. Which of the following is not a key way in ufrich business organizations compete with one another?
a product
(a) production cost. (b) quality
(c) Ensuring that the eventual des(yrof a product or services nteets customers needs
(c) product duplication.
(d) Replrcernent and redesign equipment after
(d) flexibility ?3.
The difference between and internal and an extemal customer is: (a) lnternal customers usually work business, external custorners.do not.
in
the
(c) lntemal custorners do notevaluate quality, and 'extemal customers do. (d) Qualityoriented busineeses care only about external customers.
29. Failure mode and effect anatysis ifUffey provide
a checklist
procedure. Which of the folloriving question is not likely to feature onthe checklist?
While using QFD, the customer requirements are
(a)
often processed using
(b) What would the conseguences of the failure be?
(b)affinity diagram (c) tree diagram.
(c) What isthe likelihood that failure wilt occur? (d) How likely is such a faiture to be detecled
{d)force field analysis Whena managsr monitors the work performance of vucrkers in his department to determine if the quality of their work is up to standard this manager engaging in which function. (a) Planning (c) Organizing
25"
before it affects the customer? a
30.
The specific concerns of total qualily rnzlragement [fOM) include a number of aspecls. Wtiich is not normally associated with TeM?
{b) Controlling (d) Leading
(a) lnclusion of every person in the organization (b) Covering all parts of the organization
ln quality function deployment, technical
(c) Meeting the needs and expectations of -customers
descriptor are caplured in the
(d) Primarily a "uorke/ rather than
(a) top row
a managernenl
activity
(b) left column (c) bottom
Whalundd be the cost of avoirling failure be?
(a) fish-bone diagram
24-
A worker operates a shear press. She notices that the metal sheets she i$'cutting have curled @es. Who should get the first'shot" at solvr€ the problern? (a) the foreman (b) a member of the Quality Conholdepartment (c) the operator herself (d) an engineer.
(b)Extemal customers care about what they receive, internal customers do not
23.
'
(d) Which level of management has regorsitflity for the program?
failure.
22.
I
(c) Why is the program needed?
Quality Function Development is mainly focused
.
rctm & oFD
row
31-
The kano modal can help marketing managers
to understand.
(d)right column 26" Which of the following is a critical question to ask when developing a customer satisfaction mea$Jrement program?
(a) Customer purchasing criteria (b) Customer satisfaction
(c)
Profi le segmentation
(d) Buyer behaviour
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 158
f
tS;;r**
aro eua*rv pnrcrrcrs
?
+.,.:,
,.
1.
{c}
7.
(c)
13-
2.
da)
8.
(c)
11- Ic)
3.
(d)
e.
(d)
rs-
{b}
10
{d)
16-
1:
5.
{s)
6.
(d)
11. 12.
tb)
{d)
td)
1&
1e.
(d)
25.
(c)
20.
(c)
fr.
(b)
n.
(a)
(b)
. 21.
{a)
22.
17- (c) (a)
;
23. 24.
(c)
L
n"
(c)
29.
{a}
3{r.
(d)
31-
(b)
(a)
(b)
(b)
4.
i::
:ii
(i! t:
H
i5. 'i;
F
p TJ
I E E
;. E
l.f: l. ti
6.
I
I
I I
,
,I I
I
r
t
t T* I
.s
II www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 159
EXPLANATION
1. (c) ln TQM Qtrality control is a everyone
engineering charaderistics, design constrains
responsibility from top management to bottom one.
and parameters. The interior uralls of the house are the relationships between customer requirernenb and techrfcal descriptors.
2. (a) Work force is bettEr able to spot and pinpoint
-
areas for quality itnprovement and better able
Customer expectations (cudorner requirements) are translated into engineering char-
to take conecti,le action when a process is
acteristics {technical descriptors).
.
out of cifitrol. Ernployee involvement+educes the labor-managernent hassle and irrcreases
Under TOM
it is stressed that
offs between similar and/or conflicting technical descriptors are identified. The foundation of the hou se is the prioritizdt6ctrrical d escri p-'
role and
tors. Items such as the
responsibilities of -various components of the manufacturing process towards maintaining
10.
(c)
TQM is implemented within the organization as per its present working $atus rather than comparing with ttn successful organization.
15.
(b)
Genichi Taguchi, a Japanese quality expert developed the idea of robustncs which is the ability of a proeess or product to perform
5. (a) While the top managernent
in line with expectation and requirements of external cu stom
ers form ulales the
q ua I ity
objective
or.
policy, departmental heads organise and rnanage the processes in their respective department to meet the quality objective. Shop
even in the face of uncontrollable outside influences (noise) or the conditions for which
floor managers look at the production-and-
.
quality aspects of the products in their shops while worker_s and foremen try to manufacfure the products as per the specifications within
. the prescribed tolerances.
6. (d) TQM is bated on involvement
16.
(a)
. .
additional protection in the product
The parts of the hurse of quality are Oescribed
the
as follows:
steam piping in the design stage itself
The exteridr walls of the house are the customer requirements
considering worst possible combination of
On the left side is a listing of the rcice of the customer or what the customer expects in
_ 17.
On the right side are the prioritized customer requirements or planning matrix. Listed items
The ceiling, 6r second floor, of the house contains the technical descriptors. Consistency of the product is provided through
{cl
pressure and temperature.
Taguchi'S QLF is
a statement that any
deviation from the target value of a quality characteristic results'in extra costs to some segment of the society. lt is an algebrqic function that illustrates the loss of quality that occurs when a characteristic deviates from its target value. The QLF ii ofien expressed
include customer benchmarking, customer importance rating, target value, s&le-up fac1or and sales point.
.
in
design stage only as their inclusion at later stages of production may not be possible. For example, increasing pipe thickness of
the product.
.
Robustness of a product is its measure to perform in adverse r,rarrking conditions. lt is ensured byjncorporating necessary features/
of everyone,
continual improvement and used of data and knowledge.
8. (a)
technical
benchmarking, degnee of technical difficulty and target value are listed.
quality Should be defined. Henoe inspection department is not solely in control of quality.
.
tfe intenelationship
behrueen technicaldescriptors. Trade
morale.
4. (b)
Ttre roof of the house is
. .
in monetary terms. Dr GenichiTaguchi's wor:k
suggests that guality losses vary square of
www.dream2gate.co.in
tle
deviation from target.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
as the
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 160
Quality Loss furrction = L = C'(X-D2 Wtrere L total loss, C = a oet constant, X = actual average value of ryality characteristic and T = value of quality cfraracteristic.
18.
{a}
vatues airdimatches ttiose .bEdins'how an
21.
lcl
Quality function deployment 'rs a planning tool used to fulfillcustomer expectatirirs. it focuses on customer expectations or requiremer*s, often refened to as the voice of ttre cuslomer.
2€.
(d)
TQM is a lorg
29.
{a)
Tairktremodeo means
C (o.o20f C=10C[.0004=2500@ 100 =
Nowcalculding Loss{or a deviation of 0:01O J- =
2500d x (.O10f =Rs.
25
I
{9.{d}
TaguctriS OOe nrefroO he{ps
in optirnise
.
20"
(c)
approach to profitaOitity.
tile ways, or modes, in
vr*rich somettrirq migiht fail. Faikrres are €ny
prodrct and piocess deslgn by studying the effectof multiple fadors (variable, pararnetet"s, ingredients, external environment) on product's performarrce by otrjectively laying out the inves{igative experiments and incorporating necessary changes in the desEn and manufacturing of.the prodrrct to make it robust and minimize variations.
bnn
errors or defects, especially ones that affect the customer, aM can be potentialor actual.
Effects analysis ref€rs
*o studying
the
consequences of thsse failure.
31.
(b)
The primary planning tool used in eFD is ttre
house of quality" The house of quality translates the voice of the customer into design requirements that meet specific target
During the process of determining the 'voices
of customers', it is possible that some of the root lvants of customers may not get revealed. Kano et al. (1984) developed a very useful diagram for ctaracterizirq custorner needs,
which can help us gain
a
profound
understanding of customer satisfaction.
E,
': x H E !l E h
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 161
Six Sigma is a businessdriveq multidimensional
1.
7.
structured approach to:
Six sigma projects should be selected from: (a) Projects where the root cause is known
(a) Reducing process variahlity
and lmproving
(b) Projects that are managm.ent "pet projects'
Prooess
(c) Voice
(b) lncreaping customer satiSaction
(c) Lorcring D6fecb
Considering the following Statement regardkrg
Six Sigma gives a precision of
3.
4.
of
(d) Projects where there is a lack of data
(d)aH of ttre above
DMDAV:
{a) e9.9s%
(b) se.73%
\c)
(d) e5.4s%
68.270/o
of customer (VOC) and Voice ffeB )
Business
1.
Analyze, design and varify.
2.
A six sigma
process has defect level below defects per million opportunities.
(a) 3.4
(b) 4.5
(c) 5.6
{d) 6.7
Acronym DMDAV Stands for Define, Measure,
DMADAV is used when process needs to be replaced by a new process rather than improving the existing process
(b) 2 only (d) Neither 1 nor 2
(a) 1 only
(c) Both 1 and
Read the following statements and answer the 9.
question
2
The main purpose of the define phase is
to:
:
(a) Select a project
Statement l: The main obiective of six sigma is to increase profits by eliminating variability defects and waste heai that undermine customer loyalty.
(b) Get agreement on the project's purpoase, goals and opportunity
(c) Decide on which data to collect Staternent
ll:
Six Sigma process doesn't produce
(d) None of above
more than 3.4 defects per million opportunities..., (a) Both i and (ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but
10.
Operational definitions provide: (a) A definition of the type of data to be collected
(ii) is not the
(b) A statistically valid sample size
(c) A clear, precisedescription of the factdr being
{c) Only (i) is conect and (ii) is incorrect. (d) (i) is incorect and (ii) is conect.
5.
measured.
(d) All of the above
Which elements are required to calculate sigma? (a) Number of defectives and range
{b)
-
Process performance
and
customer
requirements
{c) Cycle time and quality (d) Number of employees, number of customers
6.
validiated root
causes . '
..
The acronym DMAIC stands for: (a) Develop, Matrics, Analyze, lmplement, Contain
11-. One of the key roles of a Champion (sponsor)
-(b) Defi ne, Measure, Analyze, lmprove;Control
(c) Define, Metrics, Analysis,'
I
m
plem ent, Control
(d) None of the abyove
www.dream2gate.co.in
is
(a) Hire team of Master Black Belt, Black belts, among others
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 162
StatisticalArnl}pr+ , ,.: ,, {c) Play a pivotal role in tlgt they own the processes of the busiress and, thereofre,
.{b) PerfOrm
16. (a
(d) Corduct a braindonnirg session
d
) Productivity measures (b)Fi narrcial
rn
easu res
I i
{a)There is a statically relationship between the suspcted rqqt cause and the effuct.
the Measure Phase of
(b) TfE data is normal
{a) Determine the,tu$omer requirement
-@
T
::--..
17. Validationof root cause is made only when which standard(s) is met:
captured ard su$aired
The main purpose DMAIC is to:
_."-
{c) Quality measures (d) Time measures
rnust ensure process improvements are
13"
. I ..
{c)
{b) Fird root cau$es (c) Develop sd{ttbn
KnovCedge
of the process conoborates this
carsal relationship.
{d)St
baselire dda to understand how the process is orrently performing
These are the project-specific, full-or part-time
resources that povide process and cross: functional knowl@e, as well.as help to sus{ain the gains.
{d)BothAandCabove 18.
What is capability ratio ? (a) the ratio of process capabilily and nurnberof unib inspected.
{b)the ratio of specification range and process
-
capability
(c) the ratio of number of defectives aM process (a) Champion (Sponsor)
capability
{b) Master Black Belt
15.
(c) Black Belt
(d) the ratio d nurnber of deflection is and number of units inspected.
(d)Yeltow Belt
Methods
,
Match the following
:
Levels of
Six Sigma
A.
Master Black
Belt
Description
(a) Six Sigma
of Person
(b) Lean Production
1. Highestexpertiseon
B. Black Belt
2. Understand DMAIC
C. Green Belt
3. Trained team members
AB (a)12 (b)21 (c) 21 (d)12
i
4. Team Mernber
ca
34 34 43 43
(c) Kaizen (d) All of the given options
subject
D. Yellow Belt Codes :
of continuous improvement include
20. What is the relationship between the Critical eustomer Requirement (CCR) and Voice o,'-the Customer (VOC)Z-
{a) The CCR and VOC are the same thing -!
(b) The VOC is translatd into the CCR via key customer issue
(c) Ttre VOC ones from the cusiorner and rtid CCR comes frorn marketing
{d) Both the VOC and eCR comes from
tie.
sponsor.
j ?
fi
g
$
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 163 \a
ANSWERS
(b)
e. 10.
(c)
11.
(d)
14. 15.
12.
td)
16,_
(b)
2'i
6. 7. 8.
(a)
_
(c)
(b)
(c)
.
13.
'(d)
17.
(d)
(d)
18.
(b)
(d)
le.
{d)
(c)
20.
(b)
I
3.
(a)
by a new process rather than improving Yield tY"l
satisfied by the existing process. At times,
an
1o
6W.i62
30.7538
2o
308,538
69.1462
3o
66,807
organization may decide to launch a new pro(uct or seryice to grab a new business
93.3193
opportunity offered by the environment. ln all
4o
6.
the
existing process. The demands of the customers with regard to quality cannot be
6,210
99.3790
such situations, the last two steps in DMAIC, namely,.'improce' and'control'
5o
233
99.9767
6
3.4
99.9997
the
have
to be replaced by 'designl and 'verify'so that it becomes DMADV. 11. (d). ln this phase lmprovisations of the performance of the process and removable
(b)
of the causds of the defects are take place. 12. (d) Play a pivotal role in that they own the processes of the business and, therefore, must ensure process. improvements are captured and sustained. 13. {d) ldeniify the true procesrand determine the .most like contributes including the statistical
deterniination of the accuracy and rbpeatability of the data characterizing the
Six Sigma Multiplaehoice Questions and Answers
.
7.
(c)
.':."process. .:'. t qing procgs's mapping, flow..charts and ... . ....;. ' : .FMEA (Failure lvlode Effect Anatyiis;, ori.ginat '.'..':' " data is cplldcted that.will act as A baseline ' -'loi improv'ement.
The voice of customer are the needs, wants, expectations, and preferences, both spoken
and unspoken, of business's customeis, whether internal or external f-o.llf.oring Examples of customer needs are a T6il- J4. (d) Rgpreggn! a lgrg.e percentage of the service, 2417 support, no down
tiine.
...'
The Voice of the Business are the need,.' wants, expectations, and preferences, both.' spoken and unspoken, of the people who constitute (run) the business,itself (e.9. shareholders, officers, or others involved in
" ':" :
corporate governance).
8. (c)
Acronym DMDAV stands for Define, Measure, .,Ana[12e, Design and Varify. There are certain
18.
situations where the prqiect team members ' *"y feel that a process needs to be replaced
19.
raxrrkforce
. . and is-trairied.with skills necessary to identify, ' mgnjtoq.alrd.controi profit-eating practices in their owh procebseS. They are also prepared
(b) (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
to feed that inibririetion to Black Belts and Green Belts woiking on larger system proiects. The training of Yellow Belts builds and sustains the Six Sigma culture. C, and C"* are considered short term potentialcapability measure for a process. Six.sigma,'lean production and Kaizen ail focus on coniinuous improvement.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
i
!
i
: I
i
t
t
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 164
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
i
Elr 1.
According to ISO 9000-2005 standard,.Qriality is
{c}
They are environmental quality standards.
defined as:
(d)
All of the above
{a) Degree to which a set of infierent (b) (c)
{d)
The ISO 9000 registration process includes all
7.
charactaistics frdfils requiremerds.
d
Fitness for use.,
ta) R-ectification
Meeting trre
nebdsof the custonrertoth in
(c)
performance and prtce. Cor#onnaree.to spec{Hcdions.
(a)
1. 3.
Legalprovisiur 2. Measurement Document record 4. Standardization
(b)
{a) (c)
1, 2 and
3 4
and
15014001 is
(d)
abatement
{c)
A watcr quality regulation set out under the UK 19S environment Act.
{d)
An international standard setting out best pract'rce for carrying out audits bycompanies
{a) {b) {c) .(d) 10.
"'
:
(a) Set improvement targets for
of its environrneltal
(c)
t-
(d)
I
:5" i
Total'QualityManagement lnternationalsiandardOrganization Total Productive Maintenance
Which of the following is not a criterion for the Malcomb Baldrige Award?
(a) Leadership (b) Defect rate
11.
TQM & ISO both focuses'on (a)
Custorirer
of its environmer*al manag€rnent system
(b)
Employee
None of the above
{c) (d)
Supplier
Cornpanies have utilized the Malcolrn Baldrige National Quality Award mostly for the purpose
.
TotalQualityControl
Define a quality polby with the defired scope
I
a
(c) Progess managern€nt
ev€ry
management system fo
an international standard that describes
(l\rBNQA)
and policies.
Define the scope
preparing control
Malcolm Baldrige national quality award is for
of their environment management system
(b)
for
quality
9.
an organization to
instructlons
a set of guidelines for qqality (c) a set of forms and procedures to ensure
1, 3 arrd 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
:
'14001 requires
a set of charts
{i)
(a) A particularly harmful globat warming gas (b) A European union regulation on prcllution
ISO
(b) Docurnent review Pre'assessment (d) Assessment
The ISO 9000 series is:
{SO :9000 quality sy$em contains
1,2
Sre foHowing except:
i
of:
(a) (b)
{a) Capability rnaturity niodQl Winning an award Prestige
(b) Capability mor.r'ltgring model.
.
(c) lntemal assessment (d) Advertising
and improvement
., ' . '.' .
(c) CapabilitV fneasuiing moUetl {d) Capability matctiing model
"'
13. Which ISO standard is used in
Which of the following best describes the ISO
9000 standards?
{a) (b)
'
They are prodrct quality standards. They.'are quality system standards.
."'
'
internatibnal
automobile companies to set automotive quality system standards?
(a) lso 14000 (c) ISO 9000 ,' .
www.dream2gate.co.in
(b) TS 16949 . (d) none of the above
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 165
, R:tt:--+
14.-.The Americari model for TQM is
15.
:,
(a) ISO s000 (b) rso 14000 (c) .The Baldrige Award criteria (d) Use of control charts (e) Use of quality circles in the shop
Mdccilm Baldrige national quatity award (MBNOA) award are give in rrvhich arec
(a) (b)
Manufacturing, services, health. small buslness
. (c)
(d)
Manufacturing, services, health, hedth care Manufacturing, services, heal&r, edrcation
(a)
10.
(b)
13.
(b)
{c)
(c)
11.
(a)
14"
(c)
(a)
e.
(a)
12.
(a)
15.
(d)
{b}
5.
6.
for
Manufactudng,.services, healsr
78.
4.
b
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
__t
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 166
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.
Which of the foHowing is true of Just in time (JlT)
'
production systbms?
(a)
Marketing
is
scheduled jtrst in time to
generate crrstomer orders.
(b)
Ttte flow of gOods is controlled by a push
2.
lnventory is unnecessary ard should be eliminated immediately at any cost (d) lnventory. should be eliminated and. additional iabor added so as to have the flexibility to respond to changes in ctstomer reeds.
I
approach.
(c)
(c)
Raw matedds are received just ln tinre go ir*o @rction.
{d)
JIT approaches can
to
ls
6.
forecasting lnnecessa,ry
cor*rasbd n'ith convertional approactres u*rk* advocde a pull appoach.
{b) No, many longer leim business
The just in time (JlT) productbn face of the lean
managernent processes dtill need forecasts of deimard.
profound effects on the opera(ions ofcompanies that maintain:
(c)
{a) Raw materials and finished
(d) Necessary in floq but unnecessary to
goods
support pull.
Primary elements of concept of JIT are:
7.
inventories.
(a) Having only required inventory (b) lmproving quriity to zero defects. (c) Reducing lead time by redrrcing setup time.
{c) Raw materials and work in process inventories. Raw materialb, work in process, and finished goods inventories.
(d)
Which of the following represent rnanual syslems
designed
to
support continuous
f
system
result in'
"(i) lncreased poductivity. (ii) Effeclivaresgwee-ut@ttm,
.
(b) ioC's OPT sysrem (c) An ABC system. (d) (aland {b) (e) (b) and (c)
'. '..
I
i-
(b)
Quality
-
:
The use of inventory should be anticipated and scheduled for replenishnent in advarrce of its use. ln this way the overallobjective of "2ero inventory" can be achieved. lnventory'shouH only be rephnished when
it has been
Wasteminimisatkrn
(a)
only (i) & (ii) (i), {iD
a
0i)
{b) only (i) (d){i), (ii),1iii) and (iv)
{i) Eicriss inventory {ii) Waiting time . '.:iiii)' €xcess movement (iv)Excess production - -{.ri''9lfv(i); fiii)and (iv) . . ....
idea: i
(iv)
. lmplementation of JIT will help in reduction of
Pull Replenishment is a fundamental.concepi in: lean manufacturing-that is based on irne coie'
i
lmproving poduct competitiveness
Snlv
(a) flexibility
(a)
(iii)
'Gi
Lean productbn primarily delivers to an operation?
(c)
All of the above.
Strccessful itnplementation of concept of JIT will
low
manufacturing?
{a) JIT's kanban
to
support pull.
(b) Work in process and finished goods
(d)
in flow, but necessary
Unnecessary
inventories.
i
pull
-envkonnrent? (a) Yes, every irportant company activity is driven by ctrs&omer orders.
te
thinking model would likely have the most
l
h a flow or
used.
.
.
'.'. (9),. OnlY {i) and (iii) .(c) onlv lii) and (iv)
(d)
10.
(i),'(ii), (iii) and (iv)
I
I
Which term connotes waste irefficiency?
(a)
Muda
(b)
(c-)
pokayoke
(d) kanban
Kaizen
I
i
E i'i
j
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
H
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 167
.. - l:'':
11. Which one
is. not included
in the list of seven
waites?
(a) overproduction (b) inefficient work methods (c) product defects (d) poor product design
(c) (d)
Product is made right first tine-
on product
More personnel are employed to check the. quality of final product.
system are:
(a)
. (a) -a flexibki sysiem (b) frequent schedule changes
(b) (c) (d)
'
little waste
low setup times
consumers, external custoryters, internal customers
i
(d)
Strict tOlerances are applied specifications.
14. The three basic components of a production
12. Which-of the followil'ig would you not ex@ to see in a lean prodtiction system?
{c)
(b)
materials, supplies, and market research inputs, processes, and outptds new products, supplies, ard maintenance
15. Lean systems typically use layouls that
13. lncrease in productivity, reduction in mst of
(a)
production and increase in customer rsatisfactbn will increase when:
(b) enable moving parts in large lot sizes (c) facilitate handling somewhat dissimilar
products not confirming to specifications are rejected before shipping
products
.
(d)
t t
all of the above
ANSWERS
'
i
(a)
'3,
9.1
variety
(a) When final to customer.
are based on a job shop in order to handle
4.
(c)
7.
(d)
10.
(a)
s.
(b)
8.
(d)
11.
(d)
6. . (b)
-9.
(d)
12.
(b)
13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
I I I I
(d)
alt .inanufb-ctuiing activities. required to Rr.o.d uce-.a. .f iira I p rbd u ct,.': f.ro m d es i g n 'tengiireedng to.'delivery and'including all 'Sfages of conv.ersion from.iaw material . orrraait. f irg'pfl m ary elements incl ude having . . ofly to . lhelequqed.inventory when needed; '.'.. improve guality to 2ero-defects; to reduce ltpd 'iimb Oy reggcjnEietup times, queue lengths
.' , : and lot sizes; to.incitimehtally
revise the
operations themsefuesi anil to accomplish these things at minimuni cost.
8. td)
. . " . . . .
JIT encoinp,isses the successful exectfrion of
The primary objective in implementing JIT to
a
production {acitity was to obtain a competitive adyantage and bring about increased pioductivity by eliminating the
following wastes:
13.
(c)
Waste from overprodwt'ron Excesstransportation Excess inventory Waiting time Processing waste Wasted motion Waste from production defects When products are made rightthefkst time, then the same amount of availaUe resourcesmaterial, machinery and manpower-more saleable units are produced. When overhead is spread over a larger number of units sold, the production cost per unit decreases. When a part of the cost reduction is passed on to the customer, it will result in better satisfaction for them, as they will be receiving a quality product at a redu-ced price"
\
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 168
the following stiatement reqardirq
Considering
(a) Six Srgma (c) ss
system rdiability:
1. As components are added {o the series, tfie
t.
system reliability decreases.
2.
ln series
(O) Continuous. irnprovenrcnt
:
(c) Less changeover tin-re
{41,rffy
{d) Auto,rnmous maintenance
{b)2Only (c)8oth 1 and 2 (d)l.eei*er 1
7.
rpr 2
Cons'xbrirp tfre following statement regarding
(c) 7
,(d)
i#are
i
I
I
E
F
il k E
c
5 L
I
the individual components. Which of the above statement
I
(b)' nfant-nrorta lity' where f ailures occur early. ,(c) 'Normal-life' where few failures occur (d)'Pullirg the plug' wher.e production is halted due to unacceptable level of {ailures
.2. The reliability for a parallel arranEement cf oemponents is greater than the reliability of correct?
i
a
{
I t
Total prodtrctive maintenance {TPM) has five goals. Which of the following is IIIOT a goal of
{a)1 Only (b)2 only
rt
'{
TPM?
'l and 2
i is
nor 2
I
or delay
a
t
wtrere failure
I
(b) Achieve gulongmous .maintenanqe (c) Train all staff in relevant maintenance
to:
:f 2 I H
(d) lmprove equipment effectiveness.
Iqilf
{b} Reduce repail t!me..
10"
{c) Find the cauieot'pinr'uoiXing of equipirent during runiring ti.me..'
(d) Replaceinent
t
{a) Focus preventative maintenance is most likely to occur.
Th+raain,purpose of Gorretivenrainter+ane+of :
p R
How is reliability and failure intensity related to each otlter?
i li a
(a) Direct relation (b) lndirect reldtion
dM i€ddsigh eiquipment.after
E R
E
(c) Charges according to servbes (d) No relation
4. failure irijBathtub Curve?
' :.: . .."
11.
{a)lnherent:Defecb and Poor desil.r:. .. {b} Fatigue or depletion of maeria}s' . . (d)
5.
'(b).6
(a) 'Wear-out' where failure increases due to age.
components.
,(a) Prevent
a)5 i
1. As the number of components in parallel increases, the reliability increases individual
..
How many pil{ars are considered under TPM?
The'ta th-tubi: cu rV€ nd cates fail ure probabi ity. Which stage iis.NOT normally assmiated with the bathtub ctirve?
system re4iabilify:
equ.lpnrent
What does Jishu f{ozen airns for under ,IPM (a) Cbanliness
Whbhd {tre_; ab&e da*ement is/re c.oned?
{d) Neit,her
(d) SllEo
implementation
the systivn reli$ility is?waysgneabr
than its lowestivalue
-(c) Both
(b).Kaizen
Allof Sov,e
Whictr principle or
bctmkpe-is considered
the base plqtform {or TP{r,l?
'
as
B.ath tub curve
E E
u E H
is representation of
i t
(a) Relative failure rate of a sirgte itemover time
*
(blRelative failurJ rate of entire population of productsover time (c) Sales data of single item over tirne (d)'Sales data of entire population of producls over tirne
t I
t: a
I
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 169
El,s+ryfg1
..
ruto Qn^r-nv Pnecrrcis-
12.. The realiability of an equipment for a time to ' faildre exceeding t hours is giv.en by
reliability ratedlin each block
R(t) = s+ooat
The mean time to failure (MTTF) for this equipment (in hours; ig (a) 1s0
(b) 200
(c)250
(d) 175
A production machihe has been
13.
What is reliability of system?
in operation for
2000 days. lf it brofie down four times during this
period, what
is thp MTBF of machine
18"
i-n Oays?
trl+m
{b) 2000
(c) 500
{d) None of above
(c) 0.5e1
(d)0.8ry
Science
i:
(a) 0.421
.(b) 0.e84
(c)QJs
(d)
Which one of the following is conect in context
.
R2
(i)
"'
until-it ls'discarded: (a) (i), (ii) and (iv)
.
ir,,
nsitr
1"; {iii) and (iv) (d) (i) an+ (ii)
pl1ii;.
,
:
4.r
(iii) and (iv)
(i),
8.
-,
20. ln a product segment a
where maintaining price effectiveness is i m perati ve tecause of cut-lhroat cornpetition, which approach of quality should be followed :
redesign of
, (b) 0.664 (d) 0.75
with the
(a) Prduct based approach (b) Manufacturing based approach. (c) User based approach.
i
The.reliability block diagram of a sysiem is shown
in the following figure
3.(
and comfort.,
' -"''
'system?
17.
add to theconvenience
(iii) Conformance: degree to which produd meets
control system to include a reduntant parallel system, u/fmt will be new reliability of
. .'(a) 0.a2 . fc) 0.e85
Performance: produc{ ability to do rryork it is intended to.
(ii) Reliability: things that
i
.R.
.Thb company is now considering ''riredical
zlc
prescribed specifications. (iv)Durability: length of time the product will last
figure
R,
1-t
of the dimensions of quality?
ii
hours u4ll be
A medical control system has three component in series with individual reliabitities (Rr, & and R ) as shown in
16.
I
smells.
t, - ,'19"
0.q84
I
the actual quality. : (d) How a product looks, feels, sounds, tastes, or
l,li,ii'j.
of 600
-
with
(b) Probability of a product maliunctioning or failing within a specified time period. (c) Perceived quality of the product rather than
each component has reliability of O.75, then the system reliability at the end
of Reliability deals
standards.
15. A system contains 3-components conrected iii paralle{, reliability of each components iS measured for 600 hours and the time of failure of components are found to be exponential. [f
. .
(c) 0.8o4
to which a product's design and operating characteristics rneet established
be
(b) 0.ee (d) o.B0
(b) 0.726-
(a) Degree
,
A system contains 4+omponents connected in series, reliability of each components is measured for500 hours and time to failure of component3' are found to be exponential. lts each cornponeriil has realibility of O.8. Then the system reliability .r( at the end of 500 hours will (a)0.a0e
(a) 0.670
(d) Vaiue based approach.
conponent
s
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
10.
r
1l:,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 170 Qurrn-rN MAr{rErANlt
E
:IT! li "
?. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
(a)
{c). (d) (a)
(d)
s. to.
(d)
11'.
{b)
{d)
12.
(c)
(c)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 1'6. (b)
{a} (b)
77. 18.
(b)
le. 2{.
(c)
(b)
(d)
EXPLANATION
1. {a)
12. {c}
ln series connection System retiability R{0
S
mir{Roit)' R$)'Rc(t)l
6@
rurrF = Jrutt 00
RA(t), RB(t), Ro(Q = reliability of components As components are added to tte series, the system reliability decreases. Also, tl'B system retiaUitity is always less than ib loraest value 2.
(c)
ln parallel connection System reliabilityR(t) RA(t), RB(t), Rc{t)
3" (d)
2
= -
{a)
1 l.-oo*]: = _-!{o,]:zso _0.004'0.004
13. (c) rna{R6(t), RB{0'
= reliability
Rc(tI
Total
of components
ln Conective repair, replacement, or restore will be carried out after the occunence of a failure in order to eliminate the source of this failure or reduce the frequency of its
MTTF =
la.
Failures in infant mortality
prbd
are 'caused
by defects and poor'deslgh that.cause an
Nurnber of faifure
t-l
1'r-I L-FF-J
the' reliabili$ increases, faihre intenslty'
if .
R"= 1-(1 -RlX1 -R2Xl-q) 1
Bath tub cyrve is graphical+epreser{atjon of
ttt. .. .-'l-''. iair.". iate versui time of a population of . , . p1odtrcts..The bathtub'curve does nct depict item, bt{ describes
th; feiiwe?ate of a singfle tne reibtivd failure rabol an entire population of produirs overtime- Sone iMividual units will fail relatively early (infantmorblity failures), others will last.until raearout, and some-will fait during the relativelY long
5oo da,s
r-+-r 2*
the pk4g' where prodtrction is halted
.
ry=
15. {b)
' lPulling due to trnacciptable kevelof faihnes.
...:'.'-
=
R(t) = RA{t), RB(t)' Rc(t) " Ro(t) = ,0.8 x 0.8 x 0.8 x 0.8 - 0.409
item to be legitimately bad. The faifure rate in this period is relativelY high'
tO. {U1'-.aU.
device hours
(a)
occurience.
4.
ot'.[e4*'
- (1 -O.75X1 -0.7sx1 -o.75)
= O:984 1.6. (b)
ffi lnitial system
www.dream2gate.co.in
reliability =
Rr
* R, u R,
0-Bx0'75x0'7 R,* = 0.42
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 171
New system
0i)
Science of'desthetics dedswi$rhow a product looks, feels, sounds tdes or smells.
(iii) Perceived quality is abq.(
brand images,
inferences from advertisirrg. 19.
(c)
= 18.
1
{b) (i)
-
(1
-
= 1i:-
0.42)(1
-
( -
RiniXl
is its ability to perform without failure over time wtrile things that add
to the convenience
'Reliability when parallel system Adopted = R(.)
Reliability of a product
- B,i) 20.
0.42) = 0.66
(d) .
t
Degree to which a product's design and operating characteristics meet established
and cornfort are called
Fealures.
o
Since quality isdefined in terms of costs and prices, it will help in ascertiining most
economic quality level for maintaining conformance of the product with the specif
i
cationd requiremenb.
standard is called Conformance. 10
I I
lr
l. I
lr
I t
t a
l' t
Ir
l'
L-
o
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 172
1.
Th€ activity which incltrdes confirrrirg
{a) {b) {c) {d)
understanding, brainstorming ard testing ideas
isa
(a) Code vsalkthrough (b) lnspection (c) Review I
ld)
StruOredi
What oonflict
-8.
(a) {b)
managar using uhen he says, "t cannot deal with this isstre now!"
{c) {d) 9.
(b) Forcing (c) Withdrawal (d) Compromising
lnitiating
(b)Executing
Planning
(d) Closeout
The document ttrat is proof of
10.
(b) (c) (d)
The project groals and obiectives. The project charter. The project definition..
'upper
Which of the followirgstandard related to Quality
(a) (b) {c) {d)
7.
{S/ISO 9000 : 2005 ZOOS
.(c)
' 15883(Part 4) : xxxx
{d)
107O8
:
- lS
1985
Which of the following standard related to Guidelines for C,onstruction project Managem ent'
At the time of tender prooess
Exploring risk advance
Risk transfer Umit extent of damage under prevailing risks All of the above 15883 {part S) related to
db) (c) {d) 13.
Management systems
During proiect construction
response?
(a)
Quality manruernent system
the project?
11"r Which of the following are the aims of risk
12.
Ib) Oeve.lopment of proiect .(c) Tender action
1.0005
Performance appraisal takes place during whictl
(c) (d)
:
{a) Proiect appraisal
4al (b)
Tender Action
{a) Pr+.construction stage (b) Post -constnrction stage
On the context of Quality inConstruction, which of the following places emphasis on prevention, not correction?
{d)
Plannirg for Constnrction
stage of
poject manager is called: The project plqn.
Project0evelopment
{a) Pre+onstrrc{ion stage (b) Post ronstruction stage {c) DurinQ project construction (d) After the commissioning
management's eomrnitment to the project and gives the authority tomanage the project to the
,(a)
Commissioning
Froject appraisal {akes place'in ufrich stage of the projec.t?
Whlch phase of the project is likely to have the greatest amount of its funding spent?
{a) (c)
4): xxxx 15883(Part 2):2013 15883(Part
On {he foltowing processes, wtrich one does not
{eetrn(r.re is a prr*ect
(a) Probbm sdvirg
19Bs
-be+srq to pe+onstruction .stage
v,vatkthrurgh
tresot-urlion
1070E:
1ffi5 :2ffi5
ldentification of Project peculiaiities and Performance risks Quality Cmt Analysis
Quality Control Procedures
'lime Management
Which of {he following forms a part of sdlient aspects of a typical quality plan br construction
'(a) {.b) (c) {d) {e)
Quality Assurance ard control procedure Meeting legal and other requirements Continualprocess improvement approach .All of the above None of the above
: Time Management
a-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 173
74.
i
-Proiect quality assurartce related uorls : 1c1 ensring the implementation of conedive
Who shall have a role in developing the prc{ed
(b)
definition?
(a) Ownerlclient (c) Customers 15.
Rules
for rounding off numerical values
(d)
Which of the following parts of lS 15883
is
:
Guidelines for construction Pro.iect Managernent
(a) (b)
is conedly matched
(d)
lS/lSO 9000 : 2005
i. 6. iii.
: 1960 1 15883(Part a}
lS 2
10708
:
lS No. 10708
1985
.
e
: 1985 is related
(a) (c)
to
(a) Quality Management (b) Rounding off numerical values (c) Time management (d) Guide to quality costs 17.
All of tre above
concerned with
{c) 16.
actions
(b) Contractors (d) Project Manager
19.
Parl2 - Time Management Part 3 - Cost Managernent (b) Only 1 and 3 Ody 1 '2 2 ard 3 only (d) 1, and 3
Health and Safety Management isgiven in u,hich
of the follortring standards
1t
(a) lS/lSO 9000 : 2005 (b) lS2:1960 (c) 15s83(Part 4) (d) 15883(Part 5)
Quality Audit team shoutd focus on which of the following?
(a)
Part 1 - General guidelines
I
Visual lnspection
l.
l+
L
ANSWERS 'j,;',,,, ,2_,'.
2
:''
I
i0
;
(c)
,,
, 13. (d)
17.
(d)
14.
(d)'
18"
(d)
le
(d)
11.
{d}
15.
(b)
12.
(a)
16.
(d)
.
4..
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
L
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 174 I I I
'l
1.
Read the {ollowing statements and.select the
isbased on the.idea that customer
6.
right option:
expecbt'oirs of the servic6 they wiH receive shape
(i)
ttnirperception of the actual service encounter.
(ii)
{a) (b) (c) (d)
SERYQUAL tuisrument is used to assess custombr satis{actkrn h service industries.
lt meawres quality by comparing customer expedationsbefore a servhe encounter and their preffkm of the aclral service ' d€li\ered. ; e Botf' {i) ard{ii) are *a{se. '
:
{b)Service actb+ {c) Sewice reco\rery. {d) Servioe sdisfaction. 7.
Only {i) is tnre. Only (ii)'rs{rue. Both {i)
quality
{a)Service
ard.{ii)ae true.
'The
$aifl operator uncterstards cu$oner &sire foracomfortabh seat but fails to specify trow many should be provided relative to the anticilabd rumber of travellers on each route. This is an example of
:
{a} GAP Z the gap betwe6n management 2.
Services differ from the prodrrction of tangibie goo'ds in which of the following ways:-
perceptign and service quality specification.
{b) GAP1 the gap between the customer's expectations and management perception.
{a) Servbe output is more easily rneasured. (b) Services Bnd to be produced and consurned
&)
simultaneously.
{c) (d)
{d)GAP 4 the gap between service delivery
Service output is generally more tangible.
Which of the following is best understood as a perkd of time during whhh a customer interacb
is determined by maximising
directly with a service?
the benefits they can achieve and by reducing or minimising the sacrifices associated with an
(a) Good usage.
offering.
(b) Service scape.
{c)Service mix.
{a) Servhe (b) Prcfitability (c) Value (d) Relationship 4"
(d) S€rvkrc encounters.
Ihe relationship marketing considered
Value is created by the activities of buyers ard sellers v'prkirag together for mutualbenefit, br.rt value is stillpassed from one to another. This is refened to as:
(a) added
value.
{a ) custom
a
nd customer satisfactir:n.
When there
is little or no personal
contact
between-customer and service provider, this is
classified as:
commodity value.
(a) Low contact service-
Whichof the following is not one of the service
(b) fi4edium contact service.
processes?
(c) High contact service.
(a) People processing. (b) Possesskrn processing" (c)- lnformation prooessi ng
id)
er attraction
{c) serv'rce errcounter and custorner atlraction. {d) serv'rce processes and customer retention.
(c) cocreation value.
5.
concept-was
to consisl of two main elentents:
(b) customer attraction and customer relention.
10.
(b) performance vakre.
{d)
and
external communications.
Services have a higher equipment to labor ratio.
3.
GAP 3 the gap between service quality specifkxtions and service delivery.
{d) lnten_se contact service"
11. Which item is not among ihe
.
dimensions?
Phys'rcal evitlence.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
SERVQUAL
I
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 175
Qr** (a)
Assurance
(c) Reliability
(b)
Tangibles
(d)
Arafty
o
The GAP-4 in'servqual is
(a) perceived serviceGap (b) quality specification GAp
and
12. The difference between manufacturing
"
16.
w SenrrrL
service is
(c)
(a) Nonexistent (b) Products cannot be inventoried (c) Service cdn't 5e backordered (d) Service isl- consumed as produced
(d) market communicat'ron GAP
fi.
service delivery GAP
The GAp-s in Servquat is
(a) perceived service GAP
13. Which of the following is not an importarf
(b) , quality
specification GAP
(c) service delivery GAp quality? (d) market communication GAp (a) timeliness {b) completeness 18. L}se of good communication is a remedy for (d) convenienqe (d) likelihood. Servqual is 14. servicesare'generally_intensive;whereas (a) GAp-1 (b)GAp-2 manufacturing is more .' intensive" GAp_4 (d) GAp-s G) dimension of service
I
-
.
(a) (b) (c)
labor; equiprnent
.
id)
15.
The GAP-3 in Servqual
(a) (b) (c) (d)
19.
uniformly; randomly
Make sure the organization is dsefining a level of service they believe is needed is a remedy for
input; output
Servqual is
equipment; labor
(a) cAP-1 (c) GAPa
management
is
perception6AP
20.
quality specification GAP service deliv4ly GAP
(b)cAP-2 (d) cAp-s
RATER i.s term used in
(a) SERVQUAL (b) MIZEN (c) POKAYOKE (d) SMED
market communication GAP
\ 1"
2. 3.
5. 6. 7. 8.
(d)
9.
(b)
13.
(d)
(a)
t0.
(a)
14.
(cl
(a)
11.
(d)
't5.
(c)
(d)
12.
(d)
{6.
{d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality
MATERIAL SCIENCE 5OO +OBJECTIVE
ESEPrelims MCQ Part 3
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
a made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 All Page 2
QUASrroXs' 1. .
Which one
(a)
(a) (b)
Van der.Waals bond
(c) (d)
Metallic bond
bond?
-
A nucleus of regative ctrarge with protons
around
(b) A spl'rere bf negative cfrarge g:asorpd with enoirgh number of proton plums.
'
(c) A
of
positive charge seasoned wi{h enough number of electron $ums to make it electrically heav'y sphep
(d)
{a) (c)
None of these
6xperiment of Bombardent of cr pa(icles bystrirking on a:thin gold foil showed that
th,e .a-particles passed straight through the foil
'
bond (d) ledth bbnd
(b)
The amount of a substance wtpse mass
deflected by various angles
is numerically equal to its
molecular
(c)
The amount of a substande,whose volume is equal to that'd 1 gram of hydrogen gas at standard temperarture and pressure
o-par{icles went straight
(d)
through the foil while very few were 10.
None of the.above
Avogadro's number is
HyCrogen bonds are Stronger than
(a)
The number of atoms in a gram-atoni
(a) Van der Waals bonds (b) Metallic bonds
{b)
The nujnber of molecules in a gram.
lonic bonds
(c)
Bolh (a) and'(b)
Covalent
(d)
None of the above
-lef (d)
,: rnolecule '.-
JF6atomic number of a certain element is 83. An atom of this etement must conlain
(a) (b)
83 neutrons
(cI
1 neutron, 41 electrons and 4'l protons
Avogadro nunrber,
(a) (c)
atOlrll|-; llulllugr'
.
Electrom
{b)
electrons are Emalt amparbd'with.he
{c)
{he nucleus
N
19ar 0) 6.02 x 1021 6.023 x 10+o (d) 6.023 r 10-zs
"
' .:.-
atorn
,r- .
is. small
:.. .'-t,
cunpred with tre
atom
6.023 x
Nuetrons
Rutherford's o -particle scattaing experinur[. showed that
(a) the riubear chargL is proproitiorrat.-tO'.-,
'
Particles that most effects matedal propertis
(a) (c)
11.
42 protons and 41 electrons
(d) 83 ebctrons
il.
Covalent
hec bond
The moleantar weight of a-substance !n
and sorne were deflected back.
5.
bords (bl
weight
(b) All the o-particles were defledecfb-ack (c) Some partkJes passed through the foil
a!.
Polar
(a)
'
(a) All
3,
lonic bond
The moler:is
,---1R{{hedord's
(d) Most of the
Covatent bond
Eiectron sea exists in
neutral
ri
of ttre following b rrct a #omg
According to Thomson's plum pudding mo&l, an atom corrsists of
(d)
12.
of the above The total .e4e1,gy qf the elechon None
(a)
(b) Protons (d) \blence elecbons
www.dream2gate.co.in
is
its kinctic and
'i;netic
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
anci potential
.
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 3
\, Atomic Structure and lnteratomic Bonding
13..
14.
(g) -
the Product of ib kinetic and pofential
(d)
None of the above
"
energies
(a) qn electron is spiralling towards
an electron jumps between two enagy levds
(a) one (c) three
(c)
the waveleng*h
I
(b) (d)
four
n
may
tnve
'(t) 21.
lf
of
(b) 0,+1rer3,... (d) None of ttie
The angular rnomentum quantum nurr$er I
an electron changes
Nsre of the above
the atonric number
of
its domic ueight is A,
an ehment
tt€
in the ntrcleus is
22.
(a) z (c) A
.A-z (d) z-A
The difference between
A and Z is a result of
lbl
the presence in the nucleus of
(a) 0, 1, 2,...(n - 1) (b) 0, 1, 2, 3,...n (c) =1,2, g,...n (d) 1, 2, 3,...(n -
(a) (c)
1)
The magnetic quantum number m may have, only the values
{a)
0,
(b)
0,r1J2,...rn
(c)
0,
(d)
0, r1,
is Z ard
rrumber of prc*ons
may take only the values
23.
photons
protons neutrons
no more than ivro ehctrons may have the same energy
(b)
the spins
{c)
noh,to electronsrnay have the same four
t1, r2,...t(,-1)
rz...t{n-1)
(b) (d)
electrons
Pzuli's exclusion princ[ple states that, within one atom
': {a)
tX ra...tI
of the electrcns interact so to become parallel if possible
as
quantum numbers
When in electron'jumps'from an energy level to a lower one, the energy released is usually
(d)
(a) {b)
emitted as a photon
The maximum number of electrons in the shell (n 2) is
(c)
emitted as l(;ht
,(a) 4
(bF 6
(d)
emitted as a conlinuous electperlsgnetic
(c)
(d)
(c)
l.
=h/p
1.
E = -mc'
!
25..
(b) g = nl, (d)
The radiation emitted by
L
;
B
14
The maximum numberof electronsallowed in
the 4d subslrcll is
The frequency (v ) and wavelength {I) of the emitted radiation can be found from wtrich tuo equations?
(a)
there are only two values for the quantum
number m"
absorbed by the nucleus
wave
19.
nucleus
two
The fincip4'quantum rurmber
1, 2,3,... above
18.
the
(b)
(c)
17.
ol etcmi
How many. quantum numbers are needed to define the wave function of an electron mwing in two dimensions {excluding spin)?
(a) o, 1,2,...
16.
The emission of i'adiation ficm'a gas
occus wtpn
only lhe vallm
15.
20.
26.
'(a)
14
{c)
B
(b) 10 {d) 4
The lithium atom, which contains three electrons, has the strcuture
c = vl.
a heated
(a)
{c)
.gas of
hydrogen atoms contains
27.
.1s22s1
1s12p2
{b)
1s22p1
(d)
2*2p1
Tfie atomic number of the element whose outennost electron fills the 3s subshell exactly
(a) (b)
all wavelengths
ic)
a set of discrete values of'wavelength
(a)
13
(d)
None of tlre above
(c).
10
.is
one specific wavelength
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(b) B (d) 12
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 4
'"d.di:,
" :il
feature of the transition
35.
The figure illustrates which, of the followirg bonding mechanisms?
i* (i:
,:: ;.,r.:i"tl!
o
filled valenee subshell
empty inner subshell
@@
(ct :zn unfilled outer subshell
iUt
partly filled inner subshell
The i;r:t series oi transition elements, in ufricfr
29.
th, 3d :"hsheli is gradualty filled,
;
\r 1*) 30
ir ;
begins at
'ic t;' ,,ibei
{b)
:r'',
iri.:,,,-!r.lfn
aBi:1;ged
(a)
ii)
21
{d) 13
j1
ir
{a) convalent (c) metallic
periodic table, the elements ae
order of increasing 36.
atomic,a,reight
31.
32.
(b) (c)
Jhs {.,,i;t' ,-,iectron configuration that gives the noble ,::.lses their extreme inertness is
(c,
37.
a completed octet of eleckons from two atoms
thepotential energy of the solid is
Metallic solids are held together
electrons
lo.lrrest
(c)
the force of attraction between the atoms'
the force oT repulsion is
(d) Nonestthe 33.
zere.
ellectrons shared between adjacent pairs of atoms
(d) 38.
abo-vS ,
.
van der Waals bonding is prominent
The iepulslue component in the iorce between tvro atoms.that bond together is.due primarily
(a) between molecular ions (b) between ionic molecules
t9
(c). .when .ih'ere are no valence eleclrons ' a.vaifable to form primary bonds
(gi
'
electrostatic repulsion between.their:' nuclei
(b)
eleckostatic repulsicn .betrirreen the ion'-
(c)
repulsion between the ove.rjgpping. electron clouds of inner filled:sfielts'.'- ' repulsion between the overlipping'
{d)
:(+)' .NTre of the above Van der Wdals bonding is a
result of
(a) '. attraction between magnetic dipoles (b)' .attiacfion between saturated covalenl
' '-bonds (c) attraclicn between electrostatic dipoles (d) None of the above '.'
electron clouds of the valence eleclrons
34.
None-olthe
.
above
by
the attracticn between the ion cores the atiractlon between ion cores and the
is a maximum
(c)
the
a single bond
(a) tb)
lVhen the alorns in a mlid are separated by their equilibrium distance
(a) {b)
sharing of electrons frorn each other
(d)
{b) s2po (d) s2p2
s?po6to
{d) van der Walts
Two,group atoms may be covalently bonded
(ai ' direct transfer cf electron
*i:iPilE number
,lat s?
,
ionic
by,
::cmical equivalent weight ;,rcular weight
(d)
(b.)
The electrostatic nature of ionic bonding makes (a)
ndn-directional
(a)
a part in bonding water of hydration to a salt
(b)
weak
1b)
solid methane (CHo)
(c)
applicable only to Group 'l and 2 denrcnb
(c) (d)
COr,.
40.
ir
(d)
None of the above
Hydrogen bonds play
.
None of the above
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 5 \e
Atomic Structure anC 41.
ln germanirim the bohding'is
(a) covalent (b) (c) semi+netallic (d) 42.
tetravalent ionic
ibdectron with tvochlorine atoms,
a tiyOropn
boriO is formed
the carbori-oxygen bonds are covalent
Clpose thei conect ofiion
{b)
the intermolecular bonding is due to ionic
(a) t and ll are correct (b) Only'i is correct (c) Only ll is conect (d) lSone of tle staterrent is conect.
forms
i
#rer+aene--?a+e+lectrons for bonding -{he mdecdesdo o{1e ancdter l.{one
of #le above
47.
Findout conect'S#ements among following
l.
:
Double borxl cause less repulsion than
ll.
Shape of the molecule is delermined by reprJsions between all theelectron pairs.
lll.
Shape and size of MO depends upon shape ahd size of two alcmic orbitals that combine each other
{a) (c)
(ai
102:.30', 107'48'
(b)
1a7"48" 107"48',
(c)
7M'27','107"48'
{d} 104o27"1wo27', ,
&
.
l, ll and lll
Ib)
ll and llt
I and tll
(d)
I and ll
(a) lf
Each
a
(b) lf both assertion
{a) the excess of electrons ov-er protons {b) the number of electrons in the valence shell .:' , {c) the strength .with. wtiich electrons are
(c) lf the assertion
contains a true statement.
: .'
:
48.
'
tt i atoms in irre'hyorogeri'rirdecr-de
held toiFther
ls irue:but the reason
(d) lf the assertion is false but the reason
lonic'bondi-ng isa'.result of the sharing of ,titeliron-s oi tr,,ro'atoms. -.
Shtement
true
contains a false stalement.
{d) None of the.abqve Statement I
and reason are
statements but the reason is not a correct explanation of the assertion.
attracted to.the- atom
Consider.thb fcillbwihg staternents
of the
both assertion and reason are trG statements and the reason is a conect explanaticn of the assertion.
lrneasure of
pv hvdrogen b.ndirig
Assertion : The hydrogen adom in its ground state can emit radiation Reason :'The elechon can rnake a
ti-ansition
to a higher energy level. 49.
Assertion
:
Hydrogen gas
at
normal
temperatures does not emit light.
.Statembni.ilt : Coydbnt OqnOing occr-ns onty betueen elernents in Gioup 14of tl'Ni periodic
Reason : Ihe radiation that is emitted has wavelengths too short to be visible.
table 50.
Choose the conect optiofi
Assertion
:
The electron behaves like
a
magnet
(a) Only I ard ll are correct (b) Only ll ard lll are corr€ct
(c) (d)
Eord angle ietween N-F &. N-H in NF,
sentences in Questions 48-58 consists of an assertion followed by a reason.
..The electronegativity of an element is
.
:
NH, respectively.
singb bond.
rts.
:
t : Metallic bonding is directional Hement ll : When a hydrogen atom shares
(a)
id)
44.
Cqrsider the following statemelts Slatement
Solid CO2 has a{owsublimation point because
ic)
43.
46;
lnteratcm;ndfu- { z
Reason : it is charged. 51.
Assertion : The ground state of the helium
l, 1l ard ill are conect
atom is'1s2.
lrkne of Xfre statement is corect.
Reason : This is the lowest energy state.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 6
j
$cience
i1.,)
*m : The electronic strucfure ;
rr.,.,,.r3s23re3
Reason
d$4524p5 4d2
r.:*r]$ r:ot normally oca:r in
Magnesiurn and'oxygen
Reason : Carbon lies periodic table.
wrong ordei.
in Group 14 of the
Assertion : van der Waals bonding is weak.
Assertion : The elements in any one group of the periodic trable are chemically similar-'
Reason : lt bonds only molecules together.
I?,:ason : Thgy all contain the same nurnber of
Assertion : Liquid carbon tetrachloride canmt conduct eledtrically.
riectr*ns in the outermost substrell.
Assertion
:
Magnesium oxide
is
Reason : it contairs neither C* ions nor.Cl-
bonded
icr:ml!y.
ions.
ANs}YER KEY
s,
both
Assertion : Bonding in diamond is covalent.
a real atom.
Fl',:ason : Thri sribshells have been filled in tfle
1. 2. 3 4
are
divalent.
{c)
13.
(b)
(d)
14.
{c}
(a)
15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a, d) 1e. (c) 20. (b) 21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c)
{di {a}
6. 7. 8. e. 10.
(ci
11"
G:
x:;.
{bi
(di (a)
(d) (b)
25. 26. 27. 28. 2s.
{b}
30.
(d)
31.
{a}
(c)
4e. (b) 50. (b) 51. , (b)
(a)
52,.
(b)
37. . (b)
(a)
38. 3e. 40. 41. 42. 43.
(d) (d)
32. {a) . 33. (c)
34. (a) 35. tb) 36. (b)
www.dream2gate.co.in
-
(c)
(a)
(c)
53. s4.
(a)
{a)
{b}
M.
(c)
s5. til s6. (c)
45.
(d)
57.
46:
{d)
47.
(a)...:
(b)
48. 'tiri":
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(a)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 7
v
CfrrstalStructure groin'boundory (l"oving iotrer inergy), The process of forming this tyPe of .srrb-gnoin structure is colled polygonizotion.
In oerystoHine solid the interotomic spocing, ond in some coses the bondirg, vories with directiorr. within o sirgle crystal. Youngs modutus thetefoqe deperdson the direct-ion of the stress in.'i'elotion lo thecrystol axes, i z. s ngl e crystols ore ehsticollf otts trpp ie.i
Although single crystals are e'losticolly onisotropic, o polycrystallirc noteritrl in which
grrains, or crystols, ore rondomly orientoted behovss isotropicolly, i.e. its properties
the
Amorphous moteriols srrch os ghss ond non
crystollizing polymers, except when produced in such swoy os to couse some olignrnent of the moleculor structure, ore oko isotropic.
When the materiol P!"opertias do nqt. clronge from point to pint in o certoin direction the noture is termed os homogeneitY.
If
pruperties orectlonge.from point to point in o certoin direction tlre bztsoviour is termed e heterogenietY. /tAetots ore isotropic ond homogeneous-.Composites of ntost gemot moteriols ore onisotrophic ond leterogetleous, while orthotropic materiols with controlled anisotropy
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 8
--
36
Matbrialscience
QUUSNONS ln metals subjected to cold no*iog,. strain hardening effect is due to
.O
2.
{a)
Slip mechanism
(b)
Twining'mechanisrn
(c)
Dislrytionmeehanisrn
(d)
Fracfure mechanism
Which of the followingpropertiesof a solid are dependent on crystal imprfecti,ons?
12. 3. 4.
Yield
stress
l
Melting point
ABCD (a)3 2 (b)3 2 (c)'2 3 (d)2 3
1 4 4 1
4 1 1
4
The material property rr/hich deperds only on the basic crystal structure is
(a)
fatigue strength
G)
fracture
""(b) nrork hardening strengti (d) elaSic constant
Semimndrrctivity Ductility
Select the correct ansiwer usingrthe codes given below:
(a) 1 and 3 (c) 2,3 and 4 a
Godes:
(b) 1,3 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
irgiven figure. The miller indices of the direction (arrow) shown in the figure-is A unit cell of a crystalis shown
Match List-t {Crystal structure) with List-tl (Atomic packing factor) and seled the correct 'answer using the codes given bdow the lists:
List-l List-ll A. Simple cubic 1. 74o/o B. Body{enked Cubic 2. 74Yo C. Face-Centred cubic 3. 52"/o D. Hexagonal close 4- 68% packed
Codes:
AB (a)3 4 /L
c
D
2
1'
2
1
3
1
4"
3
1
i
\
(U'.tJ
(c)2 (d) 4
The set of Miller indices of the plane shinivn the given figure is
{a} (c)
(b) l0 2 1l (d) 11 2 01
[0 1 2] 12 1'91
Match List-l (Material) with List-ll (Structure) and select the conect an$rer using the codes
given below the
List-l
lists:
List-ll
A.
Charioal
.8.
Graphite
c.
Chromium
D.
Copper
1. F.C.C. 2. H.C.P. 3. Amorphous 4. B.C.C.
x
(a) 0oot
(b)
(c)'
(d) (1 1 0)
www.dream2gate.co.in
(1 0 1)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(roo)
'in' '
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 9 \e
Crystalstructure
9.
(q) -f.oint'defbct in crysiat lattice
(a) 0.52 (c) o.74
(b) Lirear defect in crystal lattice : Grain
(b)
0.6B
(d)
1.633
(c) -{d) A
14-
4.
{a) lower energy than those in the grains {b) higher energy than tho'se in the grains
The coordination number for FCC crystal structure is
iz.
15.
Liesperpendicular to its Burger's vector Ir/oves in a perpendiculai direction
Moves
(a),
1 and 4
{c)
2 and 3
'
1.
(Example) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
2.
List-t
3.' ' "
A
Simple Cubic
B"
Body-cenk6d Cubic
c.
Face-centred Cubic
D.
Hexagonal Close Packed
in an inclined direetion to the
1b) 1 and'3 {d) 2 and 4
Boh have same cmrdination number and atomic packing fraction.
Both represent closely packed crystal Both skuctures are generated by stacking
of Oose
pact<eO
planes on'top
of one
anotter, but-only the stacking sequence
'-
is differertt.'
Listjl
Which. oJ.these' stirtembnts .arb corii:cl?
Zinc
1rl (c)
Copper
Alpha iron at room{emperature
't6.
ln
Manganese
ABCD (a) 4 3 (b)4 3 (c)3 4 (d)3,4
to the
structures.
'
Godes:
13.
Burger's vec.tor
Consider the following statements about FCC and HCP crystal structure:
't6
Match List-l (Crystal Structure) with List-ll
1. 2. 3; 4.
ib
parallel to
Select the conect ansvyer using the codes given below:
(d) lower number of atoms than in the grains
B
Lie
Burger's v.ector
-higher number of atoms than in the grains
12
Other
Eurger's vector
boundaries prefurentially because they have
(c)
:
screw dislocation
1. 2. 3.
Chemicals attack atoms witnin grain
(b) (d)
Volwre defect in crystal lattice pnases
(a) a=5=cit=f =T=90" {b) a=b*&;a=9=I=90" (c) ar.b;.c,o=f =y=90" (d) a=b=C,c=f -?*90"
4
Planardefeci in crystal.lattice : External surfme
)
!
(a)
Self
bourdary
Which one of the following pairs of axis bngths
(c)
:
irterditial
represents the dragornaf crystal systernT
11.
37
AtomiL packing factor (APF) in the case of copper crystal is
(a, b, c) and interaxial angles (o,p,t
10.
-
1
aod.2.
.l: ?
.'
a,U3
'Zirrc-'Elende
.'
.tt)..:
ino.s
IO - 1 anic...Q"
siructule- each. atom is
[email protected] loirratornsof the opposite kind llhrich are'bcated af the corirdrs of'which one '. . of 'the
fol{owing?
1 2 2 1
'
(a) Tehahedron (b) Heiahedron (c) Cube (d) Orthorhombic
2 1
1
17.
2
Which oreof the following pairs is not conecily matched?
Which ore of tf€ followingp€rirs is not conec{y matched?
Space'Lattice ftelation between Atomic Radius r and Edge Element -a
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 10
el
Mateiial Science
(a)
(b)
,
Simple cubic structure
= 4r2 3d = 1612 a2
Body-centred
cubic
2Z
given crystal structuies
structure
(c) Triclinic (d) Face+enbed cubic
2a2
az
=
=
(a)
3r2
What is
(b)
thei planar density
of (100) plane-in
(c)
2
-A-
(c) ?
J1
(d)
23.
List-lt List-! A. Alpha lron 1. Hexagonal closed packed
A. Copper 2. C. Zinc 3. D. Glass 4.
Simple
cubic- Body centred cubic
-
Face
Body centred cubic
-
Face centred cubic-
,o=p=1=p0"
(d) o = 0 = 7'*.1g0' 24.
ln the atomic hard-sphere model
unit cell?
Amorphous
{a) 2xAtomicradius
Face-centred cubic
D
(b) @t&)x Atomic radius (c) Q$*Atomic radius
1
4
(d)
2
lr
What
2
What is the movement of block of atoms along certai n crystalloaraphic plane and directions, as?
Glide
(b)
Slip
(d)
of
rE x Atomic radius
is a surffce imperfection,
which
separates crystals of different orientations a poly-crystalline ag gregate, cal led?
3
1
of the crystal
structure of Copper, what is the edge tength
Body-cer*red cubic
Codes:
21.
Face
(b) o = P = Y= 90o (c) c-=B=90"=T'
Structure) andselect the conect answer using the codes given below the tists:
{a) (c)
-
-
For a Rhombohedral space lattice, which one of the following is correct?
(a)
Match List-l {Element) with List-ll (Cryslal
termed
Simple cubic
Body centred cubic
Simple cubic
7
(b)
1
20"
Body
centred cubic (d)
1.4U
ABC (a) 2 3 (b)1 4 '(c) 2 4 (d)1 3
-
-
centred cubic
side a equal to?
19"
Face central cubic
Simple cubic
8r2
FCC (facercentred cubic) crystal with unit cell
(a)
of metals?
centred cubic
structurg 18.
of the following is the correct ascending order of packing density for the
Which one
(a)
Edge
dislocation (b) Stacking fault
(c)
Grain
boundary (d)
Screwdislocation
Whifi one of the following statements is conect in the case of screw dislocations? Jog
(6 = Burgerls Veclor;
= lmaginary Vector)
(a) 5 is perpendicular to I (b) [ is parallel to I (c) b is inclined to t (d) 6 and i are non-coplaner and
Which one among the following is the most effective strengthening mechanism of nonferrous metal?
(a) Solid solution hardening (b) Slrain hardening (c) Grain size refinement (d) Precipitationhardening
i
non-
intersecting 27.
The Miller indices
of
respectively are:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
planes
A, B and C
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 11
\, CrystatsiruEture-Tg (a)
,{1 00)
(c) 33.
(1 1 1)
{b)
;{1
{d)
{1
101
;
01)
Whhh of the following are close-packed slruc{ures?
(a)
{c) Bcc
0 1) {a) (b) (1 1 1),{{0 1), (0 1 0) (0T-0), {1,1 1), {O
{a) 4 {c) B
Whbh one of lhe following crystal systems is : valid for gold?
tratrahedral bonding is characteristic
l
Which one of the following defects is 'schottky defect'?
{a) (b) (c) {d) .30.
(a)
ionic bonds
(b) (c) (d)
covalent bonds metallic bonds vander Waal bonds
Ccmpositionaldefect
and face centered cubic space lattices,
lnterstitialdefect
respectively, are
Surface detuct
(a) 1,2,2 (c) 2,3, 4
(a)
Stacking fault
(b)
Grain bouMary
36.
37.
Which
of the following statement are correct?
('!)
the regularity
(2)
the magnitude of the'interatomicspacing
{3|
the orientation of partictitar atomiq plandr'
relative to the
An allotropic material has
(a) Fixed structure at all temperatures (p) Atomsd'rstributed kr random pattern (c) Different crystal slructures at different ternperafure
Fixed structure
(b) 1,2, 4 (d) 2, 4,4
.
X-iay diffraction can be used to deduce
(d) Twinned boundary
but random
38.
atom
distribution
.atomic stacking in a
crystalfaces
.: --'
the electronic structure of the at'o.rns'
(a)
1,2, 3, 4
(b)-
1, 2
{c)
1,2,3
(d)'
1 only
ln the equation ni
= 2dsin0
Bragg's lavu the angle
g
(a) the angle lndices {x, y, z) for the hetched plane in below unit cell a.e r€presented as
of
(4)
Miller
the
of
The effective number of lattice points in ttre unit cell of simple cubic,.body centered cubic,
Surface impedeetions which separate two are mirror irnage of one
(d)
{b) 6 {d) 10
Vaancy defect
orientations- that another is cal'ed
31.
Diamond
{c) 11 1 1), (011), {o 0 1) (d) (1 1 1),{0 1€), {0 0 1) (a) Orttngonal (b) Cubic {c) Hexagonal (d) Triclinic 29.
Tetragonal
Thecoordination number of atoms in the roc* salt structwe shown next is
!-
28.
(b) {d)
HCP
;
'kr:iown aS
is
between the. incident
and
diffracted X-ray beams
{b)
,
(c)
the angle between the incident beam and
the normal to the diffracting planes the angle betraeen the incident beam and
the diffracting planes
{d)
angle between diffracting planes.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 12
1ie betueen [110] and [111] dirccfions in ::ubic system in degrees is:
a]:!-
46.
.The Miller inilitps of
dap
is
shown in fig
:l iir ,
44.
(
35
(c)
60
(b) m (d) 180
The linear density in atoms pei mm aloq [110] in FCC lridium with lattice constant 0-383B9 nm is
(a) 3.48 x,106 {c) 3.88 x 106 41.
.
(b) 3.68 x 1S (d) 4x 1ff:"
The linear density in atoms/mnr alorq
[111J in
BCC vanadium with lattice con$ant 0.3039 nm is
{a) (c) 42.
x
106
(b)
1.8 x Jff
3.8
x
106
(d)
4.8
8.$ x 16tz 9.$
x
16tz
(b) (d)
6.$
M.
,(c)
B.$
x
1013
x lgtz
(b)
x lgtz
20,81
x
1012
1.eg
48.
(d).'1.89x1013
plane in FCC gold with laltice constant = 0.40788 nm is (b) 1.56 1013 i;.:). 2.12 x 1013
..i5"
'
1.96
x
16ts
(d)
I 2)
(2
3
1)
The Miller indices of plane shown in fig
is:
13.9
x
(b) (33i) F)
r(r
s a)
The coordination number in the unit cell of SC, BCC," FCC and l-lCP respectivety are
(a) 6, .12; 12,8 (b) 8,6, 12, 12 (c) 6, 12, B, 12 (d) 6,8, 't2, 12
, tois
The plahai densityin atomS/mm2 for the (111)
(c)
(d)
(3
tagT). (c) (13l)
= 0.40788 nm is 1.49
(c)
(a)
The planar density in atoms/mm2 for the (110) plane in FCC gold with lattice constant
(a)
(b) e73,,
x 1d
The planar density in atoms/mm2 along (111) in BCC chromium with latticecmstant0.28S46 nm is
(4., (c,t 43.
2.8
47.
(al (1 1 3)
DIRECTIONS; The tollowing ilems consrsts of
two
stafements; one labelled as 'Asserfion (A)' and the other as'Reason (ry'. You are to examine thesafuo slalements carefutty .and select tlrc answers to these items usinq the codes given belw: Codes:
(a)
1012
Both A and R are true and R is the coned
explanation of A
The Miller indices of crystal direction B is:
(b)
Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is fatse (d) A is false but R is true
49. {a} (c)
tl6
6l
t0611
(b) (d)
16
6
il
[0 6 6]
I
Asse_rtion (A): Carbon would form
an
interstitial solid solution with iron.
.
Reason (R): The atomic radius smaller than that of carbon.
t
i T
I
of
iron is
I t
t
I
I
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 13
Crystal 50.
(4:
ebmerie are ctassified'into mebts and nonmetals on the basis of their
Assertion' (A): Poly-crystalline material is stronger than ordinary one.
atomic weighb.
Reason (R): Crystals in Poly-crystalline
Realon (R): The valdnce electron stnrctures
materid hlare different orientatiors witr respect to each other-
Esgertion
contribute to the primary bonding between the atoms to form aggregates.
Assertion (A): Natural crystals 51.
Assertion (A):_.'Most of the materials exist in singb crystal.;' Reason{R): Sugar isa single cry$al mabrial.
always contain
defecb-
Reason (R): The defects may affect colour and can make a crystal a valuaUe gem.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
-e
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 14
.
4A MalerialScience
:
AltswE*'*="
"
ixe,
'-
-.
1-
(c)
12.
(b)
23-
(d)
v.
(b)
2.
(b)
13.'
(b)
24-
(c)
35.
O)
3.
(d)
14.'
(b)
25.
(c)
36.
(b)
4.
(b)
15.
(c)
(b)
37..
{c)
s-
(c)
16.
T
(c)
(d)
38.
(c)
(b)
3e.
(a)
40. (b)
6.
(a)
17.
(c)
2e 28.
:-
{a}
7-
(P)
18.
(b)
n.
8.
(c)
le.
3{r. (d}
41.
(c)
G)
e.
(b)
20.
(c)
42.
(d)
10"
(b)
21.
(d)
43.
(c)
11.
(c)
22.
u.
(d)
(c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (a)
45.
(a)-
,16.
(c)
47. (a) 48, (q) 4s. (q)
s0.
(d)
sl.
(d)
,'52.
(1)
s3. (b)
r:, ;:
:' a:
E
*
st t
* I' ):-
J. a.
I $ f,
B:
x E
E[
B !i
3 fr
E
E:
lr
& H
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
r
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 15
s ?
:o
Phase Diagram and Heat Treatnrent
1.
Eutectoid reaclion occurs at
Martensite
(a)
600'C
{b} 773"C
carbon in
(c).
114'C
id) 1493"
ListJ
A. A. C. D.
rn
:h
;
List-l
F+ypo+utecloil $eel Hyper-aftectoid steel Hypo:eutectic cast iron Hyper-zutectic cast iron
ts
ABCD {ala 3 (b)1 3 (c)4 1 {d)1 2
r) nd
tic
ant
3"
2 4 2 3
2.O
-
4.3
rnsite
4.
2. , 3.
1
2
4.
3
form a new solid
'
to
,
Two metais are completely soluble in liquid state and completely insolubb in solid state Two metali, soluble in solid and
liquirl
..
3 3 1
transformation of
ta) {c)
t.
{a)
combines with one solid to form a second new solid
(b) (c)
Solldifies into two different solids
ard anottrer l(uid
'l
Cementite Fenite
(b) (d)
Pearlite
Au$enite
lncrease of ferrite phase in steel irrcreases
Duing perltectic solidificatkrn, one liquid
ore solid
4 2 4 2
T.T.T. diagram indicaies tirne and ternperature
_
{d) ' {onm one s
One liquid and'another solid cornbine
ABCD (a)2 3 (b)4 1 (c) 2 1 (d)4 3
a
ln a eutectic system; two elements aie
frrrms
One liquid decomposes into arr*her liqrid
Codes:
Which one of the following sets of constituehts
(a) lnsoluble in solirJ and.liquid;state' (b) Sohrble liWid statel . (c) Soluble in sotid'State (d) lnsoluble in liquid-state 5.
Monotectic sysbm
state,
4
completely -
enite
Peritectic system
and solid
(a) Fenite dnd peadite (b) Cementite and pearlite (c) Ferrite.and bainite (d) Cementite and mirensitb ".' '
ered
C. D. 1.
hypereutectoid steel from austenitib state?
g.
lsomorptror.rssystem
0.02-0.8
is expected in equilibrium eooling of
rzld Eh-
A
List{l
2. 4.
-
Codes:
:c
30n
6.67 0.8 - 2.O 4.3
alpha
Match List-l {Pfiae diagram) with List{l (Charactaristic) ard sebct ttre aorffil ansvier using the codes given betow-ttp lisb:
List-ll
1. 3.
solution of
(b) bdairon (d) delb imn
iron {c} gamma iron (a)
-Makfr Lishl{Nqme of material} with List ll {% Carton.rarggl)1ard sdect the conect a{lsil,er rx;irg S€ €odps gr\Ae bery the {is6:
)
is a supersaturated
10.
(a)
Strength
(c)
Dnctility
(b) {d)
Hardness BritUeness
The eutectoid of carbon in iron, above.louer critical temperature, when cooled, results in
(a) Ferrite and austenite (b) Ferrite and cementite (c) Cementite and austenite (d) Ferrite, cementite aM austenite
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 16
56 11.
Materialscience
List.! (Fe-Fe3C Phase
Match
{c)
Oiagram
Characteristic) with List-lt (Phase) and select fie mnect ansuer using the codes given below
(d) all the above the three are coned
.the lists:
A. Alpha (a) iron B. lron carbide having crystal lattice C.
Which one of the following elemenb b an austenitic itabitizeA
14.
List-l
BCCr pure allotrope of iron is stable betWeen 1388"C & its melting point at 1535'C
Chromium (b) Tungsten (c) Nickel (d) MolyManum
.(a)
-15.
Which on'eof thefollowirgelementsisafenitic..
stabilizeilP
(a) Nickel (c) Copper
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4.
6
iron
Eutectic with 3 iron and 1 carbon atom
(a)
Cementite
(c)
3
(d)
1
2
A. Martenbite 1. B. Very fine pearlite 2. C. Fine pearlite 3. D. Coarse pearlite 4.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Water quenchec
Air cooled Furnace cooled
13.
Eutectic phase Hypo-eutectic mixture Eutectoid mixture Hyper-eutecticphase
stiatement is wroog?
(a)
corretates the microstrffire and propert'res of steet and cast iron
CD .23 14 41 34
(b)
indicates the phase changes manning during heating and cooling
(c) is
made by plotting temperature percentage along x-axis an-d carbon
percentiage alorg y axis
(d) is the correcl 19.
statement?
Pearlite in iron-carbon system is a
.,
phase
lron-carbon equilibrium diagram which
18.
Oil quenched
Wtrich one of the following
(a)
Phase diagram provides the informatiori on how rapidly equilibrium is rea$ed
diagram is
Codes:
2
The phase may be tiquid or vapour with
Pearlite phase in an iron-carbide
17.
List-ll
List-l
3
function of
ordered crystal structure'
1
answer using the codes given below the lists:
3
a
composition, temperature and pressure-
of C,ooling) with List-ll (Cooling Medium) and select the correct
4
Chromium
does not give amont of
phases which are
Match List-l {Effect
AB {a)1 (b) 2 (c) 2 {d) 1
irtanganese.
Characteristic of any series of alloys cannot be fouM be phase diagran.
(b) Phase diagram
Codes:
12"
(b) {d)
The correct statement;ls
16.
Fenite stable below 910"C
ABC {a)4 2 {b}3 4 .(c) 4 2 {d) 3 1
eutectic mixture.of fenib and cernenfrte at room temperature
phase consisting of fenite and cementite at room temperature
(b) mechanical mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperature
all of the above
lf a
particular FeC alloy contains less than 0.83% carbon, it is called
(a) High speed steel (b) hypoeutectoidsteel (p) hypereutectoidsteel (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
"
cast iron
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
2
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 17
tr r
Phase Diagram and HeatTreatment
t r
ir.
iO. ' - Gibb's phase rule is giyen
by
.
5:
..
{a)
- nurnber of components P - number of phases) (a) F=C+P (b) F=C+?-Z (c) F=C-f.-2 {d) F=C-P+2 C
(b)
(c)
,
(lEtreftglh of the metal increases but ductility decreases
tb)
Ceramic materials have tong range
List-l (Heat treatment) with List-lt (Effect on the propertieqland select the
electron matrix bond
correct answer using the codes given below
fr.
Match
the lists: List-l
According to Gibbs' phase rule, the number of degrees of freedom of an eutectic point in a binary system is
(a)
{c) 23,
ch nd
ing
A. B.
metals
because of weak electrostatic bond
)e
1
(b)
2
o
,(d)
3
D. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Which one of the following faclors is more relevant to represent complete solubility of tvro metals in each other?
(b)
A/alency factor
(c)
Crystal structure factor
)on
:har;
-
;
-
-.
:
:
Valency
2
and
4 only
(d) 1,2,3 aN
4
lncreases surface hardness lmproves ductility
1
2
3
.'4
.-Ma*ri.ires.tooteglderalays are usuallpharclened blA-
(i)'vacuuin'hardening
Chemicalaffinity
1,
lmproves the hardness of the wfiole mass
:
Relative size
of two metals in each other in the sdU state?
{c)
Refined grain structure
ABCD: .(a).4 .3 2 4 {b)1. 3 1 {c).-4.-- 2 27
Which of tlrcse factorsgovern relatiue sokrbility
'
Ncrmalising
Codes:
Cryslal structure
(a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only
Nitriding
.'i0:"2-'.'t .'3
Consider the fotkrwing:
1. 2. 3" 4.
ure
Annealing
ListJl
{d) Relative size factor 24.
increase
Smrctur#-of rnetallic comists of doms havirg valerrce of S,fi or 7
(d) Ceramics are weaker than
22:
both strength and ductility of the metal
{a)
I
h
both strength and ductility of the metai decrease
repeating molecules ,f
strength of the metal decreases but ductility increases
Wttich:oreoti tte'fulow+r€ is true?
I
,f
!..
irrcreases,
{F = number of degree of freedom
21.
.
When the temperature of a solid metal
.
(b.)
- mSte'Tp.erins
'(q) iol
28.
.
induct'tqn'hardgling
flame'harde
'!:
Guideways of lathe beds are hardened by
(a) (b) (c) (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
carburizing cyaniding
nitriding
..
-
flame hardening
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 18 l. t t
Heating the hypoeutectoid steels to 3OrC above the upper'uiticat temperature line, soaking at the temperature and then cooling slowly to room temperature to form a pear{ite and ferrite-stroeture, is kncrurn as
Itletstr:tist-r=ft
rilff xrTn'',rlFr
{a) Hardening (b) Normalising (c) Temperirg (d) Annealing ;
30.
iffi#d
Assertlon (A) : Normalized steel will have louerrhardness than anneated steel.
;: ' i!.
ii, :;.1
l
(a)
Both A and R are tue and R is the conect explanation of A
(b)
Both A and R are true but R is not correct. explanation of A
(c) (d)
A is true but R is false
:li1
'.!,, ;::: rlj -!
31.
I
Oil
(a) (b) (c)
Water Brine
32.
{d) 2
c
D
2
1
3
4
2
4
q
1, 2, 3, 4
:I,t*:;1,*,1n,.,*1
(b) 2, 1, 3,4 (d) 4, 3, 2,
EffecG on mediufl
Nsrrndisins
1
: r;,,*n.;i* :T:l ::t] 2 , ::l,H,H-,
'Tgmpering' of,quenched martensitiC Steel is necessary. to improve the
(a) hardness of the metal (b) surface texture of the metal (c) corrosion resistance of the metal (d) ductility of the metal. nt
AB 3 4 e I 3 r
hardness of steel undergoing heat
(a) '1, 3, 2, 4
(c)
*.
Codes:
The correct sequence of these media in order
of increasing treatment is
1*^n,.
:. fl',*I'H,",.
a
A is fatse but R is kue
2. 3. Water + NaOl{ 4-
i
:
Comider the following quenching media:
1.
il il l:
.r
List.il
Rea3bn (R) : Thepearlite of normalized steel is finer and has.lower intermolecular space.
structure
:n^^ar*rooO,rl llnu'*nnn which
of
,r^-''"'9 :
matched?
Primary ot{ect of full annealing is to
{a)
1 and
(a) lrrcrease toughness and yield point {b) Reduce ductility and resilience (c) Remove foreign impurities and improve
(c)
3
37.
Decreased ductilitY Maximum softness
Fairs given zbovo cnffec above erp are correctlY
a
(b) 2 ana s Austernperi.^ (d) 1, Z, 3 aod 4 (a) looo/ s ts ernPloyed to obtain and
4
surface finish
(d) 34.
(c) So,r ""'ttc I;r,,1,*.':[::::
lncrease ductility and machinability
structure
o*,jLt',unsitic structUre
Glcbular form of cementite in the structure of
an.d
50% trainiti
steel is obtained through :i i.t
ii
(a) Normalising (b) Malleabilising (c) Spheroidising (d) Carburizing
:
lt
J
www.dream2gate.co.in
il. *lli',:arri c structure d;:.':[]ins statements a :: ti
38.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 19
'v
t I t
Phase Diagram and Heit Treatrnent
3
I
[' i
(1) . lt can bequench-hardened brdndcase-
I I
hardened
i I
I I
(2)
lt cannot be quench-hardened h.* casehardening can be done
(3)
lt exhibitsdistinct yield po'nt underbnsion test
I t
'
i I
:
I lg.
4.
Which of thesq$aternents are correct?
i I
(a) 1and|,i {c) 'i1 and 3' 39.
(b) 2ard3 (d) 1,2and3
(a)
Machinability
(c)
Rtctility
(b) (d)
Toughness Weldability
Match List-l (Quenchirg media) with List-ll (Structure produced) and select the conect ansr4er using tte code given belcw the lisb:
List-l
List-ll
.e
A. Iryater B. Oir C. Air D. Furnace cooling
Consider the foltowiog staiesrents:
Assertion {A)
lsothermal anrrealing is mainly used in alloy steels.(o improve.
:
Carburizing is done on nonfenous altoys to irrcrease the surface
hardness.
Reason (R) : Precipitation hardening of nonferrous alloys involves solution heat treatment folhwed by precipitation heat
1. L 3. 4.
Coarse .pearlite Martensite Very fine pearlite
Fine pearlite
Codes:
ABCD '
treatment.
(b)2 3 (c)''1 4 (d) 2 4
Of these statements
(a)
Both A and R are true and R is the conect
explanation of A
(b)
'8oth A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) (d) 40"
(d) 41.
A is tru€ but R. is false A is false tut R is true
Tempering is a process of annealing
{a) {b) (c)
|
45.
martensite at low ternperatures
-
at higher temperatwes .
Percentage carbon
tle conect ansvrer using the code given betow : -
ui
1.
Water
3.
Brine
(b) 2and3only (d) 1, 2 and 3
Which one of the following mediums is used for the fastest cooling rate of sleelquenching ?
(a) Air
(b)
oir
2-
lce
solution 4.
Oil.
,
Consider the tollorrving statements regarding
anrealing process:
1. 2.
Allstrudural imperfections are removed.
3.
Cooling can be done
Work size
Select
42.
Consider the following:
Quenching media
(a) 1 and2only (c) l and3only
1
{a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2,3 and 4 only (c) 1 and 4 only (d) 4 only 46.
Which of the following factors influence
1. 2. 3.
2
in case of Alloy steels?
-
bainite at low temperafures
hardness in a plain carbon steel?
1
Which of these iJare rced as quenching media
martensite at higher temperatures
bainite
4 3 3
The hypo-eutectoid steel is heated to about 50 - 70'C below upper critical br+Frature
in heat treating
furnace, by heating it, keeping the rnetal
in it and tuming off furnace till it cools to room ternperature.
4.
Uniform grain structure is resulted.
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) 1,2 and 3 only (b). 2, 3 and 4 only (c) 1;' 3 and 4 ordy (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 20
r
60
t
MattihalsEience
t
.
l
l. t.
47.
Q.
During heat treatrnent of steel, the hardness of various structures in increasirig order is
(a)
martensite, fine peadite, coarse .spherodite
(b) fine pearlite, rnartensite,
2.
austempering
R.
3.
Martempering
spherodite,
Hardness
globular structure
4.
are reducrd
5.
of steel gr€atty irnproves
Carbon is absorbed into the
with
metal
cyaniding
(a) (c)
tempering
From the lists given below, choose the most appropriate set of heat treatrnent process and the coresponding process characterislics Process
Characteristics
P.
1.
Tempering.
Both hardness and brittleness
coarse pearlite, fi ne pearlite,
(a) annealing {b) (c) normalising {d) 49.
Cementite is converted into
martensite 48.
!
martensite
martehsite, coars€ pearlite, fine pearlite, sphdrodite
{A) qrcraiite,
'
mnverted into
pearlitre,
coarse pearlite
(c)
Austenite is
50.
Austenite is converted into bainite
R-5 -(b) p4, e.3, R-2 P4, Q-1, R-2 (d) P-i, Od, R-4 P-3, Q-1,
The main purpose of spheroidising treatment is to improve
(a) hardneability of low carbon steels (b) macfrinability of low carbon steels (c) hadenability of high cafioh sbets (d) machinability of high carbon steels
AN.SWER KEY (b)
fa) 3:
(b)
4:
(b)
,
:
5. (a) '. 6, (4,' 7. . (d) :
e-
(d)
:'
:
ic)'
'
37. (b) 38. ' (b)
46.
(c)
47.
(d)
3e.
(d)
48.
(b)
40.
(a)
4e"
(c)
41.
(d)
50.
(d)
42.
(d)
43.
ta)
44.
(b)
4s.
Id)
i':^-
i; r-
i: a-"
I 7:
g
h E E
* *
E
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 21 b
t,te
riifs
Struh qeigrefers to over-struining of metols
of c speciql mognifying gloss contoinirg O gruduoted scole in millimeter. tlsing this ildentotion diometer volues hordress is reod fium the toble supplied with tle testing unit. The hardness is given os Brinell hordnass nmber. This tesier is portoble ond it is o quick tnethod of meosurino Brinell hordness of o vorietv of metols ond olloys, such os steels cost irons nonferrous metoli ord their
os a furrtion of time. Anoverstroined rnetal in
the stote of plostic deformotlon, if ollowed to age (i,e. rest), ottoins the situotion of upper yield point.
. '
Stroin ageing is olso'known os stroin o9ehordening os the metal hordens due to enlanrr.l stress-j
A rretollic spegimen t.estel in tension; when unloodsd
slh6. {
{
6otd workirrgr:- When o moteriol is plosticolly
deformed ,to get
cold working.
i
-Hordness Test . Poldi
.
The principle of Poldi hordness
testirg is done "by.the opplicotion of loodon the srr,r,irrlen orid o siondord test bor in o lireor direction through o speciol Erinell boll indenter of trO mm diometer by o hommer$low. The size of indentction obtoinzd is on the test bor ond the work-pieredepetds on their tvcrdness. The diometer of impressions on the test bar ond thot on the specirnen ore meosu red by meons
o desired
shope
of
o
temperoture which is less thon 0.4 times of melting point of motericl, then it is terrfied os
:
looks some os the normal Rockwetl hordness testel, the loodirg ond depth meosuring systems are dtfferent. Working is olso the some os for normol Rockruell hordness tes'ier. In this case the minor " lood hos beea reduced to 3 kgf ond mojor lood con beof 15,30 or 45 kgf. The iMenter's geometry is the same os in normol Rockwell 'hor:dnesi tester, buf becouse of 'the' shol low depth of penetrotion coused by lighter loods the indenterc in superficiolRockwall hordness tester must be shoped with gr,eoter precision. . Thesa'ore known os 'N' Brole indenterc. ,SuFlf iciol Rockwel I hordness tester is usef ut thin moteriols superficiollv hordened ' for mqferiols or tests requirino on exceptionoltv sniirll indentotion for one or the other recson.
>
earbide
of oluminium ond stoinless stu.ls,long glass rodsore mode due to this properties
In this tester
o
Dianond > goron nitride > Eoron carbide Twgsten '
e.9., Ultrof ine grained olloys
Superficiol Rockwell Hordness Test
.
t'lor&ress votue of diffeeent moteriols ore os shown below:
It
results in good srrfoce finish,
higher stresses involw clue. to stroin' hordenirg.
{
l-lot working: When o rnoteriol is plosticolly deformed to get o desired shope ot o temperoture urhkh is higrlrer tl.ron0S times of melting point of rnateriol, then it is termed os hot workirg. It results in poor surfoce f inish, lower stresses involve due to softening of moteriol.
1
, Technofogicot froperty:
Technologicol
properties ore those properties tlrot opply during monufocfuring ond formirg processes using metol. e.9., Molleobility; Mochinobility; . Weldobility; Costobility; ond Ductility
{ < { { {
.
At higher stress or ot higher temproture, the totol stroin is lorge ord creep frocture occurs in lpsser time. The durotion
of three creep stoges olso very.
Bi-lutodutus Moteriol A moteriol, whose stress-stroin diogrom hos different slopes in tension ond compression, is known os bi-modulus moteriol. Such o moteriol possesses uneguol vtlues of Young's moduli in tension ond compression. Cost iron is not o bi-modulus moteriol'while
the elostomer ond wood moy keep bi-moduli chorocter.
www.dream2gate.co.in s
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
-
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 22
632
i,iiaterial Science 18.
QUSSTIOIVS 1"
Failure due
to
deformation is
excessive
Fracture toughness decreases with
controlled Oy
(a)
(a) Material properties (b) 'Design and Dirnensions (c) ebth i (d) l.lore i
lncreasing strain rate
(c)
lncrease in yield strength
(d)
lncrease in grain size
19.
for ceramics is in the range of X T..
controlled by
(a) 0.14.2 (c) o3{.5
(aI
Yield
(c)
Young's rnodulus
strength (b) (d)
Tensile strength
All
(a)
Fracture
(b)
Fdigue
{c)
Buckling
{d)
Geep
(b) {24.3 {d).. o.il.7
(a) 1d (c) m?
{b)
1d
(d)
10e
Cleavage fracture appears
Creep rate in tertiary stage
(b) Drl {a) Bright {c) Difficult to identify (d) I$one
{a) Decreases (c) lncreases
{a) (c)
13.
HCP
fracturebecause '.. (a) (b) (c)
,
No warning sign
Crack propagates qt ve'ry f,ign speeds
''
Brckling
{b) Creep
Fatigue
(d)
Ail
(a)
iltltteE
(c) '
Polymers
23.
(b) Ceramics (d) SemicoMtrctors 24.
whiffire
No need for extra slress during.'crilci<..
nraterial
' (a) Fiactures (b) &velope craeks
rut
.Ci.
-
Fracture voids usually form at
,(a)
lnclusions
{b) (c)
Second phase
Grain boundary triple pornts
(d)
Ail
partides
.
. ''
.. .'.
'
.
Becomes
plastic
(d)
Rugure. 2s.
Matefiats that normally undergo creep are
- '-. . '- (a). Metals at room temperature ..- ..
:
. .(b) lr,letals at high temperature (q)
.
!_.ow
melting point materiats
(d). .High melting point materiaJs
Fracture toughress is measured in terms of
(a)
n.
Yield strength of the materials is the stress at
15.
propagation
(d)
(b) Constant (d) tlone
Among the following types of materials which one has the highest modulus of elasticity?
Brittle fracture is more dangerous than ductile
21.
Most often machine components fail by
(a) (c)
(b) Bcc (d) r\bne
FcC
20.
Fatigue strength fo, nonlf"rrous materials is defined at stress cycles
fail in ductile mode
7.
(b)
Failure duei to excessive deformation is
Usually materials with following crystal structure
6.
lncreasing temperature
Ductile to BrittleTransition Temperature (DB1-l-) -
Tirne dependent yield is knoYrn as
4.
.
17-
Strain energy rehase rate
{b) Stress concentration (c) Both (d) Mre
factor
-
Creep curve is a plot
of
{a) (b) (c)
Strain versus temperature
Id)
Elastic moduls versus ternperature
www.dream2gate.co.in
Strain versus time
Stress versus strain
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
26.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 23
Mabriah 83.
.Physical, il,lecfianical Properties and Tegting of Among the foltowing materlais, which one has the highest hardness?
18.
{a) (c)
Steel Cast lron
(b) (d)
n.
(a)
Copper
{a)
Ttre presence of impurities
(b) -?resence
of
'
28,.
cracks
f-ow-tonOt;trength
Time dependent defcrmat'rcn
20.
in
which tlre
(d)
material doe's not Fecover its original dimenskrn is cdled
(b) Plasticity (d) Anelasticity
{a) Elasticity (c) Viscoelasticity
29.
good fatigue resr.stance material, theslope of the S-N curve is
{a) High (c) Low Which
(b) (d)
highest
(b) Fracture (d) nr -
The area under'tl're stress-skain curve gives
24"
(a) .Haidne6s.- . ' {c)
".Oueiniti
q.*, hlld-nqs
25.
-
.' ' -or
ieef
,
{b)
bugnress
(d)
Elasticity
primarily. depends on
€)
Mgtnou of;manu{acture
(bi"
Heat heaiment.empby€d
-'- '
(c)'.'Shape of caibidesaird thbir distributkrn in . 'iron ""
(d)
Percentage of carboir
Resistance to scre*chipg Resistance to machinirg .r'
(cI
Talc
:
Quart
(b) (d)
Corundun Topaz
B0o0
(b) 12m0 (d) 4000
,
Approximate Brinell hardness number for talc is
(a) (c)
1
$1o
(b) (d)
2 2G30
The property wtrich enables metals into wire is known as
(a) (b) (c) (d)
to be
dawn
Malleability Ductility Straining
Plastic deformation
ln.BrineH hardness testing the minimunr thickness of tfre specimen should &e
(a) less than 5 times the depth of impession (b) hss than 10 times the depth of impression (c) thickness of specimen has no relevance
' .'
tg the depth of impression
Malleability is the property of metals known as
{a) (b) lrrlechanical property (c) Technol.ogical property
deformatkrn
(a) 15m0
(b) Magnesium (d) Aluminium
.
b
l,lore
The failure of a material due tocreep is normally called
(a) Faiture (c) Ruplure
Resistairce
Ivledium
specificgravity?
23.
to sllding
Vickerb hardness number for diamond could be of the order of
of the following me{als has
{a) kon (c) Copper
30.
Resista'noe
Whbh of the following is the hardest?
(a) (c)
fora
21.
Hardness is
{a) (b) {c)
{cFRise intemierature
{
with temperature
(b) by providing scatches on the surfme (c) by poviding notcfies (d) by understressing the material
Silicon Carbide
Brittle fracture occurs in materials due to
{9.
The fagitue strength of materids increms
(dl
more than 10 times ttre depth of irtpression
Magnetic property
(d)
Thermalproperty
ln
Srinell hardness testing the time of loading
is
(a) {c)
1 second
5 seconds
www.dream2gate.co.in
{b) (d)
15tl30seconds 15 seconds
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 24
:O
Materialscience Whidr of he fotorving is a nondestructive test?
lrrcreasing order of hardness
(a) (b)
Charpy test
(a)
Talc, quarE, topaz;diamond
X-rayted
p)
Talc, quarE, diamond, topaz
(c) . Tensile tmt
(d)
(c) Talc, diamond, quaftz,lopz (d) Talc, diamond,lopaz, quarlz
Cupping test
Slow plastic deformation of metals under a constani stress is known as
(a) F,atiUue (b) ffiurancefailure (c) Grdualdeformation (d) ceep 37.
(c)
ii
10.
krpwn as
28.
(c)
(c)
2e.
(b)
{d)
11. 12.
(c)
30.
(d)
(a)
13"
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
(d)
15.
{c)
7.
(d)
16.
(b, c)
(c)
(b)
undergo
deformation under ten6ion without rupture is
(d)
5. 6. B. e.
Broneze
AN5WER KEY
3
(c)
Copper
(a) Mechanicalstrength (b) Stiffness (c) Toughness (d) Ductility
(a) Carbon csrtent (b) Chemical composition {c) Grain size (d) Preserrce of alloying elements
3. 4.
Magnesium
(b) (d)
The capacity of a material {o
Jhe maxirnum harden&iligof any steeldepends
(c)
specific gravity?
(a|-€asliron
on
1. 2.
Which of the following metals has ttxi lorrres
17. 18.
{a) {d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
37. 38. 3e. 40.
(a)
(a)
(c)
(d)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 25
't I
t. i
' Alloys n
(
+
In
(
This is an anti friction material.
)y
h
Latest is tlre metal flouro.plastic materialwtrcre a thin porous bronze layer (0.3mm) is filled with a mixture of flouro flastic and molybderumdisutfide.
n
Metals with extremely high melting point. Tfuy are Niobium, Mo, W, Ta. ilelti.ngLpoint rafige frofl1
.{2500
l. + S,
-
Puie zinc is relatively soft,'weak and brittle at room temperature. lt is tterefore difiicult to cold
hdts ardntried pips.
3400"). {W) hasnighe6tan-.goffiaffi-C.
Arnaior qse of
is in prcvilirg a cmting, knor,rnr
aslalvanisirg, for"mrFmix potection on fenqrs
high temperature.
ma{eriats.
t-ksed
as
a
I I
oyirg*lenren ts i n'sieel f or improv rq i
M+-altoy are used in extrusion dies, space
Zinc Attoys
(
vehicles, incandescent light fllaments, x-ray fubes.
W-alloys are in making welding electrodes. Tantalum alloys are immune to chemical attack in all environments below 1 50"C.
(
These alloys are used extensively in @ucts sudr as fuel pumps, grills for automobiles, components of household appliances suct as vaq"um cleaners, washing machines, ptrctoengraving prts etc.
Very fine grained 78o/o Zn + 22Yo Al sheet is a 'comrrpn example of srper plastic lnc alloy.
NOTE (
lrrc
Ttese trave trigh st{€ngth and hardrress at very
various properties.
'e
VariousTypes 93
{n tt$s form, it is used fu$attery caes and roofing and provUes corrosion resistance due to the forrnatbn of a dense protective srfaceJayer. Zktc is dso used Jgr sacrikial anodes to pmbct ship's
5.9 REFRACTORY I{ETALS
(
and its
:
The percentage composition of alloy given in
"t"pt",
may have variation of t(2-3\o/oin other books,
;o
e %
d )/"
rd
"e
3. ld
!c
,d
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 26
94 , Material Science
ln low carbon steels, presence d
18lB stainless3eel contains
quantities ulphur improves
(a)
(a) 18% stainless, 8% ctromium (b) 187o chromium, B7o nickel (c) 187o turgsten, 8% nickel
O) Furnd*y
Weldability
{c) l'iacninaOitity
{O)
HryUebbdtrty
(di
Consider tte fotto*ing statement* I
18% tungsten, S% drromium*
Addition,bf silicon to cast iron
1. 2. 3. 4.
i-
Tin base
Prgmotes graphite moduhformalim
Prornotesgraphite flake{ormatisr
lmproves the ductility of cast hon
Of these statements:
Alloy steel wtrich is wqk hardenable and which is used to make he blades of bulldozers, hrcket wheel excavalgrs and other earth moving equipment contain iron, carbon and
Match List-l(Alloy )with List-ll (Use) and select the correct answer using the codes give below
(a) Chromiuun (b) (c) Manganese (d)
lists:
List-l
A. B. C. D.
i
1. 2. 3. 4.
of alloying elernents in steel are
Hadfield manganese steel
matched?
Constantan
1.
MolyMenum
:
conectly
Forms abrasion resisting
Babbitt alloy
particles
Listll
Phosphorous : lrnproves machinability in
Bearing
free cutting steels
Thermocouple
Cobalt : Contributes to hot hardnss by
Wire nails
hardenirg fenite
4.
Sulldozer blades
.
Silicon Reduces oxidation resistance"
........:
Which of these statementsa re correct? B
c
D
(a)
1
2
3
4
(b)
-3
4
1
2
(c)
3
2
1
4
(d)
3
4
2
1
4 (c) 1,2 ard 3 (a) 2,3
and
-(b)
1,
'
-
3,and-4 . ....
'.: -(dL 1','f and 4.
Match List-l (Alloying elerient. in ste'etl wiifr List-tt (Property conferred'on steel by'the element) ard select the conect arfswer using the codes given below the lists:
Addition of magnesium to cast iron increases
List-l
its
(b) (c) (d)
Magnesium
Which of the following pairs regarding the effect
A
(a)
Silicon
Low carbon steel
Codes:
4.
ars
(a) Large sudace rrr,ear (b) Elevated ternpeg-!,ure (c) Light load and pressure (d) High pressure.and load,
lncreases-the fluidity of the molten metal
(a) 1 and 4 are correct (b) 2 and3 are correct (c) 1 and 3 are correct (d) 3 and 4 are correct
the
vYhite nretals
bearings are subjected to
.A
-Hardness
Nickel
Ductility and strength in tension
B.
Chromium
Corrosion resistance
c.
Tung$en.
Creep strength
.D.
www.dream2gate.co.in
Silicon
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
.
i
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 27
v Alloys_4nd its Various
:"
t
.
tl
r. List{l
1. 2. 3. 4.
f
t I
12.
Magneticpermeability
(b)
Cop'p,er and
Heat resislance
.(c)
Aluminium. and copper
(d)
Copper and nickel
Hardenability
13.
ABI
{a) 88% Cu, 10% Sn, ?/o Zn - {b, 8o06 cu, 1ff/,27,10% Al (c) B5% Cr,, 57. lvlg, lflo Al {d) 85% Cu, 5% Sn, lOYo Pb 14. The correct sequerre of uilments.of
3
{a) W,iC1 V (c) Cr, Ni, C i
List-l
15.
Chromel
p)
Mo, Cr, V
(d)
Cu, Zn, Sn
Assertion {A) : The machinability of
Steels'. '
Babbit alloy
Reason (R) : Sulphur in steelforrns manganese sulphide irrclusion which helps b produce thin ribbon like continuous chip.
Nimonb alloy High speed steel
16.
Journal bearing
Match List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (Application) and setect the conect an$r/er using the codes given
$elow the lists:
Milling cutter
List-l G-as
turbine-blades
.
r
GoCes:
A
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 2
"I
,) )
11"
BCD 142 412 413 143
A. B. C.
Silbon $eel High cirbon steel
Hiqh sDeed steel
.D ...tvtoret'mtial
" ".
.Liit+.
..
..:1. - Marirebearirps
' 3.' ..
Addition of vanadium to steel results in
.
'.
..
Sorinos' J
4.
frahifoimbr r t s. .g vr. rv.. 'Codes: r
l+tminarions .e Mra tI tqvr
improvementof
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Heat-treatability byquenching Hardenability Fatigue strength
A B C ..D (a)1234 (b)4231 (c) 4 3'2 (d) 1 i'2 4' 1
Resistance to oxidation at elevated temperature
stee}s
improves by adding srlphur to obtain so called 'Free Machining '
List-ll
4.
1S-4-1
ItSS fool is
given below the lists:
1. 2.
lnc
Gunmetal, wtrich is used in journal bearings,
Match List-l {A}loys) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct answer using the codes
A B. C. D.
.
coltains
cD
{a)4132 (b)4 1 2 (c)1432 {d)1423 10.
of
Conosion resistance
C6des:
I
:Monel.metal is an dloy
Types 95
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 28
m MaterialScience , Matd Lbt{ @lhrylng Element) wiffijst{t (Effect on $eel) and select the corect answer using the codes given below the lists:
17.
Consider the fotlowing stalements:
1.
Lisl{
2.
A' Vanaditrn B. illolybdenum C. Silicon -: .p
D.
1. 2. 3. 1.
-Cffonrit
3. .
n
Cast lron has poor ability to damp vibatims.'
Cast lron parts are suitable
where permanent deformation is prefened over
fracture.
LiH{I
Which of these statements idare
{ocreases endurance $rength
{a) 1,2and3 . {c) 3 only
lnrprores creep properties lncreases hardness lncreases resistance to high temperature
:21.
oxidation
I
Cast lron has higher comprssive SerErSt compared to that of steel.
conect?
(b) 1and3 (d) 2 only
I
I
Match List-(Cohposilion) with List-ll (Application) and select tfre conect ansrrcr usirg
the codes given below the lists:
18.
ABCD (aI 2 1 (b)1 3 (c)2 1 {d)1 2 Match
List-l
3 4 2 4 4 3 4.3
:
List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (major
Constituent) and select the conect-amwer using
.tte.mdes
given below the lists:
Lbt+ A Babbit B. h\rar C. Gun Metal D. Dualumin
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4.
Nickel
Tin and lead Aluminium
C.4per
Co&:
ABCD (a)z 4 1 (b)3 1 4 (c) 2143 (d)3 4 1 19.
3
-2
A" B. C. D.
Commercial bronze \1oo/oZn) Red brass (15%Zn),
Aluminium brass (22% Zn2o/o N) P-bronze (11% tin, small amount of P)
List-ll
1. 2. 3. 4
Radiator
Spring metal Forging and stamping Power plant and,chemical equipment
(a)
2
tdt tc)
2
(d)
3
3
what is the:
combination of materials used for the
Whidr of the following materials is used in the manufacture of extrusion nozzles?
(a) Grey cast iron (b) Malleable cast iron , (c) While ca'st iron
screr,v:
and the nut?
(a) Cast iron screw and mild steel nut (b) earbon steel screwand phosphorbronze nut
(c) (d)
' (d) Nodular cast iron www.dream2gate.co.in
.
BCD 413 142 143 412
ln case of power screws, 2
'
@des:
A
Cast iron screw and cast iron nut Aluminium screw and ailoy
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I I
I
Codes:
:
I
steel nut
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 29
v Alloys and its Various Types .
Wnii*r ofre of tfre foltoulng
Effitr/"lffi
30.
exhi bits seasoo oacking?
{a) Ttey have excellent embeddability
Vrbration danprng in mactfirery is best achieved
by rneans of base structures made of which ore of the followir{ material?
Whhh
Carbon
Selectthe corrert bebr
-
r
(a)
32.
;
lmprove macfrinability and hardenabllity. lncrease weight and volume.
a
for tb)
Bearings
1.
Botts
(d)
Clutch liners
2-
Which material is used for bushes in
meJal
Gun
{c)
Rubber
and 3
Blades of bulldozer Gas lurbine blades
Drillbit Spring of automobiles
..
List{l
Gears
{a)
1,2
Match Li+(Conponent) with List-ll"(Required Property) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
A. B. C. D.
bushedAin type of flexibb eoupling?
29"
imprwenrent
Lis!-l
Which one of the following is correct? Babbitts are used
28.
Corrosion and oxidatfon resistance
only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only (c), 1,2and4'only (d) 1,2,!tand4
(b) 1 and2 {d) 2and 4
(b) lmar {c) Vitallium (d) Stellite
Ti
lmpove hardness and toughress.
Which of these statements are correct?
Coefficient of Expansion is practically nil in a particular alloy. What islhis alloy?
G)
not lose strength with increase in
,,Tftey have high fat(;ue strength
3. 4.
the code given
{a) Had field Marganese Steel
27"
&
ternperature
1. 2.
MolyMenum
arTswer using
(a) 1 only (c) 3 only 26.
Mangarrese
.Ttey
Albying elements are added to
insteel?
2. 4.
(c)
Consider the following s{atements:
of the folhwing ebments'given betow
Chromium
They are relatively stronger than other beadng materials
{d)
determ in e(s) the maximum attaina ble, hardress
1. 3.
(b)
--
{a) towcartor/steet 1U) Noduhriron -t (c) Greycastion '{d): Whitecast iron 25.
Why are Babbitt alloys'used for bearing materid?
(b) Brasg {a) lron (c) Aluminium (d) $ed
u.
97
(b) Plastic (d) Aluminium
3. 4.
'
strmgth
'-
HQh wear ano aorasion
ie$!aii.cg.'
Codes:
(a)
Sulphur, lead and phosphorous
tb)
Sulphur, lead and cobalt
(c) Aluminium, lead and copper (d) Aluminium, titanium and copper
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.
Higtr creep str€ngth'a.nd lood-cor.rtision
residance
The.elements which, added to steel, help in chip formation during machinirg are
'
.o
A
B
c
3
2
1
4
1
4
3
2
3
4
1
2
'l
2
3
4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,:i
Page 30
tiil ll li
ti
ir
i.
98
Materialscience
,i:
,.
1.
(c)
8.
(c)
2.
(b)
e.
(a)
3.
(d)
4.
(b)
5.
(b)
6.
(d)
t.
(c)
;
10. 11. 11 13: 14;:
(a) (b) (d)
(a) (a)
ls. 16. 1718. ls. N21.
{b)
(d)
2L 23. 24.
(c)
2s.
{d)
(c) (cJ
(c)
(d) (b)
www.dream2gate.co.in
26. 27. 28.
(b)
(c)
(b) (b) (c)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
n. 30. 31. 3L
(a) (e) (a) (c)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 31
I I
Semiconductors 171
t t tI I
For a semicondrcb, wt$dr one of the statements is llOT coned?
1.
i
(a)
I
(b)
I tI I
.e
,{c)
When
a hole recorntine, energy mu$ be liberated
I
fre valence band cannot be accderded by ffte fek, unless there
An elec&m
in
are enpty.energy levels available (d)
Floles cannot be accelerated Sy the field
The furbidden energy
gap in silicon at 300
K
is
{a)
1A1,eY
{c}
0.7E5 eV
(b) 1.1 eV {d) a.72 eY
Wifrr an irrcrease in tenperatr.ne, the hvel in an intrinsic serniconduclor
(a)
Moves ctoser
fenni
the condrrction
band
edge Moves closer
available
{c)
Moves into the conduction band
(d)
Remains at the centre of the forbidden
follorrving statement :
to the valence band edge
gap
n
1. Of high conductivity
Which of these statements are NOT conect?
1
and 2
1 and 3
(b) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
Match List-l with List-ll and seleqhthsconect
answer
:
List
-l
List
A.
Ga-As
B.
Nichrorne
c.
Quartz
D.
Si
1-T 3. 45.
-ll
2 1
2 1
1. 2. 3.
Canier concentration Canier mobility Sign of the carrier
Select the conect answer using given belov'r :
(a) 1and2 (c) 2 and 3
the codes
(b) 1and3 ... (d) 1,2 and 3 . .
An intrinsic semiconductor at a temperaiureof
lntegrated circuit
Laser Busbar Heating element Oscillator
Codes:
A
On which of the folbwing factors does the eiectrical conductivity of a semicondubtor depend?
2. Highly mobile 3. Higihly charged
{a) {b) (c) (d)
75%
(b)
sic sem iconductors sfi ow hig h electrical conductivity because the impurties are
{a) (c)
(b) fi% (d) 100%
0%
unless there are empty errergy levels
Consider the Extri
(a) (c)
an electron and
Electrons-in the conduction Sand can acquie aoet acderation fnrm a fieH becar.rselttrere are erffi encrgy hvels availaile
i I i
f*rr$rg
BCD 451 532 531 452
absolute zero behaves because of
like an insulator
(a) Nsravailability of free electrons {b) l.{on-recombination of electrons with holes (c) Low drift velocity of free electrons (d) Low {almost zero) electron en€rgy The electrica I cond ucti v ity of a semicond uctor
increases
with increase in ternperature-
because
Assuming the.FermilevelE. to be independent of temperature, E, may be defined as the
level with an occupancy probability of
{a) (b) (c)
The mobility of the caniers increases Ttte canier concentration increases Both carrier concentratbn and mobility increases
{d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
Thermal en€rgy
of
eiectron decreases
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 32 ,l 1
li
:i .i
:
b
!12 Materialsqience
--- -l-
.
10.
Fermilevel in a ptype semionductrlies close
(a) 0K
to
{c)
(a) {b) (c) (d) 11.
The top of the valance band The bottom
of the valence
(b) (c) (d)
High temperature (d} Atl temperdures
by
The top of the conduction band The bottom of the conduction band
T9 find type
&) 0'c.
- reach a sbile atomic strucfi.re Elements can
17.
band
Hall Eff,ect can be used
(a)
12.
.
of semiconductor{wfrether p
or n type)
.o
To find carrier concentration
18.
(b)
gaining eledrons orly
(c).
losing or gaining
(d)
collisions
d $aring betrrveen atsis
To rneasure conductivity
ilt-V atloy senricondudor crystallizes in wtrat form?
All of the above
(a)
Simple cubic
(c) (d)
Zinc blende structure
Width of energy bands depends on which of the following?
(a) Temperature (b) Pressure (c) Relative freedom of electrons
stgrtture
Which one of the fdlorving isthe Fermifunction
in
(E)?
the
(a)
Mass of at'om in the material
(b)
1* "(e-S)r(tr)
Which one of the following staten'r.ents is not true for a trtype semiconductor?
13.
(a) (b)
Ic)
Fermi level lies cloSer to th'e condudtion
Principle
(b)'
Movement of charge caniers towards one
end
formed by adding an acceptor
(c)
Ammeter
(c)
Galvanometer {d)
(b)
lnduced voltage by
te
applied magnetic
field
of Hall effect is used in
(a)
(d)
the
Voltmeter
21.
The measurenrent of which one of the followirg
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.
(b) lnsulator (c) lntrinsic semiconductor td) Alloy
lnduced voltage by the applied electric field
will reveal the sign of the charge carriers?
Gaussmeter
For whieh one of the following materials, is the Hall coefficient zero? Metal
Drop across the crystal due to iunent passing through it
construction of which one of the following?
16.
;J+*m
(a)
impurity to germanium
- (a)
1
Floles constitue the majority charge
(d) lt is
15.
;;+rm
(d)
;;E-+j{rri
What is the output voltage produced across the crystal by Hall effect, due to?
band
14.
1
1
Conduction is by the movement of holes in the valence band carriers
(c)
:
Wurtzite structure
cyrstal
(d)
eledrons
22.
Conductivity-
Mobility Hallcoefficient Diffusion constant
Consider the foJlowing statements about semiconductors?
ln an intrinsic semiconductol the number of eli;ctrons is equal to the number of holes at
1. T.he forbidden energy gap
which temperature?
www.dream2gate.co.in
in
semicond.udors lies between the valeoce b'and and conduction band.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
t
k E D
a
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 33
Semiconductors-
2.
The forbidden energy gap in germanium
27.
at 0 K is about 0.72 eV.
3.
Semiconductors
have
Which of these statements are conect?
23.
.1, 2 and 3
{c)
2'and 3
(b) (d)
1 and 2
x.
of
applied magnetic ,fleld is
of the fiee electron? is y n/s. The tnobility of the electrons is defined as velocity
chaqed.
3.
Direction
of both applied eleckic and
magnetic fields are changed.
4.
Direction of cunent
,=V7'.
is changed.
24.
(b) (d)
1, 2 and 3
1,2
ard 4
is N and each canies a charge of e Cculomb, the resistance Rof the condrctor is
3 only
(a)
3 and 4
Consider the following statements for n-type semicondrctor:
1. 2"
Fermi level lies below the donor level at room temperature (T). Fermi level lies above the donor level as
Fermi level lies in valence band.
4.
Fermi level remains invariant with
fifuon, Lu
29.
.LN
(b)
ftgn,
Id) ffi"r,,
List-lwith List-ll and select thecorrect answer using the code given below the list: Match
A
3.
L
{c) ffiohm
List
T --r 0.
lf the nurnber of free electrons per
m3
Which of ttpse slatements idare correct?
(a) (c)
Agnsider a metallic conductor of lengttr L m and a constant cross-sectional area
$@dyfc*e{rtialdifference of V volts isapflied betureen the ends of the conductor. The &ift
Dkectixof apflbd fbld is char6€d. Dir€ction
is due to
(b) l and2cnly (d) 2and3only
(a) 1,2 arfi 3 (c) 1 anffi only
1 and 3
Consider the fotlowing statements : ln a Hall effect experimeht, ffe sign of Hall voltage will .e change ff i
1. 2.
a semiconductor
1. Drift cunent 2 . Displacement.current 3. Diffusion cunent
negative
temperature coefficient of resistivity.
(a)
-The current flow in
1{3
-l
Carbon (Diamond)
List
-ll
1.
Conducting
2.
Semi- conducling
ternperature.
(a) 1 only {c) 2, 3 and 4 25"
(b) 1 and 2 bnly (d) 1,2 aN 3
lll elernent to an elemental semiconductor results in the Controlled addition of gnoup formation of
(a) lntrinsicsemiconductor (b) n-type serniconductor (c) p-typesemiconductor (d) Degenerate semiconductor 26.
C. Tin (Grey)
3.
lnsu.lating
D. Lead Codes:
ABCD {a)3 2 (b)1 2 -(c)3 1 (d)1 1
1 1 2 2
1
3 1
3
The ternperature coefficient of a resislance of
a
dopped semiconductors is
(a) (b)
(c) (d).
Always positive
The following items consist of two statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A and the other labetled as
Always negative
'Reason R'. You are to examine these two statem-ents car.efully and select the answer to these two statements
Zero, Positive or negative depending on {he tevd of doping
cardully and select the answer to these items using the codes given. below:
www.dream2gate.co.in
.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 34
'v
114
Mabrial Science Both A and R are individually tnre and R is the
31.
Assertion (A): Energy released when an electron jumps frorn a higher to a lower level is usually in tre fofin of Photons. Reason (R): EnergY released when an electron jump ftorn a higher to a lower level is absorbed by the nucleus.
32.
Assertion (A):fu kfiinsic semi-conduc{or has lour electicd cor*nivity. Hence, it is namally not used in the device fabrication without
conect explanation of A (b)
Both A and R are individually bue but R is not
the conwtexplanation'of A (c)
A is true but R is false
(d)
A is false.but R is true.
30.
Assertioh (A): A doped semicorductor will behave'as a perfpc! insulator atzero Kelvin i but its'etectrical conductivity'will ,ise if the temperature{s skarvly increased above zero Kelvin.
doping.
-
o
Reason {R): lts electrical resistivity can be increased by raising its {emperature. 33.
Assertion (A): rstrirsic semi conductors show I
coefficient.
Reason (R): The rise inetectricd conductivity is mainly due to irrcr'eased ionization as the
negative
temperature is rasjed above zero Kelvin.
holes are equal in air intrinsic semiconduc{or.
Flall
Reason (R): The number
of electrons
and
:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 7.
(d)
{d) (a)
(b) (b)
(a)
8.
e. 10. 11. 12. 13, 14.
(a)
(b).
{a) {d)
ls. 16. 'll. 18. ,
{c}
1e. 20; .
(d)
2'1.
(a)
(c)
22. 23. 24.
(c)
2s.'
(c)
(a)
26.
(d)
(b)
.27.
.lcl
(c)
28.
(a)
(a) (d)
(d)
t, !
G) (b)
I
I I
i I
i I I I t _t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 35 \e-
Magnetic and DielecJric Properties of'Materials
_,'', '1.
l
CryEF
The magnetic dipole moment.of a bdy is measured in
(a) (c)
3.
(b) A m? (d) wb !_'
A m-1 Wb m-e
o
4.
spin angular momefrtum
(d)
{d)
The units of
(b) (d)
H m-l
:
B=
{d)
trese
r :
Wb A m-l
po(H+M) (b) [/ = po(H+B)
f{ = po(M +B)
l*one of
moments
The magnetic moment of a single electron due to its orbital,motion around the nucleus is
Wb m-2
{a)
The quantities B (magnetic flux density), H (magnetic field intensity) and M (intensity of magnetization) are related by the equation
(a) (c)
so trhat there is rnaximum cancellation of
magndic
magnet'rc permeability are
A m-1
is achieved
{onsistent with PaUli's. principle
Ic)
rRonrenUarea
.
'(b) so that the maxirnum possible value of
magnetic'nrcnrerf/vofuine
magnetic
rn,
-{a) -in the order of decreasing
of a body is
{b) nragrelic nrcnrent x area (c) magnetic rnornent x volurne
(a) {c)
2
To work out the size of the m4netic moment due to the electrons in a subshell, we use Hurd's rule, wtrich stateg that the electrons fill the $ates
units of
Ttre intensity of magnetization defined as i
{a)
137
m,
{") -fr 10.
B = p6H + M
(b) -p,
-hrPa
{d)
{q?B
The magnetic moment of a sirqle electron due to its spin alone is
iiii li ;i
F
A complete
{a) the
shell of electrons has
maximum possible permanent
magnetic moment (b)
zero permanent magnet'rc moment
.tc)
a
moment dependent on the particular
11.
(b) -k
/a\ (c) --;PB
/r\ (d) -es
ln the 3d transition elements the ;crystal field' the
{a) the spin magnelic moment to become negligible
=-2is
(b) so that the maximum possible value of spin angular momentum is achieved consistent with Pauli's principle
(a) zero {b) twice that of each elec{ron (c) dependent on the values of rn" for the two
(c) sc that there-is maximum cancetlation of magnetic moments
eleetrons
'(d)
in
solid causes
The resultant orbital magnetic moment of two electrons, one with ffir = +2 and one wilh mt
{a) -2ee
due to the charges on neighbburing ions
(d) None of these '6.
1
{d) the orbital magrnetic mornent
f.{one of these
to be a
maximum 7.
An elementcan form a strongly magnetic solid
only if its atoms have
{a) an incom$ete valence shell {b) an incomplete inner strell (c) a vacant inner shell (d) None of these
12.
lf
the atomic magnetic momenls are randomly
orienled in
a solkj its magnetic behaviour
termed
{a) polycrystalline {c) antifenomagnetic www.dream2gate.co.in
(b)
paramagnetic
(d)
polymagnetic
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
is
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 36
'138
Materialscience
13.
Consider the hble given below, S.No Elernent I'lo. of 3d
Atornic magnetic
eledrons
moment n
&fr
18.
magnetond
1
Ca
0
1
2
V
3
3
3
Cr
4
5_
4
Mn
5
6
5
.Fe
6
4
6
Ni
B
2
7
Cu
7
2
(b) 1,3,5 and 6 only (d) 1,3 4 and 5
only
1,3,4 and
(d)
None of these
19.
7 only
ia) Ib) (cl
a fenite
20.
1,5,6 and Tonly
(d)
None of these
increases with increasing temperature
'
.
21.
It must therefore be fenomagnetic
Both I and ll
{b) (c)
ll only Neither I nor ll
If the.domain walls in a magnetic material can be easily moved-thg material displays
ib)
bigh flux densily
(c) (d)
permanent magnetic behaviour
presence
of magnetic domains 22.
in varying directions
None of lhese
To increase
the permeability
of
iron
it
is
necessary to
a permanent misalignment of the atomic
Nbne of these
The Curie temperature is the temperature at
23.
which
(b)
,
A piece of magnetic material has a net magnetic moment wlpn no field is applied.
None of these
{c)
_ (a)
ll.
high permeability
moments ." .m.$r.retic fluctuations in the directions of {he atomic lnagnetic moments
(d)
A piece of material has no net magnetic moment. lt can only therefore be composed of domains magnetized in
(a)
'magnetized
(b) ..'.
random
is independent of temperature
:the
.(a)
demagnetized
different directions
It)
The dependeneed M on temperature is caused
bi
{b) {d)
C,onsider the fotlowing statements
(a) ,l only
a
(b)-,deereasesith inereasing telnperature
(c) (d)
an antiferromagnet
Which of'the above statements is/are conect?
feromagnetic solid
(a)
atomic
Within each magnetic domain in a feromalnet all the atomic rnagnetic fiornents are
l.
antiparallel and unequal
The intensity of magnetization M of
.d;rfG;pp.*
a ferrimagnet
{a) antiparallel ; (c) parallel
{a) one constituent is iron (b) the constituenb are transition metal oxides ' (c) the atomic magnetic moments are parallel (d) the atomic magnetic moments are 15.
rt *i" ,""gr"ti.
A material with unequal, antiparallel
A ferromagnetic material is one in which
14.
17.
th"
magnetic moments is termed
Which of the elements are given the wrong value of magnetic moment in the solit1 state?
{a) (c)
(.)
the saturation iritensity of magnetization
(a)
introduce carbon
{b) (c) (d)
purify it alloy it with cobalt None of these
Magnetic recr"rrrJimg tape made from
(a)
small particles of iron
becomes zero
(b). silicon-iron
the domains bscome entirely randomly
{c) feir.ic oxide (d) None of these
magnetized
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
is most commonly
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 37
24.
Permanent magnets are sornetimes made by the aggregation of particles which are
ln high {requency'applications a fenite is
31.
prefened to a ferromagnetic material because, the fenite has
(a) smaller than a magnetic domain wk1th (bl mo-magneiic particles in a magnetic
t
i
bondng medium
(c)
l t
srnaller than a domain wall thickness
(d) -NorE of these
'
I
25.
t l
Diamagnetisin
(a) (b)
tI
is exhibited by
Or{y $rsp materia{s whhh do rnt permanent magnetic rnoments-
32.
poress
High resistivity
{c)
High saturation magnetization
(d)
Square saturation magnetization
(a)
There is a net magnetic moment dre lo the Mn2* ion
(b)
There is a net magnetic moment due to the 02- ion
I
permanent magnetic moments
i
(d)
I I
I
Only those materials which have strong intemalfields.
i
26.
Paramagrretic materials when placed
in
a
magnetic field, get
27.
33.
(a) Feebly attracted (b) Feebly repelled (c) Strongly repelled (d) Strongly attrac{ed The net spitr ma.gnetic moment of
29.
{b) 4m, (d) 2*,
moment due to
I i
Curie-Weiss Law is obeyed by
Antiferromagnetic materials
Ferromagnetic materials above Curie Curie
temperature
34.
Varies dirmtly with temperature
The magnetic effect which
js
analogous to
converse piezoelectric effect
' (a) Exchange interaction Varies as
'(b)
1ff
ls independent of temperature
fi) 35.
1O-3,
tO{ Hm-l)
a)
(a) Only spin magnetic moment of
3d
36.
(b) Only spin magnetic moment of 4s electrons (c) Both spin and orbital moments of 3d electrons
of s
0.12s7
{c) 4rx10't
electrons
electrons
Antifenomagnetism
the induction in Wb m-2 at an applied field of 100 kA m-1 is (tto = 1.%7 x
ln transition metals, the c
Both spin and orbi.tal momen{s
J
ln a paramagnetic material of susceptibility equal
to
l l
i
Magnetostriction
(c)'Magnetic Hysteresis
The condition lor an atom to possess orbital magnetic mornent is that the atom m0st have
(d)
There is no rpt rnagnetic moment
a net magnetic both Mn2* and G- ions
(d) Ferromagnetic material below
(a) Completely.filled s-shells (b) Partially filled s-shells {c) Partially filled p, d or f shells (d) Completely filled p, d or f shells 30.
(d)
(c)
The susceptibility of diamagnetic material
(c) {d)
Theretis
i
I
temperature
(a) 5m, (c) 3*, (a)
(c)
(b)
Fe3* ion is
28.
High permeability
ln the ceramic mat'erial MnO
Allmateriats
.(c) -Only t$ose materials which pos€ess
{
(a) (b)
{b) o.1%8 (d) none of ttrcse
The temperature of the antiferromagnetic-toparamagnetic transition is called
{a)
Antiferrornagnetic Curie temp.
(t)
Curie-Weiss temp.
(c)
Neel temp.
{d) Dpbye temp.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 38
v : :
140 ' Material Science 37.
(a) (b) (c) (d) 38.
39.
Assertion (A): Fenites
The factors that obstruct domain wall motion in Fe are
impurity atoms
Assertion (A): Silicm-iron ha a high rer^^ "'oQetf flux density Reason (R): defects prevent tte dom31r., .from. returning to their original positioi*'.31h " utten the magnetizing field is remorred.
voids
All,of the above
The tr:bnsition from the'fenomagnetic to the pararuiagnetic state is named after Curle
(c)
Neel
'
(b)
Curi+Weiss
Consider the following statements
(d)
Debye
l.
The garnet crystal used in a mhroprocessor has the formula
The capacitance of a parallsl capacitor is inversely proportionql .Dlate to the voltage between the plates
lll.
Permittivity is represented 3S ? con* number to take account of tossnllpbx -.
47.
"nd
Consider the following statements
l. A dielectric
the reason contains
(d)
lf the assertion is false but the reason contains a trqe statement.
40.
Assertion {A):The magretic moment of an iron atorir in Fe.Oo is less than that in rnetallic iron
the
jlt'u* (a) I onty tb) tand 1t nlV (c) ll and til onty (d) I u ,,nly
the assertion.
lf the assertion is true but a false staternent.
i
Which of the above statements is/are
assertion.
(c)
tn
dielectric
lf both assertion and reason ae true statements and the reason is a cor.rect explanation of the lf both assertion and reason are true statements but the reason is not a correct explanation of
_.
ll., :
Direction: Each of the sentences in Questions 4&45 mnsists of an assertion fotlowed by a reason. Answer:
(b)
The charge held by a parallsl
capacitor is proportionat to the ars- ll.aF plates for a fixed apflied voltage - "t its
(a) YO.FerO. (b) YrtouO,, (c) YO.6FerO, (d) Y,Or.FerO,
(a)
if hiil
Reason (R): They have a loruer saturalior., o -' density than does silicon+on'rtq
dislocationtangles
{a)
useful
are
frequency transformers
ll. lll.
can be regards6
serniconductor with an energy enerov -
-".1* oS
a
compbrable with semiconductor 6uf,oD h-YoD
is ig
9Qp onlv be ho -^'" v'rp can only negatively by friction if there .1,s neqatively arq arF:rargqt no f_ri electrons in the soiid-
srrface A dielectric surface
^.
A dielectric surface positively cha.^
friction retains
iti
charge
i;'g:d
ry
oo:r.l:l:^1: d r::
atmosphere electrons in the solid to neutraliZu'i,
Reason (R): The orhiiS[mbment is reduced by
Which of the above statements is/are 41.
Assertion' (A)€ A pece-'of jron lnay have no magnetic.nrtiinent-'...... . .... Reason. (R):. tt iS intifencim.aSngtq. 1.
42.
Asseiij'6n (A): ' Copper.',iannol .: antiferbmagnetic "' :
"
111
48.
be
-.'-
Reason (R): lt possesses a{uH i}d.ihett of electrons. 43.
Assertion {A}: ln the 4f transition series of metals, the crystal field does not cause the orbital magnetic moment to disappear in the solid
,Reason {R): The 4f electrons are not deeply buried inside the atom.
(a) ll and lll only (b) I and ll on,, (c) I and lll only (d) l, ll and The permittivity of . ,.,l,.rin"r,,1u un,t* (a) Farad metre {b) Farad (r1o*-''o (c) (Farad metrefl /h\ (b) i^is a ^..- "Ig)-1 ^ nurxS*-
49.
lf the distance between the plates of a ^_ plate capacitor is initially small anq fidralH doubled the capacitance is "ren is
(a) doubled (b) halved
(c)
increased by a factor of 4
(d)
decrease by a factor of 4
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 39
v Magnetic and Dielectric Properties
ll.
Cdnsider the foltbwing statem6nts '
50.
l. ll.
Which of the above statements
(a) (b) (c) -(d)
a vector proportional tot he electric field at the sarne point
of ttre
tlL-dependent gn ttre permittivity
medium lV.
i
to the distance from ltre 54.
p{oportionril
ctnrge ;
V.
Pyroelectricity symmetric
.
material
mrrsl
:
Which of the above statements iVare conect?
(a) I and ll only '(b) (c) ll only (d)
ll
and ttl onty
l, ll and'lll
l. All ferroelectric materials
V.
given in joules per metre
Vl.
proportional
exhibit
pyroelectricity
positive if the charge Q is positive ind6pendent
be
is only found in centro-
Consider the following statements:
lV"
also
crystals
positive if the charge Q is negative
tl.
of the path foltowed
-
The Curie temperature for a fenoelectric
is the temperature above
which its
spontaneous polarization disappears
to the permittivity of
lll. "
the
Barium titanate is a ferroelectric because its lattice strainS spontaneously dbove the
Curie temperature
equal to the gradient of the field
Which+f the above stdtements is/are correct?
Which of the above statements igare4onect?
{a) lll and tV only (b) l,.ll and lV onty (e) ll, lH and Vl only (d) lll and Vll onty
(a) I and ll only (c) ll only
tire
potahz.ation
in a dielectric is
charge per unit volume of the
dielectric
.'
(a)
'dielectric
(c) ttre'bound
charge per unit area .of the
"(b)
and
l, ll
lll only
and lll
lf both assertion and reason are true statenents and the reason is a correct explanation of the assertion. lf both assertion and reason are true statenrents
the assertion.
None of these
{c)
lf the assertion is true but the reason contains a false.statement.
(d)
lf the assertron is [alse but the reason contains a true statement.
Consider the following statements:
'1.
ll
but the reason is not a correct explanation of
dielmtric
(d)
(b) (d)
SHement: Each of the sentences in Questions 56-$2 consisb of an asse(ion followed by a reason. Answer:
'.{!,)f iheSound charge per unit volurme of the
t
The dielectric susceptibility
I
polarization per unit electric f,reld
I
l,leither I and nor ll
a vector quantity
-'(a) theiiee
-
.
material is one tht generabs bound electrostatic ctrarge on its surface when it is meehanically
lll.
mqiium
53.
I and ll both'
piezoelectric
point P in an electric field E due to a point charge Q is the work done on a unit positive charge in bringing it to the point P from infinity. The potential is
.
ll only
n. A pyroelectric
The electrostatic potential at any
-
is/are conect?
I only
deformed
Consider the following statements:
Vll.
strerEth
t. A piezoelectric
fias unils of mulomb's per square me{re
(a) l, ll and V only (b) l, ll and lV only (c) ll and ll{ only (d) lll and V only
l. ll. lll.
is the average
Consider the following statements:
Which of the above statements is/are correot?
51.
The polarizability of a dipold
difule moment per unit field
the ebcbic Rux density atany pcr'nt in a mediun distant r from a point ctrarge q is
14!
of Materials
is
the
i
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 40
142
Material Science
56.
Assertion (A): Displaceirrent of the electron cloud roupd a nudeus by an electric fieid is
Aisertiirn (A): HCi is a polar motecule Reason (R):. lt comprises a positive charge separated from a. negative charge by a small
called opticat polarizabitity
distance.
Reason (R): lts relaxation frequency is in the optical range.
57.
60.
Assertion (A): Optical polaizability arises in
:l .' !
Reason (R): The crystal is centro-symmetric.
i-
61.
Reasoqi (R): The electron cloud round a
58. !l .i
Assertion (A): OrienHional polarization
!' nucleug experiences a force in an electric field
generally occurs in solids
in the sanre directir:n as does the nucleus.
Reason (R): The atoms can
mwe
freely.
Assertion (A): lntbrfacial polarizat'ron in a solid has a very low relaxation frequency
Assertion (A): trlolecular polarizability occtrs in all substances
:
Assertion (A): Rock salt cannot acquire a dipole moment in an electric field
Reason (R): Diatomic molecules can possess
Reason (R): lt reqdires the movement of a whole body of charge through a resistive
a dipole moment
medium.
l
ANSTI'ER KEY
1.
(b)
14.
(c)
27.
(a)
(d)
2.
{a}
15.
(b)
28.
(d)
(c)
3.
(c)
16.
(c)'
2s. (c)
(c)
4.
(a)
17.
(a)
30).
(a)
(c)
5.
'(b)
18. {b}
31,
(b)
(F)
- 57.
(a)
6.
(a)
19.
32.
(d)
(c)
58.
(a)
7-
(b)
20. (d)
5e.
(b)
8.
(b)
21.
(d)
60.
(a)
e.
(d)
22. (b)
'(b)
61.
(b)
10.
{d)
23.
(c)
(b)
62.
(a)
11.
(c)
24.
(c)
(a)
12"
(b)
2s.
(b)
(a)
13.
(b)
26.
(a)
{b)
(c),':..
'9,'
ia:
(a)
'(-"')-. '
.{b)
F)
:
.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
s3. (c) s4. (a) s5. {a) s6. (b)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 41
Conducting and Supercohducting Properties_of Maferiala
.
two dissimilor rnefol couses a detretse in temperoture of one end ond increose in temperoture of the other end. It is c{nverse of seeSock effegt.
4-15 supei"c.onductors ore intermetolfic
compounfl such os Nb.Sn, Nb3Al which hove
low crlticol ternperoture. Their structure is cubic crystolline which'ls olso known 0s (p-W)
Conductivity of semiconductor increases with
the rise in temperoture.
In other
tungsten structure.
words
Sulphur hexofluoride gos tmwn to be o gos hoving high dielectric strength in conporison .to oir. is nontoxic ord rrcninfhmrnble.It is inert in noture.
semiconductors hove negotave temperofure coefficients.
It
Semiconductor moieriolsdo rrct follow4hm s
ol
low. &nlgop llury, moteriils is neorly 1 eV. The semicondrctrng materiol iscper{ect
;'t )
t
:
r1 j
e e Q"rs
.e
" 19
IX
n{ l€
imuhtor ot 0 K. The runber of corducting electrons per otorn is determined by otomic structure. Valerce electron moy be CIbh to toke port in conduction. Cory7,Silver ond 6old hove only one valetce electron per otom, Zinc, Codmiurn hove 2 while Aluminium hos 3. ff more thon three volence .electrons sre there, both the chorocteristics of bonding (covolent ond ionic) moy exist ond electricol properties chonge completely except tin, leod. When we o smoll omount of copper in nic*el the conductivity decrea*s. The neoson is, thot in replocing some of the nickel otoms in the lottice, the copper otoms destroy the lottice periodicity in their immediote neighborhood ond thus oct os new scattering centers for the conduction electrons. The moterioi hoving number of vo{once electron (Z) from 2Io S.gercrally show srper
cotUuctivity.
1n
lnt
the surfoce smooth ond rrcn-obsortent due to the irreguiorities of the obtoined surfoce eliminoted. Becouse'of there is no ony void on the surfoce to obsorb the moisture. Poper ond pressboord'hove genenolly been
used for bindirg ond coble coil 'insdlotion. Primory dielectric copocitor, tronsformer insulotion. Poper has list offi*ty for moisture thon Asbestous. 1.
Asbestous, widely used os heat insulotor especiolly in boiler. ft hos light weight ond is fire weother proof.
('
:
porticulorsubstonce.
in the moterio. This is temperoture.
notri7jsls,
hf rooin terrrperotury. F€, Ni,.' eir,' gfe irls<, irOf '3upercbnductirts
riroteriol5.-
.'''.t:...
.
-
znt )s5
{
independent
of
The resistance of arry moteriol with o uniform cross-sectionol oreo A depends on A ond its
length /. In mothemotical forrn,
....
The super. conducting.compounds ond olloys do nof. .nicessorily hirve_ super .cp.nducting
.compnenti such oi ; PbrAu,. CuS, MN; MoN, NbB,.ZrZ.
rnd {
:
(ii) Residuol component This component orises due to impurity ond defcct present
the
)m
lor
Resistivi\ is composed of two components : (i) Thermol resistivity : It is &re to lottice vibrqtion ond is ehorccteristk of the
por
conduct'ors
of
Glozir:g is done on cer
In foct,.
he( {
low rcltoge, lines.
superconductirvg'blemerrts ore'relotively
conducting.l
ie.
for
Lepidolite type mico is unsuitable forelectric insuhtion becruse it is hord ond britHe.
elements which .ot room temperature ore ggod conductors (Cu, Ag, Au ord the olkoli metol) ore obseni from the list of super
:ol
znt'
insulotors
. The
of
rck
permitivity cemmics +sed in suspension irsulotors for higdr voltqeJiras ond pin
Low
Pbrflr. -
Snsb,
Low temperoture superconductor.': Criticol temperoture less thon 25K. Mostly LTS are metollic e.9. Nb-Ti, Nb-Zr, lrlbrsn, Nb3Al, Vr6o etc.
High temperoture super-conductor (HTS)
:
Criticol temperoture > 25K. These ore cerumks type e.g.: Perovskite oxide (Cclciunr Titonium bxide, CoTiO3).
where, p is ktown os the specific resistonce or resistivity of the moteriol in ohm-meters
..r.
(
Resistonce of wire is given by 8,,* = Ro{l+(oat)} where Ro is intiol resistonce of wire: s is temperoture coefficient of resistonce ond At is temperotr:re dtlferencu; Rn€w is finol resistonce due to chonge in te.mpenoturc Lt
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 42
154
Materialscience
QUES'UONS Copsider the following properties pertaining an alloy used as d precision resistor :
1. 2. 3. -
(a) inversely proportional to ib energy (b) directly proportionatio its momentuh (c) directly proportionalto ib energy (d) inversly proportional to ira mornenfum
b
Uniform resistance Stable resistance Zero oy''low ter.nperature ooeftlcient
resitivify
d
'
Which one
Which of these properties are desirable?
{a) 1,2 and 3 (c) 1 and 3
(a) lt is electronegative in nature (b) lt has high{ielectric strpnUth (c) lt is non-toxic /' (d) lt is highly inflammbble
(b) 1 ard 2 (d) 2 and 3
The conductivity of a $per conducting matedd on being subject to critical magnet'rc field changes to
of a conductor of is
{a) lndependent of tempaature {b} Directly proportionai lo tempqrature .(c)
Which of the following has the greatest
(b) (d)
Cotton
{c)
Asbestos
(b) (d)
Negative ion 10.
Flole
-
11.
Superconductors have almost zero
(c)
The external magnetic field has no effect
(d)
on superconductors Entropy increases on going frorr superconducting state to normal stde
(c)
{b) 4.12"C {d) 41.2 K
De Broglie wavelenglh associated with material particle is
density
in a
Jha'a $e .tfinsitiph
Less than the crititnlfield conesponding
to the given temperature (d)
12. a
'tiqS
temperature_is..- . .: .. (a) Zero .- ' ' (b) Great€r "th.an- the' 'criticat :'iietit' :ffi psiaturb corresponding. to the given
The transition temperature of Mercury at ufrich it becomes superconductive is
4.12 K
factors does the
The magnetic nefO'at iulndr a.srper-condrctor remains, in its.super+ondudingf .state ht a
temperature
resitivity
4.12"F
of the following
of critical current
perfect
diamagnetism
(a) (c)
of
(a) Temperature (b) Applied magnetic field (c) Terqperature and applied magnetic field (d) Silsbee's rufe . .. -'.-
Mica
(a) Superconductors show
to square
superconductor depend?
Whictr of the following statements is NOTtnre?
(b)
On nlhich
value
Faper
proportional
temperature
Which of the following insulating materials has the least affinity to moisture?
(a)
lnversely proportional to temperature
{d) lnversely
mobility?
(a) Positive ion (c) Electron
for
According to Wiedemann-Franz law the ratio of thermal conductivity to electricd coriductivity
(a) normal state (b) unstabls state (c) temperature-independent state (d) temperaturedependent state
7.
of the following is-NOT true
Sulphur texafluoride gas?
Equal to the critical field mnesponding to the transition temperature
Match
List-t (lnsulator) wiin List-il
(Application) _anQ select the correct answer using the codes given belovrr
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
14. I
t
is.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 43
v '-QonO List
A. B. C. D.
-l
tjelect the conect ansarer r.sing the code given
below:
Mica
(a) 1 arfi 2 {c) 2 and 3
Polystyrene Porcelain
connection witti supermndudors
-ll
Bushings
2.
Electric wires afld €ables
3.
Low vo&aqeupacltors
45.
lron
t;
i
I
2.
{a} 2
(c) -Both 1 and
4
18.
2
51
:
more than
(ci
zero
(c) Ferromagneticsubstance {d) Ferrimagnetic substance
ans\rrrer using
Match
' A B.
Superconductivity is destroyed
At hbh temperature.
field . ,:
,l I
16.
presence of magrnetic-impurities
":
..-
Superconductors
I
3.
Pin'hsulators for
Enamelcovering lnsulation.
lines.
' 1. . 2'.
List
Jl
Laminations .Wires
. 3. . Miichines -'4. Transformers ....-..1.. g
€uspension insulators for high voltage
.2.
-l
-'.Cttdes:-
following?
tl rlt
List
with List-ll and select the correct the code given below the list:
D. Empire cloth
ln all the-above cases
Consider the following : Applicdions of low permitivity ceramics include ufi'rch of the
1.
Listl
one (b) one . (d) negative
,
{c) Applied magnetic field (d) Supplied thennal energy I
1 nor 2
Supercorducting metal in super+onducting state has relative permeability of
ln metals, resistivity is composed of tvtro pa.rts:' one part is characteristic of the particllai' substance. The other part is due to .. ..-'._
I
Neither
Which one of the followirrg is the correct
(a)
(a) Applied voltage tb) Crystal imperfections
2 only
statement?
4
At hig'tr magnetic
2
.
ida6 conect?
(b) (d)
1 urly
(a) Paramagneticsubstance (b) Diamagneticsubstance
(d)
!
Transitbn from the superconducting to rormal state under the influence of a magretic'field is inversible..
Metallic copper is a
ic) -in
I
Transition temperatu+e of a super conductbr can be reduced by the
Which of these statemenb
(d) 2
:
applkEtion of a magnetic fidd
Radio Cabineb
s {c)4 1 3
nl,
3
List
1.
(a) (b)
(d) 1,2and
Consider the following statements in
ABCD (a)4 51 {b) 21
14"
and 3
Silicon rubber
Godes:
13.
'1
(b)
c 4 1 {b) 3' 4 1 tc)z 1-4 {d)3 1 4
'1a) .2. ..
D
3 2
3 2
x. - Consider the folbwing statements
:
Characteristics of a good insuldting material lsrw voltage lines.
are
t www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 44 t MaterialScience
-=
1.
Should give urffmn electric and thermal properties.
2.
High permittivi$-
List
!. 2. 3. 4.
3. . Low dissipation fmtor.
4.
Low insulating rei$ance.
Which of the above statements are conect?
(a) (c)
onllr (b) 2 and 4 only 1 and 3 only (gl 1,2, 3 and 4
1.
:
24.
lines.
4.
All
srperconductors mabrials.
3.
n.
only (b) 2 and 4 only
List-l
only (d)
1, 2,
3
List
(a) (c)
with
-l
List
A. Frecision Work 1B. Rheostat 2. C. Heating devices 3. O. Brushes- 4.
-ll
25.
23.
Match ListJ
A. B.
C. D.
Resistors are shielded against magnetic
field.
'
'
only (b) 1-onty 1 3 only (d) 3 onty .and 1 and 2
Materials in superconducting state have the
'.
of
Niphrorne
ti)
Constantan
(b) Replling magnetic fietd (c) Absorbirq electric field (d) Repelling electric field
Magnesium
26.
1
Absorbing magnetic field
1
27.
with
-l
High conductivity materials . High resistivity materials
Metal for lightly loaded contacts
'
"
j
A srperconductor may be used foi generatfr.E (a) 'Voltage
(b) (c) Temperature (d)
4
4
,.
Nickel-chromiunri's best suited for resistance of high value.
property
List-ll and select the conect a{rswer using the code given be}ow the lists: List
The material should be of high resistivity
Graphite
Codes:
ABCD (?) 4 3 2 tb) 1 3 _2 {c) 4 2 -3 (d)1 2 3
2
Which of the ihese statements is/are correct?
and 4
List-ll and select the conect answer using the code given below the list: Match
2
the following statements with regad to manufacture of a standard resistor :
2.
Which of the above sbtements are conect? 1, 2 and 4
1
and low temperature coefficient.
criticalvalue.
1 and 2
1
CD 24 2"3 1 4, 13
Consi<Jer
1.
are paramagnetic
Superconductors become normal when placed in a magnetic field of certain
(a) (c)
lron, Nickel Constantan
s (d+
becornes a super mnductor is calted
3.
Aluminium,Copper
(c)
The tempe+ature at tr*rich the conOuctor
" transition temperature. 2" Superconductors repel magnetic flux
Platinum, MolyMenum
AB (a)3 (b) 4
Consider tfre; following statements about supercondrctors
Tungsten, Carbon
Codes:
1 and 4
,
21.
-ll
Pressrrre. .'.
Magnetic
fieti
..
As temperature falls below the tiarisition temperature, the value of critical magnetic field
of a superconductor
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Materials for bimetallic strip
www.dream2gate.co.in
Remains unchanged lnJreases Decreases First increaSes, reaches a peak and then
decreases
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 45
v E[ng and Supercondudmg Properties of lvlaterials 32.
(a) ls independent of temPeratird (b) lncreases with temPerature (c) ls maxlmum at a ciitical temperat0re the following ptoperties is -Whictr of'for a." sttperconductor in its coneqt
stry?
33.
'
'
Lead
1. 2. 3. 4.
Will not alloy with many other metals
{a) 1 and 2 are correct {b) 2 and 3 are conect
31.
PermittivitY
Some oflthese properties are for DC use and some are for AC use.
Directions:
List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the list: Match List-l i,vith
List
Dielectric hoses
use (a) 1,2 and 3 (b) 1and3 (c) Zand 4 (d) 1and2 .
Has good malleable and ductile properties
J
A. Porcelain B. Steatite a C. Mica D. Rutile List ll 1. Used for high freqtrency applications ?" Used in capacitors to be operated at htgtt
AC use
2 and 4 1,2and3
1,
1 and 2
1,2,3and4
.
The following items cbnsist of two staternents, one taibtted as 'Assertion A and th'e oiher labelled as 'Reason R'. You are to examine these twostatements carefully and setec!the answer to these tvrrc statqmelts carefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given below: -
(a)
Both A ard R arelndividuatly true and R is the
{c) (d)
frequencies
3. ' 4.
Releases water wtren heated
Reason {R): Lepidolite is hard . bnd brittle-
Codes:
ABCD (a)3 1 4 2 3 Ib)1 2.4 (c)3 4 2 (d) 1 4 2 3 1
mrca ls
34.
Used for insulators
35.
-
-1 I i
Dielectricbreakdov'nr strengttr
DC
ls least affected bY sea water.
{
lnsulation resistance
The conect combination is
ls not used to form cable sheaths.
(c) 3 and 4 are conect (d) 1 and 4 are correct
mwh below the transition
Consier{he fdlowing properties of insulators:
1. 2. 3. 4.
.is zero
30.
a temperature
(c) a $rong titectric fietd . {d) a pressure below that of the atmosphere
{a) tts resistiv.ity is,zerc {b) lr,tagnetic fluxdensity irx*de te conduc{or (c) lts relative permeability is unity (d) lb magnetic susceptibility is negative
a $rong magnetic fleld temPerature
NOT
suOercgnducting
"'
a material bY aPPlYing.
(a) (b)
(d) ' ls minimum at a edtical ternperaturq 29.
ii--'" peiOt" todestrdy the strper-conductivity'
'of
Assertion {A): Glazing is done on ceramic insr.rlators to make the surface smooth and non-absorbent.
Reason (R): Moisture from the atmosphere can collect on ihe surface discontirruties on a ceramic and result in electric breakdown'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 46
{58
tr,taterialScience
l.ssertion (A): An electric or mechanical input makes the flux iump from one supercondudor to another, generating large direct cunenb'
temperature wtrich is more than the
Reason (R): The electric resistivity of srperconductors depends upon the magnetic
Assertion (A): At absolute zero degree temperature the semiconductor materials behave as insulators.
temperature, super-conductivity can destroyed.
fidd.
Reason (R):;At absolute zero degree Kelvin temperature; there is no energy avaitable to generate the current carriers in the
Assertion (A): Cryotron is a srvticfr constructed otrt of supercondu-cting materials'
37.
Reason (R): SwiLcbing action is characteristic
sem'rconductor.
of srperconduetors onlY.
Assertion (A): Superconductors cannot
Assertion (A): Superconductivity of a
38.
be
--.4
used as coils for production of $rong magnetic
superconducting material can be &stroyed by
fields. ,
rylication of an extemal magnetic field' Reason (R): lf the applied magnetic field is
"
Reason (R): Superconductivity in a wire may be destroyed if the current in the wire exceeds a critical value.
greater than the critical magnetic field at ag{ven
9,1 lllTl 9.1
ln
9.2
N
9.3
E
:
ANSWERI(EY
P
(d)
37.
(c)
(c)
38.
(a)
9.4
1.
. {d)
10.
(d)
2.
(a)
11.
(c)
20.
(c)
(d)
21.
{c)
30.
(b)
39.
{c)
12.
(a)
3.
9.5
(
(b)
1?.
(b)
22.
(a)
31.
(c)
40.
(a)
9.6
I
(")
14.
(d)
23.
(a)
32.
(")
33.
(d)
5. :
,
{b)
24.
t s
I
9.7 (c)
r
6.
(c)
15.
(b)
7.
(d)
16.
(b)
(b)
(a)
8.
(b)
17.
(a)
(d)
(a)
9.
(b)
(c)
(b)
(d)
I
i
i I I
I
t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
|
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 47
I
Optical and Tlrermal properties of Material.i69
r,
< A p*fext conduc+or, would be o prfect.
The ombrphous !'losses retoin this
II
refle*tor.,
ststa Polymethyl rnethacrylote (PAitAtA), with excellent tronsporency ond moderote strength, is exploited for its opticol properties in both tronsporenry in the solid
T
I
I
,( '
dteet form ond in injectign mouldings such os outo reor-light filterscose
t t
comphrnentory colour.
(
Polymer hove very lorge thermol exponsions trpon teoting its thermol exporsion coqfficierfi
Although tougherrthonglcss. PilAtA is rnole
I
bl
is lies in the ronge of 5O * 1O{-400--rlOL (O"C1-t. The highest volue of thermol exporrion found in lirrzor ond bronch plymer
*rutchirg ond crozing. Pdye
I I I t
I t I
I
1
Ceromic hove comporotively l6w ceftkient lof thermol exporsion in the rcnge of (0.5-15) !Oa/oC. One metol hove coeffkient of
,
thermol exponsion very high in the range aI
20-4WrC.
plostic. PVC hos somecrystollinity ond is much
I
less tronsporent but is widely usetl, on the bosis
of its lower
1
Thermolconductivity of most nretolfoll with rise in temperoture (Al ond Uronium ore
cost, for opplicotions such
os pockoging ond bottles.
{
Compoct discs them selves
exception).
<
ara injection
moulded f rom spechlly formulotedPG
I
A thermoset with on outstording combinotion
of opticol ond mechonicot properties
1
is
plydiol lyldiglycokorbonote (CR39), used for
Crystollites resist diffusion of gases. This leods to on interesting conflict in the
drink, which must keep fhe-firbon dioxide gos in while corbonoted
mointoining high tronsporency.
Gases thermol
'
condictivity is rises with rise
in temperoture. Ablctive moteriol : It
offer eff
ective thermol
protection for o shortel.durotion (second or minutes) ot very high femperqture. Fibre reinfonced resin, corbonised plostic ond metol.
moulded lenses.
of
Liguid's thermol conductivity dereoses with
groder
with high purity ond low nrelt viscosity.
pcckoging
q
Most comrnon moteriol hove portiolly empty 'd-shellso obsorption is highast ot high photbn energy thot is why metol reflect the
-
to
I
,
metol composite ore some.exomples.
The rarge ol electromognetic rodiotion.it
-
which metols exhibit moximum reflectivilY is.' visible rorge ond beyond uftroviolet.--' -"-:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
._
'.'
'
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 48
\, 17O
[4aterial
Sciene
1&; -l €
Find the wrong statement
: Specific
heat of a
. wifr......-..
.material.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Thermal conductivity in polymas increases
10.
Constant for a material
("1 (b) (c) . - (d)
Heat capacity per unit mass Extrinsic ploperty Has units asJ/kgK I
(
lncreass in crystallinity
(,
Decreases
in
crystallinity
Eiher
(,
i{one
j
Heat capacity hm units as
(a) (b)
(b)
J/mol.K
(c) J.ohmlsec.K, {O) Wm.K Thermal expansion of a materiai has units as
12.
(a) J/ks.K (b) J/mol.K (c) J,o-hm/sec.K2 (d) 1fC Polymers have thermal conductivities in the range of
.1 {c) 10-100 (a)
).
(b) 1-10 (d) > 100
0.5
- 1s
.
(c)
25
-
50
(b) 5'-
{d) 50 -
400
0.5
- 15
2s
-
50
{b) 5-25 {d) 50 - 400
14.
15.
(( S
$
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a
6.62 6.62
x 10-s J.sec x 10-34 J.min
(bj
x 10-u Cal. sec 6.62 x 10-s Cal min
(c
6.62
(d
Lt
{rl
(a
Reflectivity
Reflectivity + Refractivity (b
Reflectivity + Absorptivity +-Tfadsmitivity
(cl'
Any
Metals can ..........
the light
(b) 1-5 (d) 20 - 400
beams Fh
Refract (a)
Any (c)
Metals are .........
(a) Transparent - (b) (c) Transluceni - (d)
of
Et Opaque
(a)
None (b)
Metals can transmit these ..........
(a) Radio waves (b) (c) Microwaves (d)
With increase in temperature, thermal mnductivity of a metal ........
(a) (b) (c) (d)
k
(a) Reflect ]Ut (c) Transmit (d)
[4ehls have thermal mnductivities in the range
(a) <1 Jc) s-25
(r
.;
"(d:
Coefficient of thermal expansion for ceramics is the range of ...:...... x10{
(a) (c)
{i
Planck's constant is
(b) (c) (d)
25
0.77
0.39
Sum of these is unity
13.
Polymers have thermal expansion coefficient in the range of ........ x10{
(a)
mm
0.39 - 0.77 mm {c) 0.39 - 0.77 nm (d) 0.39 - o.77 cm ,
Units for tfiermal conductivity
{a) J/kg.K
MsiUe light's wavelength range
11.
(b) y'mol.K {a) J/ks.k (c) J.ohrn/sec.K2 (d) W/m.K
(
(c)
Visible light X-rays
2+'
(d) ry.,
lncreases
17.
Decreases Either
All, depending on metal
Reilectivity of metals
(a) (c)
0.05
0.9s
(a)
(b) 0.50 (d) None
(b)
G}
-(ol www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 49
Ogticaland Thermal Properties of 'Material
# Refractive index of materials is approximat'ely equal to square root of
(a) {b) {c)
Sdr
25.
Magnet'c PermeabilitY
x
magnetic
PermeabilitY
Crptcd fibre operators on {he principle of
26.
(d) None !' (a)
{r) (b) {c)
.@ i
Li$rt rdlec{bn
21.
(b)
Compton scattering
28.
ultraviolet
ln indirect
inter-band transition the electron
{af
Change in both energy and momentum
(b)
Change in momenturn but no charge in
(c) (d)
Knocking out ofelectrons by photons
Change
29.
1O-sps
Electricalconductors
(b)
Electri
(c)
p-n jurctions
(d)
Ail
10-sns
(c) Ge
-
(b) (d)
:
Si
Se -t
Dielectric materials like enamels, porcelain, etc'
are opaque (in the visible range) becausg They have band gap greater than 3 eV
{a} (b) TheY have band gap less than 3eV
(c) TheY scatter light (d) TheY have low refractive index 31.
-
Which of theJollowing are examples of direct
(a) GaAs
1fr5 ms
Pyrorneter works based on
(a) Laser teehnologY (b) Photo-conduction (e) Tlrermalemission (d) tyhoattettect
'l
-i
band gaP semiconductors?
Electro'luminmcenee occurs in
{a)
in energy but no change in
momentum
All
(b) (d)
'J
No change in both energy and momentum
Photons stimulated bY Photons
10{s
;l
energy
fluoremence occurs within
{a) (c)
Msible
Photons emitted while excited electrons-
drops.down
(b) (") {d)
The: ranges of electromagpLtic radiation.in which metals exhibit maximum reflectivity is
undergoes
Luminescence is because of
(a)
Lmer technologY
{e} Ultraviolet (d) lnfrared
(c) Both (d) None 21.
Pfroton-electric effect
(b). Beyond
subjecte(to Rayhigh scattering
intemal reflectance
Tyndalleffect
(a)
Sky looks blue iecause the sun liEht is
(a)
tTotal
{d)
(b) Light rdractkm (c) Lighttransmiss'xrn (d) Ligtrt AbsorPtion 20.
cell works based on
{a) taSer technologY (b) Pfpton-conduction (c) Thermal emission {d) Tyndalteffect
Eledrical PermitivitY
Electrical permitivity
{71
Which of the following materia[s does not absorb visible radiation?
' (a) SaPphire "i ' . (b) RubY (c) www.dream2gate.co.in
Diamond_
(d)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
Silicon
.I
.i
--l -'l
-i
..1
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 50 t
172 Materialscience ANSU'ERI(EY
trF
1.
(c)
8.
(d)
15.
(b)
22.
(c)
z.
(b)'
e.
(d)
16.
(d)
23.
tc)
3.
(d)
10.
(a)
17.
(c)
24.
(c)
4.
(d)
(b)
-1s.
(a)
25. .
(b)
s.
(a)
12.
(a)
1e.
{b)
26. {a)
6.
{d)
13.
(c)
2a.
(a)
27.
(a) & (b)
7.
(a)
14.
(a)
21.
(a)
28.
(a)
i 'n.
(") 31.
ht
'o
ET
10.1
ll
-10.1 .10.2
1o.3
' 10.5 10.6 10.7
10.4
t I I I
1GB--
(
10.9
: I I
rl
I I
t ! I 10.14
I
10.15
(
10.16
(
10.17 10.18
I
(
10.19
'l
10.20
(
10.21 10.22 10.23
I
I
10.25
\
1o.az 10.28
www.dream2gate.co.in
I
10.24
10.26
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
I
I
I I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 51
\, Modern
{
Bhkelond nomed his new moteriol "Bakelitet; todoy we use the ganuic names 'phenotformoldehyde' or just 'phenolic". Crystollizoti,on is focilitsted by the tre.serce of polor groups. Plostics with two or tnore phcses ore commonly colled plyblerds. Becouse the electrSns thot ore shqred covolently within f hsins ore highly laealizd, .mosi polymers iare very g'ood .insulotor. Plostic ized ?llc, polyethylene - -ord polytetrofltrcroethylene ate all flexitle insuhtors wifh low *.norgilr permedili\ to
with them high-volume opplicotions in shi.eldirp ebctrical wire ond cobles. Where insukii<x is rrct wonted, e.g. {in ontistotic fooms ond pockoging f or
levels
I
'due to
,(
density.
1
Ploscoot PPA 571 ES is o lfrermoplostic cmtgg powder which hos been.specificolly desiged to ,provide o long lostirg, tough
.
(
of
-4A"C
' need for o seporo?e primer. The moteriol olso '.. providesgood obrosion ond impoct resistonce.
Tf PPA 57 IES over sproyed powder is to be reqcled then blend o moximum of 25% of the over-sproyed poWder wifh75% of virgin powder.
<
tu93'C.
Viton is o synthetic rubber ond fluropropofne
elostomer used in o-rirE, chemicol resistonce glove. Viton is not suitfule for steom, omine
or hot woter services. RTFE (reinforced tetrofluoroethylene) is o variotion on PTFE (teflon) thot typicolly hos 15% gloss filled fibreodding to the pressure thot PTFE con normolly withstond. RTFE should not be used in hydrofluroic ocid ond hot spring coustics {due to a reoction with the gloss). PCTFE (Polychlorotetrofluorethelerc) is a polymer used in volve seot for cryogenic service.
Delrin is o tvpe of polyoxymethylene (ccetol,
polyotetol ond ployformoldehyde). It is o thermoploslic used in volved se
on olloy of acid modified polyolefin's. Thzretore, it is Holoqen free ond the conbustion fumes ore low in.smoke ond hove
571ES is resistont to siress crocking, odversa weother conditions, deterrynts, salt sproy ond typicol oirborne pollutonts. The cooting mointoins excellent odhesion to the metol substrote without the
for
works in temperotures
cooting for acterior opplicotions to mild steel, golvonized steel ond oluminum. ft is.bosed on
Ploscoot ?PA
o high molecular weight polyomide mode by Devol specificolly toilored high temperotur e/ pressure oppl icotions. Devlon comes in o var:iety of grodes with Devlon VAPT being the moat common in the iMustry. in impoct ond eorr+sive environments, Derrelon
Lupitol and
ftnd rhich structured conrposite formed by ,attochirE two thin stiff s*in toa ligrht wei.grlrt {xlt thick core. Core moteriol are generalty bw strength nraterioldue to higler ih;ckness composite hove high berdiry stiffness with overoll bw .,.
ebtronics comporents, useful
is light weight'yet performs well
ond
It
Celecon, Kepitol, Durocon, Ultraform.
is
Devlon
iis high'.stiffness; {ow friction
excellent strength. A product of DuPoint, Delrin is susceptible to ocids though it hos high heot resistonce ond low woter otsorption Delrin is good for temperotures of -4O"C.to 1m%. cgn olso be known os Hostoform,
of condrtivity con be produced by
filling with grophite porticles. Electroactive Polyrwrs oligned, to iive o polorizing effext or o colour chonge, by on externol electricol or mognetic lTEld. .Photooctiue polymers con be constructed in o similar woy by fixing light-octivoted chorge tronsfer groups to the moin choin; these tnoteriols ore used for xerography, in copiers ond in loser printers. Devlon is cost polyomide used for high fressure ond temperoture opplicotion. Dev{on
Material 2O3
(
Silicone elostomer posses high degree"of flexibility ot low temperoture and even very stoble ot 250'C. It is resistont to weothering ond kitfficnt.oil. So, it is find on opplicotion inoutotnobile ergine.It isolso used in blood tubing, RW(Room Temperotwe Vukonizotion) rubber is product of it ofter vulconizing. RTV silicone used in cockpit instruments, engine gosketing, engine elecironics potting, sculpiure, prototypes ond furniture. Nlono compsite rnteriol ore highly preleroble in &sig considerotion for their vbrotion resistonce.
1
Porticulote composite
is
dispersion
strergthere.d composites.
I
P"o{yocetylene, polyoniline
ore electricolly
corducting polymer ore used in EMI shielding,
' 'electrodes in so{d stote botteries, LED's,
polymer
plostic tronsistors onci integroted
chiP.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 52
2O4
Materialscience
QUESTTONS The
(a) Styrene'butadiene Rubber (SBR) (b) Butyl rub'ber (c) Nitrile rubber (d) Any one of the above depending
structure of a pdymer is shown in the given figure. This polymer finds special
1.
application in
upon
the need
(a) packagrrg (c) bearings
2.
Formed by addition polymerization Formed by mndensation polymerization
Which'of these statements are correct?
Softened on heating and hardened sn cooling for any number of times
(a) 2and3
(d) fertilizer
Consider the follwving statements:
1. 2. 3. 4.
are
i
modulated by heating and cooling
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) (c)
3.
(b) 2 and 4 (d) 2 and 1
1 and 3 1 and 4
Match List-l with List-ll and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Neoprene
1. : .- 2l -
.
-.
Baketite
-
Polycarbonate...Pooliinpact resistahce PTFE...Lowcoefficient of friction Polypropylene...good fatigue strength
(b) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
1 and 4
Assertion (A) : Addition polymerization is
t0.
a
pnmary summation of individual molecules.into
long
chains.
:'
Reason (R) ; ln addition polymerization, the reaction produces a small molecule as by-
Both A and R are t'iue and R is the
corect
explanation of A
(b)
Araldite
Eleekic
lQht
Consider the following statements:
(a)
:
Foamedpol!-urethane
Both
A and R are true but R is not
a
conect explanation of A srvitches
(c)
A is true but R is false
(d)
A is false but R is true
12
Adhesive. The molecular urcight of vinyl chtoride is 62.5.
Thus the molecular weight of a polyvinyl chloride.with a degree of polymerization of
:.
.Codes:.
.A
(a) 4 (b) (c) 4 1
{d)
6.
to
Of these statements
List-ll
.-:
(c)
Acrylics...Very giood transparency
product.
List-l
A. B. C. . - .- D.
of plastics
1. 2. 3. 4.
Thermosetting plastic
'
Consider the following pairs their distinct characteristics:
(5) adhesives
1
2@00 is
-P
c
'1 2 4'2 'l 3 43
(a) 200m 6zs
D 3
20000
(b)
62.5 20000
3
-(c) 62.5 x
2
Consider the following statements:
2
Poly-tetra-fluoro-ethene is
Which one of the following,materials is used for car,tyres as a standard material?
(d)
20000
1.
a thermoplastic material.
2.-
having low friction coefficient.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 53
3. 4. 5. 6.
a thermosetting
material.
'
Codes:
ABCD (a)3 2 1
having high friclion coefficient. an ehctih insulator.
o)2 3 4
non sticking to surfaces.
(c)Z 3 1 (d)3 2 4
Which of these slatements are coriect?
(a) 1,2,5 arrcl-6- (b)
{c)
3, 4 ard
5
{d)
!
Teflon iS
a
2, 3 and 6 3, 2 and 5
13.
;
4 1
4 1
PtEnd formaldehyde is e/an
{a}. thermoplastic @ynrer
(a) Thernroeefting fltrcrocarbon polyner (b) Thermof,astic f{rcrocarbon polymer (c) lnorganic cornpound of flrrcrine and
&) thermoset polymer {c) elastorner {d)
;i
rubber
carbon
td) 10.
Consi&r the following stalernents:
Laminated phenolic material
(A) : ln Addition Polymaization method,'polymer is produced by adding a second monomer to the first, then a third mo{prr}er to this dimmer snd Assertio_n
ln the case of rubbet vulcanization refers to the process of producing a
(a)
Linear polymer
'11.
of
Of these statements
(a)
Match
List{ (Material)with List-ll [fypical use)
and select the conecf answer using ihe codes given lelow the lists:
(b)
Both
A and R are true but R is not a
correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R'is false (d) A is false but R is true 15.
:
Match List-l (Mabrial) with List-ll (Application)
,
and select the conect answer using the code
given below the lists:
I
ListJ
List-t
A. B. C. D.
Both A and'R are tnre and R is the coned
explanation of A
-
{a) Dicarboxylic acids with dihydroxy alcohols {b) Biphe.nol-A and epichlorohydrin {c) Phenol and formaldehyde (d) Benzene and toluene 12.
There must exist at least orp
in the monomer for Addition
Polymerizati on reactircn.
Polyesters can be defined as the condensation
products
:
double bond
Reason (R)
{b) Brarrched polymer (c) Cross-linked polymer (d) Network polymer
s T.
Branchedpolyethylene
A
Fibre reinforced plastics
Polyester
B.
Acrylics
Polyvinylchloride
c.
Phenolics
Linear-polyethylene
D.
Butadiene rubber
I t I
r t I a
ListJl
Listll
1. 2. 3. 4.
Bottles Textile fibres
Fikns for packaging Transpaent fikn
1.
Automobile tyres
L
Aircraft
,
Lenses
I
I 4.
Electric switch cover'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 54
206 MaterialScience
16.
prim6ry bonds
A
B
c
D
(b)
secondary bonds
(a)
1
4
3
2
(c)
covalent bonds
(b)
2
3
4
1
(d)
van der WaalS or hydrogen bonds
(c)
1
3
4
2
(d)
2
4
3
1
Structure of as
(a)
poflper
Thermosetting polymers is:
i
{c) {d)
Closed pack hexagonal
(d) have very
'Addition polymerization
(b)
Co-polymerization
(c)
Linear polymerizatiori
{d)
Condemation polynrerization
(a) Alumina 23.
Become hard on heating. lncreasingplasticity. Ability to deform with rise in temperature.
Long chain structure.
of these properties for plastics
(a) t, 2, 3 and 4." . ...(b) '3 .arid 4.only (e) l and 4 only";' . iOi.' ,, 3 and a on[ the corhponent.
(a) Low densjty, maclinability.a:nd high (b)
Machinability,. high stren$th,and large plastic deformation
(c)
High strength, large plastic deformation and low densig
Low density, machinability and large plastic deformation
G
Sitica Firectay
27. A -t. (a
(r ((
List-l
A. B: C. D.
(
Ceramics
28.
Refractories Stones
A (r
High silica glass
List-il
1. 2. 3. 4.
Construction of c*remical plants
(,
Columns and pillars
Uning of furnaces 29.
Tites
ABCD (a)4 3 z' (b)2 14 (c)4 12 (d) 2 3 4 (a) (c)
Alumina Whisker
www.dream2gate.co.in
liR
t I
E
u
i:
Codes:
t ( 1
(,
3
t
3
30.
1
1
(
Which one oi the following is not a ceramic?
ln a thermoplastic polymer, adjacent rnolecules .
(b) (d)
Match tist-t 1U"t"rial) with List-t! (Appticatim) and select the correct answer using the codes
are
conect!
by
(h
given below the lists:
Consider the following properties for plastics:
are bonded
(a
temperature-sensitive
(c) Magnesia
(a)
ll
CaO slag?
as?
(d)
{i
Which oneof the following refractory matedals is recommended for steel furnaces containing
by-product such as water or ammonia, known
Plastic material"'is used .for.
--(c
mechanical properties
What is the process by rafrich two or more demicdtydifferent moncmers are polymerized to form a cross link polymer together with a
Which
(b
26.
thermoplastic polyrners
Cubic
1. 2. 3. 4.
-
(a) consists of. a netwo* of polymers dlains (b) are crosslinked by crystalline regions {c) are generally more rigid than
1
Long chain
{b) Rhombic
17.
(a)
(b) Porcelain (d) Pyrosil
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
( ?,1
t (
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 55 \9
I
25.
.
Which one of the following is correct?
{b) ln blocks {c) 0ver sleel rods
When'devitrification" of inorganicgrlasses done
(a)
glass transforms ftom crptalline to non-
crystalline l
{b)
(c)
(d)
.glass transforms into a fully transparent material grlass kansforms
frsn
TL
2f'.
glass is r6lieved
of
internat stresses
Tl"re main furrction
TtE t)rpe of bondir€ inceramjc is
charac{er
(d)
(c| Predominantly ionic With small covalent 34.
character
27.
28.
(d)
Among the following ceramics which one has
'?9.:
..
Ceramics norrnally exhibit lvhich type of
{d)
Ceramics strength in tension compared to that in compression is
(a) Ductile (c) Cleavage :
Silicon carbide
A refractory miterial must
'(d)
(a) Hish (c) Low 37.
AIlof the above 38.
.
..,1b) .Basic
{r) 1ii).
30.
F)
All
(b) (d)
tuledium
None
Glass Clay
'
(b) Sakelite
td)
Aluminium oxide
Graphite Chromia
(b) (d)
Kaynite
Dolomite
Which of the following fibre materiab are used
for reinforcemeni' in composite materials:
'.ttleukal
1. 2. 3.
:None of {l'e above
The chernical formula of silirnanite is
(a) AlP. {c) AliO3.SiO2 31.
39.
Brittle
Which is the neutral refaclory materials?
(a) {c)
Acidic
(b)
Which is not a ceramic material?
{a) (c)
Not crumble or cracks easily
Thenature of rnagresite as refractcry rnabrials
{a)
'
.
Dolomite
(b) Ganister (d) Silica hick
fracture?
ls-
,.
Lime
basic refractory?
(a) Aluminum oxide (b) Quartz (c) Boron carbide
(c) _.
Absorption of heat
the h(;hest hardnesS?
slag
. '
of refrackrbs is - o
Which one is an example of
(a) tc)
Purely ionic
ia) Be capable of withstanding high temperatu,:" {b) Be resistant to action of molten nretal and
"
ceram'rc material is
{a) Thermal radiatkx (b) Reflection of heat (c) Thermal insulation i;
{a) Purely covalent (b) Predorninantly covalent with small ionic
.
An exarnple of crystalline
(a) Window glass {b) MgO (d) C€rrlent {c)' Fixed.clay
mono-crystalline
s{ate to g0lV+qfsatline date
{d)
All of the above
{b) S0, (d)
Boron carbide Graphite
Select the iorrect answer using the codes
At20".2sio2
Reinfrcrced cernent concrete is caStn€
Glass
gereldd
given below: by
(a) 1 and 2,, (c) 2and3
www.dream2gate.co.in
{b)
1and3
(d)
1,2and3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 56
wE!'!!'--
208
Materialsciince
wood is a
naturar>
wfrich of the follovrirg?mposite consisting of
comPosite?
(a].. Lionin fibres in dtru"! rnatrix (b) Lignin fibres in apatrte;.;;^
(c) {d) 41.
Cellulose fibres
in
ceuurose ,ibres
; ;frl*J,ll-
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Nano compbsi(emeert
in design
;"r#f iflryt'rr-"."t
(a) higf' re,6i$ance to (b) vibration r.o**oq (c) impact resistarrce (d) high resitiene
the following rnaterials is noil
G6;;"f
Fropagatkrn
l
Wood Concrete Plywood Sialon
Which
of the following
dispersion-strengthened
composites
composites'?
{a)
Parliculale comPosites '
(b) (c)
Laminar'comPosites
(d)
Stiort-fiber discohtinuous composiles
Fiber reinforcetrcornPosites
ANSTYER KEY
1.
(c)
r0.
(c)
28.
(d)
37.
{b)
2.
(b)
rr. (a)
29-
(b)
38.
(c)
3.
(c)
4.
(a)
5.
(b, c)
6-
l-,
- -
(cl
1'' ' t'l 13. (b)
30.
(c)
39.
(d)
31.
1c)
40.
(d)
14,
(o-l
!?.
(b)
41.
(b)
. ls.
6l
33.
(c)
42.
(d)
43.
(a)
7.
(c)
16.
(a)
M.
(c)
8.
{a}
1r.
(o)
35.
(b)
e.
(b)
18' ri
(c)
..
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
are
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 57
MiseeHaneous-
1.
tYh'rc+'
(a)
{c)
of the following is unstratified
Sheb
of
lhe fpllowing pairs is correctly
m*ched I
-,*)-gem' (b)
{c)
l/etamorphb
m*
Argillaceous rock
,
Marble is a
3. .
,.'
{a)
Stratifbd rock
lc)
{diated rock
(5) UnstrdKied rock (d) argfl{aoeous rock
11.
5.
of the folbwing consli{r.{ents in earth ptastbity to rnould .bricks in suitable 4ives
.(iii) Good in strerprth
shape?
(a) only (i) (c) both {i) & (ii)
)
{b) id)
Lime Magnesia
12.
is
(b)
only (ii)'
,.{d) toth{ii) & (iii)
Tle rnain constiftEnt to hydraulic lime is
{a) Fire bricks
{a)
Cakiurn oxide
{b) Silica.
.(c)
Clay
(d)
{b) Stone {ricks {+} Cl*y Hles -
Tera cotta
ae extensively useO{orlasic rdractrorks in lonraoes are The bricks v.tridr
ia)
(b)
C.rrcinite.bricks'
{c}.' Magnesltg'iric.rs'(O) wtlieh of--td Jdbiving '
.
The ccrrect answer
Gur'stred pottery is used in the manufacture o{
de)
:
Quhk {ime is
(i) Sbw in settr€ (ii) Rapid in slackirg
Which
{a) Silica {c) Alumina
7.
'{a) Calciurn carbonde {b) Cakium oxide {c) Calcium hydroxide {d) Nore'of the above
Sedimedary roc*
,Easalt
{d) Granite
Quid(iine"b-
{grcons rok
Limestone
ttte follow{rg is a rock
(a) Quarlz (b) M'rca (c) Gypsurn {d) illone oJ {l're aborre
(b) Lirnestone (d) Granib
Sandstone
Which
VUnich of
and ffivance Matixids
.
. .''
:{c) shate
(bJ. .Lirneslore {d).. .gypsum
Plywood has the advant4e of
direction
Fosterib $ricks
'seidimentary
Water
'(a) Greder tensiledreng$ in{onger dlrection (b) Greateltensile strergth in shorter
SrllimanIe bricts
{c) .Sarne tensile sker€th (d) Nore of the above
rocks
intaquaiEiie'Oy metaririxptric ardion?
-{a) .:sffidstone' -
13;
wtrich irnpartstrydrauticity
14.
in all direction
Hard boards are exar*pb of
{a) {c)
Plywood
{b)
Fibre board
Parlicle board
"(d)
Ch"ip board
Quartzites r's a
ConsiOeittre following statements
{a) {b)
Silbious rock
Conifers
Argillaceous rock
are endogenous lrees
(c) Cakareous rock
(i) {ii)
{d)
(iii)
have pointed irc€d{e like
f{one of the above
grow outwards
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
lea,res
$
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 58
22.
Of the above statements
,16.
(a)
(i), (ii) are conect
(bl (c)
fiiL (ii), are conect (i), (ii) & (iii) are conect
(d)
(i), (iii) are conect
17.
(a) Ume & silica (b) Lime & alumina (c) Silica & alumina (d) Lime & iron
The material recommended for roofing is
(a) Linoleum r {b) (c) Thermocqte {d) The setting {irne
{a)
Geosyrdhetic
dplader of paris
is.ddayed
Which of fhe following.is
Alum
(b)
Clay
(cl
Hydrated
lime 1d)
Glue
{a) Lirne (c) Alkalies
Gypsum loses all its water of crystallization at
(a)
50"C
100"c
(c)
Ib)
200"C
{d)
300"
25.
(b)
Calcium chlorkJe
CO2 ib) CaSOn & H2O (c) Lime & HrO (d) CO2 & calcium 21.
A.l A.2 A.3
All of the above
Which of {he following is / are used for the manufacture of basic bricks?
A4 A5 A6 A,7
A8 AS
.Ar A., A.
{a) Setting (b) Slakirp (c) Calcination.
Gypsum consists of
(a)
(d)
The thermal decomposition of limestone into quick lirne & carbon dioxide is called.
(c) Galcium carbona{e (d) None of the above 20.
(b),rkon pyrites
(a) Magnesia (b) Ddomite (q) Bottra&b (d) l'bne of {he above
Most cornmonly used retarder in cement is
Gypsum
/ are the harmful
!!]
ingredbrb in b,rick earth?
(a)
(a)
(b) Sofl (d) lmpervious
Hard
{c)--Pcrors
about
19.
_4
Glazing is used to make earthenmre
Asbe$os
by adding +etardant
18.
The main ingredients of portland cement are
H2S &
The main costituents of.cements which is responsibl-e for iniiial setting of cement is
Petroleum bitumen is obtained frorn
(a)
A
Fractionirl distillation
(a) (b)
Dicahium silicate
(c)
Tricalciumaluminate
C)' - itn osptreric;vacarr4 Oistiitatlm
(d)
All of the above
iOy-' Oestruction d-istillalion'
(b)
Tricalcium silicate
..-q$-aelion'.'
A
'
, I
..........:
t I I
:
-25.
1.
(d)
7.
(a)
13.
(c)
19.
(a)
2.
(b)
8.
(a)
14.
(b)
20.
(b)
26.
(c)
3.
(a)
9.
{s)
15.
(b)
21.
(c)
27.
(c)
4.
(c)
10.
(b)
16.
(b)
2?.
(a)
5.
(c)
11.
.(cl
17.
(d)
23.
(d)
6.
(c)
12.
{c)
18.
(c)
24.
(d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
[c)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 59
Annerure l,and,Anrrerutedl
find out correct staternent amor€ following l. Lithium sterate is used in making
ll.
zutomobile grease. Alhcyof tithiurn and aluminium is used in makir€€liass.
Hl.
Li2GO3
{a)
I and lll
tc)
I only
kr
I
,'
conet
find
ll.
ptanb Lfune is use for
{t} lard ll
'u:
:{d) l, ll ard lll
Plasterof paris{CaSOo. Hr0)is used for plastaing of walls.
(a)
l, ll and lV
statenentanrcng tte fdloruing
{b) ll, l, lll ard lV {d)
(c)
Hl and lV
Aluminiumironze is alloyof Aluminium & Nickel.
ll.
Atuminiumsums wiih oxygen& reaction
ll!.
Tin is fotmd as the ore galena.
lV.
Watergas is equimolecular mixture of CO
'rs endothermic.
anQ
ffz
ta) lV only (c) I and lll
l. NaHCO. is used as baking powder ll. Liquid sodium metal can be used as coolant of fast breeder nuclear reactors. (a) Both statements are correct (b) Statentent t is r'rght & Statement ll is
{b)
l, ll and lV
(d)
ll and lll
Find out inconect statements.
l.
-
ll.
wrong
ln dianpndeach C atoms is tetrahedral sunounded by four other C atom.
Fullerenes are soluble
in
inorganic
solvents.
right & staternent t is \r/rong
!tt.
'Freonis are causing damage
to
ozone
layer
find out correc!.
l. ll.
statements
"*go-g
follbwing
fertilizers.
..:
{c) lll only
-' .' .;. - .
Potassiurn permanganit'e'.is'good
Itl. Potassiurir
superoxide-
is .used
Find out conect statement among following
as
chemical orygen .prc1ators -f!n,.S@" suits.
{a) t and lt ,:. ' "{o}. iffi Jit-,. .1.,.' (c) ll and lll' , , tO') l, ll aniJ'l{i '. Temporary hardress is
(a)
Due to all catbns presant
{b) Due to ?resence of frrfuSou, CaSOo {c) Due to carbonate 8 bicarbonate of mg2.
10.
l. ll. lll.
Zeolites is used
rv.
Pure Si is used
(a)
l, ll and ltl
(c)
l, ll, lll ard
Silica gel is used inchromalography.
in removing hardness.
Germanium is used to makeprisrns and lenses
to make cornputer chips
(b) Jl, Ill and
lV
(d)
lV
I ard ll
Find outcorrect stalement arnong following
t.
and Ca2*
(d) , None of ttese
(b) ll.only (d) I and lll
(a) t only
Potassium_compoundsare.vgryimportant
as
5.
ll,
J{l
l.
statement among the
following.
4"
I ard
:
Find out the.,correct $atement
lV. it is used in making sodp. {b) l, ll, lll and lV {a) l, ll and lV (c) ll and lV {d) ll, lll ard lV
Statement ll is
softenirg of wder
ilj.
l. lt is ac'ttjic in nalure ll. lt'€ IUPAC name is sodknn hydroxide. tll. lt is insoluble in water
(c)
is used b makl ornanrents.
MgF. is inportant in cfilorophyll in green
for caustic soda.
Find ont the correct
,i,i:,,;:
out mnect $a!en1e.nt among{otbwlng
Ablter
{fiedicine
a
Fkrd out
2.
is.'us
6.
pigmeriJ
ll.
www.dream2gate.co.in
is used in strong yellow signs & markings ]or.road
lead compourd
NrOo is called laughing gas.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 60
lll.
Phosphorus trisulphide
is
used' in
15.
l.
matches.
lV.
Alloys of Bi is used
m a high
(b) I and lll
G) ll, lll and lV.
(d)
ll.
ll, lll and lV
.
decomposes to
16.
Find out correct staternents among the following
l.
is used in
Selenium
17.
goltre
(a) l, ll and lll
{c) ll, lll and lV Find out correct
13.
l. I
ll.
(b) (d)
e
19.
(c) 14"
l. ll. lll.
Coal gas is used in lighting & teating 6oCO
is radio active isotope
(a) I and ll (c) Il and lll
{b) I and lll (d) l, ll and_lll
I and ll
.(c)
I and lll
is used in fireuorks
Fe, (SO), is'used as a coagulant
tll
,(b) ll and lll
(d)
I and ll
._1
J
LCo(cN)sf"----rLCor(cru),oJParanegnelic .' Diamagrnetic I and ll
(d)
llonly
none'of .these. '
Findout eneels{atement'ambng.folloiving
ll.
:
Eoron is non+netal'and alwayr ioim '
bond.
'
_
.". , ..
.
ajraphite layers -are-.arranged ih.the sequerceABAB..".--'... ,.-.. .
(a) t and tl (c) ll only 20.
Nickel is used in steel makirp
(d)
l, ll and
KCIO4
covalent
(b) ll and lll (d) l, ll and lll
Find out conect statements
is like soccer ball {b) ll and lll
Fullerene structure
(a)
l.
There are several blue portenis which
ll ll only
thermodynamically less staUe
Steel contains less than 2oh carbon
{a) {e)
Mercury is the only metal which is liquid at roomlemperature.
I and
Gnapt$te is
l. ll. lll.
lt.
eontain copper.
til
Dendty of graphite is lesserthan diamsrd
colour to glass, glazes.
ore llr.
ancitffi
18. Find ou* the cmect statement among following ' l. CoO is used as a pigment to give blue
t, ll, llt and lV
Most common ore of silver is peacock
(d)-il
I
Find out conect siatements
t, ll and lV
btatements.
I and ll
{a) I and lll (c) l, ll and lll
ll. Chlorine is used to purify drinking water lll. lodine deficiency causes the disease the periodic table.
(b) l, ll and lll
Find out cone& staternent among fdlowing
lll.
Xerox-type
Fluorine is the least reactive elements in
ll onty
than diamond
phoiocopies
lV.
Rh is an inrportant catalyst for the control
of car exhaust emissions.
l. ll.
O,
lV. H2O2 is used as rocket fuel. (a) l, l1 and lll (b), ll, lfl and lV (d) l, ll, lll and lV G) l, ll and lV 12.
llt. (a) (c)
Fird out coneclstatements
l. Pure -watdr is ctiamagnetic & dielectric. ll. Dioxygen i.is paramagretic lll. Ozone {Or) is stable & does not
Pt is used in three-way catalytic convertors.
-t,.
11.
.Nickel-silver contains 60% Ag, 20% Ni,
NYofur
melting
plug for automatic fire sginker systems.
(a) l, ll and Ul
21.
Find ort conect statement among following
1(b)
' (d)
.l'only "
.
':
none of thes'e
Find out the conect statement among following.
l. ll: lll,
Solid CO, is called dry ice or cardice.
(a) (c)
I, ll and lll
QuarU is a piezo-electric material Siliccnes are electrical insulalors.
I and ll
www.dream2gate.co.in
(b) id)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I and lll
ll and lll
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 61
ll
Annexwe I and Annexure
'',.
21. ' Find out tlnpcrisonun rndd amorg follo,ri.rg : l: :*fg I. Cd {ll. Sn lv.. Pb v..sb vt. co
22.
Vll.
Au
{a) {c)
l, ll, {HV V Vl l, ll, l1l, M V
ll. lll.
row
{4 26.
I* l.
I
24.
I
1.
mar€€nes€ rornpo*nds af€ O.OSe/o in
bmp.
{c)
{d) .fl and lll
l-klium*astfp
of
lowest boiling polnt of
Column-t l. haematite p. ll. magnetite q. lll. limonite lV. 'siderite s Iilil q {a)s r r {b) p q p ic) q {d)r s
{c)
116o48'
{d)
190'
Find out conect statements among following
{fd
:
is natural radioactive
Co is fenomagnetic Alnico
l, ll
make powerful magents
lll
and
I and
lll
28.
(b) ll and lll. (d) I and ll
NiO is used directly in steel makirg in Mond process.
ll.
Ni is used in NirFe storage batteries'
(a)
2. (c)
| 7.
I 8.
{b)
3. (a)
| s. I - ro.
4. (b) s. (c) 6. 1c)
(c) (b)
I 11. (c) i tz. (a)
feqoH) FerOo
13. 14. 15. 16.
Fer0, IV p S
q p
a good hrgh temperatur$. _ :
Assertion (A): Graphite remai,rs lublcant.ul,to
l.
(a)
feCO.
r"
1D4"
*ll
Column-ll
;
O-OO in O, is
Technetium isotopes
I and ll
I and
,ftlaffi the following
,(b) I and lll (d) ll ard lll
{b)
as
.sbel bads to a'low terisib strergth.
.
.Reason (R): Planes of atoms are bonded with van der Waals bords.
fet|rer
following.
I
Rlemium and platinum aHoy is used lor lead or lead free+etrol
tb)
1oz"28
I
ll and .lll
-+t- *plosphorus contefitof oler
in
Ffnd out the correct statemenls amoqg I
iOl
Ja) l, lland {ll
{a)
ll. lll" (a) (c)
I
I and ll
Chromium is unreactive or pmsive at low
Bond angle
l.
{b)
€oloured is pale pink.
trarsitim elements.
(a) I and ll {c) l, ll and lll 23.
lll
out correct staternenb
,ll. flax.
any liquid.
I
l,{.|€rd
{c) tard lll
VI and Vll
Fird out con€ict among {doudng l. Vanadtuin tus h(frest mbtting point tfte first
.,,{1.. While goldis alloy of P.d* Au
{b) il, il, tv v vt, \'ql '{d)
247
I
29. . -.'Assedign. {A): €raphite &es not conduct .-' .-.elMricity as uelt as dbes a rnetat
' ':
'-"
-Reason [R): Ebckons cannot rnove freely{rom one sneAt of artgms to the next
(d):
2s. (a)
(d)
m.
{d)
27. 28.
l&l
n.
{a)
{a)
' 17. -(a) 18. {a}
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
{a) (a)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 62
Material Science Question Set
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
rrvrb,tYb
EILFIL
tUlA,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 /.Y \
ry
(a) NegativelY (b) Positively
charge with
(c)
protons around
Neutron carrieSa ..,,.......;. charged
soned with enough number of Proton plums.
(c) A heavy sphere of positive
(a) Positiveijlectrical
charge
(b) Neg+i*e electrical
seasoned with enough number of election plums to make it eleciri-
(c) Eithdr negative
or Positive
(d) None of the above
cally neutral
-The weight of an electron is .'..'--.. of
(d) None of ihese 2.
Either negatively or positively
(ci) None of the above
eharge sea-
(b) A sphere of negative
ihe weight of a Proton or neutron
Rutherford's experiment of Bom bardent of a-parllcies by striking on a thin gold
/^\
ta)
11
1850
1k\ t'r 2000 -
foiFshowei that i ^\ tt'l
(a) All the a-particles passed :lr?lgt t
. (b) All the a-particles werb deflmted
back
through the
(d) Mosi of the j:partides went straight through the foil while very fewwere
l.
bonds
The atomic number of a certain element
tain
@\-aZ Protons and 41 electrons
(b) 83 neutrons
(c) 1 neutron, 41 electrons and
is equal to
(c) zq.ri,,
bonds
is 83. An atom of this element rnust con-
The energ'r (E)of an electron in an atom
n1'z'e'
bonds
(d) Covalent
angles
a4r'r.,r
Hydrogen bonds are stronger ihan
(c) lonic
deflecied the foil while very few 'were deflecied back bY various
(')
(d)
1836
(b) Metallic
foil and some urere deflected back'
-./ mz-e-
1
(a) Van der Waals
::
(c) Some particles passed
3.
Page 63
Mesone carries a .......... charged
According to Thomson's plum pudding model, an atom consists of
(a) A nucleus of negative
-
41
protons
(a)
mL'e' ur1,;n' a-
1
m'/-e'
(d)
-dfh,
(d) 83 elecirons
9.
Avogadro number,
li,l
x {a) 6.023 x 1023 (b) 6.02 1021 (c) 6.023 x 10-26 (d) 6.023I 1q1
RS.4+
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 64
S Chapter-1 10.
What
is
(a) 25 nm
ihe atomic or ionic characteris-
tic that determines the elements of the
(c)
0.25
which the atom or ion is representative?
(a)
-lhe
(d)
-l-he
-ihe
nm
(a)
Van der Waals bond
number of electrons
(b) Covalent
mass
(c)
bond
Metallic bond
(d) lonic oo,1$u
propertis
14. Bond
stre@of
(a) Nuetrons
in the range of
(b) Protons
(a)
1
(c)
100
Electrons
seconedary bonds is
kJlmol kJlmol
(b) 10 kJ/rnol (d) 1000 kJ/mol
I
(d) Valence
I 15" '-" Electron sea exists
electrons
I
,.1:
i - ",,t
of
in
,
(a) Polar bonds (b) lonic bond
12. Mean distance between atoms in tre range
(c)
Covalent bond (d) Metallic bond
..i".
r" fi, ',.,
tt,,,'i'
Ar{swER5 /l T.
(c)
(b)
:
10.
(a)
4a t.J.
(a)
(d)
14.
(b)
(c)
AF
=r.'' (d)
(a)
'i
r'
6.
a
strong bond'7
11, Particles that most effects-rnaterial
(c)
(d) 0 025 nm
Which one of the foilowing is not
13.
number of protons
(b) The number of neutrons
(c)
(b) 2.5 nm
(d)
(d)
(c)
(a)
www.dream2gate.co.in
4.') tL-
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
tc.
(d)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 65
Crysial Struciures
ln metals subjected to cold working,
t.
5.
strain hardening effect is due to
{a) Slip mechanism (b) Twining mechanism (c) Dislocation rnechanism (d) Fracture mechanism
,olid are depenCeni on
a
Select the correct answer using the. codes given ,,.'' (a) 1 and (ir) 1, 3 and 4
belor,nr:
3
t\
Aunitcell figure.
-l-he
(d) 2 and 4-',:''
of a'crystal is
H.C.P.
Codes:
2. Melting point 3. Serniconductivity 4. Ductiliiy
4
F.C.C.
C. Chrclniunr 3. Amorphous D. Copoer 4. B,C.C.
crystal
Yield stress
(c) 2,3 and
List-ll
A. Charcoai .- t. B. Graphite 2.
irnperfections?
1.
Match List-l (ivlaterial) wiih List-ll (Structure) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists;
List-l
Which of the following properties of
27
showin given
miller indices of the direction {rrrow) shor,vn in the figure is
ABCD ,',ta) 3214 r, (b) 3 2 4 (c) 2341 (d) 2314
1
DiRECTIONS:
The follouring items consists of
two
statements; one labelled as'Assertion {A)' and the"other as 'Reason (R)' You are to examine these two statements carefully and select the answers to these items using the codes given below.
Godes: (a) Both A anC R are true and R is the correct explanation of A (b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (rJ) A is false but R is true 7.
i)
fo121
(b) t0
(,:)
[2 1Al [1 20]
(d) [2 0
f
;
(,: )
2 1l 1l
Assertion (A): Carbon woilld form an interstilial solid solLition with iron. Reason (R): The atomic tadius of iron is sma{ler than tnat of carbon.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 g
,t;BI Page 66 ,.
E':l
X8
i\
ehapter-2 rrilatch
List-l (Crystat
structure) with
( cr,0, y
List-ll (Atomic Packing factor) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
ListJ Simple cubic
A,
B. Body-Centred
c. Face-Centred D. Hexagonal
cubic 2cubic 3.
a=b=c, u -o-^, = 90' -p-l '=90o (b) a=b + c, o =R=v r'' I
74oh
a+b* C,u,=$= T =90" (d) a=b=c ,cr=B=T?90"
(c)
74Yo 52oh
close 4. 68%
the tetragonal
(a)
List-lt
{.
) represents
crystal system?
12. ln the grain-size determination
using
standard chartsithe relation between
packed
the given size number n and the average number of grains-'N' per square incli"'at a magnification of 100
Codes:
ABCD (a) 3421 (b) 4321 (c) 3 412 (d) 4 312 9,
N=!n-t
(a) N=2n
(b)
{c}N=2n*'
(d) frl
=ln+1
13. 'Cherricals attack atoms within grain boundaries preferentially because they
"The
set of Miller indices of the plane shown in the given figure is
L^.,^
IIdVU
(a) lower,energy than those in the
Z
grains
(b) higher enerqy than those in the grains
(c) higher nunrber of "the
atoms than in
grains
(d) lower number of atoms than in the grains
14.
-[he
coordination number crystal structure is
for
FCC
)(
(a) (1 0 0)
(b) (100)
(c) (1 0;1)
(d) (1 1 0)
;\torrric packing factor (APF) in the case of copper crystal is
1ti
0.52 (c) 0.7a
(a)
11
!-
,
(b) 0.68
(a)
4
(b)
(c)
12
(d) 16
B
15. tulaich List-l (Crystal Structure) with
.
List-ll (Example) and seiect the correct answer using the codes given beloi,rr the lists:
(d) 1 633
List-l
\Alirich one of the following pairs of axis
Simple Cubic
Itingths (a, b, c) and interaxial angles
Body-centred Cubic
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 67 Crystal Structures
18. Consider the following
Face-centred Cubic i,
1. 2. 3.
about FCC and HCP crysial struc{ure:
List-ll
1.
Zinc
2.
Alpha iron at roonrtemperature
ABCD (a) 4 312 ib) 4321 {c) 3 4',2 (d) 3 4 i
stacking of close packed planes on top of one another, but only the stacking sequence is different.
,::
Which of these statements are conect?
(a) 1 and'B' (b) 2 and 3 1
(c)
2
1.
boundary
,
(c) Planar defect in crystal latti'ie
surface
..
:
3
(d) 1 and 3
20.
:
.;:-.
(a) Teirahedron (b) Hexahedron
(c)
Cube
(d) Orthorhombic
Which one'of the following pairs is not correctly matched?
' ' - Space Lattice Retation between Atomic
(d) Volume defect in crystal
Radius-randEdge Element
(a) Simple cubic
Other phases
A screw dislocation ,.',:'' l.
2-'and
ln Zini Blencie structure each atom is surrounded by four atoms of the ..opposiie kind urhich are located at the ' -'corners of which one of the following?
{b) Linear defect in crystal lattice .
1
..::*
1,-
19.
interstitial
External
Lies parallel to,jd Burger's vector vector
:
&=
'
ib) Body-centred
'.
3az
=
16rz
Zaz
=
3rz
4r'i
cubic structure
ic)
lrrclrnrc
(d) Face-centred cubic
Moves in a perpendicular direction to the Burger's vector
Moves in an inclined direction to ti;.: Burger's vector
Select the corect answer using the codes given below:
(a) 1 and
a
structure
Lies perpendicular to its Burger's
A
paukeei
3. Both structures are generated by
Which one of ihe follolving pairs is not correctly matched?
Grain
Both represent closely ci-ysiai structures.
(a) Point defect in crystal lattice : Self
tI.
Both have sarne coordination number and atornic packing fraction.
Copper
Codes:
,{?
statements
Hexagonal Close Packed
'i. Manganese
tS.
29
4
(b) 1 and 3
(r) 2 and 3
(d) 2 and 4
az = Brz
structure
21. What is the planar density of (100) plane in ECC (face-centred cubic) crysial r,.lith unit celi side a equai io? 1
1.484
(a)
d
)
L
(b)_:u ,[?
1
.-,-,) d
www.dream2gate.co.in
itr)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 68
30
Chapter-2
22. Match List-l
(Element) with List-ll (Crystal Structure) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List-l
List-ll
1. Hexagonal
,+,. Alpha lron
closed packed
B.
(c) Simple cubic -
- Face centred cubic (d) Body centred cubic - Face centred cubic-Simple cubic 26. For a Rhombohedral space lattice, which one-of the follorting is ccrrect?
Zinc
Amorphous
(a) u = 0 = l'=90o (b) o = 0 = T= 90o (c) c/.=[]=90"=T
Glass
Face-centred
(d)
2. Body-centred
Copper
cubic
-:."
t.
hard-sphere model of
the crystal structrire of Copper, whet is the edge lengih of unit cell?
ABCD (a) 2314 (b) 1423 (c) 2413 (d) 13 24
(a)2xAtomicradius .-
r'
(b) (4/nt3), Atomic radius .:
(c) 1Zt"Dx Atomrc radius (d) V2 x Atomic radius
23. What is the ntovement of block
of atoms along certain crystallo-graphic plane and directions, termed as? (b) Twinning
(d)
Jos'
28.
What is a surface imperfection, which
separates crystals of different orientations a poly-crystalline
'
Which one among the fq[owing is the
(a) Edge dislocation
most effective
(kl) Stacking fault
strengthening
mechanism of nonfeirous metal?
(c) Grain boundary
(a) Solid solutiorilhhrdening
(d) Screw dislocation
(b) Strain hardening
?i).
=
tt. In the alomic
Codes:
(a) Glide (c) 9lip
[ -,i + 90" )-
CI .
cubic
Zr:',.
Body centred cubic
Which one of ihe following statements
(r;) Grain size refinement
is correct in the case of
{d) Precipitation hardening Whicfi one of the following is the
dislocations?
correct ascending order of packing donsiiy lor theglven crystal siructures of metals?
Vector)
(a) Simple cubic
-
-
Face central cubic
Body centrad cubic
(b) Body centred
cubic
-
Simple cubic
(6 = Burger's
Vector;
i
screvv
= lmaginary
(a) b ,s perpendicular to i (o) 6 is parallel to I (c) 6 is inclined to i (d)
- Face centred cubic www.dream2gate.co.in
6 and i
are non-coplaner and
non-intersecting
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 69
Crystal Structures ,*,"::"sertion
{Ai: Elemeirts are classified
(a) Stacking fautt (b) Grain boundary (c) Iilt boundary (d) Twinned boundary
irrio metals and nonmetals on the basis of their atomic weights.
Reason {R): The valence electron structures contribute to the primary bonding between the atoms to form
An
36.
Which one of the following crystal sysiems is valid for gold?
material has
pattern
(c) Different crystal struciures at
(a) Ofihogonal (b) Cubic (c) Hexagonal (d) Trictinic ,,'j
alio_tropic
(a) Fixed structure at all iemperatures (b) Atoms distributed in random
aggregates.'11
3t
different temperature
(d) Fixed strucftjl bui random atom distributiont
Which one of the following is correct for'Ciimb'?
37. Miller lnd|.cEs'tx, y, z) for the hatched
plane
(a) Dislocation moves par-allel io the
in the below unit cell
are
represented as
slin plane
..: z
(b) Dislocation moves perpendicular io the slip plane
,.
.:r ,, I
,.,t t
(c) Sliding of one plane of atoms over
(x
'y,21)
the other plane-
(d) Dislocati,lfl rnoves from a slip plane to another slip plane -1.).
Which one of the following is correct for "Burger'q vector" in _ screw dislocation?
(a) (1 0
0)
(b) (r 1 o)
(,r) Perpendicular to the.dislocation
(c) (1 1
1)
(d) (1 0
x
1)
DIRECTIONS:
The following iiems conSists of two
(b) lnclined to the dislbcation line ir:) Parallel to the diilocation line
{'l) Cpposite to the dislocation .i'
!
\,'Virich one
statements; one labelledas'Assertion (A), and the other as 'Reason (R)'. you are to
line
examine these two statements carefuily and select the answers to these items usino the
of the foilowing defects is
'Schottky defect'?
codes given below.
(a) Vacancy defect
Codes:
ib) Compositional defect
{a) Both A and R are true
{r:) iitlerstitial defect (d) Surface defect
R is
ihe conect explanation cf A
(b)
,,),1
imperfeciions which separate two orientations that are mirror image o[ one another is Sr.ri'iace
called
ancJ
1
]
and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A Both A
.(c) A is true but R is false (d) A
rs
www.dream2gate.co.in
false but i< rs irue.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 -B' . -.-B 70 Page ,#
li
32
Chapter-2
:q]
,,
Assertion (A): Most of the materials exist in single crystal.
f$:
41. The effective number of lattice points in the unit cell of simple cubic, body centered cubic, and face centered
Reason (R): Sugar is a single crystal 39.
material.
cubic space lattices, respectively,
Assertion (A): Poly-crystalline material is stronger than ordinary one"
(a) 1, 2, 2
(b) 1, 2, 4
(c) 2, 3, 4
(d)2,4,4
Reason (R): Crystals
in
Polycrystalline material haire different 40.
42. The material property
r,orhich depends
orientations with respect to each other.
only on the basic crystal structure
Assertion (A): Natural crystals always contain defects.
(a) fatigue slrength .,
(bi work, h,afdening
Reason (R): The defects may affect colour and can make a crystal a
(c) fraclure
valuable gem.
strenglh
(d)""elastic constant
.
i:.
$...
ANSWERS -!''
";'a
5.
il
(c)
11.
(b)
1$:;
(c)
27.
(b)
12.
(b)
20.
(c)
28.
(e)
(c)
21.
(c)
29.
(b)
ltt
a-7
(b)
(b)
(c)
22.
(c)
30.
(d)
3B
(d)
(c)
(b)
23.
(c)
31.
(b)
Jv.
(b)
(a,b)
(b)
L'*
(d)
32.
(b)
4A
(c)
(b)
25.
(c)
JJ.
(c)
41.
(b)
(c)
26.
(b)
34.
(a)
o,
(c)
-
:
(b)
l
rl.
are
(c)
10
tu.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
|
is
'
l;:
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 F.
jt$.
Page 71 F Chapter-3
il
II I i-
QUEST{CINJS
1.
600"C (c) 114"C (a)
2.
I
Eutectoid reaction occurs at
ln a eutectic system, two efements are completely
(b) 723"C
I
(a) lnsoluble in soiid and liquid state (b) Solubie liquid state
(d) 1493"
Match List-l (Name of material) with List li (% Carbon range) and select
(c)
Soluble in solid siate
the correct answer using the codes
(d)
lnsoluble in liquid state
give below the lists;
6.
,t\, Hypo-eutectoid steel
'l
During peritectic solrdification, one tlqutd
Hyper-eutectoid steel
(a)
combrnes with one solid
to form a
C.
Hypo-euteclic cast iron
*.
Hyper-eutectic cast iron
(b) :Sofidifies into two different solids
Listll
(e} forms one solid (d) forms one solid and another liquid
'1.
4.3
-
second new solid
:
6,67
2. 2.0 - 4.3 3. 0.8 - 2.0 4. 0.008-0.8
1,.'
(a) alpha
Codes:.
AB (a) 4 3 (b) 13 (c) 41 (ri) 1 2 VVhich one
Martensite is a supersaturated solution of carbon in
9.
CD: 14 LI
,."
ta -r a /-J
A. lsomorphous
cf the following sets of
constituents is expected in equilibrium
cooling of a hypereutectoid sieel from aListenitic stale?
{r;) Ferrite and bairrite
{d) Cementite and martensite
(c) gamma iron (d) delta iron 'Match List-l (Phase diagram) with List-ll (Characteristic) and seiect the correct answer using the codes given List-!
w-
(b) Cementite and pearlite
(b) beia
below the lists:
A,
.,i:"n
{:i) i:crriir and pearlite
iron'
system
B. Eutectic system C. Peritectic systent D. Monotectlc system l-istJi
1.
One liquid ciecomposes into another liquid and solid
2.
One liquid and anothei- solid combine to forni a nevi sbtid
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
r
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 72
Phase Diagrarns 57 Two metals are completely soluble
3"
in liquid state and completely insolubte in sol[d state
Two metals, soluble in solid and
14"
ListJ (Fe-Fe3C Phase Diagram Characteristic) with List-ll (Phase) and select the correct answer using the codes given belorru the lists: Match
liquid state A. Atpha
Codes:
tr0.
11.
A
B
(a) 2 (b) 4
D .J
4
1
1
2
-J
tc)
2
1
/d\
A
J
B, lron
D
C.
A
J
2
1
carbide having crystal lattice
BCC pure allotrope of iron is stable
between 13BB'C & its melting point
at 1535"C List-ll
LT.T. diagram indicates time and temperature transformation of (a)
Cementite (b) Pearlite
(i)
Ferrite
(d) Austenite
A 60 C-plain carbon steel has, approximately,
(a\
75% of peartite and 25% of ferrite
(b)
259',
of pearlite and 75% of ferritb
(c) 75% of cementite and ?5t% of
ferrite
(d) 75%
(o) iron
.- "
1.
6 iron
2.
Eutectic with 3 iron and 1 carbon atom
3. Ferrite stable betrrueen 13BB"C .,,
1:.lCementite
,it..Codes:
AB (a) 4 2 (b) 3 4 (c) 4 2 (d) 31
C 3 1
1
2
of pearlite and 25o/o of 15. Match List-l (Ef{ect of Cooling) with
cementite
1?. lncrease of ferrite'',,.Phase in steel
List-ll (Cooling Medium) and select the correct answer using the codes given belolrlJhe lists:
lncreases
Lisi-l
i,r)
Strength
(b) Hardness
A.
(c)
Ductility
(d) Brittleness
B. Very fine pearlite C. Fine pearlite D. Ceirse pearliie
-[he
eutectoid of carbon in iron, above
lower critical temperature, when coolod" results in
(a) l:errite and austenite (b) Ferrite and cementite
Martensite
List-ll
1.
Water quenched
2. Air cooled 3. Furnace cooied 4. Oil quenched
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 73
S8
Chapter-3
AB (a) 14 (b) 2 3 (c) 2 3 (d) 12 16.
C 2 1 4 s
information on how rapidly equilibrium is reached
D 3
Pearlite phase in an iron-carbide phase
4
diagram is
1
(a) Eutectic phase
4
(b) Hypo-eutectic mixture
Which one of the following is the correct statennent?
(c) Eutectoidal mixture (d) Hyper-eutectic phase
Pearlite in iron-carbon system is a
(a) phase consisting of ferrite and cementite at room temperature (b) mechanical mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperafure (c) eutectic mixture of ferrite and cementite at room temperature
lron-carbon,qlqi libriu m diag
(a) conelates the mirostructure and properties of steel and cast iron (b) indicates the phase changes occurring during heating and cooling
;(c)
(d) all the above the three are correct 17. Which one of the follorrying elemenis: is an austenitic stabilizer? i . ,' ,t,
(a) Cl-rromium ib) Tungst$
(c)
Nickel
(d) Mglybdenum
18.' Which one of the following eiements is a ferritic stabilizer?
(a)
Nickel
(c) Copper
It
{b) Manganese (d) Chromium
The correct statement is
(a) Characteristic of any series of alloys cannot be found be phase di;igranr.
(d)
is rnade by plotting
carbon percentage along x-axis and. ternperature along ,v axis arl of the above
tf a partiiular Fe-C alloy contains less than 0.83% carbon, it is called
(a) High speed steel
(b) hypoeutectoid steel
(c) hypereutectoid steel (d) cast iron Gibb's phase rule is given by
(F = rrumber of degree of lreedorn C = number of components P = number of phasesl
(b) Phase diagrarn does not give amount of phases whieh are a f unction of com position. temperature and pressure.
(c) The phase may
ra m
De liquitl or vapour
with ordered crystal structure
(a)
f=C+P
(c)
r=C-P-2(d)F=C *p+Z
(b)
i=C+p-Z
Which one of the following is true?
(a) Structure of metallic consists ol atoms having valence of 5, G or 7
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 74 Phase
l.
Ceramic materials have long range electron matrix bond
of phases present at any tenrperature'
Reason (R): Lever Rule is restricted to estimate relative phases, only if they
(d) Ceramics are weaker than metals
of
weak electrostatic
are solid Phases.
bond
B. Consider the following:
25. According to Gibbs' phase rule, the rrumber of degrees of frqedom of an eutectic Point in a binary sYstem is
(a)
1
(b) 2
{c)
o
(d) 3
Assertion (A): Lever Rule can be applied to determine relative amounts
of lon$ ic) Polymers are composed chain of rePeating molecules because
1. Crystal structure
2. Relative size 3. ChemicalaffinitY 4. Valency .'.
26. Which one of the following factors is rnore relevant to represent complete solubrlity of two metals in each other?
(a) Chemical
Which ditthese factors govern relative solubility of two metals in each other
in the solid state?
affinitY
(a) 1, 2 anrl 3 cnlY
:\
(b) ValencY factor
(c)
(b) 2, 3 and 4
CrYstal structure factor
(d) Relative size factor
Diagrams 59
{c) 1, 2
:.
ail
4
only oniY
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
DIRECTIONS:
,.t''
29.
The following items consists'of two
When the temperature of a solid metal
. increases,
rilatcnrents; ong labelled as'Assertion (A)'
(a)"strength of the metal decreases but ductilitY inueases
as 'Reason (R!';'You are to examine these two statements carefully and sek:r;t ihe answers io the,se'items using the ,:orlr;s given below:
arrd the-other
(b) both strength and ductititY of the metal decrease
tirltlurs:
(a) Both A and R are true and R'is the correct exPlanation of A
(c) both strength and ductilitY of the
(b) Both A and R are true but R rs not a correct exPlanation of A'
(d) strength
metal increase of the rnetal increases but
ductilitY decreases
(c) A is irue but R is false (cl) A is false but R is true I I
DBE-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 75 Chapter-3
(b)
(d)
4tr tJ.
(a)
(d)
16.
(b)
(a)
17.
(c)
2.
(a)
,1.
(b)
5.
(b)
12.
(c)
t5.
(d)
n
(a)
13.
(b)
tY.
(a)
(a)
14.
(b)
24.
(c)
10.
(d) (c)
24.
'
)Q
r.\..
25.
to.
"
(c) (c)
ffi$SARAT PHOTOSTAT:& BOOK CEIYTER N4ADE EASY, ACE & O"T}IER NSTT. NOTES AVAILABLE IES, GA'TE, PSU'S PAPER'S OTHER INSTI.TEST StrRItrS SSC'JE&CGL, BANK. ISRO. DRDO.T-TA &OTHER PS[J'S I'APERS
MOB -97181 02070,97 t6tg1 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 76 Mechanical Properties and Testing of Material
87
QUESTTCINS
?
Failure due to excessive deformation is controlled by
(ci No need for extra stress during
(a) Material properties
(d) Ail
(b) Design and Dimensions
Fracture voids uslrally form at
(c)
(a) lncl0sions
crack propagation
Both
(d) None
(b) Second fligse particles
Failure due to excessive deformation
(c)
Grain'6'oundary triple points
is controllecl"
(d)
A11..*''1'
by
(ai Yield strength
FracJilre toughness
is
measured in
(b) Tensile strength
terms of
1c) Young's rnodulus
'(a) Strain energy release
(d)
(b) Stress concentration factor
Ail
Time dependent yield is known as
Fracture (c) Buckling
(a)
(b)
Fatigue
-
(c)
-t
(d) None
rate
Both
:l
(d) Creep ." ,-"
4.
Fracture toughness decreases with
(a) lncreasing temperature (a) Bright (b)
{rj)
(b) lncreasing strain
Dull None
r,
,
rate
(c) lncrease in yield strength (d) lncrease in grain
-,,
size
Ductile to Brittle
Transition
usually materials with following crystal rrtrr:cture fail in ductile mode
Ternperature (DBIT) for ceramics is
(a)
in the range of X Tr.
FCC
(b) BCC
(a) 0 1-0.2
tc) HCP
(d) None
(c) 0 3-0.5- (d) 0,s-0 7
lJrittle fracture is more dangerous than
11. Following
(b) 0.2.0.3
inrpurity decreases DBTT for
ductile fracture because
steels
ia) N9 warning
(a)
l'.4n
0)I'
(c)
Si
(d) Mo
sign
(b) Crack propagates at very high speeds
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 77 Chapter-3
,
L.
-
3.
(b)
9.
(d)
1s.
(a)
21.
(c)
27.
(a)
10
(d)
16.
(b)
22.
(b)
28,
(b)
44 tt
\cl /
17.
(c)
a.) LJ.
(d)
29.
(br
12.
(c)
(d)
L-+.
AA
(c)
la.)
tJ.
t,b)
(a)
tc.
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
(c)
2lg''
(c)
24.
..'1
ii '
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 78 Mechanicat Properties and Testing of Material
87
QUESTTCINS
1"
2"
Failure due to excessive deformation is controlled lbv
(c) No need for extra
(a) Material properties
(d)
(b) Design and Dimensions
Fracture voids usually form at
(c)
(a)
crack propagation
Both
lnclulsions
(b) Second phase
Failure due to excessive deformation is controllecl by
(c) Grain.$oundary (d) All..,
particles
triPle points
"
Fracture toughness
measured
(b) Tensile strength
tefus
(c) Young's modulus
j-j
(d)
(b) Stress concentration'factor
Alr
Time dependent yield is known
Fracture (c) Buckling
(a)
4.
Ail
(d) None
(a) Yield strength
3.
stress during
(b)
Fatigue
(d)
Creep
(c)
as
strrin energy release
rate
Both
(d) None
:
"-
of
9.
Fracture toughness decreases with
Cleavage fracture appears
(a) lncreasing temperature
(a) Bright
(b) lncreasing strain
(b)
Dull
.
(c) Increase ln yield strength
.,..
(c) Difficult to idenlif! 1ri)
None
" (d) Increase in grain size
.-i','
to Brittle Transitlon
10. Ductile
Usually materials with following crystal ritrr:cture fail in ductile mode
ia) (c)
rate
Ternperature (DBfT) for ceramics is
in the range of X T*.
FCC
(b) BCC
(a) 0 1-0.2
(b) 0 2-0.3
HCP
(d) None
(c) 0 3-0.5-
(d) 0 5-0 7
iJrittie fracture is more dangerous than
11. Following
impurity decreases DBTT for
ductile fracture because
steels
ia)
(a) fln
(b)P
(c)
(d) Mo
N9 warning sign
(b) Crack propagates at very high
Si
speeds
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 79
.#ffi
Chapter-4
Fatigue strength for non-ferrous materials is defined at stress cycles
13.
(a)
103
(b)
(c)
107
(d) 10e
18. Creep curve is a plot of (a) Strain versus time
105
(b) Strain versus temperature
(c) Stress versus strain (d) Elastic moduls versus temperature
Creep rate in ternary stage
(a) Decreases
(b) Constant
(c) increases
(d) None
19. Among the fcllo:#ing materials, which one has the highest hardness? (a) Steel
14. Most often machine components fail
(b) Copper
by
(a)
(c) Fatigue I q).
(c) Cast
Buckling (b) Creep (d)
Arr
Brittle fr:acture occurs in materials due
to:'
Among the following Vpes of materials
which one has the highest modulus of elastici'ty?
(a,) The presence of impurities ]:;
;is
(a) Metals
(d) Low bond strength
(c) Polymers
21. Time dependent deformation in whicn
the material does not recover its
(d) Semiconductors
original dimension is called
...,,t
Yield strength
the mater:ials is the 9f stress at which the materral
(a)
Elasticity
22. For a good fatigue resistance materiai,
(b) Develope c
the slope of the S-N curve
(c) becomes plastic
is
(loMhigh). 23. A material is said to be elastic if siressstrain curue is (linear/non-linear).
(d) rupture
1/.
(b) Plasticity
(ci' Viscoelasticity (d) Anelasticity
(a) Fractures
,
(b) Presence of cracks
(c) Rise in ternperature
(b) Ceramics
16.
To4,
(d) Silicon Carbide
=-
Materials that normally undergo creep
The failure of a materiai due to creeo is normally called
are
(.r) fi4etals at room tempeiature
(b) Metals at high ternperature
(c) Low melting poini materiais (d) High melting point materiats
25.
The area under the stress-strain curye grves of the material (hardn essitou g h nesslstre ngth
26. The hariirress
ol steel primaniy
depends on
www.dream2gate.co.in
)
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 80 Mechanical Properties and Testing of Material
32. Vicker's hardness
(a) Method of manufacture
(a) 15000 (c) 8000
of carbides and their
distribution in iron
(e)
(d) Percentage of carbon ,7
Malleability is the property of metals known as
(d) 4000
800
Approximate Brinell I hardness number
33.
for talc is
(a)
1
{b} 2
(b) Mechanical property
(c)
5- 10
(d) 20-30
(c) Technological property
(e) 50-80
Compressive strength case of
is
highest in
34. The propedy which enables metals to be drawn i6D wire is known as
' (a) Malteability
(a) Cast iron (b) Wrought iron
(c) Mild steel
29.
(b) 12000
(a) Magnetic property
(d) Ther,mal property 28.
number for diamond
could be of the order of
(b) Heat treatment employed (c) Shape
(d) Low carbon
steel
(e) High carbon
steel
89
(b)
D.uctility
(c)
Straining
id)
Plastic deformation
(e)
Elastic deformation
ln
Brinell hardness testing the
minimLrm thickness of the specimen
The fagitue strength of materials-;
increasgs
should be
-:-"'=
(a) less than 5 times the depth of impression
(b) by providing scatches on the
(b) less than
surface
(c) by providing
(c) thickness of specimen has no ,'relevance to the depth of
notches
impression
! 1a-Cness is
rdi more than 10 times the depth of
(a) Resistance to sliding
{b) Resistance to deformation (c) Resistance to scratching
{dl Resistance to machining Jl"
tl/hich of the following is the hardest?
{a) Talc (c) Quartz (e) Corundunr
times the depth of
inrpression
(ci) by understressing the material 'in
10
impression
36.
ln Brinell hardness testing the time of loading is
(a) 1 second (b) i5 io 30 seconds
(b) Fluorite
(c) 5
(d) Topaz
(d)
seconds
l5 seconds
(e) 1 minute
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 81
;#ti
Chapter-4
,/hich of tf,u toffo*rg is a
non-
44.
,jsstructive test?
(a) Talc, quartz, topaz, diamond
(a) Charpy test (b) lzod impact
(b) Talc, qr:artz, diamond. topaz
(c) Talc, diamond. quarlz,
test
topaz
(d) Talc, diamond, topaz, quartz
(c) Tensile test
41. Which of the following
(d) Cupping test
metals has the lowest specific graviiy?
(e) X-ray test ?a
lncreasing order of hardness
(a) Monel metal (b) Copper
Slow ptastic deformation of metalsu{der a constant stress is known as
(a) Fattgue
(c) Magnesium (e) Cast i
j:.:j..1
42.
(d,y
Broneze
''
(c) Gradual deformation
The capdqity of a material to undergo deformdion under tension without rupt$1e is known as
(C) Creep
(a) Mechanical
iu)
Proof deformation
strenqth
,,,,,tb) Stiffness
(e) Endurance failure
(c)
The maximum hardenability of any
lougnness
(d) Ductility (a) Carbon content
,',
'
43. Which of the foilowing
metals has
highest ipecific gravity?
(b) Chemical composition
(a) lron
(b) Magnesium
(c) Grain size
(c)
(d) Aluminium
{iii
(e) Brass
Presence of alioyipg elements
Copper
trfrtr \
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 82
Mechanical properties and Testing of Material
'.i
12.
(c)
23.
(Linear)
34
(b)
(c )
13.
(c)
24.
(Rupture)
35
(d)
(d )
14,
(c)
25.
(Toughness)
36.
(b)
(a
15.
(b)
37.
(e)
38.
(d)
(c
"a)
a) {a,
16. (c)
(d) d)
17.
(b & c)
3e
(?)
18.
(a)
40.
(a)
1e. (d)
41
(c)
2a.
(b)
42
(d)
21.
(c)
:i3.
(a)
(d) 1) IB
(cj
i
i
le 1,0
(b) (a))
i
t,, ['
(a))
*,,.,;' s't-,.,.-' "'".a
22. (towj,-;t "
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
g{
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 83 Alloys its Various
fypes 10f
--{qrysry lrr tow carbon steels, presence of small
quantities sulphur inrproves
weldability
(a)
(b) formabitity
(c) mechanabiiity (d) hardenabitity 2.
Consider the following statements:
Codes:
AB (a) 12 (b) 3 4 (c) 3 2 (d) 3 4 4. Addition gf
1.
Promotes graphite module fonnation
2
Promotes graphite flake formation
increases'its
3. lncreases the fluidity of the mclten
(a) hardness
metat
4.
Improves the ductiiity of cast iron
.,
:'. 5.
(b) 2 and 3 are correct ':
List-l (Aitoy )with List-u (Use) .,;nrj select the correct answer using tire codes give below the lists:
i.
1
agnesium to cast iron
(d) creep strength 1B/B stainless
steel contains
tungsten, B% nickel ]8Yo 1B% tungsten,_B% chromium
Tin pase white metais are used v,rhere the bearings are subjecied to
(b) elevated temperature
(c) light
ladfield manganese steel
loacj and pressure
(d) high pressure ancJ load,
Constantan
ffearing
4-
(a) large surface wear
.,1, Low carbon steel
[-ist-ll
2
(d) corrosion resistance
(d)
List-l
i). Babbitt alloy
.
(C)
Ir,4atch
/^
4
(a) 1B% stainless, B% chromium (b) 18% chromium, B% nickel
i!
(d) 3 and 4 are corr.ect
i
D
(b)=ductility and strength in tension
Of these statements.
J.
C 3 1 1 2
'.
Alloy steel urhich is work hardenable and which is used to make the blades of bulidozers, bucket r^yheel Lxcavators
Thermocouple
and other earih moving equipment contain iron, carbon and
Wire nails
(a) Chromium (b) Siticon-
Bulldozer blades
(c) Manganese
www.dream2gate.co.in
.
{d) Magnesiunr
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 84
08 Chapter-S
{ ir"
Which of the following pairs regarding the effect of alloying elements in steel are correctly matched?
1.
Molybdenum
:
Forms abrasion
resisting particles 2
Phosphorous
:
lmproves
mechanability in free cutting steels 3
Cobalt
.
Contributes
to
red
hardness by iiardening ferrite 4.
Silicon Reduces
oxidation
Codes:
ABCD (a) 41 3 (b) 41 2 (c) 14 3 (d) 14 2
2 3
2 3
11. Match List-t (Alloys) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct answer using the codes given beiow
resistance
Which of these staternentsa re correct?
4 (c) 1,2and3 {a) 2,3 and J"
(b) 1,
3 and 4
(d) 1,2and4
Assertion (A) : Austenitic
stainless
steel contains 1B% chromium and B% nickel. Since it retains its austenitic structure at room temperature, it is called austenitic stainless steel.
i {"t.
List-l
A. Chreinei B. gabbit alloy C.'. Nimonic alloy .D.-' High speed steel
List-l!
1.
Journal bearing
Reason {R) : Chromium present in the steel improves its corrosion resistance by forming a thin film of chrotiiiuhr ':. \t,: oxide on the surface.
2. J. 4.
tulatch List-l (Alloying element in steel)
Codes:
with List-ll (Property conferied on steel by the element) and select the correct
Milling cutter
lnermocouple wrre Gas turbine blades
A. B.
Nickel
ABCD (a) 3'1 4 (b) 3 4 1 (c) 2 4 1 (d) 21 4
Chromium
Assertion (A)
C.
Tungsten
interstitial solid soiution when added
answer using the cod€S given betow thq
lists: +," l-.ist-tr
f). Silicon L-i:;t
2
2 3 3
:
Carbon forms
to iron.
I
Reason (R)
-l I
: The atomic
radius of
carbon atom is much smaller than that
1.
Corrosion resistarrce
')..
Magnetic permeability
J,
Heat resistance
4.
Hardenability
of iron.
Percentages of various a{loying elements present in different steel inaterials are given below:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 85 Alloys its Various
1.
18% W; 4oto Cr; jok
5%
17Jhe
2.
B% Mo; 4o/o Cr', "0.7%
for
domestic
utensils is
6%
Zoh
c
(a) 0.08% C, 18% Cr, B% Ni, 2% Mn,
3.
27% Cr; V% Ni; 5% Mo; 0.25% C
4.
l9olo Cr;
Bo/o
Ni; 0.15
1% Si
(b)
C
A.0B% C,24o/o Cr,12o/o Ni, 2% Mn,
1% S;
Which of these relate to that of high
(a) 1 and
3
(b)
and 2
(c) 0.15% C, 12% Cr, 0.5% Ni, Mn 1% Si
(c) 2 and
3
(d) 2 and 4
(d) 0,30% C, 12% Cr, A.4% Ni,
speed steel? 1
14" Addition of ,ranadium to steel results in improvement of
Mn,
18.
'1%
(b) hardenabilig
(b) Copper and zinc
ic)
resistance to oxidation at elevated
-
temperatLrre
lhe alloy steel designated as 40 Cr 1B Ni 2 by Bureau
of lndian Standards
'
Aluminium and copper
.,'(d) Copper and nickel
.19. Gunmetal, which is used in journal bearings, contains
contains
(a)
(a) 0.4% C, 18% Cr and 2y, l,y-ii (b) 4.0ok C, 1.8% Cr and O:2X tti
(b) B0% Cu, 10% Zn, 1A% At
(c) 0.470 C, 1.8% Cr and 2% Ni (d) 0.4% C, 1.Bo/o Cr and 0.2% Ni
(d) 85% Cu, 5% Sn, 10% Pb
lp. Which of the following factors govern solubrlity of two norf*rrou, metals both
iri liquid state as weil as in soiid state?
'1. Crystal structure
2- Relative size factor 3. Chemical-affinity factor
/,.
Rclative valence factor
Seiect the correct ansu,rer using the cocles given beiow:
(l)
1, 2 and
(c) 1 and 4
3
1%
Monel metai is an aitoy ot
(a) Iron.and barbon
(d)
1%
Si
(a) heat-treatability by quenching (c) fatigue strength
15.
correct composifion of arstenlttc
stainless steel used
A.7a/o C
Types 109
(9)
BB% Cu, 10%
S57o
Sn, 2% Zn
Cu, 5% Mg; t0% Al
2A. The correct sequence of elements of 18-4-1 HSS tooi is
(a) W, Cr, V
(b) Mo, Cr, V
(c) Cr, Ni, C
(d) Cu, Zn, Sn
21" Assertion (A) : The mechanability of steels improves by adding sulphur to
obtain so called 'Free Machining Steels'
Reason (R)
:
Sulphui' in steel forms
manganese sulphide inclusion which
(b) Z, 3 and 4
helps.to prociuce iirirt ribbon like
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
continuous chip.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 86
t'iO ')')
Chapter-S
Match List-l (Steel type) with List-ll {Product) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Codes:
AB (a) 12 (b) 4 3 (c) 4 2 (d) 13
List-l
A. Mild steel B. Tool steel C. Medirrrn carbon steel D. High carbon steel
1. Screws 2. Conrmercial beams 3. Crane hooks 4. Blanking dies
below the lists:
Codes:
C.
Silicon
D.
Chromium
(b)
An
1a
A.
.,\, ts.
lists: List-l
.. ',
iii
Vanadium
1.
q.9,,..,*$B
lncredses endurance strength
2. lmproves creep properties 3. lncreases hardness
.-.
4. "lncreases resistance to high
given below
temperature oxiclation
,;..s
Codes:
'
ABCD (a) 21 3 (b) 13 2 (c) 21 4 (d) 12 4
Silicon steel High carbon steel
{-istJl
,)
4
List-ll
C. High speed steel D. Monel metat 1
1
1-
Matclr List-l (Alloy) with List-ll (Application) and rgkqf the correct the
1
B''Molybdenum
2
answer using the
4
List-l
10 IJ
43 (d) 3 4 1 2
(c)
: ":.
CD -'t
3
D
Match List-l (Ailoying Element) with List-lt (Effect on Steel) and select the corect answer',using the codes given
List-ll
AB (a) 2 4
C 3 2 3 2
Marine bearings
4 4 3 3
25, Match Lisi-l (Steel) with List-ii
Cutting tools
J.
Springs
&.
fransformer laminations
(Appiication) ano select the correci answer using the codes given below the lists: ,1
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 87 Alloys its Var-roLrs
j::.
List-l
(a) Grey cast iron
Mild Steel
(b) illalleabie cast iron
B. Tool Steel
(c) White cast iron
fl. High Carbon Steel
(d) Ncdular cast
D.
Medium Carbon Steel
28.
List-ll
iron
Consider the following ::r'
1. Casi lron has peol at.;,
1.
Ball bearing
:'..
Cold. chisels
3.
Shaft and axles
vibrations.
2. Cast lron has higher co: 3.
Codes:
ABCD 4 i.r) 21 (t,)4 3 2 t.j 2 3 4 (d) 41 2
over fracture.
.
3
Which=of these statemei-.
1
$r}
J
ic)
answer using the codes given below the
.*',
List-ll*,.,...5
1. Nickel ' 2. Tin Sncl lead 1",.,.
3,,..Aluminium
t, 2 and 3
(b) 1 ar,-
3 only
(d) 2
cr",t
Match List-l (Composition) I
the lrsts: List-l A. Commercial bronze B.
(ii.
Red brass (15% Zn)
c. Aluminiuni brass (220i,
i,ln
D.
rr-t:
;\ilCD .(a) 2 4 '{b) 3 1 i,:) 7- 1 i'r)3 4
,
29,1
Al)
P)
List-ll
3
2
1.
3_
,)
2
?i. iliirir:h of the following materials is r.,r:;lil
7
P-bronze (11% tin, snraii aniouni
of
1 4 4 1
v
(Aoplication) and select ti. answer using the codes o
n, Duralumin 4. Copper cJ
i
correct?
1
List-il (major Constituent) and select the correct
ti. lnvar e. Gun Metal
Cast lronp*.ffi are suit:,r perm aneffdeform ation i.;
Match List-l (Alloy) with
iists: List-t A. Babbit
.
strength compared to ihr
4. Rolled steel sections
;1$.
-Ii
in the manufacture of extrusion no/llcs?
Radiator
Spring metal
3.
Forging and stantping
4.
Power plant and equipment
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
rsrnical
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 88
112
ft
Chapter-S
r
34.
Codes:
ABC (a) 2 4 (b) 31 (c) 21 (d) 3 4 30"
D
ticil
4
2
4
3
1
2
I
i
I
t E F
(c) Vitallium
F
t
(d) Stellite
nut?
bronze nut
2.
(d) Alunrinium screw and ailoy steel nut
!I
the lollo\/./ing statements in respect of austenitic stainless steels:
(b) Carbon steet screw and phosphor
(c) Cast iron screw and cast iron nut
!
Consider
1.
(a) Cast iron screw and mild steel nut
F
alloy?
(b) lnvar
35.
F
nil in a particular alloy. What is this (a) Had field Manganese Steel
combinaiion of materials used for the
ihe
Expa
3
1
in case of power screlvs, what is the screw and
Coeffrc,ent of
I
I
AustenitLe..,,stainless sleels are hardened' and strengthened by
I
cold working.
I
Au.stenitic stainless steels cannct .'be quenched and iernpered.
Which
of these statements
I I
I 1
isiare
I t i
31.
1n
Jt,"
Which one of the following elements/
correct?
alloys exhibits season cracking?
(a) 1 only
(a)
lron
(b) Brass
(c)
Aluminium
(d)
Steel
{c) Both 1 and 2 (d) Neither 1 nor 2
i,.
Vibration damping in machinery is best
36.
of the following
material?
(a) Low carbon steel
:i3"
Which one of the following is correct? Babbitts are used for
achieved by means of base structures
made of which one
(b) 2 only
(a) gears
(b) bearings
(c)
(d) clutch liners
botts
Which materiai is used for bushes
in
(hr) Nodular iron
the bushed-pin type of flexible
(,:) Grey cast iron
coupling?
(rl) White cast iron
(a) Gun
Vilhich of the following elements given
below determine(s) the maximum attainable, hqrdness in steel?
1 I
Chromiurh
2
lvlanganese
Carbon
4.
l'/olybdenurm
metal
(c) Rubber 38.
(b) Piastic (d) Aluminium
The elements which, added to steel, help in clrip formation drrring machining are
correct answer using the
(a) suiphur, leaci (b) sulphur,
i;ttdc given below-
(a) 1 only
(b) 1 and
(c) 3 only
(d) 2 and 4
2
iead and cobalt
(c) aluminium, (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
ano phosphorous
lead and copper
aluminium, titanium anci coppet
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Alloys its Various
i,;
4.
"ytjhich one
of the followinq cast irons consists of carbon in rosette form?
ta) 1, 2 and 3 only
(b) Gray cast iron
(b) 2, 3 and 4 only
ft,4alleable cast iron
(c) 1, 2
(d) Nodu{ar cast iron
the property of non-sparking character?
and 4
43. Malch List-l (Component) with List-ll {Required Property) and select the
(a) Hadfietd's manganese steel
correct answer using the code given below the lists:
(b) Spring steel
List
Sielliie
!,.
"..
A. Bfadeq of bulldozer
(c) lnvar
B.
41. itt'hy are Babbitt alloys used for
9-'
boai'ing material?
(a) They have excellent embeddability (b) They are relatiyely stronger than. other bearing materials
ic) They do not lose strength'with in.rease in temperature
(d) They have high fatigqd=trength . ,.. j,'
4?, Consider the following statements: i
Allo.v;ng elements are added to
i.
and 4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3
r,{}. Which one of the following possesses
ic)
lncrease weight and volume,
Which of these siaiements are correct?
(a) White cast iron
(c)
Page 89
Types 1't3
improve hardness and toughness.
improvement.
3. lmprove mechinability and ilardenability.
.
;i|D.
s turbine
blades
Drilt bit Spring of autornobiles
l-istjl
..'-
1" High wear resisiance and high toughness
2.
Low Young's modulr"rs and high fatigue strength
3. High wear anij abrasion resistance 4. High creep strength and good corrosion resisiance Codes:
ABCD (a) 3 2 1 (b) 14 3 (:) 3 4 1 (d) 1 7 3
www.dream2gate.co.in
4 2
2
4
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 90
174
Chapier-S
AHsWERs (c)
10.
(a)
1s.
(a)
28.
(d)
37
(c)
(b)
11.
(a)
20.
(a)
2s.
(b)
38.
(a)
(d)
12.
(a)
21.
(a)
30
(b)
39.
(d)
(b)
13.
(bl
22.
(d)
31
(b)
40.
(b)
(b)
14.
(b)
23.
(c)
32. .-'(c)
41.
(a)
(a)
15.
(a)
24.
(d)
33;
(d)
42.
(a)
(c)
to.
(d)
)r,
(d)
34.
(b)
43.
(c)
(c)
17.
(a)
(c)
35.
(c)
(b)
18.
(d)
27
(c)
www.dream2gate.co.in
36 (b)
__-t
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,t -al Page 91 : 1
{AG
l
Chapter-6
_( 1.
a,uasrrryq
It/atch List-l (Heat treatment) with List-ll (Effect on the properiies) and select the corect answer using the codes given below the lists:
D.
(c)
4.
A. Annealing B. Niiriding
.
(b) cyaniding
tu4artempering
Normalising
Refined grain structure
(a) ferrite
(c)
the
whole mass
ABCD
the correct explanation of A
I
A
4,-.',2 "tui
?-
3
3
4
'
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is irue
fulachines tool guideways are usually
hardness.by
6.
(a) vacuum hardening
the
temperature and then cooling slowly to room temperature to form a pearlite and ferrite structr;re, is known as
hardening
{il)- fiame hardening Guideways of tathe beds are hardened iry
Heating the hypoeutectoid steels 1o 30"C above the upper critical
temperature line, soaking at
/:,) marternpering (c) induction
(d) martensite
(a) Both A and R are true and R is
/'r)A?)4
(b) 1 3 {':) 4 2 (,i) 't 1
austenite
(b) cenrentite
Reason (R): Grain boundaries provide easy paths to dislocation motion.
Codes:
".).
also
Assertion (A): Refining the grain size of polycrystal line material renders il harder and stronger.
3. lncreases surface hardness 4. lmproves ductility ,., ,.
^
is
known as
2. lmproves the hardness of
/ -l\
A given steel test specimen is studied under metlilurgical microscope. .k Magnificafidri used is 100 X. ln that different phases are observed. One of them is FerC. The', observed phase FerC
List-ll
1.
nitriding
(d) flame hardening
List-l
e
(a) carburizing
(a) Hardening (b) Normalising (c) Tempering (d) Annealing
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 92 Heat Treatment
Asseftion (A) : Normalized steel wiil have lower hardness than annealed steel.
Reason (R)
:
The pearlite of
(a) Normalising (b)Malteabilising
(c) Spheroidising (d) Carbonizing
12"
normalized steel is finer and has lower
intermolecular space.
Match List-l (Name of treatment) with List-ll (Media used) and select the correct answer using the codes given below the iists:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is
List-l
the correct explanation of A
Pack carburizing
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not
Gas carburizing
a correct explanation of A
Cyaniding..
(c) A is true but R is f-alse
.:i ''.,"
Nitriding:',r
(d) A is false but R is true
6.
List-ll
Consider the fcrllowing quenching
Arnr.nonia gas
media:
Sodium cyanide
2. Water 1. Oil 3. Water + NaOH 4. Brine
Carburising compound Ethane
The correct sequence of these nredia in order of increasing hardness of steel
9.
(a) 1, 3, 2, 4
(b) 2, 1, 3, ,l
(c)
(d) 4, 3, 2,
1, 2, 3, 4
.
Codes:
ABC (a) 3 ,4 (b) 21 (c) 31 (d) 2 4
1
.:
'Tempering"of quenched martensitic steel is necessary to improve the
(a) hardness of the metal (b)- surface texture of,ihe metal r"
13.
D
2
1
3
4
2
4
3
1
Consider the following parrs.
Effects on medium carbon steel
Heat treatment
ll,
(c) corrosion resiStance of the metal (d) ductility of the metal. ii),
1.
Normalising
.
and yield point
(b) Reduce ductility and resilience
(c) Remove foreign impurities and improve surface finish
(d)
lncrease ductility and mechanability
11, Globular form of cementite in the structure of steel is obiained through
Grairr
refinement
Primary object of full annealing is io
(a) lncrease toughness
127
2.
Full annealing
:
3.
tr4arlempering
:
Uniform grain structure Decreased ductility
4. Spheroidizing
:
Maximum softness
Which of the pairs given above are correctly rratched?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 93
':**ffi
Chapter-6
{a) 1 and 2 (c) 3 and 4
(b) 2 and 3
(d) 1, 2, 3 and
17. The pattern
structure is encountered in
4
'!d" Austempering is employed to obtain (a)
1AA% martensitic structure
(b)
10096 bainitic structure
(b) norrnalizing
(c) spheroidizing (d) -annealing
18. Ulhich one of the following is the process to refine the grains of metal
after
structure
it
has been distorted
Arrnealing
(a)
statements
(b) Softerring
.l
(c) Recrystaiiliing (d) Normalizing
about medium carbon steel:.
(1) lt can be quench-hardened
but not
19. Temperfu''is
case-hardened
,
process of annealing
(a) martensite at low ternperatures
{2) It cannot be quench-hardened but case-hardening can be done
{b)., mai'tensite at higher teniperatures
.(c) bainite at low temperatures
(3i It exhibits distinct yield point under tension test Which of these statements are correct? (b) 2 and 3
(c) 1 and 3
(d) 1, 2 and.i :.
(d) bainite at higher temperatures
'20.
Which of the following factors influence
hardness in
(a) 1 and 2
a plain carbon steel?
1. Percenlage carbon
l
C.onsider the following stat#ents: ,,:
2. Quenching media
Assertion (A) :-Carburizing is done on nonferrous alloys to increase the
3. Work size
,,
surface hardness.
,
,.
Reason (R) : P,, rpitation hardening of nonferrormiitiyr involves solution hoat treatnrent followed by precipitation lrcart treatment.
Of these statements
(a) Both A and R are true and R
is
the correcf explanation of A
(l:) Both A and R are true but R is not a correct explanation of A Ir,i A is true but R is (d)
by
harnmering or cold working?
(d) 10A% pearlitic structure
16.
tempering
(a)
(c) 50% martensitic and 50% bainitic
1li. Consider the following
known as Widmanstattd
fals-e
A is false but R is true
Select ihe correct ansr,nrer using code given below .
(a)
1
and
2
the
only (b) 2 and 3 oniy
(c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3 21. Which one of the following
mediums
is used for ihe fastest cooling rate of steel quencl-ring ?
Air (c) Waier (a)
(b) oit
(d) Brine
22. Which one of the following
nraterials
can be subjecied to an age hardening process?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 94
Heat Treatment t
ia)
(c) Pure iron
23,
Aluminium i ZO.
(b)
HSS
is mainly
Consider the following statements regarding annealing process:
(d) Stetiite
lsothermal annealing
1.
used
2. The hypo-eutectoid
(a) Mechenability (b) Toughness
24.
AII struciural iniperfections are removed.
in alloy steels to inrprove.
(c) Ductility
29
to about 50
(d) Weldability
steel is heated
- 70"C below upper
critical temperature.
llaich List-! (Quenching media) with
3. Cooling can be done in heat
List-ll (Structure produced) and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
Jreating furnace, by heating it, heeping the metal in it and turning off furnace till it cools to room
List-l A. Water B. Oil C. Air D.
Fumace
I
List-ll
L
4.
Coarse pearlite
{ai (c)
4
3 only
1, 3 and
4 only
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
'j
13
1, 2 and
(b) 2, 3 and 4 only
Fine pearlite
Codes:
(a)
Uniform grain structure is resulted.
Which of these statements are correct?
2. Martensite 3. Veryfinepearlite
coal 4.
temperature.
27. 2
Dunng heat treatment of steel, the hardness.of various structures in increasing order is
(c) 1 4 (d) ')rl 4.,, ) ,
2 4
3 ,.,',, 3.,.f.
(a) martensite, fine peariite, coarse pearlite, spherodite
(b) fine pearlite, martensite, spherodite, coarse pearlite
Consider the folloWing:
I VVater 2 lce 3 Brine solution 4. Oil
(c) rnartensite, coarse pearlite, fine pearlite, spherodite
Which of these isiare used as quenching media in case of Alloy
(d) spherodite, coarse pearlite, fine pearlite, rnafiensite
:;tccl:;?
{a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b)
23and4only
(c) land4only
--
(!l1e.U
28.
Hardness of steel greatly improves with
(a) annealing
(b) cyaniding
(c)
(d) f om r.orinn
www.dream2gate.co.in
normalising;
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 95
'?.${-i Chapter-G
:ii.
4.
i:rom the lists given beloq choose the
Boih hardness and brittleness
niost appropriate set of heat treatment
ps"ocess
and the
are reduced
corresponding
process characteristics
5. Carbon
Process
P.
'absorbed
Characteristics
1. Austenlte
Tempering.
is
bainite
austempering
Austenite
2.
is
converted into
Cementite
3.
(a) P-3,
R-5 (b) P-4, Q-3, R-2
(c)
D.) I \-Z. (d) P-1, Q-5, R-4
P-4,
30. The main purpose of spheroidising
-
martensite
R, Martempering
treatment is to improve
(a)
is
converted into
hardn_eabi*ity
of low carbon steels
{b) nrachinability of low carbon steels
globular
(c) hardenability of high carbon steels
structure
(d) machinability cf high carbon
-
4.
illi
-trtrE_"z= ":::i:'
r$.
(d)
1e. ir)
2s.
(d)
14.
(b)
20. (d)
26.
(c)
1s.
(b)
21.
(d)
27.
(d)
16.
(d)
22. (b)
28.
(b)
(b)
1,!"
{c)
= 11. (c)
17.
(a)
23. (a)
2e.
(c)
12. (a)
18.
(c)
24.
30.
(d)
f{tl
into
the metal
converted into
0.
is
:
(b)
': ,'
BI{ANA.T PITOTOSTA'T & BOOK CENTER !IADE E,,\SY. At L & O.l HER NSTI. \O] i:S .,\\,AIL;\BLE itrs. G,\f E. pSt,'S p.\pl:R's ot HER tNsrt.'rgsr sERItrs SS( .ll:&( (il.1,.{NK. IS}t(). t)ll.lX).i I.\ &Ottltrt{ pS(r's t,.\t,t:RS
MOB-97I g I02070 ,97 t6I9I950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
steeis
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 96
152
ChaPter-7
QUES,TTONS
1
D"rrrgr.ti* it .rhib,t.d by
ffiiJy
(a) only those materials which do not | possess permanent magnetic I moments.
u.
(c) Only those materials which possess permanent magnetic
moments
(d) Only those materials which have
fields.
-(a| Feebly attracted
I I
4.
(b) Only spin magnetic momeni of 4s electrons
t ,i
repetled
(c) Both spin and orbital mcments of 't,i3d electrons :
tU'l Both spin and orbital rnomenis of 4s electrons
7
-
'' .
The net spin magnetic '-."- of -'' - moment (b)
4p,
(d}2rr,
because, the ferrite has
(a) High permeabiliiv
l
(b) High resistivity
iI
,'(c), Hiqh saturation magnetization
I
tOl Square saturation magnetizatioi-r
The susceptibility of diamagnetic I material '; I {b) Varies as 1l(T -
0)
1iT
{c) Varies, as (d) ls independent of iemperature lro condition for an atom to possess orbital magnetic monent is that the Ittom must
ln hi$h frequency appiications a ferrite is preferred to.u t::tnlagnetic materiai
i
(a) Varies directly with temperature
{i.
ln transition metais, thecontribution to
electrons
i
I
repelled
r.; i* i;' (a) 5u, (c) 3pu
(d) Completely filled p, d or f sheils
(a) Only spin magnetic moment of 3d
(d) Strongly attractec
3.
-
I
I Paramagnetic materials when placed i in a magnetic field, get I strong internal
(c) strongiy
sr,.rrr
magnetic moment is due to
(b) All materials
(b) Feebly
f,ilrd p, o or r
B.
In the ceramic material MnO
/a\ Th^.n i(a) There is a ^ n^* net magnetic -^n^nii., moment
I
due to the Mn2' ion
I I
tni
|
(c) There is a net magnetic monrent
i
(d) There is no net magneti: moment
due to the
s-shells (b) Partially filled s-si;ells (a) corrrpletely filled
I
I :
O} ion
due to both l\4n2. and OL ions
I
have
There is a net magnetic rlonreht
g.
curie-weiss Law is obeyecl by
trl
paramagnetic materiats
.(b) Antiferromagnetic
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
matei"rals
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 97
Magnetic Properties of Materials
i:)
Ferromagnetic materials above Curie temperature
(d) Ferromagnetic material
ta
below
Curie temperature
10.
to
(a) Exchange (b)
100W (c) 200W
{a) A m-r
18.
_
as
paramagnetic material of
- 1.257 x 10{ H m-,)
4,1 t
:,
-flre
4xx10
20.
(b) 0.12s8 (d).
none of these
(b)
(q)
(d) 1.eB
1 82
10-24
rrom agneti c-to-para
A mr;. The
ic) Neel temp.
(d) 1750 A
m-1
iJ. Gadoliniuni has a higher saturation inlqnetization than Co at
1 63
The temperature of
(b) Curie-Weiss
(b) 1750 kA m-1 m-1
ia) 1.47
A; is 2.2u,
Z.BST
temp.
21"
-fhe
factors that obstruct ciomain wall rnotion in Fe are
(a) d,slocation tangles (b) impurity atoms
(,,r) -273oC
(b) 25oc
(c)
(e)
(d) 769"C
/C) nonmagneiic inclusions
29OoC
the m a gnetic
(d) Debye temp.
is
1,:) i750 A
(d) 140 A
7.4 A
(a) Antiferror:agnetic Curie temp.
r,iirrrotion magnetization of Fe at 0 K o
(c)
transition is called
net magnetic moment of Fe atom
ln BCC crysiat (a =
(r)
(b) 52 mA
a n-ti {e
t
= 9.273 x
,
(aJ-'0 A
19. The ratio of the atomic radlus/3d shell radius of Mn, which normally exhibits antiferromagnetic behaviour, is
susceptibility equal to 10r, the induction in Wb m-? at an applied field of 100 kA
(c)
Using a permalloy core (v. =2700\, a 19m long _300 turn coil of a conductor
:...
(c) kg pp'z s 2 A-1 (d) kg s-2 A-1
{a) a.1257
(d) 600W
ha vv
(d) Wb A-i m-l
ln base Sl units, tesla is expressed
(h) 150W
giving an-induction of 7.5 T is to be made.'Th'b current in the coil should
(b) l{/b nr-z
H m-l
m-1 is (lto
(d) 650K
1040K
(a)
tulagnetostriction
In a
(c)
interaction
The units of magnetic permeability are
4a I \r.
(b) 1400r(
at 25 Hz and 50 Hz is 250 W and 800W, respecriveiy. Ti,; c.dC;, cui:=,-., loss at 25 Hz is
(d) Antiferromagnetism
] l.
(a) 2000K
is ccn',,ei-se piezoelectric
(c) Magnetic Hysteresis
{c)
Curre temperaiure oflonalt is
The total iron loss in a kansformer core
The magnetic eff ect which analcgous efrqel
ftre
{53
voids
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 98
f 54
??
Chapter-7
ilansition from the ferromagnetic to the pai'amagnetic state is named i-Re
27. ln nickel-zinc ferrite with ZnlNi atonr ratio equal to 315, the number
unpaired electron spins present perNio.urlrorruFeroo is (assume that zinc ions push the ferric ions from tetrahedral sites to octahedral sites arrci change their
after
Curie (c) Neel
(a)
iJ"
(b) Curie-Weiss (d) Debye
5
(b)
0
24"
5 (c) 1.25
(a)
(a) YO.FezOr
_,t (c) YO.6F*$
The saturation magnetization of 29.
if tire saturation magnetization
of
ferrite in the same units is (Given: atomic number of Fe = 26; Ni = 28)
(c) laza ,)rl ,1,
t.l .
hi ghei$t-rn easu
(b) YrFeuO,,
(d)Yror.Fero, red energy prod uct
m-3
(b) B0 kJ m-3
(c)700 kJ m-3 (d)400 J rn{
magnetite is 510 kA m-1, that of nickel
(b)
-lhe
(a) 800 J
1
510 (d) 340
in a
in a p.eifianent nragnet is about
(a) 1770 kA m-' (b) 638 M m-l (c) 506 A nr-1 (d) 506 kA m
(a) 255
(d) 4.5
microprocessor has.the formula
magnetite with 16 ferric ions and B ferrous ions in the cubic unit cell (a = s.37 A) is (pu = 9.273 x 10-2o A m',)
?5.
(b) 3.7s
28. The garnet crystal used
{c) depends on Zn% (d) 2.2
-
spins)
The magnetic moment of a fen'ic ion in nickel-zinc ferrite is
(a)
61
30. T.he magnetic energy product of PrrFe,oB alloy is higher than that of i, martensitic carbon steel by a factor o; about
,l
,,.""
To make tlre Mn atom ferromagnetic hy alloying, the ratio of its atomic iarr.lir-i:;-to-3d radius sholld..be
31.
(a)
1.1
(b) 5
(c)
100
(d) 1000
A suitable material for audio and T\'' transformers is
(;r)
r;orrstant
(b) inCreaseei
(a) ferrite
(b) Fe-a% Si
(r;)
rlcr:rr.ased
(d) zero
(c) Fe-30% Ni
(d) very pure Fe
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 99
(b)
9.
c)
17.
(b
25.
(a)
(d
to.
(b)
l
(a)
10.
:b)
18.
(a)
11.
(c,d)'
19.
(a
27.
(a)
(d)
12.
fd)
20.
(c)
28.
(b)
(c)
i.1
(b)
21.
(a,b,c,d)
29.
(c)
(a)
14.
(b)
22.
(a),,.11:
30.
(c)
(b)
15.
(a)
23.
,{t)
31.
(a)
(d)
16.
(b)
24,
(d)
BHARAT
|I
'.,t ',1
,,.:: _
Pgorosrer. Boox
cENTE R
MADE EAS\" ACti & Ot'ttER NSTT NOl'trS AV,\ILABLF. IES, GATII. PStr'S Pr\PIR'S OTHER lNSTl.l'EST SERIES SSC JE&CGI-. B,\\k. ISRo. DRDO, iT \ \ ,T}tER PSIj-S P.\PERS
MOB-97 I I I 02070. qt t6t
www.dream2gate.co.in
L)
I
950
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 100
172
ChaPter-B
---
A,Uf,S,rl0NS
Consider the following properties pertaining to an alloy used as a
1.
precision resistor
:
1. Uniform resistance 2. Siable resistance 3. Zero or low temperature coefficient
6.
(c)
1 and
3
moisture?
7.
,,..
(c)
(d) 1fi-3
,..; diamagnetism i:
ll
Superconductors have almost zero {";,j. {b) ri resitivity "ie (c) The external magnetic field has no
effect on superconductors
on going from superconducting state to normal
(d) Entropy increases
state
slowest moving free electron is
The transition temperature of [i4ercury at which it becomes superconductive
(a) 5 mrn
is
(b)'10 mm
mm 1d) 40 mm
lhe conducti,vity of a super conducting rnaterial on being subject to critical magnetic field changes to
{a) normal state
(a) 4.12'F
tb) 4.12"C
(c) 412
(d) 41.2
K
K
De Broglie wavelength associateo with
a material particle
is
(a) inversely proportional to its energy
(b) unstable state
(b)
(c) temperature-independent state
,
(d) Mica
"ii.ii
(a) :super"conductors show perfect
(b) 13
(c) 20
";)
' sr} Asbestgs
(d) 2 and 3
ln a conductor of size 20 m"m x 10 mm x 10 mm, the wavelength of the
3.
(b) Paper
(a) Qotton
(b) 1 and 2
(a) T (1/T)113
(d) Hole
Which ofi.16u following statements is NOT tiae?
When temperature of a conductor is approaching zero Kelvin, the mean free path of the free electrons in the conductor is proportional to
2"
(c) Electron
(c)
Which of these properiies are desirable?
3
(b) Negative ion
Which of the foiIowing insulating materials has the least aftinity to
of resitivity
(a) 1, 2 and
(a) Positive ion
directty prbportional
to
its
momentum
(d) temperature-dependent state
\\,, directly proportional to its enerqy
Which of the following has the qreatest
(d)
inversly proportional moinentum
rnobility?
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
to
its
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 101 -fne
\,qihich one of the
following is NOT true
14.
for Sulphur hexafluoride gas?
(a) lt is electronegative in nature
of the following factors does the value of critical current density in a superconductor depend? On which
(b) Applied magnetic fietd
(c) lt is non-toxic
(c) Temperature and applied ma3neii:
(d) lt is highly infiammable
field
to Wiedemann-Franz la,,v the ratic of thermal conductivity to electrical conductivity of a condr.ictor According
oi
tuletals 173
(a) Temperature
(b) lt has high-dielectric strength
't1.
conOuctivity of
(d) Silsbee's rule
15.
The magnetic field at which a super-
conductor remains
rs
in its super-
(a) Independent of temperature
conductinEstate at a temperature less than theltiahsition ten-rperature is
(b)
Directly proportional to temperature
(a) Zero
(c)
inversely proportional to temperature
(d) lnversely proportional to square of temperature
is conect for four-point probe method
(a) (b)
(c)
-l-he
resistivity? ...'
u=..,,
-fhe
current source is connecied to the two inner probes
(c) Less than th_e critical field corresponding to the given terrrperature (d) Equal to the critical'fietd corresponding to the
16. Match List-l {lnsutator) with List-lt (Application) and select the correct answer using the codes given below:
One probe point must inject
List
Current flow only in a small area
B. Polystyrene
c. Porcelain
13. The average drift velocity Vo of r electrons in a metal is re{ated to
D, Silicon
List
electric field E and collision time T as .l
vo =
Q.ET/m.
{b) v. = nt.Q"T
(r:) Vo = muQ"Ti2E (d)
Vo
= Q*ET/2mu
-l
A. Mica
of the sample
(r)
temperature
transition tem perature
sample must be extriilsic
minority carriers {,l )
reater than the critical iieid corresponding to the given -,{.i"'=
',,.
12. Which one of the following stateiirents of determining
(b)
l
rubber
-ll
l.
Bushings
2.
Electric wires anci cabies
3.
Low voltage capacitors
4.
lron
5.
Radio Cabinets
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 '!
?4 Chapter-B
Page 102 '=4
21.
ilodes:
ABCD ia) 4 5 12 {b) 2 1 3 4 (c) 4 1 3 2 (d) 2 5 14 Metallic copper is
1.
Wl"rich
(a) 1 only
is/are
(b) 2 onty
(c) Both 1\ nd 2 (d) Neither 1 norZ Which qjrb'of the following is the
18" Superconductivity is destroyed
(a) At high temperature
correct',hbtement?
(b) At high magnetic field
Superconducting metal
(c) ln presence
conducting state
of magnetic impurities
(d) ln all the above cases ln metals, resistivity is composed of two parts: one part is characteristic of the particular substance. The other part,, is due to
.,'
in
has
super-
relative
permeability of
(a) more than one (b) one (c) zero I
(d) negative
The temperature coeff icient
(b) Crystal irnperfections (d) Supplied thermal ,r,,,ri energy *
Oonsider the following . Applications of low permitivity ceramics irrr;ltrde which of the following?
'1. Suspension insulators
of
resistance of a wire is 0.0008/"C. lf the resistance of the wire is B Ohrn at 0"C. What isthe resistance at 100"C?
(c) Applied magnetic field
?{),
of these statenrents
correct?
substance
(a) Applied voltage
the
superconducting to normal siate under the influence of a magnetic field is irrversible.
(d) Ferrimagnetic substance
19.
of a super
2. Transition from
a
for
high
voltage lines.
')..
Supercdnductors
:1,
l'rrn insulators for low voltage lines"
(a) 8,64 Ohnr (b) B 0B Ohm
(c) 7.92
Ohm
(d) 7.20 ohm
Two materials having temperature coefficient of 0.004 and 0.0004 respectively are loined in series. The overall temperature coefficient is approxirnately
Select the correct answer using ihe colk; given below :
(a) 1 and 2
(b) 1 and 3
(c) 2-and
(d) 1, 2 and 3
3
(a) 0.08
(b) 0.04
(c) 0 001
(d) 0.0001
List-l
with List-ll and seleci the correct answer using the code given below the list: Match
www.dream2gate.co.in
I I j
I
Transition temperature
conductor can be reduced by the apptication of a magnetic field
{a) Paramagnetic substance (b) Diamagnetic substance
(c) Ferromagnetic
1
Consider the following statementifr connection witn superconductors :
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
i
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 103 The conductivity of 'List
2. Superconductors repel magnetic
-l
flux lines.
Enamel covering
3. All
lnsulation
4.
Empire cloth
,
-ll
(a) 1 and 2
Transformers
(c) 1, 2 andl'
1 3 1 2 4 3 4 2
gl.,ypr,
ffiist-l :
"
of the above statements are
tLrir'oct?
i
=.."
superconductors
i"lre temperature
-ll
C.
Heaiing devices3, Constantan
D.
Brushes 4.
Magnesium
Codes:
ABCD (a) 4 3 2 (b) 1 3 2 (c)4 2 3 (d) 1 2 3
1
4 1
4
List-l
with List-l! and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
List -.l A. High conductivity materials
:
at which
the concluctor becomes a super conductor is called transition .tcmperature.
List
A. Frecision Work 1-. Graphite B. Rheostat Z. Nichrome
29. Match
4 only (b) 2 and 4 only
ic) 'il and 3 only (d) 1, 2,3 and 4 i})rsirlcr the following statements ai-roL.rt
below the list:
"'l
ii'i''',
2. High permittivitY. , 3. Low dissipatioq.1261ot. 4. Low insulating'resistance.
and
(d) , 1, 2, 3 and
ji i'
thermal ProPerties. .-
'1
only
[4atcl1$t-l with List-ll and select the,. rrect ansvrier using the cooe
28.
'1. Should give uniform eledtric and
]i1v;r;r$
staternents are
only (b) 2 and 4 onty
Machines
Consider the following statements : Characteristics of a good insulating material are
(;)
of the above
conect?
ABCD (a) 2 4 tb)3 4 (cl 2 1 (di 3 1 ',:nA 't-v,
are
Superconductors become normaj when placed in a magnetic field of certain critical rralue.
Which
Laminations Wires
t:4i,.'
superconductors
paramagnetic materials.
Fibrous Materials
List
Metals {75
B.
High resistrriity materials
c. Metal for lightly loade,J contacts D,
Materials for bimetallic strio
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981
t 76
Page 104
Chapter-B
[-ist
1
33. As temperature falls
-ll
ield
2. Platinum, Molybdenum
4.
superconductor
(a) Remains
Alurninium, Copper
(c) Decreases
Codes:
AB (a) 3 (b) 4 I (c) 3 2 (d) 4 2 1
L
D
2
4
2
^J
,t I
4
1
rJ
(d) First increases, reaches a
34. The energy gap oi a superconductor
(a) ts independent of temperature (b) lncreases'with temperature (c) ls maximum at a cntical temperature
e
(d) 35.
:
The material should be of high resislivity and low temperature Resistors are shielded against ,i"'
3. Nickel-chromium
:'-
value.
,"-.,*
Which of the these statementS is/are correct?
{a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1:,0nly (c) 1 and 3 only ($'3 onty
in
the
negative
36.
properties
4- Will not alloy with nrany other
Absorbing magnetic field
rnetals
{b) Repelling magnetic fietd
(a) 1 and 2 are correct
field
"(b) 2 and 3 are correci (c) 3 and 4 are correct
iri) ilcpelling electr"ic field .i.1. A superconductor may be used for itr:rterating
(d) 1 and 4 are correct
37.
(a) Voltage
(b) Pressure
(t:) Temperature
(d) Magnetic field
not used to form cable sheaths.
2. ls least affected by sea water. 3. Has good malleable and ductile
I
l;Jt
(c) Absorbing'electric
Lead "ls
1.
[i]aterials in supef'eonducting state ir;r'rt.: the property of
ir)
is
(c) lts relative permeability is uniiy (d) lts magnetic susceptibility is
is best suited,;{-Ui
resistance of high
j.
Whieh of the following properties NOT correct for a srlperconductor its superconducting stage?
conductor is zero
magnetic field.
i
ls nrininrum at a cnticaltemperature
'(a) lts resistivity is zero (b) Magnetic flux density inside
coefficient.
2.
peak
and then decreases
3*. Consider the following statements with regard to manufacture of a standard
i.
unchanged
(b) lncreases
lron, Nickel Constantan
resistor
the
transition temperature, the valuer0f of d critical magnetic f
Tungsten, Carbon
3.
belorru
Match List-l ivith List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the list:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 105 The condr.rctivity of
;--
List
fi.
The correct combination is
-l
(b)
use 1, 2 and 3 1 and 3
(c)
2and4
1 and2
(d)
1 and2
1,2. 3 and
DC
Porcelain
B. Steatite C. Mica D. Rt-ttile
(a)
List -tl
1. Used f or high
2.
f
requency
AC use
1.2 1,2
and 4 and 3
4
Directions:
of
applications
The following iterns consist
Used in capacitors to be operatect
statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A, and the other labelle{, as 'Reason R'. you
at high frequencies
examine..,,these lwo statements carefully and select the answer to these
two statemeds farefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given
Codes:
AB {a) 3 1 (b) 1 2 {c) 3 4 (d) 1 4
two
are to
3. Used for insulators 4. Releases water vrhen heated
below: (a) Both'A and R are individually true and l
4 2 4 3 21 2 3
R'is the correct explanation of A
(b) Eoth A and R are
:
possible to destroy the superconductivity of a material by applying
40.
41. Assertion (A): Glazing
is done on ceranric insulators to make the surface smooth and non-absorbent.
{ii) a pressirre below that of the
Reason (R), tuloisture from the
at,tosphere
atrnosphere can collect on the surface cJiscontinuties on a ceramic and result
(,'onsider the following properiies of insulators:
3.
Dielectric losses
1"
Fermitivity
and
brittle.
ic) a strong electric'field
lnsulation resistance
Assertion (A): Lepidolite type mica is unsuitable for electric insulation.
' Reasqn {R): Lepidolite is hard
(b) a temperature much below the transition temperature
indi,,ridually
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is true.
(a) a strong magnetic field
,'
true but R is not the correct explanation of A
-='',
It is
nt
Metals 177
in electric breakdown. 42.
Dielectric breakdown strength
Assertion (A): An electric
or mechanical input makes the flux jurnp from one superconductor to anoiher, generating large direct currents.
Sorne of these properties are for DC use and some are fcr AC use.
Reason (R): The electric resistivity of superconductors depends upon the magnetic fie:d.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available aL \r, qv \J I l\)\j=1-JV9784236981 \ Page 106 -gru6n* 1 +1" I tA), C'./.tron a s*,t[n,
4,
's
l
temperaiure, supei'-conductiv destroyed.
Reason {R}: Switching aciion is ,:haracteristic of superconductors only.
44.
Assedion (A): An insulator has a high value of resistivity, and with increasing temperature the vlaue of its resistivity decrqases exponential ly.
i +0. Assertion (A): At absolute degree Kelvin
:^-:l:,.:lrctor insulators.
i
temperature, the value of the energy band gap decreases.
Ryason$ii Srpe,.onductivity in
iield is greater than the critical
nftr ANSWERS
(d)
12
(b)
(c) A"
(a)
(c) t.
1:
l
itil 10
(d)
i
?1.
(c)
31.
(b)
41.
32.
(d)
42.
(d)
(b)
43
(c)
23.
(a)
JJ.
14. ,':.1d)
24.
(c)
34. 1d)
44
(d)
15.
(c)
25.
(b)
3s.
(c)
45.
(a)
16.
(d)
26.
(c)
JO.
(b)
46.
(a)
17.
(b)
27.
(c)
37.
(c)
47
(a)
10 t().
(d)
28.
(a)
JO.
(a)
19.
(b)
29.
(a)
39
(d)
20.
(b)
a
wire may"be destroyed if the current in the wire exceeds a critical value.
Reason (R): lf the applied magnetic
(b)
.l
cannot be usedas coils tor productioi of strong magnetic fields.
field.
11
ilu
_t.**qurature materials behau*
47. Assertion (A): Superconductors
destroyed by application of an external magnetic ]
(d)
r.'
Ze
Reason (R): At absolute zero degree Kelvin temperature. there is no available to generare rhe .,|[:tJ carriers in the semiconductor,
Reason (R): With increasing
45, Assertion (A): Superconductivity oJ a superconducting material can be
can be
i 1Y
I
4.)
I
l I
_l_
www.dream2gate.co.in
40.
(a).
I I
I
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 107
The conductivity of Metals
{ t.
sorurrffi 22.
{d)
A
v-4 /-m--l
1 T,
1n
and L* = So lt, =0
(a)
Criticai magnetic field is the requirecl magnetic field to bring conductivity of super conducting material to normal
"i.
23.
-l
At = Tz
(c)
a =0.0008,Rc =Bohm
fulobility of electron is more than hole
Rn.* = B(1+ 0.08J
(u)
R*;
External magnetic0 field equal to critical magnetic field can destroy super conductivity. Also by the
31.
application of external magnetic field, the value of transition temperature decreases
.
8,64 ohm
(b)
magnetiq field
33. (b)
, ,_rr., H^=H^J-ilil v Jl lr"rr \
(a)
=-:10S"C
Superconductors are essentially .'.,,d'iamagnetic, so they repel the
(d)
\'cl;
H. = critical magnetic field. - where, Hence
Q"ET
"cl -
jlr
(a)
state.
\1
l;.
Yt, -1
Rnu* = Ro + (ctat)_] [t
5t-6 ts an rnert gas. 13.
(c)
For super-conducting metals.
As we know, mean free path, i=VoT
and l"*
i79
as tempeature T decrbases
beiow the transition temperature (T.),
m^
(c)
the value of critical magnetic field
At critical field rhe #erconductor will c()ine to normal stafe.
increases.
36. (b) Lead has good corrosion resistance, so it is least affected by.ea water.
{:')
iirtsistivity is cornposed of
two
components:-
(i)
37.
Porcelain : is a ceramic material ani used for insulator.
Thermal Resistivity : lt is due to
lattice vibration and
is
Mlca
characteristic of the particular substance
(il) Residual Component :
This
(c)
38.
:
used
in capacitors to be
operated at high frequencies. (a)
lf the applied field is greater than flie
Cornponenl arisos due to impurtty and defect present in the material..
criilcat magneiic fielct at
any
This is independent of temperature.
tem peratu re, super conductiviiy
ir
destroyed.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
!,;l
i-,,.;
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 -l-he
Page 108
Mechanism of Conduciion in Semicondur
--@utrsr 1
t.
List
For a semiconductor, which one of the
following statements is NOT correct?
an electron ?nd a hole recombine, energy must be
(a) When
(b)
A,
Ga-As
B.
Nichrome 2. Laser
c.
liberated
D.
Electrons in the conduction band
can acquire a net acceleration from a field because there are
Quariz Si -' :
A.''
ic) An electron in the valence band cannot be accelerated by the field
(.a)
,2
tb) 1 (c) 2 (d) 1
unless there are empty energy levels available
Holes cannot be accelerated by the field unless there are empf/
3. Busba'
4.
Heatin
5.
Oscilla
B
CD
4
JI
tr4
5
e4
s
JI
4
trr) JL
Assuming the Fermi levei : be independent of temperatur;. r:r ;13\
energy levels available
{,
1. lntegrr
Codes: ''.1'
empty energy levels available
(d)
List -!'
-l
Consider the following statement
be defined as the level
[xtrinsic semiconduetors show clcctrical conductivity be'Cause
occupancy probability of
irrrpuriies are
(c) 75%
i
Of high conductivity
,i. llighly
I
(ai
mobile
5.
=
eV (c) 0.785 eV
r;r:i;'ect?
6. (b)
2and3
(d) 1, 2 and
with
lhe correct answer
(d) 100%
The forbidden energy gap in silicon at
(a) 1.41
liViiich of these statements are NOT
.1. \,{;t;h List-l
(b) 50%
300 K is
Fiighly charged
r land2 (c) 1 and 3
0%
rntit['t an
(b) 1 1 e\t (d) 0.72 e\t
With an increase in temperature, the Fermi levei in an intrinsic semicondr:ctoi'
3
{a) Moves closer the condLtction
List-ll and select
edge
: l
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
band
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 109 .r
\4;,
Chapter-9
r1) Moves closer to the valence
(a)
bancj
edge
ic)
(a)
a
Carrierconcentration
2.
Carrier mobility
3
Sign of the carrier
(b)
of the carriers
-l
he carrier
concentration
(c) Both carrier concentration
and
mobility irr,[ibases
(a) 1 ahci 2
(b) 1 and
(c) 2 and
(d) 1,
(d) Thermal energy
2
11.',
of
electron
tncreases
12. Fermi1fVel in a p-type semiconductor lies-'close to
3
and 3
An inirinsic serniconductor at
(a) The top of the valance band
a
::
temperature of absolute zero behaves like an insulator because of
(b) The bottorn of the 'ralence band (c) The top of the conCuction band
(a) Non-availabiliiy of free electrons: (b) Non-reccmbination of electrons
(d) The bottom of the conduction
with
hoi:s
(c)
Low dri,t vetocity of free e|66trons
(d)
Lov,r (alr"nost
zero)
13.
eiffin
energy
*ry,
ern
crystal
(c) To measure conductivity (d) AIt of the above 14. Width of energy bands depends on which of the follc',ving?
(a) Ternperature
(0) By increasing the concentration of (c)
impurity atorns in the crystal
(b) Pressure
By increasing the width of the
(c) Relaiive freerjom of electi-ons
crystal {LJ)
Hall Effect can be used
(b) To find carrier-concentration
the Hall voltage aci^oss an irnpurity semiconductor crystal be increased?
{ir) By increasing the thickness of the
band
(a) To find type of semiconductor (whetherporntype)
"
ln which one of the followifig
I l.l,
mobrlity
increases
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
3
-l-he
increases
semiconductor depend?
1
oi a
semiconductor increases with increase in temperatui'e because
On which of the following factors does
the e{ectrical conductivity of
(d) infinite
11. The electrical conductivity
forbidden gap
i
(b) negative
(c) zero
Moves into the conduction band
(d) Remains at the centre of the 7.
positive
in
ihe cyrstal
By increasing the cur-rent flowing through the crystal
Which one oi the follouring statements is correct? The Halt coefficient of an intrinsic senricondlctor is
(d) Mass of
15.
rto*
irr iire material
Which one of the following statements is not true for a p-type _semiconductor?
(a) Conduction is by ihe rTlovernenr of hoies in the valence band
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 110
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconducto
(b) Holes constitue the maiority
21. Which one of the following is function f(E)?
charge carriers
(c) Fermi levei lies closer to the (a)
conduction band
(d) lt is formed by adding an acceptor impurity to germanium
Il-l-E^r E-trF
l/lK I
I
(b)
/
!c r' I L_:
r- e'
4 I
(c)
(d)
1ru(Er-E)rltr)
t-e
,,.
-
16, Principle of Hall effect is used in the voltage p construction of which one of the 22. What is the output across the crystal by i-{all effect, oi
foliowing?
(a)
Ammeter
(a) Drop across the crystal
(b) Voltmeter
(c) Galvanometer (d) Gaussmeter 17.
For which one of the following materials, is the Hall coefficient zero?
(a)
Metal
ln an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of electrons is equal to the.
'lnduced voltage by the appiied
23Jhe measurernent of which one of the ,i, ' following will- reveai the sign of the charge carriers?
(a) Conductivity
(a) 0K
(b) Mobility
::
temperature
..
24. Co"nsider the following statements
Elemenis can reach 'b"ttable atomic structure by -
(g) Hall coefficient (d) DiFfusion constant
,
(d) All terhperatures
. =. l
about semiconductors?
1. The forbidden
energy gap in semiconductors lies between the valence band and conduction
(a) losing electrons only (b) gaining electrons only
(c) losing
or gaining of
band.
sharing
eIectrons
(d) collisions between atoms
lllrl
carriers
(c) lnducdd voltage by the applied
number of holes at which temperature?
(b) o'c
(,1),
_
electric field
(d) Alloy
(c) High
of charge
it
towards one end
(d)
(c) lntrinsic semiconductor
19.
(b) Movement
:
ma$hetic field
(b) lnsulator
18.
currenf pa.ssing through
dLi:
alioy semiconductor crystallizes
irr r,yhat fol-m?
2. The forbidden energy gap in germaniurn at 0 K is about 0.72 eV
3.
Semiconductors have negative temperature coefficient of resistivily.
(a) Simple cubic structure
(i;) Body-centered cubic structure
Which c,f these statements are correct?
(c) Zinc blende structure
(a) 1, 2 and
(d) Wurtzite structure
lc) 2 and 3 www.dream2gate.co.in
3
(b) 1 and
2
(d) 1 and
3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 111
i**
Chapter-9
(b) negative
(c) zero (c) Moves into the conductiorr band (d) Remains
at the centre of
11. The electrical conductivity of
the
(a) -l-he mobitity
On which of the following factors does
the electrical
condu ctiv semiconductor depend?
1.
ity of
a
increases
(c) Both carrier concentration mobility
(b) 1 and
(d) 1, 2 and 3
FI
a
(d)
Lov,r
13.
free-ffions
of
semiconductor
(whetherporntype)
(almost zero) electron energy
(b) To find carrier-concentration
(c) To measure conductivity
ttre Hall voltage across an irnpurity senriconductor crystal be increased?
(d) All of the above 14. lvidth
By increasingitie ilrickness of the crystal
of energy bands depends on
which of the follc',ving?
(a) Ternperature
r:r) By increasing the conceniration of irnpurity atoms in the crystal
(b) Pressure
(c) By increasing the width of the
(c) Relaiive freerjom of eiecti-ons
in
ihe cyrstal
crystal
irl) By increasing the cui-rent
(d) Mass of
flowing
through the crystal 1!i,
Hall Effect, can be used
(a) To find type
"F
ln which one of the following ways can
ia)
The top of the valance band
(c) The top of the conduction band (d) The bottom of the conctuction band
(a) Non-availabiliiy of free electrons' (b) Non-recumbination of electrons Low drift velocity of
electron
('b; fne bottom of the valence band
temperature of absolute zero behaves like an insulator because of
hoi:s
of
increasbs $,, 12. Fermi,,[eVel in a p-type semiconductor lies ilose to
3
An inirinsic serniconductor at
ancJ
,rnbibases
(d) Thermalr energy
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :
(c)
concentration
increases
2. Carrier mobiiity 3. Sign of the carrier
with
of the carriers
-l-he carrier (b)
Carrier concentration
{a) 1 and 2 (c) 2 and 3
a
semiconductor increases with increase in temperatui'e because
forbidden gap 7.
(d) infinite
15.
Which orre of the follovring statements is correct? Ihti Hall coefficient of an intrinsic ser"nicondlctor is I
rto* ilr iire material
Which one of the foilowing statements is not true for a p-b/pe gemiconducior?
(a) Conduction is by ihe movemenr of holes in the valence band
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 112
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconducto
"(bt
Holes constitue the majority 21. Which one of the following function f(E)?
charge carriers (c)
Fermi levei lies closer to the
1
(a)
conduction band
16. Principle of Hali effect is used in the construction of which one of the
1
(c)
Amrneter
current passing through
23_
ln an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of electrons is equal to the number of holes at which tenrperature?,
0K (b) 0'C
(a)
',,,,'
.,'
'
(d) All temperatures
19. Elemenis can reach
_
by
The measurement of which one of the foltowing will- reveai the sign of the charge carriers?
(a) Conductivity .t
(b) Mobility
(c) Hall coefficient (d) Diffusion constant 24. Consider
'b,.'stable atomic
1.
-'-,':,',u"
sharing
electrons
2.
(d) collisions between atoms
lll{ alir"ry semiconductor crystallizes irr r,vhat form?
forbidden energy gap
in
-l-he
forbidden energy gap in germanium at 0 K is about 0.72 eV
3.
Semiconductors have negative tem perature coefficient of resistivity.
cubic structure
lr) Body-centered cubic structure
-l-he
semiconductors lies between the valence band and conduction band.
(b) gaining electrons only
or gaining of
the following statements
about semiconductors?
(a) losing electrbns only
_!o)
it
, electric field
(d) Alloy
(a) Simple
:
(d)'lnduced voltage by the appiied
(c) Intrinsic semiconductor
(c) losing
.
magnetic field
(b) [nsulator
(c)
p
(c) lnduced voltage by thg applied 'a
(a) Metal
(
-
(b) Movement of charge carriers towards one end
materials, is the Hall coefficient zero?
?0.
(d) ' ' 1-e'',.
(a) Drop across the crystal dLi:
(b) Voltmeter
For which one of the following
structure
1r.(Er-E)rir'r)
across the crystal by l-1all effect, oi
(c) Galvanometer (d) Gaussmeter
18.
(b)
22. What is the output t oltage
foliowing?
|V,
rlikr)
1* "(E-Er
(d) lt is formed by adding an acceptor impurity to germanium
(a)
.
IS
Which of these statements are correct?
Zinc blende structure
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 1 and
2
Wurtzite structure
{c) 2 and
(d) 1 and
3
www.dream2gate.co.in
3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page,t 113
XL$S crraiter-s Consider the following statements : in a Hall effect experiment, ihe sign of Fiall voltage wrll change if
1.
Direetion
28. A semiconductor eV. The
errritted from the semiconductorwhen
of apptied f ietd is
electrons and holes recombine
changed.
2.
nm (c) 625 mm (a)' 625
Direction of applied magnetic field is cllanged.
3.
Direction of boih applied electric and magnetic fields are changed.
4.
Direction of current is changed.
(a) f(E)
correct?
(c)
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 3 only
(c)
(d) 3 and 4
1,
2
and 4
10-20
m'-3
(c) 7.0 x
10*12m
(d) 70
",
m-3
(b)
x
10'2a
,
31.
potential
Controlled addirion of group lll element to an elemental semjconductor results
(c) ptype
:
(b) 1 and 2 onty (d) 1, 2 and 3
serniconductor
(d) Degenerate
semiconductor
32. The Fermi energy Eo of a meial is proportional to (n is the number of free electrons per unit volurne of the metal) AS
(a) n' (c) nzi:
Fermi level remains invariant with temperature.
4
Square ware potential
(b) n{ype seniiconductor
Fermi level lies in valence band.
-1 ancl
,, (b) Sinusodial potentiai
(d) Non-periodic
m-t.j
Fermi level lies above the donor level ad T -+ 0.
/c\ 2,
(d) 1 + {(E)
(a). lntrinsic'semiconductor
L.
only
'
in the formation of
Fermi level lies below the donor level at room temperature (T).
{,ii 1
1/f(E):
(b) 1 - f(E)
l
(a) Constant pctential
(c)
':"
t.
4.
.
,n".,,,,''
Consider the follo#ng statements
,_) -
(d) 625 cm
electron theory, electron in a metal are subjected to
roomtemperature electrical conductivity is 10{ (ohm-m)-1, the eleciron and hole rnobilities are, respectively, 0.5 and A.A4 mzlV-s, What is the insirinsic carrier concentration n at the room tem peratlre? 1021
(b) 625 pm
30, According to free
For instrinsic Ga As, the
(a)
is
The Fernri function for an electron is f(E), where E is energy Then, the Fermi function for a hole rs
Which of these statements is/are
:1
has a band gap of 2 wavelength of radialion
(b)
nrrz
(d)
n"'
33. The temperature coeflicient of
'
a
:resistance of a dopped semiconductors IS
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 114
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconductors {a)
Always positive
List
List
-l
tb) Always negative
A. Carbon (Diamond)
(c) Zero
B. Silicon conducting
(d) Positive or negative depending on
3.
C. Tin (Grey)
the level of doping r,-!
-ll
lnsr-rlating
D. Lead
The current flow in a semiconductor is
Codes:
due to
A
1. Drift current 2.
Displacement current
3
Diffusion current
(a) 1, 2 and
3
(a)
3
(b) (c) 3 ..,(d) 1|' 1
(b) 1 and 2 on{y
BC 2 .'1 2.,' r 12
1
,
(c) 1 and 3 only
(d) 2 and 3 orrly
D 1
n
J 1
3
IJIRLGIIUNS : i DIRECTIONS 15. Consider a metallic conductor of length ,Lm and a constant cross-sectional ]rne following items consist of two statements' one labelled as 'Assertion A iirea of Am2. A steady potential i ano tne other labelled as 'Reasorr R'' You dill'erence oI v volts is applied between { are to examine these two statements the ends of the conductor. The drift j ., I carefully and select the answer to these velocityof thefreeelectronsis y.mls itwo statements carefully and select the i
The mobility of the electrons is defined
rs ,
=
#
lf
|
to these items using the codes given
below:
the number of free
(a)
eiectrons per m3 is N and each carries a charge
,rr*.,
Botli A and R are individually true and
R is the correct explanation of A
of e Coulon , the resistance
(b) Both A and R are individually
it of the conductof',
true but
R is not the correct explanation of A
__ohn't I;r) \ / NAue t_
Lu
{i) --oflm \ / i\i/\e
(b)
(d)
LN
o* Ltte
*
onm
onm
i I
lii. ivlatch List-l with List-ll and select the r:orrcct ansuJer using the code given below the list:
(c)
A is true but R is'false
(d)
A is false but R is true.
37.
Assertion (A): A doped semiconductor witl behave as a perfect insulator at
zero Kelvin but its
eiectricaI
conductivity will rise if the temperature is slowly increased above zero Kelvin.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 115
The Mechanism of Conduction in Semiconductors (a)
Always positive
(0)
Always negative
List
A. Carbon (Diamond) 1. ConductiiB. Silicon
ic) Zero
2. Semiconducting
(d) Positive or negative depending on
lnsr-rlating
D. Lead
;r4. The current flow in a semiconductor is due to
Codes:
1. Drift current 2. Displacement current 3. Diffusion current
3
3.
C. Tin (Grey)
the level of doping
(a) 1, 2 and
-ll
A
B
(a) 3 (b) (c) 3 ,,,,.t (d) 'l 1
(b) 1 and 2 only
2 Z:, 1
il
,
(c) 1 and 3 only (d) 2 and 3 orrly
DIRECTIONS
1
CD J1 13 21 23
:
i5. Consider a metallic conductor of length ,L m and a constant cross-sectional The following items consist of two area of Am2. A steady potentiat -statements, one labelled as 'Assertion A difference of V volts is applied between-
the ends of the conductor.
fhe
drift=.
velocity of the free electrons is T..mis. The mobility of the electrons is defined
.rs
v
u=V;L lf the number of free
eiectrons per m3 is N and each carries
and the other labelled as 'Reason R'. You
are lo examine these two statements carefully and select the answer to these two statements carefully and select the answer to these items using the codes given below.
(a)
Both A and R are individually true and
R is the correct explanation of A
a charge of e Coulon!.b" the resistance
(b) Both A and R are individuatly
It of the conductofaif3
true but
R is not the correct explanation of A t_
/;r) \ t NAue
(b)
-ohn't Lu
ii;) --ohm \ / l\l/\e I
ii.
(d)
LN
;-onrn Ltte
*I\A onm
List-l with List-ll and select the r:orrcct ans\lrer using the code given bclow the list: tUatch
(c)
A is true but R is.false
(d)
A is false but R is true.
37. Assertion
(A): A doped semiconductor
will behave as a per-fect
rnsulator.- at
zeto Kelvin but its
electrical
conductivity will rise if the tenrperature is slowly increased above zero Kelvin.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 116
.X02
Chapter-9
Reason {R): The rise in electrical
39. Assertion (A): An intrinsic
ccnductivity is mainly due to increased ionization as the temperature is rasied
conductor has low
G*t
electricai
conductivity. Hence, it is normally not used in the device fabricatiorr without doping.
above zero Kelvin,
38. Assertion (A): Energy
released when an electron jumps from a higher to a
Reason (R): lts electrical resistiviry
can
lower level is usually in the form-of
be increased by
photons.
temperature.
Reason (R): Energy released when an electron jumps from a higher to a
fusertion {A}: lnstrinsic
lower level is absorbed by the nucleus.
Reason (R):,,fhe nr*b*r of electrons and holes hre equal in an intrinsic
raising
semiconductors
show negative Hall coefficient.
semiconductoi'. tf
E*
(d)
o
(d)
17.
{al
25.
(c)
uJ-
toi
(a)
10.
(b)
18.
(d)
26.
(c)
J4.
(')
(a)
11.
(b)
9
(c)
27.
rb)
35.
(a)
(b)
12.
(a)
(c)
ao LO.
\.t
i
JO.
(a)
(b)
13.
(d)'
21.
(a)
29.
(b)
Jt.
(di
(d)
14.
ta)
LL.
')')
(b)
30.
\d/
JU.
,o
(a)
{a)
15.
/1
(c)
?1
(c)
eo
(c)
(a)
to-
(d)
32.
40.
(b)
'+'..
,
(c) (d)
,.1
='2A.
24.
,
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT & BOOK CENTER N,TADE
EASY. ACE & O]'}IER INSTT. NO]'ES AV.,\ILABI I]
IES, GATE. PSU'S Pi\PER'S
;
SSC
its
OilIER tNSTI.'IES'f SLRilTS tt &()liilrti p-\tr'\ p-\ptjRs
it,&('GI . BANK_ ISR(). t)RI)o. I
MOB -97 1810207 0 , 97 t6t
9 I 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 117
The Mechanism of Conduclion in Serniconductors 203
(b)
4.
conduction band
The Fermi level represents the energy statewith 50% probability of being filled,
neqative"""'
to---e-O-o-Er
ion
16$-6-6-0-l
if no forbidden band exists,
extra generated holes
(d)
$.
Ferrrri level in an intrinsic semiconciuctor
15.
is added in semiconductor.
affi
17.
{a)
(a) R,
Conductivity of semiconductcr
=
18.
{d) Hall Voltage, un
','
u''
- pw
23.
=.i.ne .:::,: "
(d) For instrinsicsemi-conductor,
[i = fl = P
(c)
Due to Lorentz Force the charge carriers'moves toward one end and
Vroci
So
.,="
where, n = carrier concentration as for metals n -+ oo so, R* -+ fl
/\
nelpe + uhj
$"
(c)
ln p-type semiconductors, Fermi level is slightly the valance band.
does not depend on temperature. lt moves up or dcxvn only if some impurity
;"
(Fermi Level) Va la nce ba nd
1{). tb)
output voltage is produced across the crystal by hall'effect.
For i nstri nsic semiconductoq
26. (c)
n- P=fli
As for intrinsic GaAs, fli = I] = and R* =
^t' !'P --15-
+l niQ ( lie --$n
and as p"(mobilitY of e
o = Ie(pn +F.)
-)
n.=-
> up
, negative, for instrinsic semi t conductors.
10-6
t.6 x i04(.5+.04)
{b)
fri =7 x1012 m
Ai irigh temperature more covalent bonds will break, and so more charge
27.
3
(b)
Energy band diagram for p-type senri-
n{ype semi-conductor at zero degree kelvin will be below donor level and above ihe half way between the conduction band and the
conductor :-
valance level.
carriers will be available
l)
(' e(pn + Pr)
Rn,
11,
P
{a)
Ferm i level in an
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy and non tech notes available 9784236981 X#-4technical Chapter-9 Page 118
:;
")>-.
iai
(i)
Drift Current applied voltage
(ii)
Diffusion Current
-
Given, E, = 2eV rlr/avelength of radation, i(pm)
i=
=y! ts
1)A "-'*10-om
35.
?
J=pvo
{b}
given, p = ne,vo =v
Fermi Function determines the probabitity of electron or hole and f(E).re.t aq
on
+
so
f(E[o,* = 1
'
to
,.r _= [(n.), )(g),,, n,,, [Bmc J,,"
i=neAy
anogtvenr=
(c)
so,
{a) As we know current density,
l. = 625nm 2S.
which is due to difference in corrcentration of charge carriers in semlconductor
-
)i;)
;;
:'='ir
,..(i)
v/L
r:Yu
[,,l1 t/
.
.(ii)
''-,, L R=;=NAue
so.
E1 o. n2l3
(rl)
17. (d)
The temperature coefficient of instrinsic
semi-conductor is negative, but, temperature coefficient of a dopped semiconductor may be positive.or negative depending on the level of 39. doping.
Due to doping the semiconductor will
have some charge carriers at zeio kelvin, so itwill behave as insulator but not perfect insulator.
(c)
As semiconductors have negative
(c)
tem perature
Current flow in semi-conductor is due
to-
coefficient, there electrical
resistivity decreases by raising temperature
" t:"'
-r LI
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 119
f
*S
Chapter-10
8UflSTI0;NS
Find the wrong statement : ireat of a material
,t
Coefficient of thermal expansion for ceranrics is the range of .......... xl0{
Specific
(a)
(b) Heat 6pacity per unit mass
(c) 25 -
(c) Extrinsic
9.
proeprty
(a)
Heat capacity has units as
(a) J/kg.k
of
-
400
.,.+'
,i'
(c) 5 -.25
(b) 1-5 (d) 20
- 400
10. Heat Capacity of most materials is approximately equal to ..........
Units for thermal conductivity
(a)
R
(b) 2R
(c)
3R
(d) R2
J/kg.K
(b) J/mol K
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2
(d) W/m.K
Lorentz constant has units
1,1.
as
(a) Jlkg.K
(b) J/mol.K
(c) J.ohmlsec.K2
(d) Wim.K',
as th) .l/kg.K
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2 i
:,
(c)
ti"C
(a) lncreass in crystallinity (b) Decreases in crystallinity
(c) (d)
, too
Polymers have thermal expar coefficient in the range of .... ...
- 15 (c) 25 - 50 1.r) U.5
(b) 5
*
(d) 50
in polymers
increases with . ,......
(b) 1-10
.i,,) 10-100
metai
12. Thermal conductivity
irr the range of
.1i
Either
(d) All, depending on
)olymers have thermal conductivities
(a)
lncreaseb
(b) Decreases
J/mol.K (01
With increase in temperature, thermal conductivity of a metal ........
(a)
Thermal expanslon of a material has urrits
i.
(d) 50
50
(c) J.ohm/sec.K2 (d) W/m.K
(a)
'1.
(b) jimol.K
(b)5-25
Metals have themal conductivtties in the
range
(d) Has units as J/kg-K
3.
0.5' 15
(a) Constant for a material
Either
(d) None 13.
Visible light's wavelength range
(a) 0.39 - 0.77 mm (b) 0.39 - 0.77 um
25
(c) 0.39 - 0.77 nm
- 400
(d) 0 39 - 0.77 cm
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 120
Optical anrj Thermai Properlies of Materials ZZ1
i,,,, :';;itck's constant is
Bouguer's law relates
x 10-34 J.sec (b) 6,62 x 10-34J.min (c) 6,62 x 10-34 Cat. sec {d) 6.62 x 10-} Cal min (a) 6.62
(a) Light reflection (b) Light refraction
(c) Light
(d) Light absorption
15. Sum of these is unity (a) Reflectivity
23. Sky lcoks blue because lhe sun light is subjected to
(b) Refleciivity + Refractivity
(c) Reflectivity
+
transmission
Refractivity
+
Transmitivity
(a) Rayleigh,,$ering (b) Comptonl*attering
r.i) Any
(c) Both .:tt
.tl
fu'letals
can .......... the light beams
Reflect (c) Transmit (a)
't', ir.
:
(d) None
ib) Refract
24. Luminescence is because of
(,i) Any
{a) Photons emitted vrl-rite excited
lvletals are.........
electrons drops
(a) Transpa.ent (b) Opaque
dov,in
(b) Knocking out of electrons by
(c) Translucent (d) None
photons
trJ
It. Metals can transmit these
(a) Radio
ways
(c) Photons siimulated by photons
(b) Visible tight
(d)
(c) Microwaves (d) X-ravs' .{
i
t,J.
'i
il
25. Fluorescence occurs within
Reflectivity of metals
ia) 0.05 (c) 0.e5
(bi,0,50
(a)
(d),None
(ci 10{ps
llefractive index' of materials
is
;:irproximaiely equal to square root of
i,r) Electricat permitivity (c) Electrical permitivity permeahiiity
)'i {. 1,
irl,,rre
Snell's law relates
{,t) Lioht refleciicn (b) Light refraction (r:) Light transmission
10-ss
(b) 10{ ms (d) 10sns
26. Electro-luminescence occurs in
(a) Electrical concluctors (b) Electrical insulators
(b) Magnetic permeability
i,;)
Ati
x magnetic
(c) p-n junctions (d)
Ari
27. Pyrometer works based cn
(a) Laser technology (b) Photo-conduction (c) Thermal enrission (d) Tyndall effect www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981
222 ?a
Page 121
Chapter-10
Solar cell works hased on
(a) Ruby laser
(a) Laser tectrnology
(b) CO, taser
(b) Photon-conduction
(c) Semiconductor
(c) Thermal
(d) He-Ne laser
ernission
(a) Total internal reflectance (b) Tyndall effect
(a) v2=c2
(c) Photon-electric
(c)
effect
35.
(d) Laser technology
The ranges of electromagnetic radiation in which metals exhibit maxirnum reflectivity is
(a)
Visible
(c)
Ultraviolet
(d)
lnfrared
i'
ln indirect inter-band transition'the electron
undergges
{a) Change
'
(d) c=Jve,.
Dielectric ,m€terials like enamels, porcelaifi, etc. are opaque (in the visible range) because
(d) They have low refractive
36.
in both energy
Sapphire (c) Diamond
and
(b) si
ic)
(d) Se
Amohg the following lasers which one
Cadmium sulphide has a band gap of
(a) a000 A
(b) 55oo A
(c) 6500 A
(d) 7000 A
38. ln day laser, the laser wavelength is tuned by
in momentum
(a) GaAs
(d) Silicon
wavelength radiation will it absorb?
momentum
Which of the following are examples ,';i direct band gap semiconductors?
(b) Ruby
2.4 eV. Which of the following
no
{d) Change in energy Uri no change
index
Which of the following materials does not absorb visibte radiation?
(a)
i{r) No change in'both energy and
JJ,
lt,2
'!
.:..'..
(b) Change in mo.m€ntum brrt change in en.gpY i
Ge
c=vJe,.
(b) u2=c2
(a) ,They have band gap greater than
37.
*?
l\
3eV -(b) They have band gap less than 3eV i..:'i i,= (c) They scatter light
(b) Beyond ultravlolet
6l Jt"
laser
relations, between the velocity of light in the material v and its dielectric constant are true?
29. Opticalfibre operators on the pnnciple of
(a) Changing the rise time of the
-
pumping source
{b) Changing the orientation of the grating the cavity .
(c) Changing the solrrents (d) Changing the intensity of pumping
eniits the lar,gest wavelength radiiition?
www.dream2gate.co.in
source
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
1,,
:i 'l
34. Which of the foltowing
(d) Tyndall effect
30.
-.-.___--
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 122
optical anci rhermar properties of Materiars
-t-
zz3
AHsWERS
I
I
I 1
18. (d)
(a)& (c)
i
3
"(d) (c)
12. {a)
1e.
(c)
20.
(a)
28. (b) . '::
'i+1r
5
7. i
{i)
21 (b)
2e.
(a)
14. (a)
22_ {d)
30.(a) & (b)
(d)
15. (c)
23. (a)
31. (a)
24. @)
32, {a)
l
i
www.dream2gate.co.in
(c)
37.
(a)
38
(b)
;1
13 (b)
u t.l __|_l u {a)
36. i
(
I
L
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
,l __J
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 123
242
Chapter-1i
-{j*urrruuu }1.
The
structure of a polymer is shown
in the given figure, This polymer finds
special application in
*-c I
I
F
1
rl r\
F
ll
1
i-lF)
4.
(a) packaging (b) adhesives
ic)
bearings
(C) fertilizer
Thermosetting plastic are 1.
Formed by addition polymerization
a
Formed by
condensation
3. Sof tened on heating
and
these statements are
=' 3. Anisotropic lsotropic
\A/h!ch
of
$)2anoa
i';j
'l and
(d)
4
(a)
these statements are I
(b) 1 and
1 and 4
3
(d) 2 and +
lvlatch List-l with List-ll and seiect the
correct answer using the codes giver,
1 and 3
2
and 4
i'ir,ttcir l-ist-l and List-ll and select the
correct answer using the codes given below the lists: List-ll
1.rst-l
i\. Polyethylene
1.
Adhesive
Polyurethane
2.
Film
Cyanoacrylate
3.
Wire
Nylon
4.
Foarn
.
2.':Made of thermoplastic resins and glass fibre.
(c) 2 and 3
(l)
ili
glQ5s fibre
modulated by healing and cooling
of
t0tlowing statements
Mqde of thermosetting resins ano
correct?
correct?
,
the-
hardened on cooling for number of times -1, ,,'
vr/hich
"-:
1.
4.
polymerization
4.
Ccnsider
-
Fibre Reinfoiced plastic are;
.
Consider the following statements:
?.
ABCD (a) 2 4 3 (b) 4 2 3 (c) 2 4 1 3 (d) 4 2 1 3
below the lists:
'!
List-l
A. Neoprene B. Bakelite C. Foamed poly-urethane D.
Araldite
List-ll
1. Electric switches 2. Adhesive 3. -lhermal insulator 4. Oil seal
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 124
Polymers 243
-l
Codes: A
(a)
4
(b) (c) 4 (d) 1
1
BCt) 123 423 132 432
cfrforiOe w,tf.r a
,f-gr;- rf
polymerization of 20C00 is
I
(a)2CC00 62i (c) 62 5 r 10.
vVhich one of the following rnaterials
62
(b)
5
Zoooo
2CC0C id) 2C0CC
Which of the folloiving are fabricated using engineering plastics?
1. Surface plate 2. Gears 3. Guide way€=jor machine tools
is used for car tyres as a stanciard material?
(a) Styrene-butadiene Rub.ber (SBR) (b) Butyl
a potWlnyt
4.
rubber
Foundry,ptterns
Select the_ Cbrrect answer using ihe codes g}v3n below:
l,l) "i.
Any one of the above depending upon the need
(a) 1, 2 and 3 {c} 2, 3 and 4
Consider the foilowing pairs of plastics and their distinct characteristics:
1.
Acrylics...Very cood transparency to light
2.
Polycarbonate ..Poor impact
{)
fxcellent
1- a ihermoplastic
fatigue
correct?
correct?
(a) 1, 2 and s (c) 3, 4 and 5
(,,) 1 ancj 4
(d)
2
3
Addition
polymerization is a primary surnmation of inciividual molecules into long tl,rtin s.
ileason {Ri : ln
(b) 2,
G
(d) 3, 2 and
5
f
are
luorocarLron
polymer
{b) Thermoplastic fiuorocar-bon
polymer
(c) inorganic ccmpound of fluorrne
addition
and carbon
polymerization, the reaction produces
{d) Laminated phenoiic niateriai The molecular weight of vinyl chloride 13. ln the case of rubber. ';ulcanizaiion _i:: !12-5. Thus the molecu ht of tglutt ,olt u ploc,gsr i|producing a a srnall molecule as by-produet.
0
3
and
12. Tefion is a (a) Thermosetting
and 4
+\ssertion (A) :
material.
hich of these slatements
Which of these ui.aiurunts are (b) 1 and
4
2. harring high friction coefiicient. 3. a thermbsetting mater-ial 4. having high friction coefficient. 5. an electric insulator. 6. non sticking to surfaces. \Ii
(r) 2 and 3
(d) 1,2,3 and
Pol y-tetra-fiuoro-ethene is
PTFE...Low coefficient of friction Polypropylene. -strength
1
11. Consider the fotlowing staternents:
reslstance
3. 4.
(b)
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 ,,'i.ffi ..-fl 125 Page
i;
244 Chapter-11
.t',:
(a) Linear polymer
17.
Consider the following statements:
Assertion (A)
(c)
produced by adding a second monomer to the first, th-en a third
Addition Polymerization method, polymer ig
Cross-linked polymer
(d) Network polymer
14. Polyesters can be defined as
monomer to this dimmer and so on.
the
Reason (R) : There must exist at least one dor-rble bond in the monomer for Addition Polymer izaiion reaction.
condensation products of
(a) Dicarboxylic acids
with dihydroxy
alcohols
Of these statements
(b) Biphenol-A and epichloro-hydrin
(c) Phenoi and
(a) Both A and d are true and R
15. Match List-l
(Material) with List-ll (Typical use) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists: List-l
A.
(b) Both A*hd R are true but R is not a coirect explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false (d) A is false but R is true 18. $atch List-l (llaterial) with List-ll and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists:
-..'{Application)
' -'
List-ll
1. Bottles
Branched
polyethylene
List-l
B.
Polyester
2. Textile
C.
Polyvinyl
3.
.
D.
4.
Linear polyethylene
Films Jor
A. Fibie reinforced plastics B. Acrylics C.
Phenolics
D.
Butadiene rubber
Transparent lm
i-ist-ll
Codes:
ABC (a) 3 2 (b) 2 3 (c) 2 3 (d) 3 !2
fibre's
packaging
chloride
D 1
4
4
, I
1
4
4
1
1. 2. 3.
Automobi!e tyres
4.
Electric switch cover
polymer
(a)
(b) thermoset polymer
(b)
(c) elastcmer
(c)
(r)
rubber
Air"craft
Lenses
Codes;
Fhenol formaldehyde is a/an
(a) iiremoplastic
is
the correitiexplanation of A
formaldehyde
1d) Benzene and toluene
10,
: ln
(b) Branched polymer
(d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
ABCD 1432 2341 134.2 2. 4 3
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
1
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 126
Polymers 24S i
.:'f
3,
Structure of a polymer is:
ii)
in
temperature.
Long chain
(b) Rhombic
4.
(c)
Which of these properties for plastics are correct?
Cubic
(d) Closed pack
hexagonal
24. What is the process by which two or more chemically different monomers
are polynrerized to form a crcss link polymer together with a by-product
Long chain structure.
(a) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (b\ 3 and 4 only (c) 1 and 4 onty (d) 2, 3 and 4 only 22. Plastic material is used for the
ponent
com
wh
ich
requires
such as water or afimonia, known as?
characteristics. os .ll
(a) Addition polymerization (b) Co-polymerization
(a) Low den5ity, mechanabitity
ic)
(b) Mechanability, high strength
and
high,gtrength
Linear pcilymerization
and
large plastic defamation
(d) Condensatian polymerization .il
Ability to deform with rise
.a. :t
(c) High strength, targe plasilc
Consider the fotlowing properlies for plastics:
1. Become hard on heating. 2- lncreasing plasticity
+,i'
deformation and low density
. ":" (d) Low density, mechanability and
.
large plastic deformation
:..
,t
nnn
--
i,aHslltERs It.
,
(c)
(a),.
41 I t.
(b)
{b', c)
iz
(b)
(c)
(c)
4.)
(c)
(b)
{c)
14. (a)
(c)
(c)
15
tJ.
16 (b) 17 (a) ,
(a) i
www.dream2gate.co.in
1B
21
(d)
22.
(d)
(b)
1e. (a)
zo (d)
i
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_l
j
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page* 127
2,ffi4
Chapter-12
QUESTI0N;S
{
,)
Which one of the following refractory materials is recommended for steel furnaces containing CaO slag?
List-l A. Ceramics B"
Refractories
(a) Alumina
(b)
Silica
\-- Stones
(c)
(d)
Fireclay
D,
Magnesia
Match List-l (Material) with List-ll (Applications) and select the correct ansWer using the codes given below the Lists:
-
High silica glass
List-ll
:
.
1. Conskuction of chemical 2. Columns and pillars 3. Linim of furnaces
plants
List-t
A. Tungsten carbide B. Silicon nitricle
oxide D. Silicon carbide List-ll 1. Abrasive wheels
C.
(a)
Alunrinium
.l
,.:
'
r'
, .'-' .t-
?. Heating elements .1,, 3. Pipes for ccnveying.liQuid metals 4. Drawinq dies .,t "' "
'
;eD
A8 (a) :l
4
(tr)
3
I .\
\(;l -/ -t\
(ul
'' 4
(b) 2 (c) 4, IZJ (d) 2 341 )^o
Which one of the following is not
a
eeramic?
(a) Alumina
(c)
Whisker
(b) Porcelain (d) Pyrbsil
Which one of the following is correct?
tl,tries:
i4
BCD 321 143
A
(a) glass transforms from crystalline to non-crystalline (b) glass transforms into
)4
4
LI
+.l
J
a
12
of inorganic
glasses done
12 21
a .)
,l
When'clevitrification"
a fully
transparent material
(c) glass transforms from mono-
ii/atch List-t (l/laterial) with List-ll (;\ppiication) and select the correct answer using the codes given below
crystalline state to poly-crystalline state
(d) gla-ss;
thr; lists:'
is relieved of
stresses
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
internal
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 128
Ceramics 265
*.-
fire type of no-nOing in c.rimic
rs |--trl
(a) Purely covalent
(b) ln blocks
(b) Predominantly
(c) Over steel rods
covalent Wth small
(d) All of the above
ionic character
12, What is srllca?
(c) Predominantly ionic with small
(a) lt is an organic polymer (b) lt is a ceramic polymer
covalent character
(d) Pureiy ionic
7.
Among the following ceramics which one has the highest hardness?
(c) lt is a composite
(d) l'.ione of the above |
j 13. An
example.,of crystalline ceramic material
(b) Quartz
(a) Wlndour glass (b)
i*
'
carbide
A refractory material
must
i
(a) Be capable of with standing high temperature
(b) Be resistant to action oi molten metal and slag
(c) Not crumble or cracks easily (d) All of the
above
'
-
'
The nature of magnesite as refra.1o,.,, materials
(a)
is
,
ii-
Acicjic
(t;) Basic
{c)
i
clay
(d) Cement
I
of refractories is
(a) Thermal radiation
tri-
101 Reflection of heat
(c) Thermal insulahon (d) Absorption of heat
j
ts. which "; '"': o* "': ,, an exampre of basic | '"' refractory? |I
(a) \"r/
I
t.l Dotomite
Lime -"
(b) Ganister Ysr.rrrrvl '\"1 (d) sitica brick
| 16. FRp is a
i
(a) Composite material
I
(b)
Highry conducting materira
{c)
High strength material then steel
17. For conrmunication
applications we
requlre
The chemical formula of silimanite is
{,r)
AlrC,
(c) AlrO",
il
F"ixed
MgO
(d) Highly ductile materialthan copper
Neutrai
(d) None of the above
10,
(c)
14, T.,$e',main function
(d) Silicon carbide
3.
material
(a) Aluminum oxide
(c) Boron
B.
in molrlds
SiO,
(b)
S;O2
generated by casting
rods
(b) Thicker glass fibres
(d) ArrOr,2SiO2
i,: ilior"ced cement concrete
(a) Glass
(c) Thin glass fibres is
(cl) Thin glass frbres rvith a coating of cladding material
'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 129
299_ Chapter-12
'i8"
Addition of germania in SiO, will
Fitl in the Blanks:
(a) lncrease its refractive index
20. Ceramics
(b) Decrease its refractive index
fracture
21. Ceramics
(c) Not change its refractive index these
22.
Fibreglass is a composite of
(a) Glass fibres in a polymermatrix
(a) GIass
(b) Bakelite
(c) Clay
(d) Auminium oxicie
is not the nentral refactory materials
(c) Glass fibres in metal matrix -
(a) GraphiE (c) Chroaiie
these
(b) Kaynite (d) Dolonrite
f
1- (c)
6.
(c)
2.
(d)
7
(d)
3.
(a)
B
(d)
lower
(b)
22.
(b)
13
(b)
23.
(d)
14.
(c)
1e. (a)
1s
(a)
2A.
...{e)
i '"r* I
l.
16
21.
11
(a)
_l
4.
(d)
5.
(c)
strength
is not a cerarnic material
23.
(b) Polvmer fibres in a glassy matrix
(d) Alt of
exhibit
tension than in compression
(d) None of
19.
normalty exhibit
e.
(b)
tt''-- t'
1Qi-{c)
Brittle
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT & BOOK CEN'TER \'{,\t)E EASY. ACI: & OTI{ER INSTT. NOTES AV,,\ILABLI: It,S. GATE. PSU'S PAPER'S OTHER INSTI.TES'l SF-RIIS s$t .rt,.tt rit . nr\NK. tsRo. DRt)o.TTA .tot HLR pstrs p,\pl,R\
'
r\108-97
I8
102070 .9716 I 9l 950
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 130
Composite*c 283
--{ 1,
aLraSiious
Which one of the following refractory materials is recommended for steel furnaces containing CaO slag?
(a)
Alumina
(d) high resilience
5.
(b) Sitica
(a) Wood (c) Ply,^is66
lilhich of the following fibre materials are used for reinforcement in composite
6.
2. Boron carbide 3. Graphite Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
3.
ispersion-strengtherreci com posites'?
(a) Particulate composites (b) Lamrnar composites (c) Fiber reinforced corrrposites
Glass
(a) 1 and 2 {c) 2 and 3
'1
and
{b) (d) 1, 2 and 3
(d) Short-fiber" discontinucus coniposites
7."'-'.eonsider the foilowing statements i. ,, regarding composite materials:
.
3
Wood is a natural composite consisiing
,;'." 1. M3terial is termed as acJvanced coi-nposite, if fibres are directionally
of wlrich of the following?
orienied and continuous.
(a) Lignin fibres rn coilagen matrix (b) Lignin fibres in apatite matrix (c) Cellulose fibres in apatite matrix (d) Cellulose [ibres in lignin niatrix ri.
Nano composite mateiials are highly preferable in design consideration for
their
-110
2.
Reinforced fibre glass products are
strong and light weight.
3.
Concrete is reinforced with steel rebar, the rebar becomes n-ratrir.
4.
Pearlitic steeis are composite materiaJs.
Which of these statements are correct?
(a) 1,2and 3only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only (c) 1, 2 and 4 only
(a) high resistance to crack
.
{b) Ccncrei;
{d) Sialon Which of the following composjtes are 'd
materials:
1.
Which one of the following materials
- is not a composite?
(c) Magnesia (d) Firectay
2.
:
propagaiion
(b) vibration resistance
"|:i::T_
(d)
1, 2,
3 and 4
u
/.'l \
{a)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 131
Pg4
Chapter-14
QUflSTTCII,JS
(a)
polymers deterioration
(c) lnter-granular
(a) Corrosion (b) Swelling and Dissolution
Main from of ceramic degradation
/a)
(c) Weathering 9.
The following irrfluences deterioration
of polymers
(a)
Weather
(a)
Al
(b) cd
(c)
Cu
(d) Either
"{
.
(d) Swelling in
concentration
Both
(d) None
reactions
(b) Chemical EMF
(d) Neithei
following (a) Au (bJ Al (o) Ii =:(d) Ni ij.
(b) Solute
(a) Physical
Passivity is not reason for inlrtness of
the
(b) Weathering
10. 'Corrosion of metals is
Passivity is because of
(a) Higher EMF (b) Lower ii.
(d) Stress
The following fuctors play vital role corrosion process
(ci
V/hich of the follcwing can be used for cathodic protection :
(c) Oxide film
(b) Galvanic
(a) Temperature (b) Radiation
(c) Tenrperature (d) All
4.
Corrosion
(c) Dissolution
(d) Scission 2.
Uniform
Following is not the main form of
(c)
Both'
(d)
None
reactions
11. When Pt-and c0 are electrically connected, which one gets corroded
,
tlillir:rrlt to monitor and very dangerous ioril of corrosion
(a)
Galvanic
(b) Pitting
(c)
Creviee
(d) Stress
I'hi:; fornr of corrosion occurs due to rx.rncentation difierence in a component
(a)
Pt
(b) Co
(c)
None
(d) Can't decide
12. Following equation is corrosion rate
(a) Nernst equation (b) Faraday's equation
(c)
Either
(d) Neither
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
releated to
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 132
Corrosion 29S
BHARAT PHOTOSTAT.& BOOK CENTER NIADE EASY. ACtr & OTlltrR NST'T. NOTES z\\.AIL..\tlLE II-.S. G,\TF.. PSU'S PAPFIT'S OI'HER NSTI.'I'ES'I SI RII:S SSC.llr&CCl lJ \\K. ISRO DRDo. tTA.(Oilt[R pst \ p,\pf:R:
MOB-97
I8I
02010, 97 t6t
9 I 950
::
:.,.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 133
1
(a)
4.
(c)
7.
(c)
2.
(d)
s.
(a)
B'
(c)
L1. 12.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
(b)
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 134
3OG
{Jhapter-15
QUE-STIONS
The nanosize range
(a) 1-i0'l
nm
The name buckmrnstenullerene is
is
(a) another name for football
(b) 10-1000 nm
(c) 0.001-0.1 Pm tn)
1i
(b) polystyrene filled with carbon
1000 A
Nanorobots
(c)
(a) do not exist Yet
(d) a carbon nanotube
1b) erlst in laboratorv experlments
5.
(c) are used in nanomedicine to
,\
i^
nanotubes
t., ="
(b) one-atorh thick sheet of graphite
wili be used bY NASA in the next unmanned mission to Mars
(c) a thin film made from fullerene (d) a graphical representalion cf C..
quantum dot is
(a) the sharpest possible tip of the ;\tomic Force l'licroscoPe (b) a nanoParticle with electrons
molecule 6.
confined in ali directions
The energy in a fuel celr is prcduce'j through
(a) oxidation
(c) a term used in science fiction (d) unexplaindd sPot of less than 1 nm seen in electron microsgoPe iir
/a--.-1,-^^^
(a) new material made from carbon
reinove Plaque from the walls of arteries
id)
Cso molecule
r;rt1es
of 'Pt
(b) rqducing of
Pt
(c) an electrochemical
reaction
(d) burning of a frrel ,
_,
. :. ,f
l.1n_ U'JtJ
ANSWERS (a,c,d)
ib;
:
(a)
L+-
(c)
lb.
www.dream2gate.co.in
(.r
l
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 135
STANDARS
QUALITY 240+0BJECTIVE
OESTI ONS
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 136
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Prcmises on u,frich :tdal qraf*y sys-tem" vlras proposed by qualitygurus like Edwards Dernirg, Joseph M. Jtran and Armard V Feigenbaum h 'ear{y 1950s rvere.
4.
'Ouality"?
{i)
price ard control
tuslonrer fiodb tnt proed satisfactory ln its use. i Aqua{rty product in afrftion to meeting the . needs of tte custorn8" should atso be produced at min{mal
if it
"(iii) Jitness for use or
tryrfi{
{a) {c)
met the
(iv)
required product f eatures
Qualrty of oonformance enables+chievement of freedonr from deficiencies.
6.
trrrefaence to the approaches identified
1.
Congept of total quality system did not gain traction in US until better quality Japanese products gained sizeable market in US.
Transcendent (i) Quality
Approach Product-
based {ii) Quality-is syfonyrnors with innab excellence and is universally recognizable.
Both {i) and (ii) are true.
tlser based Approach
3.
(iii) Ouality is assr-rred by incor.porating cuskmer's views during product design ard is reflected in consumer demand
Line workers anO tine foreman who were irained in statistical methods of quality control. Senior executive of industries to form sector specific qual'ty standards. Academicians and Practitioners in the field of quality to evolve new quality control
. rnethods. (d)
is a precise
and nreasurabile variable.
Approach
Quality circles which evolved in Japan consisted
{c)
by
Garvin for defining quality, match the following:
of
(b)
and
(a) Only {ii) is true. (b) Both (i) and ii) are false. (c) Both {i) and (ii) s1s 1rus. (d) Only (i) is true.
{b) (i) is kue ard (ii) is false. {c} (i) is false and (ii) is true.
{a)
(i) and (iii)
(d) All of above
Quality of design enables achievement of
(ii)
ia) Both (i) and (ii) are false. {d)
Only (ii) and
(iii) (b) only
characteristics.
correct option
(ii)
tolerances.
only (i), (ii) &
{i)
Read the following statemenls and state the
System.
i
Read the following statements and select the correct option.
with or without reference to the needs of the customer. (iv) All the units involved- in production of a quality item must cohtribute towards to create a product tntwillsatisfy the customer both in terms of performance and cost. (a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (ii) and (iii) only (c) (i), (ii) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv) only
Though propounded by western quality gurus,. industries in Japan were first to champion the concept of Total Quality
purpose.
(iv) Meetirq product specifications within
specifications selected by tre manufacturer's designers, which migtrt have been chosen
{i)
at an of variability at
aoceptable cost.l
ccl
{iii} A product had quality
l4eeting customers, both irrternal exbrnal, expectiatbn.
{ii) @ree of exeellence
{i) @dity in a froduct exists only wtpn a {li)
Whichdtfrcdoln$rqstfu..€onscflV
curves.
4.
Manufacturing based Approach
(iv) Quality isdefined in terms of cost and prlces.
5.
{v)
Value based
approach.
Nore of the above.
,.
.
/ 1
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
Quality is defined as conformance {o spocifrcations.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 137 .\e
-l krnmucrpr.r ._..
ij..::.
't
'(a)
1. Custonmr Craft
1-(ii), 2-(iii),'3-i), a-v) & s-(iv).
(b)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iii), a-v) & e(iv).
(c)
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(iv), a-fii) & 5-(iv)
(d)
{b)
2. Mass-pro&ct
(ii)
Paradigrn
Products are tailored made as desired by
the 3. Stati$icd Quality
Transcendent approach.
Customers.
{iii) Statistical tools are used for process
Conbpl_Paradigm
control.
!
Manufaduring,'based approach.
{iv) Focus on creating
4. TotalQuality
I
custom cr6ated producb with lower
.-o Manaoement
Value based approrch.
Parddrgm
Which among the followirg is not component of Quality Management?
{a)
no direct
wftl't
customer.
tc) User based Eppoact. {d)
rate
involvem€nt of the
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), a-(iv) & 5-v).
(a)
Fo,cus is on production
Pard(pr
While designing a radically new product which approach will be best suited to define its quality:
7.
. (i)
a
lead time by using high level.of
main
mechapiiation.
5. Techno- Craft Paradigm
Quality Control.
(b) Quality assurance. (c) Total Quality Cost. (d) Qualityimprovement.
(v) key tenets are:
r
:
ln reference with type of quality, match
Employee involvement and empowerment, customer focus,
continuous improvement, top management
the
{ollowing.
btc'
1. lndifferent
quality (i)
Qualily that customer expects but if found
lacking, it does not necessarily result in loes of order or a
2. Expected
quality (ii)
4. Exciting
(c)
-
{d) 10.
iotal quality cost (TQC) which of statements are conect:'
to
{i)
appreciate.
{ii) Cost of conformance
following
{iii)
that exceeds qrstomerexpectatios,
(a)
attracting favourable
TQC consist of "Cost of conformance" and "Cost of non-conformance"
implies expenses for producing quality product. Cost of non-conformance is loss because of defects in the ppsduct. Only (i)ind (ii) are conect. (i)q (ii) and (iii) are correct. Only (i) is conect. Only (i) and (iii) is correct. required
demands.
aM
quality (iv) Quality
1{i), 2-(ii), 3{iii)&
11. ln reference
4{i) & 5-(v)
Quality that customer does not notice or
attention.
(a) (b)
1-(ii),z-(iv), 3-(iii),
-the
expects
. quality
1{v),2-(i), 3-(iii), 4{ii) & S-(iv) 1{ii),2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(v) & s{iv)
displeased customer.
3. One dimensional (iii) Quality that customer
quality
{a)
' (b) (c) (d)
1{i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-{J;mmitment
{b) (c) (d)
.
12. Wnicn one of the following
a-(iv).
matcfted.
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3{i) & a-fiv). 1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(ii) & a-fiv)" 1-(iv, 2.{ii), 3{iii) & 4-{l)
tn reference with paradigm of quality, match the
(i)
Cost of Conformance
(ii)
Cost of non-conformanc€
-
Prevention Cost.
-
Appraisal Cost
{iii) Costof Conformance -Costof intemal failure (iv) Cost of non-conformahce - Cost of external failure
following:
is/are correctly
,.:
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 138 toloQsAuii,Pnrcr
13,
s
(a) (b) (c)
Only{i) ardllil are corr€ct. Only {iii) and {iv) are conect.
'{a) Salaries of
Only {i) is conecl.
{d)
Only (i) and (iii) are conect.
db) Cod of [est equipment. {c) Cost of training workers to
personnel testing repaired
prodrcts.-
achieve
poduction strandmds.
Phase select the appr+priate optim for {llling the blanks in tte fol{owirg Quality Cost dragrarn,
.{d) 17.
24.
krcorning inspection b prevent defec{ive jarts coming into stores
fead the ftillowing sta{ements ard
ansvrer the
qtrestkm
"{i)
fotai Ouatlty eost cannot be reduoed to
dii)
Prevention cost,and appnaisal osi will always be positive. Both i and (ii) are correct and {ii) is corect
Zero.
(a) (b)
{a) x-Appraisal cost, cost of retesting.
y-
non-conformanca, z-
i.b)
x- cost of rpn conformarrce, y- Appraisal cost, z- extemal failure
cost.
:
{d)
14" Cost of which among the following will
{d) 18.
()
f 1l
..o
o.
o
Cost of training of workers to make quality
(iii)
Cost of information collection ard analysis about number and types of defects.
(iv)
Cost of retest after rectification of a product
=L I,
o o
gl
o
o.
(p) only (i) (iiland (iii) {b) only {i){iii) {iv) {c) Only (iii)and (iv) "(d) 15.
Bad
(a)
Arry cost arising out of claim of customer
(a) Appraisal Cost. (b) Cost of intemal faih-ne (c) Costof external failure (d) Prevention cost
quality
10070 good
a-Prevention cost + Appraisalcost.
19.
Of theTollowing statements, which is true in the
context
of relationships among
qualky cost
categories?
{a)
Which of the followirg will be considered a failure
quality cost?
Product
{b) F Preventioncost + cost of internal failure. {c) c- Cost of external failure + AppraisalCost. {d) d-- Most expensive quality levet.
Only{ii} and (iv)
regarding a defective product within its guarantee period should te inckded in
16.
tfre
be
products.
" '
Study the following graph betweencost of quality
& hvel of quality and answer which of
(i) . Cost of quality planning.
(ii)
(i) is incorrect ard (ii) is oorrect.
folhwing option is true.
included in cost of Prevention
'
21,
tc) Only (i) is conect and {ii} is incorrecl.
Ic) x- cost of process control, y- cost of auditing,
z- cost of scrap" x- cost of product inspection, y- wanantee claims, z- cost of repair.
Both (i) and (ii) are oonect but {ii) is not the conect explanation of (i)
(b)
H
E
ii
When prevention cost is increased, appraisal
E
cost may increase.
q
r
When appraisal cost is increased,prevention
cost may increase.
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 139 lrrnooucrpx ro,Ou
(c) (d)
Wh'en internal failure cost is increased, extemal failure cost may increase.
Vendor quality system audits: Rs. 2000.00
When the appraisal cost is increased, internal failure may cost increases.
Repair
24. Read the following statements and choose
lncoming and final inspection: ns.IO,OOO.m
Considering the above costs, it may be conduded
the
that:
correct option
(i)
lncreasing
(a)
(ii) krcreasing dost of appraisal without chaqging preventiorl cost is likely to increase cost of
intemalfailure. Only (i) is
(b)
Only
(c) (d)
True.
(ii )
Appraisal costs is more than 257o sf TQC
the appraisal quality cost from the
Fees for an outside auditor to audit the quality management system. Time spent to review customers' drawing before contract.
(b)
(c) Time spent in concurrent
engineering rneetings by a supplier. Salary of a metrology lab technician wlro calibrates testing instruments
:
Appraisal costs activities should be minimized as they do not add value. Appraisal activities, in general, do not
{d)
25. The cost of writing the.operating procedures for inspection and testing as part of preparing the management system (OMS)
quality
documentation should be charged to:
(b)
{i) is correct. Both (i) and (ii) are correcl and (ii) is correct explanation of (i).
(c)
Both {i) and {ii) are correct but {ii) is not thq.
(c). (d)
(a)
Only
conect explanation
(d)
Only
of (i).
iii) is correct. '
:
-. :
26.
.
The percentages of total quality costs are Prevention:2% lnternal failure:
Extemalfailurs
Employee training in quality related techniques:
Rs. 10,000.00 Scrap and rework: Rs. 25,000.00 Re-inspection aM retest: Rs. 18.000.00 Disposition of rejects: Rs.15,000.00
failure costs
ln context of an industry where thersare
less
lntemal failure sosl might be not evident
ib) erobaUility of externallailure will be low.
A recommendation for immediate impovement:
Are,lyze the following cost data:
.External
(a)
607o
'(a) lncrease external failure. (b) lnvest more money in prevention. (c) lncrease appraisal. {d) lncrease intemal failure
.1
Appraisal costs. lnternal failure costs. Prevention costs.
opportunities to check an error in a product before it reaches the customer, please select the conect option.
Appraisal: 23%
15%,
'
(a) (b)
distributed as follows:
23.
{d)
{a)
of the product or service being evaluated.
.
External failure is less than B% of TQC
lnternal failure is 70% TQD
following:
{ii) is true. Both (i) and (ii) are True. Both (i) and (ii) are false.
prevent the poor quality product from being produced and they do not change the quality
22"
(b) {c)
24' Pick out
21. Read the following statements and choose the correct option.
(i)
Cost of Prevention is more than 10% of total quality costs (TQC).
of Prevention cost is likeiy
to -increase Appaisal cost and-eost of failures.
(a)
of customer returns: Rs. 10,000.00
(c)
Chances
of
customer needing on
site
support will be less.
(d) 27.
Building quality produ:t may not be possible.
Which of the following is +rot a hidden
quality
cost?
(a) Potential loss of sales. (b) Over production (c) Cost of Scrap. (d) Cost of delay in nreeting production
www.dream2gate.co.in
scheduies.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 140
,
f-iY:;i intentj on
(b)
{egEfdie qualify
functions determining i{lplernerrbtionof.lhe
;ffi[.,.ffiHhY**
{d) allof
audit?
x.
(a) tso 14000 {c) ISO 1m11
or sitrsvir€
the gbove
33.
{b) tso 1s11 (d) rso 177ss
Considering the {ollowirg state{reflt regardirq
What is quality assurarne?
first party atdiUintemal audit
"{a) Omtity a#}arce
.1. lnternal audit
confirnTs {hat {he quality {naflagefirent sys-tem is working effectively-
deals with adivities umfr
ijffiff#trmo'"*;il* {b)
Quatity
{c) {d)
mlH,
activlties
urfrbh
fl5iiy;ffitfl;H,il'.,,irp
cr.rstomers with
.*Ji;ji:f#
p"rffi
.(a)
time, scope, cost, and resources
{b)
human resources, dollars, mabria}s, duration
(d)
34.
objective of
and
following is/are corred -"--' in":
Auditing?
Determine
Who is responsible to organize intemal audit?
(a) {b)
tirne, location,.Curation, and completion 35. organization, design, obiectives
31. Which one of the
(a)
{a) 1 Only {b) 2 Only {c) Both 1 ard 2 (d) Neither 1 rw 2
as the*;lanaseria,
feedback on lhe performance
'lt 4rovides control- rrechanisrns for the maflqement and helps to icstitute-conective action for nononformilbs
Whidr of the above sta{enrent Mare conect?
the
All of tfre above
ii:TilE;,H''ec ;f,I the
{c)
2.
'o
assuranc(
aim at custo*"ii
30"
:
32. 'Which {SO Series provUeguielelLines for quality
quality policy
(c)
(d) , Alt of Above .
or non_conformity
of the quali{y "TplT,ll syslgm elepents with sreified -r
effectiv€ness .the implemented,.:r1,lr.system in
specified quality objectives
{c)
of
the
meegng
Chief executive
,(c)
Certification agency
{d)
Management representative
Which one of the following is conect in context
of the second,party
auditing?
(a)
Se,cond party audit is an examination of the quality system within the organization
(b)
Second party audits are those that are performed by suppliers on their sub-
requirements
(b) Determine
Quality leader
contracto,rs supplier
(c)
To create opportunities to improve the quapy
system.
or by the purchaser on
Second party audit is conducted by those who arerypt party to either the supplier or purchasef and is normally paformed by a cedification agency or statutory body
(d)
their
None of above
i,o l,
l-r
tii t B
E E B
ri I E
li
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 141 lNrRooucrpx
io
ANSWERS
e. 10.
(c) (d) (a)
.11. ,, 12. ,! 19.
(d) (c)
!
17. (al
(c)
18.
(a)
(b)
le.
(dl
(c)
20. (bl
(a)
21.
(b)
-22.
(c)
zi.
(a)
24.
(d)
(a)
1a. (a) ls. {c)
(c)
16.
(b)
1
(b)
.
(a)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) zB. (c) 2s. (a) 30. (d) 31. (d) 32. (c)
. (a) Concept of Total Quality System was proposed
a.
(d)
35.
(c)
their own processes. The success of eC circles is considered to be one of the most important factors in Japanese successegin
product had quality if it met the specifcations
by the manufacturerb
(c)
methods to solve quality related probiemsof
in contrast of tire earlier of quality that 'a selected
33.
designers,
which migrht have been chosen with or without
referring
to ttre rreeds of the
customers'.
Statement i, ii and iv are the correct premises on which TQS was proposed.
2. (d)
Contribution
of
western quality gurus like
4. (d) 5.
(c)
Q!ryards Deming, Joseph M. Juran and Armand V. Feilenbaum lead io the evolution of the concept of.Total quality system which
control" and
automobile and consumer electronics market
6.
As per Garvin, five major approaches to define quality are:
1.
The Transcendent Approach: ln this view, "quallty" is synonymous with 'innate
3. (a) Concept of quatity circles (eC) evolved in Japan
excellence and is absolute and universally
in 1962 when the Union of Japanese
.
2.
The Product-based approach: ln this approach, quality is a precise and measurable variable which is composite of all the attributes that describe the degree o{ excellence of a product
methods through a new joumal called euality Control for Forernan which carried lessons in
statistical quality control. These groups of workmen and foremen were called euality Cirqles where they learned to use statistical
I
3.
The User-based approach: This is
an
approach to assure that the customer's voice
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
i I I
I I
I t
!
I
recognizable
Scientists and Engineers (JUSE) under the
leadership of Dr. Kauro lshikawa began training workers and formen in statistical
I
Both statements are true as quality in design €nsures that produelfeatures reqyired by the
(b)
that American companies'started paying real
attention to quality.
j
customer are incorporated in product's design and expressed as product spgcificationg Quality of conformance ensures that there is no gap between acfual product features and desigrne* specifi cations.
Japanese quickty embraced and called it "Total quality control" or "corir'panywi
it was after Japanese manufacturers acquired sizeable share of
All above Statements are definitions of quality given by different quality gurus.
I I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 142
is
#'.,,;ldingsfor
incorporated during product dCIign anO
is reflec{ed'in ccnsumer
demand .curve.
manuficturing,
.
.
conformance to specificatiom; reduce cost by reducirg ttre numberof&viatiorrs with a practk:es.
The Vdue-$ased apyoadt: Under this, quality isi de{i*ed as perform"* oi conformafiee at an aoceffable cost i.e. qualfty ry d€fined in "te-.,ms o{ costs and
7"
(a)
-
Prcduct of radical inrpvation €nters a marke{ that may notexist.and udrerecustomers may not be abl€ tlo artia.date iheir need. Hence
ffi
training, teamvork
The three main components of Quality
(b)
1.
custorner does not notice or appreciate
2. 3"
4.
car.
Expected quatity: Quality that customer expects and dernands for e.g. Cooling performance of an Air - Conditicner. .One- dirnensional quality: Quality that thecusbmer expects but that tloes not" necessarily result in loss of tire order or ..a.displeased customer when found
[lH"".TI',,f
of
(like Siri, Cortona) in smart phones.
11
{b,
10" (c) a
is created or services are rendered exacfly in the manner desired by the customer, Foi exarnple Coff'ee Shops, furniture shop, tailor's shop etc. Massproduct Paradigm: This paradigm
;,#i**F
fi ff
{:i
f.lus lau"'
prevent pcor qu*'[y znd incurring beczuse of
^;s
fo(
:i'':':;
nf.l ,;i,3r:[:Ttrl##ri:::,:::;
is on produc{ion rate wi{h no direct involvement of customer although lhe mind. :for exarnple Aulomobile part
'rri#r::].
;rT',':F#'#::*;ri'.;::";1;': dub
developed post mechanisation. Here focus
is defined {<eeping the custorner in
Y,rtonth,
::ffi :i,r#[i,ni^i"frrt!;yr
Customer Craft Paradigm: ln this, product
product
*O
of this pattemare fouflo
e.g.
vo'rce based assistants
is
rH11*tliffi,I:z; "'
customer expectations attrmting effectiveness
,:;#,;]
iryY?:,"f]ii",;z
design'and manufactunrv ,
Eraiting quality: Qrality that exceeds
For
rTJ,
ffi;H#iry'iq:';fi;:rrr ot. rnen and automatiqn'J
lacking in the prodrrct. fure.g. tife of tyres [n a car.
favourable attention.
.lg,p_9;,J
trJ::,[l '',w*xffir;*ffi or scrap.
Types of quality are: lndifferent Quality: Quality rhat the for e.g paint thickness over a
T. .**&el, .'-. "du"ro
iilnit#d#'#)t;m oed,
managernent are Quality Control, Qualiiy Assurarrce and Quality improvement.
e"
r,
'ffir;;ix'
@
product design as specifications. (c)
";,rut{w
ilH,ffiiHi'#i,[j
tl'ere rnay not be ready made customers' requirements ttrat can be irrcorpoated in
8'
,1 z,
ilrt *$ ff ffi,E rii:':i:::i*,
focus on engineering and manufacturing
prkEs.
)
_. rtrp
^"dr|:ir:g* . i:HI,,::LHYffiJT,#::,.fi, com mercial
The Marufacturing-based Approactr: Urder this approach, quality is defined sg
4.
,df,6de "rg%e
+ Cost of non v*.,.
12.
(c)
www.dream2gate.co.in
^- ?prt?,,;i rpn-
*4|f,'"o"/
costof conformance and Appraisai cost whllo
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
_
---''
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 143
cost by virtue of better process 6ign, befier quality training d oper4tors, eftctive slpplier
conformance consist of Cost of htemd fdlrne
and Cost of extemal failure. 13.
(a) Quality cosl primarily consists of CoS
d
evaluation etc. lncrease in of appraisal implies investment in ins@im aspect of quality. of intermediate and fird poducts thus increasing the chances of defed detection in inspection stage.
of
Conformance and Cost of non+onfornance, hence x is cost of non-conformance. Cost of conformance consists of Prevention Cmt and Appraisal Cost, hence y is cost of appraisal. Cost of non-co.nformance (x) consist of of internal failure and cost of external failure, hence z is coit of external failure.
cost
21. (b) Appraisal costs activities stuld
!
la. (a) (i) (ii) and. (rT1) are the components of Prevention Cost while {iv) i.e. Cost of retest
I
i
of a producl after its rectificatkrn shall be added to cost of internal failures.
15.
(c)
Cost of failwes in a product'within its wananty period after it has been sold to the customer is added to cost of external failure.
16.
(a)
Salaries of personnel involved in testirg of repaired products should be included in the cost of repair, whieh is a quality failure mst.
17.
22. lcl lncreasing appraisal will hetp in detection of defects before the produds are shipped to customers. Since cost of extemalfailure of a product is considerably higher than cost of its internal failure, increasing appraisal should result in lowering of failure cmt
cost, Appraisal Cosl, Cost of internal-failure and cost of external failure. ln rare rases wfpre
23.
(a)
Cost of prevenlion is 12% of TQC (Emptoyee training in quality related techniques + Vendor system'audits). Cost of intemd failure is 43% of TQC (Scrap and rework + Re.inspection and retest). Cost of Extemal failure is 25% of TQC (Disposition of rejects and repair of customer returns). Appraisd cosl is 20% af TQC (lncoming and finai irspeciion):
ldl
Options a, b and c will come urder prevention
zero. However there will always be cost
. 18.
(a) 'a-
'b-
associated with"creating and sustaining such quality hranagement systbm, thus prevention and appraisal cost shall be there.
\. ,
ln the above graph: denotes cost of conformance i,e. Prevention
Cost + Appraisal Cost.
24.
denote cost of non-conformance i.e. @_of internal failure + Cost of external Failure
of quality system development.
(d) ln appraisal cost is increased i.e. more resources are used for inspection of before they are shipped out of the production facility. Henee there is strong likelihood that cost of intemal failure wiil increase when appraisal cost is increased.
20.
(b)
Prevention activities are pi'e-production activities and any investment iir these activities is likely to decrease appraisalcost and failure
Whereas
option d will be covered under cost of quality apprai sal ca libration of lesting instrum e nts is; required for accurate checkirg of quality of intermediate and final prodr.tds
d- denotes most economic quality level.
intermediate and final products, chances of identification of defects in products increases
cost because b and c are preproduction activities for qualityplanning and a is the cost
c- denotes Total Quality Cost fl-OC) i.e. Cost on Conformance + Cost of non-Conformance 19.
minimized
costs.
(al TQC is sumrRation of Prevention
quality management sys{em is highly efficient where products are made right first time, Gost of internal and external failures may become
b
as they do not add value sirne they do not change the quality of the pro&.rct or service being evaluated The more the irspections or verifications conduc{ed, he less lkely that the poor quality,product will be stripped to the custorner. However, these adivities do not prevent.the poor quality proert from being pro{uced. By spending rnore money on prevention activities, appraisd mtivities can be reduced and this also leadsto low failure
25.
(c)
Writing operating procedure for inspection anri
testing as part of preparing QMS is
a
preproduction activity to ensure quality in the
product. Hence it should be incltided
in
Prevention Cost.
26.
(a)
Let us consider an 'Over the co.-unter t5rpe restaurant' say for e.g. KFC- ln such type of restaurants,.food is delivered as soon as it gets ready.' Flence opportunity of internal
,l
,i
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 144
ctrecks is very{ess ard hence Se pr.dabflity
of irderna'l
' '
failures of food: Further, any shor{coming/ defect in 8E food are bror.rgrtrt b notice ty tfe {ilstorner eating the focd which qualifies as ex{ernd failure. However Iess opportunity for internal check do not rnean that sub-sdandard food is served because qtnlity of the prodrct is checked ty tight procesp cor*rol.
27.
32.
lcl
{c)
i
te text,o$ d Sr4conres of ir*emal failure and it can de easily qdntfied ty gvaluating {he quantity of scrap gererated. €xcept c, all other costs As elaboratid in
lff)ll{: Guirblines for auditing: Piovides guidelines for esdishing, plaflning, €rrying out and &qmentirg audits of quality sydems as tlrell as providing .basic audit prirrciples, criteria ard praclices. lt allorrvs users to adjust
ISO
ltte
guidelines tg their needs.
ISO 10011-2: Qualification of auditors:
Sets
out qualificatiirn criteria foi the selection of auditors toperform quality systems audits in accordarrce with ISO-I 0011-L
of
u1der eosl
ISO lti011-3: Managernents
come un&r hidden quality cost.
rnandatory for intemal atdit kaining: Provldes tasic guidelires for managing +dlty sys{ems audit progftammes- These guidelines can be
Audit standards are guidelinesl for intemal as uell as external quahty system audib. These include:
audits,
used to establish and maintain an audit programme furrction when, fierformirg quality systerns auditS in accordance with +S0-100111 aM 150-10011-2.
/: www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 145
1.
Although there was some divdrgence in
(i)
philosophies of different of differentquality gurus,
continuously.
the common grounds in their philosophies were:
(i)
of
Leadership a'nd commitment
(ii )
top
(ii)
Continuous ifnprovenrent in processes.
{iii)
Minimizing;variations in products and
initialization of the next.
services.
{iv)
Extensive inspection activities.
(a)
Only{i) is conect.
(b)
Aoth (i)and {ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i).
(c)
Only (ii) is conect.
(d)
Both {i) and (ii) are correct but (ii) is not the correct,explanation of (i).
Select the correct option.
(a)
(i) and (ii)
only
Because of better aesthetics, a new entrant in the market say X undercut sales of an established product say Y. Manufacturer of Y re{esigned it
'
(b) (i), (ii) and (iii) (c) Only (iii) and (iv) {d) 2.
based on market{eedback and rejaunches it to cornpete with X. \l/hich among the following will
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
Who among the following pioneered the use of Statistics for studying vriability in manufacturing
best indicate how far mdnufacturer of
prceess?
(a) {b) (c) (d)
{a)
Walter Shewart
(b) (c)
Joseph Juran
7.
Rate of internal failure of
Y.
Sales of Y in the market" Reduction in total cost lncreased durability
of
of quality of Y" Y.
.Which among the following is a deadly
Expanded form of P-D-S-A cycle developed by
affecling quality, as proposed.by Deming?
Walter Shewart is:
(a) Employee involvement
(a) Plan-Do-Study-Act. (b) Purchasing-Design-Solvirrg-Application. \
{c)
Process-Deeign-solution-Action
(d)
Parambter- Determinationstudy-Ability.
Read the following statements and select the correct option:
(i)
Focus of P_-D-G-A cycle is on problgm prevention rather than rernedies (i,e, fire fightlng).
(ii)
Pursuing P.D-C-A cycle helps in continuous improvernent
(a) (b) (a) (b)
Only (i) is correct. Both (i) and (ii) are conect. B'oth (i) and (ii) are incorrect.
Read the fqllowing slatemerfis and select the correct ooti
in
'
sin
quality
improvement
(b)
Giving.weightage to customer relquirements in planning stage.
(c)
Using dynamic QC tools.
(d)
{Jsing performance appraisal to
ri'afil. -
employee work {or quality production.
"Wqricn'.
. -
'.. .':'."'". Qualityimprovement. (i) Need of mass inspection" (ii) Granting supply contracts to lowest bidders. {iii) Use of slogan, posters and exhortations(a) (b) (c) (d)
Setting numerical goals for people.
only (i) and (ii). only (i)and (iii) ontp(i), (ii) and (iv).. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
..',' _ ':
Based on Dem ing's 14-Point methodologry, of the following should be avoided for conliriuous
{iv)
Only (ii) is rixrect.
Y
succeeded?
Armand Feigenbanm
{d) Philip Crosby 3.
For continuous improvement, completion of
one turn of the cycle flows into the
management,for quality improvement. -@
P-D-C-A is a dynamic tool to improve quality
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 146
{,'#-TffiffiL*,, 9. '-""ph
Jr-rran r,tfrifi
I
{ii): With mntnuous
of the fotlowirg activities
Yoke
.
the relatinn: Poka-Yoke Tecfrniques to Correct Defects + Source lnspection to Prevent Defects = ?
{a) Zero Quality C,ontrol. {b) Appraisal eosts. {c) Total quality Management.
provided Oasis of uhit*l annand Fe[enbaum the qualityrnovement shryd that concept
orality
ilirOuut'i"t
(b) (c)
11"
14. tornplde
(ivi' onlY {ii), {iii) and
;;
:
probterns'
^,.or*Y{ii)d'td'{iii)' (iv)' {i),{i)' {iii)and
- ;i
^ 1u'
(a) Only (i) is correct. . {b) Both (i) ard {ii) are conect. (c) Only (ii) is conect. (d) Both (i) and (ii) are irrcorrect.
Ctroosing
,,ri Providing f"* b Quality *ri on, (i)' iii) and{1ti}
in
lat.er
(d)
20h Century'
Cycles{or eontinuous quality improvement. OualitY Circles. Total QualitY Managernen
15.
1b)
SMED
{c) {d)
Mistake Proofing.
s
minimisatim
til
select the
{d) Continuous improvement
option
Concepts olZeroQuality Control (ZQC)was a.irned at eliminating the need of stati$ical
17.
.{b)
13.
e
ln ZOC, emphasisis on targeting the root cause of the defect by sound manufacturirg
Both.{i) and
*ii)
{C)
Only (i) is conect.
(d)
Both (i)and{ii) are
(O)
-
Emf,oyee
solve problem
participation
'.
Quality ckcte
4.
Employee
The conect order is
(a) A3, 81, C2, D4 {b) A1, 83, C2, D4 (c) A3,81, c4, D2 {d) A3, 82, C1, D4
the following statements and select the
correct
Quality circle can
benefit to
corect but (ii) is not {he corect exPlanation of (i)
Read
2. Continuotrs
related to
are conect and (ii) is corr.ect
explandion of (i).
1. Small cluange
improvement
Only (ii) is oonect
(c)
fi) 'l ',
Match the Following
(A) TQM prornotes (B) Kaizen is
and prmess engineering practices. {a)
Statistical quality control.
{a) Quality is everyone's job (b) Mutual dependence {c) Maintain a steady flow
qualitY control'
fiii
has
Whatdoes the term kaizen mean when applied to quality?
16.
cost' 15) QualitY
correcl
it
occurrs6 is called
Management proposed by ae oer A,bsolutes of onlV performance standard that Ctotoy, ef,lip lhe
(c) Variation control' (d) Zero defecl tle following $atements and Read
i
.
the error immediately obvious once -
JlT.
serme
t
Use of:an autornatic device or nrethod that either makes it impossible for an eiror to occur or make
{a)
(a) Mect
12.
None of the above.
quali$ control. (d) Statistical
makes
t
expec{ed to corne down.
** under QualitYControl' ,/it Establishing quahty goals' subiects); Chocsirlg {onttd unls to nreasure' *'U
,,'if
of poke. techniques, Appraisal coits are impternentation
option
18.
of Poke'Yoke tecnniqrres, frequent stoppage of process
,
Whai is the aim gf fool proofing technique used
ln initial slages implementation
for total quality management?
can be required.
{a) to achievp -ze1o defects
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 147
-19.
ic) to specify brgets (d) none of the.abore
Which iJare statements iorrect abant concunent
Problem solving begins with
1.
.(a)
Team discuss&xs
(b) (c) (d)
sPc
.ln concurrent engineering the different stages run simultaneously, rather than consecutively.
a long-term business strategy, with long term benefibto business. Concurrent Engineering is
Design of experiments Problem iderrlification
1
(a)
only
(c)
Both 1 and
(b) only 2 (d) Neither 1 nor
2
2
ANSWERS 9.
(b)
10.
(c)
11.
{d)
12.
{b)
1. (b) All the quality Errus insisted upon leadership
.
and commitment flowing from the top as an absolute essential for quality improvement.... Their common thrust is towards the concept of continuous improvement of every output; be it a product or service by removing unwanted variatigr ancj m proy ng u ncierlyi ng i
3. {a}
by W. Edward Deming as Plan-Do-Check-
4. (c) P-Q-G.A cycle is, a probtem solvinglproeess . adopted by firms enga$ed in continuous improvement. Continuous rotation of the four stages brings th€'changes gradually.
work processes.
5. (b) The PDCA-syel.e asdesigried dynamig. .niod-et.'iixnpletion'
'Quatity'which relied only on segregation of defective parts. Work of quality gurus v,/ere focused on changing this approach to quality.
2. (a)
Developed by Walter Shewart and mociified Action (P-D-C-A), it is a crucial Ciuality control tool for assuring continuous improvement.
i
Focus on inspection as a means for quality improvement was a tenet of old school of
17. (a) 18. (4 1e. (d) 20. (c)
t9 be used
of
as a
one "tum of
the cyde.florrs irito the.jnilialization of the 6ext. The cyqle- m.u9! be.con$antly rotating. Foll qwing - n'.the spi rii :ot continuous quality improyernent, the progess can.always be reaqllygp{ * newtesl.of bhange begun. i
Walter Shewart(1891-1967) was a statistician at Bell Labs and isconsidered by many to be the founder of tre modern quality movemen! and an innovalor in the application of statistics to quality. He developed quality control charts that are presently used to identify whether
.
?r.rd
6. (b) 'Product X. butperf
the variability in the process is random or due to an assignable cause suchas unskilled
workers or equipment not being calibr:ated. His work created the foundation for statistical process control measures tised today.
www.dream2gate.co.in
better
'aesthetics and ther'e were"no.evident shortcomings in Y because of durdbility,
cost
and failure. Further based on Market research, manufaclurers of Y re{esign and produced
a better looking version, hence by this time P-D- -A of P-BC-A is determined and in C i.e. Check Sales of new version of Y will be correlated with its older version.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 148
7.
:. 'td) ,Dern'ng idertifi€d seven deadly sins atr€ctrq
his book Quality Control- Pdncipleq.?rirdies and Admini$ration (1961)'and in his atide Total Quality Control 11956)". The Japanese
$jality.
purpose version of this concept is called Company,wftb profits on short{errn Efrphasts quality control uhile it is termed Total Quallty l!1. Over-reliance on performance appraisals Man4ement ooM) in the US and etsa*rere. rv. rrrobirityof management 11. {d} Ptrilip Crosby established the Absolutes of V. Overenrphasis on visible figures Quality Managernent, vvhich states that the Vl. €xeessive'{nedical costs for emp}oyee performance l. ll.
Lrckof con$ancy of
rnly
healthcard
standard {that makes
and the basic eremer*s vr. Excessiv*:=osrsof wananry and regarcods ffl*f;ffiI"*crs, 8" td) ln ttis 14-?oint M€thodo{ogy' Deming 12. (b} The Zec concepts are based on a proposed-
l.
ooin functi;
*. *
measuresorqualitv;fr
(b)
statistical quitity inspections and the
Eliminate exhortations: -Eliminate use of
production- process will have 'zero defects:'
slogans, posters
lnplementing enor-proofing devices in the
and exhortations 14. (a)
process to eliminate the possibility of defects and targeting the root cause .of defects wtrenever a.defucl occur can: yiftua+ly elirninate the need for statisticalquality oontrol_
thus movin!{o Zero Quality Control.
the rl,orkforce.
Eliminate arbitrary numericat targets: Elimina{e work standards that prescribe numerical quotas for the workforce ard
numerical goals
for people in
the
management. Substitute these with aids and
helpful supervision and use statistiqal methods for continual improvementof quality
16.
{d)
and productivity.
S. (b)
"Eslablishing auality goals' rirdll come under Qual ity Planning' vt'r i le "Prov id ng solu tion to
Quality Problera" will {all under'Quality
. means "good'-
improvernent'.
10"
{q)
Armand Feigenbzurn
. :.-...'
The concept of Kaizen' was bom.in:Japdn.... . following World.W'ar'll. Ttre word.Kai2en .. rneans "continuous improvement'. lt comes ' . from the Japanese words (kar), which means "change" or "lo correct" and (zen) which
.
i
-
Poka-yoke relates to stopping'processes as soon as a&fectoccurs, klentifying ttre defect source ardpreventirg it frorn happenirp agin so that there willbe reduced dependerrce on
exhortations only create : advArsarial ' relationships;'the bulk of thg.tcases of low quality and low productivity belong to tire .system and; thus, lie .beyand the power of 15' (c)
' '.
t I
occwred, thereby virtually eliminating the nee{ Ior statlstcal process control'
demaMing zero defects and new level of produciivity from the rrr,rcrkforce, without provkling commensurate me{hods. Such
'lV.
I
ilHii:J::.":Jnf;T#fft:'ffir'1[
cont3cf
with price. Reduce.the number of supptieri 13. for the sarne item by eliminating those that do not qualify against the statistical yardstick of quality. The aim is to minirnize totalcost, not merely the initial cost. Purchasing.
lll.
i
of defective operations' ln additbn, his
practice of awarding business solely on the .basis of price tags. lnstead go for meaningful
I
and concepts' Dr
pf*.. n#ri
End rowest render contracrs:
I
Shigeo's basic lj.**t"" *ut to impl-ement erfor-proofirq devices ft:the assembly line to eliminate the possibil,ty in
into the product in'tl're first statisticar evidence ofuuirHn quaritv in
il"
I
ttreoreticallyidealscenar'ro' Horaever' quality irnprovements can be made by using these
Cease depenAenJe on inspection: Eliminate ihe ned for mass ir"rspect;;;; way to acfrieve quality lV *ifOire qulfity
manufacturing and purchaSng
i.
is credited wi{h'the
IE.
(a)
Fool proofing w.as designed as a 1@l to achieve and_sustain'zero defects:'
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I F E E
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 149
1.
A histogram gives information about:
(i)
7.
(ii) Variability in the data.
(c) Process capability production proceeds _(1l) A line drawn as
(ui)Extent of commonali$ in variations. (iv)Performance of two macfrines producing same
item.
i (it) {c)only (ii) and iiv) Perhaps
8.
{b) only (ii) and (iii) {d) (i), (ii), (iii) and{iv)
the most effective way of
convirrcing
ard cost
Fishbone diagrams are drawn ,
of
(c) To brainstorm causes of an effect (d) To screen workers' suggestions
{b) Pareto Analysis (c) Fishbone Analysis
10.
{d)Control Chart.
(i) ldentify and organize possib-le cause of
(d) Process variability (e) Process capability
proUem.
(ii) ldenlify possible cause of solution.
11.
' (iii)ldentify possible causes of problem and determine its relation
Fish bone diagram
"
(b) (i) and (iii) only
(c),
{d) (i), (ii).and {iii)
(d)
is also known as?
assignable causes are disturbing the
process
.
if eusicrmers=re. happy lf customers are motivated
12" .From the perspective of Process Control, a .. . .-process mn be deemed out of control when
..'' . ::"..'.
(b)lshikawa diagram
(i)'Ass'r.gnabte caoses
of variations
are present.
: . .in the process. ' '. (iii ttitirrat variation is present in the procesd. .'.-- ..'.'
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above
-' .. . '(!)ottlv (ii)'is'co.nect' ' ". '.' .{clBoth.{0and(ii)areincorrect' '(0.)te6th : : ii) g]id {ii) are correct.
chart (b)paretochart (c) fish bone diagram {d) mntrol chart Flow clrarts indicate anc.l
lf
(b).lf vendor performance is falling
(a) Cause and effect chart
(a)cause
SPC helps determine (a)
The conect answer is
4"
A control chart displays (a)Whether workers are motivated (b) Top management takes interest in quali$ (c) lnspectors are doing their job
Cause and effect diagram used to
(c)lii) &Jiiifonty-
'
(a) To find ctistomer needs (b) To find the cost of quality
non-conformance.
(a){i) only
Cause-effect diagram is used in
{a}Problem identification {b) Field visits (c) Vendor surveys (d) Problem analysis
top management to invest more in quality is to express it in terms of rnoney. ln this context, quality in terms of money can be expressed by: {a)Determining conformance cost
shows
(a) That the.process is in control (b) The vital few from the trivial many
Central Point along which data are distributed.
(a)only (i) and
A Pareto chart
effect
.:.'..
13. During quality*".*r"rent,
when products are
only being classified as good or bad, conforming or non conforming etc, it implies
(a) Causes-of process variation
{b)The kind of forms to fill out .(c)Who reports to whom (d) How inputs get processed into outputs
(a)Variables are being measured. (b) Attributes are being assessed. (c) Both a) and b). ... (d) None of the above. /
t_
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
s
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 150
14. Re€d the follouring sffiemeng:and
,(iil
Correct option
in an interval vniie *triOute dab can.assume
(i) Qlality
discrete values, usually in rairde numbers.
control isdore by obtaining dda abod
of a product. general, variables are counded {ii).ln
{a)€ottr {i) and (ii) are inconect. (b)Only (i) is correct. (c) Only {ii) is conect.
attribtrtes ard variabhs
and
attributes arc rneasured.
(d) Both
{a)Only (ii) is conect. {.b) Only {i) is "cotfect. {c) 8dh {i) and,{ii) ane conect. {d) Both {i) ard:{ii) are inconect.
t+.
f5. Read the fol{owing Satenrer*s and select tte conect option
{i)
lt is easier to data.
dbct
attribute
dda
n.
ls more
(a) Only {i) is conect.
Only (ii) is correct.
(d) Both (i) and (ii) are conect but (ii) is notconect
(b) P+hat
I,
{c) C
{d) Allof the above
I
(b) ttlean
{c)P-chart
(d) All of the above
(a) Rarge chart
(b) Mean chart
(c) P+hart
(d) C-chart
{b) Mean chart
(c)
{d)
(b) Mean chart
(i) Accuracy
(c) P+hart
(d) C-chart
I
i
The control chart used for the number of defects
per unit is
(ii) Precision describes the difference between the meTfrement and the part's actual value..
(i) is mrrect 25.
(a) Raryge chart
(b) Mean chart
{c}P-ffi.
(ffi:cffi
The process capability is calculated as
{d) Only {ii) is conect.
{a){USL-LSLI3o .:(cj.Ju$E+sLy6"
Natural variatkm is:
-'.The'kirm Benchmarking means
(c) Both (i) and (ii) are incorrect.
(b){USL+LSL/3o (d)
(usl+1s1y6o !{
Ii
i!"
ia
"itu
(i)
lnherent in prooess. {ii) Because of assignable factors. {iii)Can be elimina{ed.
!t
$
vt!
(iv)Can be redmed.
E
{ii) (c) Only {i) and{iv) (a) Only {i) and
18. Read the fol{owing
(b) Only {ii) and (iii)
(d) only{iv)
statements are select tlre
correct option
(i)
in
used forthe fraction of defective
(a) Rarge chart
24.
t
Cdprt
Read the following statements and select the descri.bes the variation one sees on
t
in monitored in
(a) Range chart P-chart
29
I
6art
{a) Range chart
correct option
(a) Only
I
{a) Range chart
items in a sample is
measuring the same part repeatedly with the same device
"
I
Ttrc chart used to rnonitor variatile is
23. ifre controt chart
explanationof (i)
17
and (ii) are conect.
22. Dispersion of a process
(c) Both {i) and {ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i)
28.
I
21. Central tendency of a process is rnonitored
efficient than variable inspection. (b)
{i)
I II
The chart used to monitor attributes is
than variabh
(ii) ln statislir:alsense, attribute irspeclion
16.
Variqb,le data an assgme vaft.res continuousty
Data frcrn Variable measurernent and Attrihne rneastrrefrlenl rnay require different types of statistical tools io analyse them.
. : .
l,l
(d) None df ab6vd.
27.
.
'
Benchmarking detenfrines
(a) customer requirements. (b) process capability
(c) how company is doing relative to other (d) getting ISO 9000 audit done
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
;.
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 151
t
ln a normal frequency distribution,
':, ,",fri$4eErldrr
represents
distributed.
34.
29. Read the following statements and select the
(i)
i
35.
Factors respdnsible
for natural variations
in
(ii) Special variations are because of factors that can be identified.and eliminated. (a) Only (i) is conect.
Eoth (i) and (ii) are correct and {ii) is
risk risk
37. Which
(i)
(c) lncrease in sample size result in steeper OCcurve
(d) Both (a) and (c)
38.
,
(a) only (i,
ar.rd
{ld.
':
.'
a.nd
cibfdined$
(a) Measuring product's
is
{!ii)
i I I
t
-J
33.
..,.
..
variables. .'
is a
high
(b) LTPD (d) An
39. - ln double sampling
plan, if the number of defects in betweep the trao cut off number C1 and C2
then
(c) gntv (lii). and.{iv). . (ii) anddv) @l.9ntv 32. Degree. of conformbnee'to.. specification or deviatioh"in a pioduct's iharacleirisiic'frbm a specification ca.n.be
Aoa
(c) AaL
i
Ib} Onli fl
The level at which producer would like to design
-a:sampling plan such that' there probability of accepting (a)
(ii) Assignable caugeg 9f variation are present in the process. -.. .(iii) Process. haiqriaturi'l .vaiiations. (iv ) Variations in'the process _can be'. el minated.
following statements(s) is/are
(b) lncreasing accephnce no. C is preferred over decreasing sample size
P.locess is statistically controlli#.
..
of the
(a) Decreasing the acceptance no. C is pref.erred over increasing sarnple size
(a) Each item of the lot will have equalchance of getting included in the sample (b) ltems produced first will have more chance of getting included in the sample, 1i1 ttems prodtrced last will have more chance of getting"incfuded in the sample.'
When both Frocess averages and varianeee€r*. constint over time; it implies
(b) Owneds risk (d) Producer's risk
correct ?
ln a truly random sample
31.
ln acceptdnce Sampling, Produceds risk is the risk of having a
(a) Operato/s (c) Consumer's
explanation of (i).
(d) None of the above.
(d) An
ln acceptance Sampling, vy'nen there is a finite probability that the lot may'be accepted even if the quality is not really good is called
(b) Only (ii) is conect.
(d) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but {ii) is not the correct explanation of (i).
(b) LrPD
(a) Good lot rejected (b) Good lot aCcepted (c) bad lot rejected (d) bad lot rejected
products cannot be elirninated hrt minimized.
(c)
ln operation character curve the hQh level defect which is unacceptable to consumer known as
(a)AoQ (c)AaL
(d) Limits of the data
option-
n
(c) Tuming radius of car. (d) lnterior finish of car.
(a) Centre point around which the data is
correct
" a*rri
(a) Actual fuel economy of a car. (b) Engine torque of a car.
average
(b)Variability in the data. (c) Dispersion in the data.
nnoi.sirroro*r*t
(a) Accept the lot (b) Reject the lot (c) Take another Sample (d) None of these
40.
ln sequential safipling plan
(b) Assessing Product's attributes.
(a)Single sampte is taken
(c) Per-unit Quality cost. (d) None of the above.
(b) Maximum 2 samples are taken
(c) Maximum 3 samples are taken
Which of the foUowing ii an example of
-
(d) Samples are aceumulated at eaclr stage
Attributes?
till
decision of acgepting or rejecting a lot is taken
I t.-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 152
41r
A sarnBiirq San helps in {a) Keepin! the pnocess in control (b) Keeping vucrks motivated
What is the effect of sample Sze on probability
'
of acceplance? (a) Samfle size has no effect on probability of
(c) Tuning ttu machines (d) Rejecting lots that are of unacceptable quality 44. ln a single sampling plan
acceplance
of iterm in a sample decrease, higher is the probability of number of
(b) As runrber
defectives thereby probability
decreases
d
'N'= 2O0l
acceptance
n=10 It-c=Z ) I
: -
(c) As numUerqf items
-
in sample iocre€6e, higher prob'ability is the cif .ry.rmber of defectjves Sereby prgbabBi-ty of as@danae decreases
The actual defectives found by inspection is 3, then the decision will be (a) accept the lot (b) reject ttle lct
id) Noned above
42. -
(c) take 2nd
Which of ttrc followmg.is not a samf,ing plan? 45.
(a) Singb sanpling plan {b) Dorrbh samp{ing plan (c) Triple sampling plan (d) Sequential sar*pling plan
ANSWERS
(cl
13.
2.
(eI
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. e.
.
(b)
(d)
(b)
(d) (b)
{d) {cl:
'.,
1e. 20. 21. 22. 23.
{b)
14. (b) 15. (a) 16. {c) 17. {c) 18.
{a)
{c)
(c)
'26; 1 {tI}
27.
{c)
2e. (d) 30. (a) 31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. {b) 3s. (a) 36. (c)
3e. 40. 41" 42. 43. ' 44. 45:
(d)
(c) (c) (d)
(c) (c)
(d) (b) (c)
hal Quality Cost and areas wfiere investment more is needed to reduce thecost
.''
of quality. This will also help in determining most economic quality level"
"
:
Pareto Analysis is a statistical technique in deciskrn-makirg used for the selection of a
limited nurnber
of tasks that produce
Performanie of tr,to machine producing sarire item can also be cornpare through histograin as it will strow clearly *rovy variations in quality
signilicant overall effect.
characteristic under measurement and its deviation from the targeted specificatioh.
effect or problem.
2. (a) Determirling cost of conformance and non-
-
37. 38.
(a)
failures,
i
exfdmes:-' .
28.
'
tias! - nterval'
{conrmonal ity in variation).'Simitarly,.it will'atso indicate the'.dispersjdr'oi v.ariab.ihty'in data'
internals at the
(b)
25.
class orcell interval in.which rira'ximum data lies lcentrat poirit| and witll also gioup'ctsser
das
{c)
(d)
'(d)'
data in-+-pahici.dai .celt or.
ta)
"24:-.
t. {d) A histogram wiUgiVerii cf'enriiOicatiOh of tte'
by
ln a double sampling plan N = 500, n. = 10, n, = B C, = 1 and Ct= 4.lf Jhe no of defectives in the 1st sample are 3, ti.ren the decision will be (a) accept tile lot (b) reject the lot (c) take a 2nd sarnple (d) hlone of these
10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a)
1.
sample (d) None of ttrese
Fishhone Diagram AKA Cause .& Effect Diagrarn, identifies possible causes for an
is a graph used to study how a proc€ss changes over time.
The control chart
orformance will help to determine cost of
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 153
Ma*eerMenr nuo srmsrrcru-Toor-s
U. tdt Flow chart is a pictorial
representation,
16.
(c)
Accuracy is the degree to which the measured value of the quality characteristic agrees with
showing all the steps of proccss flow from input to output 7
" (b)
I
t
I
many"
i
8" (d)
The cause anOpffect diagram identifies many possibl.e causgs and effect of problem.
9. (c)
The fish bone diagram identifies rnany possible causes and effect of problem. lt can
I
close the measured values are to each other.
17.
(c)
18. (d)
10.
(d)
I
I I
12.
.
{al
The basisof control chartsistoctreck whether
The process is deemed to be out of control
when special causes are present and responsibte for {he situation. lf the variation
in the process is due to common
causes alone,'then the process is said to be under statistical control.
13.
(b) Attributes can be measured by visual inspection or by coniparing dimensions to specifications. tri tnis system, each item is' classified into one of the two categories such as acceptable _oq Sefeptive, good or bad, conforming or noi conforming, etc. Variable
measurements are generally expressed through such statistics as averages and. standard deviations. -AssessrRent of Attributes is done by sirnple. inspect or count wtrile variables are mgasured.
'!5. (")" lt is. usually easier to collect attribuie datb
-
-
product.
sometimes
called, come
.&om
1s. (a) 20. Ic)
21. (b)
22.
la) Explanation for question (19 to 22) Process Parameter to be
Sample
Name of"
Statistic
the Chart
Plotted
Cqntrolled Process average (p) Process variability (o)
Sample
Sample range
R+hart
(R),
defeclives (P)
Process defecls per unit (c)
Sample defects per unit (C)
(c)
X-chart
average (X)
Process proportion defective (p)
Sample proportion
p*hart C-chart
The P-chart is also known as the "fraction defectives' or "fraction non+onforming chart," because it is used to monitor and control the fraction produced in a process that isdefective
statistical sense, attributes inspection is less efficient than variables inspection; tha isl it
does not.yield as much information. This means that attributes inspection requires a larger sample than variables inspection to obtain the same amount of statistical information pertinent to the quality of the
Measurement data, or variable data, asthey
numbers.
23.
'
causes and can be eliminated. Natural variations can only be minimized.
mirasurements of characteristics such as length, width,,weight,' diameter, anrcunt of impurity, and so on. The results from attribute inspection will be in counts, such as number too rough, number too dark and number too tight,,and so on. The variable data that can assume values continuously in an interval needs a mathematical analysis differentfrom that needed for the attribute data, whicb assume discrete values, usually in whole
the variation in the m4nitude of a given characteristic of a manufacfured product is arising due to random variation or assignable variation
t
Special variations are because of assignable
are
be used to structure a brainstorming session. i
a
measured value is to the actual (true) value. Precision, on the other hand, refers to how
of the problems or effecfcome from
"trivial I
the.true value. Accuracy is how close
Pareto principle states that ruryrhly B0 percent 20 percent of the causes. The focus of the Pareto Analysis is to identify the "vitialfew" from the
n eualnv E
or nonconforming.
24.
ldl
The C+hart is used when the quality of a product is evaluatd by counting the number of blemishes, defects, or nonconformities on units of a product. lt is also known as the -'defects-per-unit".chart or'coritrol chart for nonconformities."
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 154
::
26.
- ... (d),
Sraxomos lrro
{hlx.nv Pdlcrrces
-'
,.'::--
i:
Benctnna*irg is anffieiquality improvement
them can be established. l-lbwevei interi,Or. finish of the car can only be classified as good or bad, acceptable or not- acceptable.
tool to improve the performance of-an unparing lhe practices of a
organizatirrn by
sumes$d organizdon, i.e. it is an opportunip 27.
(cl
{a}
28.
'
to leam fron the experienoe of others. Benchmarking isandrer quality improvenrent tool to improve the perforrnance of an orgarfzation,,by ccrnparing ttrc Fr:rctices of a succes*i c*gar$zdim, i.e. it is anopportunity {o 1eaffr {Ein {te experience of ctters. The avaage represents {he locdbn of the distribution in,fp x-axis, or the centrepoint around \flhich the data are distributed. The standard deviation represents the ar+ountof dispersion, or variabilily, in the data about the centre. Umib of the data are represented by
34.
(b)
(d)
unacceptable to the consurner. The @nsumer wcutd like the sampling plan to have a low
probability
variations are due
to 'special
causes:' Common cause variation is natural andexists in every process. lt can be reduced .by process improvement activities, but not eliminated. Special cause variation, on ttre other hand, is an unnafural variation in a pro€ess. lt should be kjentified, and the reasond may be assigned and addressed.
30. (a)
defect .9:
35.'{a) This is the probability, for a gtveri san$r'rg
.@
of rejecting a lot that has a defect bvel equal to the AQL. The producer suffers wtBn plan,
I
I
this occurs, because a lot.wi{h good quality was rejected
36.
(c)
38.
(c)
.
,
I I I
This is the probability,.for a given sarnplirg plan, of accepting a lot with a defect bvel equal to the LTPD (Lot Tolerance Percert
Defective). The consumer suffers wtren ttris occurs, because a lot with unacceptaUe quality was accepted. The AQL (Acceptbble Quality Level) is a percent defective that is the base line requlrement for the quality of the produce/s product. The producer would like to design a sampling plan such that there is a.high
I I, I' t, L
probability of accepting a lot that has a-defect level lesi than or equal to the AQL. Or it
defines lfre percentage of defects at
wtrich
consumers are wiiling to aocept lots as "good'.
3s. {c)
a random sample is a:sample faken in such
lnspect n, pieces
a mamrcr that each item in the lot had
an equal
3f.
of accepting a lot with a
a
{evel as high as the LTPD.
There are hmc Upe of variation in a process
namely Natural (common) and Assigrnable (special) and these variations are generally independent of each other. Naturai variations are due to'cornrnon causes' and ass(yrabte
The LTPD [Lot Tolerance Percent Defective
or Rejectable Quality Level (RQL)I is a designated high defect level that rrrculd be
extremitlm of the-distribution.
29.
ai
+
lf the number of defectives
(91-'Proeess issaid to be tnderstatistical control
."
.
" "'
'.'if-both.the
5
r
pmss
averagps and variances are'conS{an[ overtirne. lt implies that there
;
Does not exceed c,
ii
c.,<defectives
l:
tr E ET
Take second sanrple
E E
of nrpieces
the degiee' of c9 1fg1m a nce to specif icatirans. Variable measur.dments are generally expressed through such statistics as averages
33.
(d)
No. of defectives in the first and second sanples combined, i.e. in (n, + nr1
$ i I
l.
and standard deviations.
2
Fuel economy, engine torque and turning
I
radiusof a car can be measured and checked with the actual specifications and variarrce in
I
!
t
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 155 \, .
Lr.
: -.:-_-
\iri.
r,
.'-.
::+J.,:',,r..
OBJECTIVE QUESTIOIiS
1.
Read the following statements and answer the rlrestion
The inspection department being in total control of quality. {c) The entire organisation being focused on ' . satisfying the needs of the customer. Training employees in quality methods. (b)
Stalement (l): TAM is customer oriented management
phi
Statement (lt):
losophy.
ln,iQM quality control is soul
responsibility of quality control departrnent
-(d) 5.
(a)Both i and (ii)iare c6rrect and {ii) is correct explanation of {i) (b) Both (i) and (ii) are conect hrt (ii) is not the correct explanation of (i) (c) Only (i) is correct and (ii) is inconect. (d) (i) is incorrect and {ii) is correct" 2.
Read the following statements and answer the question
(b)Departmental Heads (c) Shop floor managers
{d)Workers/ foremen 6.
(a)lndividual responsibility,
increases productivity.
(b)Collective responsibility,
correct explanation of (i) (9) Only (i) is conect and (ii) is incorrect. (d) (i) is incorrect and (ii) is conect.
ig.
Considering the following statement regarding
i
TQM:
(c) Group responsibility staged improvement knowledge
{d) lnvolves everyone, continual improvement, use of data and knowledge. 7.
- (a)USA {c) -lapan B. TQM does not imply
responsibility of
everyone .: TQM is a management approach to long-term success through customer Satisfaction
3. A major
thrust of TQM improvement
is continual process
of the above statement is/are conect?
(a) 1 and 2 Only (c) 1 only 4"
total quality management first {b) uK {d) Korea
(a) strong external customer orientation
1. ln TQM quality control is
Which
Where was developed?
I
2.
continual
improvement, use of raw data.
i and (ii) are correct and (ii) is correct
(b) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but (ii) is not the
incremental
improvementtse of raw data.
explanation of (i)
i
Which of the following are key componenls of a total quality management system ?
Statement (l): Employee involvement in the decision-making process improves quality and
(a) Both
i
Examining/ ev4luation needs, satisfaction of external customers to formulate qualig objective is generally OoriJ Uy: {a) Top Management
Statement (lt): Better deeisions occur Secause the work force is more knowledgeable about the process
.,ir_'
__=1
-
(b) 2and3only (d) All of above
Which one of the following is nol part of Total Quality Management (TOM)? (a) Commitment of top managernent to quality'
and cuslomer satisfaction.
{b) partnership with vendor (c) Meticulousl y restocking effective produ-cts
(d)team meeting 9.
Which of the following is not a core principle of the total quality philosophy? (a) meeting or exceeding the customer's
(udity
expectations (b) mntinuous improvement
(c) mmpany wide participation and teamwork (d) cost cutting 10. A successful
to improve short term profitability
TQM program incorporates all of
the following except
(a) continuous improvement
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 156
Sz*rnaens
IE,
arrra
o.;ir-Try Pnncrrcrs (b) By increasing-qual ity appr;risal activities (c) By increasing product's reliability'
(b) emploYmen{ inv
(c) benchmaking
(d) None
(d) cenfatized decision making zuthority
17. Taguchi's Quality Loss Function (QLF) is exfressed as L = C (X-T)2' ln reference to this
thetml ordinarily used to aid in understanding'{tre seqtence of events tl"ror4h rafrich a prodtlct travels is a
Among the tools of TQM,
11.
equation match the following'
1. 1
{a)Parelo chart {b) Flow cfrarf {c)
deck
{d)
T€gnrcl-'i
streiet
3. 4.
ktap
su'Plkxs
18,
13. lmproving quality thror'gh small' incremental type of inrprovements is a charmteristic of what qualitY manaEement sYstem ?
{a)Just in tirne {b)Six sigma
the value of the quality characterisths exceeCs the target of 0.75,by the-toterance of 0'020 on either side, the product is likely to failduring he warrarrty period and may cost Rs 100'{or repair'. Determine the t
{d) Kaizen
(c) Rs.
so:called 'Quality Gurus' of total q'.tlltJ
following:
Juran
(a}.Joseph M (b)W Edwards Deming (c) Eill CosbY
{a)
of a prodtrct or process implies
(a) OnlY (i) is conect.
(b) Ability to perform in even in face of
(c) Measure
or
(c) Both (i) and {ii) are incorrect' (d) Both {i) and (ii) are correct'
is
discarded.
(d) lntended performarce of
(b) OnlY (ii).is conect.
adverse
of life of a product before it
a product or.service'
20.
Considering the following statement regarding House of QualitY: f
16"
Robustness
in a product or service is 'best
' ,
. it is primary planning tool used in Quality
By building safeguards in product desigrt be'face against the adverse situdtions{iXely to
unctkrn develoPment (OFD) The house of quality translates the voice of the customer into .design requirements that f
2.
ensured bY (a)
(b) Rs.50 {d) Rs. 15
investigating exPeriment'
to failure orbetween the failures'
uncontrollable outside influences conditions.
0.010'
.(i) Design of experiment (DOE) approach helps in optimising product and process design' (ii) DOE allows objective analysis of multiple internal and external factors affecting tlmough an " .' performance of a product
:
{d)Kaoru lshikawa
Mean time
;10
t
Read the following staternents and select the coriect oPtion
thb minagement (TOM) rlo NOT include one of
Robustness
.'
An analysis of company records reveals thd if
{c) Total qualitY management
14" The
Target value of qualitY
(d) None of the above.
(d) atl of above
'
iv)
Acosiconstpnt.
(c) 1-i, 2-iii, 3-ii and 4-iv.
partners in the'reM {b)Suppl'ers are considered (c) Lorg-term relationship is mutually beneficial
"
iii)
Actual average valueof qualitY characterQtic.
(a) f -i, 2-ii, 3-iii and 4-iv. (b) 1-iii, 2-ii, &iv and 4-ii
term reldbnships with {a) TQMerrcourages long
.
X T
TotalLoss
characteristic
regards of TQM?
'.{5.
i)
z c.ii)
correct in 12. Whitt of the fulcvvmg S€tenents is
.
of the above.
meet specific target
values
;
i
i
during Poduct usage.
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 157 .l-
21.
Which of the above statement islare correctZ
(a) What is-the cost of the program?
(a) 1 Only
(b) 2 only
(b) Who is.the customer?
(c) Both 1 and 2
(d) Neither 1 nor 2
on:
(a)Reducing costs and preventing unnecessary costs prior to production (b) Reducing the r.{umbers of parts in
27. Which of the following is not a key way in ufrich business organizations compete with one another?
a product
(a) production cost. (b) quality
(c) Ensuring that the eventual des(yrof a product or services nteets customers needs
(c) product duplication.
(d) Replrcernent and redesign equipment after
(d) flexibility ?3.
The difference between and internal and an extemal customer is: (a) lnternal customers usually work business, external custorners.do not.
in
the
(c) lntemal custorners do notevaluate quality, and 'extemal customers do. (d) Qualityoriented busineeses care only about external customers.
29. Failure mode and effect anatysis ifUffey provide
a checklist
procedure. Which of the folloriving question is not likely to feature onthe checklist?
While using QFD, the customer requirements are
(a)
often processed using
(b) What would the conseguences of the failure be?
(b)affinity diagram (c) tree diagram.
(c) What isthe likelihood that failure wilt occur? (d) How likely is such a faiture to be detecled
{d)force field analysis Whena managsr monitors the work performance of vucrkers in his department to determine if the quality of their work is up to standard this manager engaging in which function. (a) Planning (c) Organizing
25"
before it affects the customer? a
30.
The specific concerns of total qualily rnzlragement [fOM) include a number of aspecls. Wtiich is not normally associated with TeM?
{b) Controlling (d) Leading
(a) lnclusion of every person in the organization (b) Covering all parts of the organization
ln quality function deployment, technical
(c) Meeting the needs and expectations of -customers
descriptor are caplured in the
(d) Primarily a "uorke/ rather than
(a) top row
a managernenl
activity
(b) left column (c) bottom
Whalundd be the cost of avoirling failure be?
(a) fish-bone diagram
24-
A worker operates a shear press. She notices that the metal sheets she i$'cutting have curled @es. Who should get the first'shot" at solvr€ the problern? (a) the foreman (b) a member of the Quality Conholdepartment (c) the operator herself (d) an engineer.
(b)Extemal customers care about what they receive, internal customers do not
23.
'
(d) Which level of management has regorsitflity for the program?
failure.
22.
I
(c) Why is the program needed?
Quality Function Development is mainly focused
.
rctm & oFD
row
31-
The kano modal can help marketing managers
to understand.
(d)right column 26" Which of the following is a critical question to ask when developing a customer satisfaction mea$Jrement program?
(a) Customer purchasing criteria (b) Customer satisfaction
(c)
Profi le segmentation
(d) Buyer behaviour
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 158
f
tS;;r**
aro eua*rv pnrcrrcrs
?
+.,.:,
,.
1.
{c}
7.
(c)
13-
2.
da)
8.
(c)
11- Ic)
3.
(d)
e.
(d)
rs-
{b}
10
{d)
16-
1:
5.
{s)
6.
(d)
11. 12.
tb)
{d)
td)
1&
1e.
(d)
25.
(c)
20.
(c)
fr.
(b)
n.
(a)
(b)
. 21.
{a)
22.
17- (c) (a)
;
23. 24.
(c)
L
n"
(c)
29.
{a}
3{r.
(d)
31-
(b)
(a)
(b)
(b)
4.
i::
:ii
(i! t:
H
i5. 'i;
F
p TJ
I E E
;. E
l.f: l. ti
6.
I
I
I I
,
,I I
I
r
t
t T* I
.s
II www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
l
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 159
EXPLANATION
1. (c) ln TQM Qtrality control is a everyone
engineering charaderistics, design constrains
responsibility from top management to bottom one.
and parameters. The interior uralls of the house are the relationships between customer requirernenb and techrfcal descriptors.
2. (a) Work force is bettEr able to spot and pinpoint
-
areas for quality itnprovement and better able
Customer expectations (cudorner requirements) are translated into engineering char-
to take conecti,le action when a process is
acteristics {technical descriptors).
.
out of cifitrol. Ernployee involvement+educes the labor-managernent hassle and irrcreases
Under TOM
it is stressed that
offs between similar and/or conflicting technical descriptors are identified. The foundation of the hou se is the prioritizdt6ctrrical d escri p-'
role and
tors. Items such as the
responsibilities of -various components of the manufacturing process towards maintaining
10.
(c)
TQM is implemented within the organization as per its present working $atus rather than comparing with ttn successful organization.
15.
(b)
Genichi Taguchi, a Japanese quality expert developed the idea of robustncs which is the ability of a proeess or product to perform
5. (a) While the top managernent
in line with expectation and requirements of external cu stom
ers form ulales the
q ua I ity
objective
or.
policy, departmental heads organise and rnanage the processes in their respective department to meet the quality objective. Shop
even in the face of uncontrollable outside influences (noise) or the conditions for which
floor managers look at the production-and-
.
quality aspects of the products in their shops while worker_s and foremen try to manufacfure the products as per the specifications within
. the prescribed tolerances.
6. (d) TQM is bated on involvement
16.
(a)
. .
additional protection in the product
The parts of the hurse of quality are Oescribed
the
as follows:
steam piping in the design stage itself
The exteridr walls of the house are the customer requirements
considering worst possible combination of
On the left side is a listing of the rcice of the customer or what the customer expects in
_ 17.
On the right side are the prioritized customer requirements or planning matrix. Listed items
The ceiling, 6r second floor, of the house contains the technical descriptors. Consistency of the product is provided through
{cl
pressure and temperature.
Taguchi'S QLF is
a statement that any
deviation from the target value of a quality characteristic results'in extra costs to some segment of the society. lt is an algebrqic function that illustrates the loss of quality that occurs when a characteristic deviates from its target value. The QLF ii ofien expressed
include customer benchmarking, customer importance rating, target value, s&le-up fac1or and sales point.
.
in
design stage only as their inclusion at later stages of production may not be possible. For example, increasing pipe thickness of
the product.
.
Robustness of a product is its measure to perform in adverse r,rarrking conditions. lt is ensured byjncorporating necessary features/
of everyone,
continual improvement and used of data and knowledge.
8. (a)
technical
benchmarking, degnee of technical difficulty and target value are listed.
quality Should be defined. Henoe inspection department is not solely in control of quality.
.
tfe intenelationship
behrueen technicaldescriptors. Trade
morale.
4. (b)
Ttre roof of the house is
. .
in monetary terms. Dr GenichiTaguchi's wor:k
suggests that guality losses vary square of
www.dream2gate.co.in
tle
deviation from target.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
as the
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 160
Quality Loss furrction = L = C'(X-D2 Wtrere L total loss, C = a oet constant, X = actual average value of ryality characteristic and T = value of quality cfraracteristic.
18.
{a}
vatues airdimatches ttiose .bEdins'how an
21.
lcl
Quality function deployment 'rs a planning tool used to fulfillcustomer expectatirirs. it focuses on customer expectations or requiremer*s, often refened to as the voice of ttre cuslomer.
2€.
(d)
TQM is a lorg
29.
{a)
Tairktremodeo means
C (o.o20f C=10C[.0004=2500@ 100 =
Nowcalculding Loss{or a deviation of 0:01O J- =
2500d x (.O10f =Rs.
25
I
{9.{d}
TaguctriS OOe nrefroO he{ps
in optirnise
.
20"
(c)
approach to profitaOitity.
tile ways, or modes, in
vr*rich somettrirq migiht fail. Faikrres are €ny
prodrct and piocess deslgn by studying the effectof multiple fadors (variable, pararnetet"s, ingredients, external environment) on product's performarrce by otrjectively laying out the inves{igative experiments and incorporating necessary changes in the desEn and manufacturing of.the prodrrct to make it robust and minimize variations.
bnn
errors or defects, especially ones that affect the customer, aM can be potentialor actual.
Effects analysis ref€rs
*o studying
the
consequences of thsse failure.
31.
(b)
The primary planning tool used in eFD is ttre
house of quality" The house of quality translates the voice of the customer into design requirements that meet specific target
During the process of determining the 'voices
of customers', it is possible that some of the root lvants of customers may not get revealed. Kano et al. (1984) developed a very useful diagram for ctaracterizirq custorner needs,
which can help us gain
a
profound
understanding of customer satisfaction.
E,
': x H E !l E h
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 161
Six Sigma is a businessdriveq multidimensional
1.
7.
structured approach to:
Six sigma projects should be selected from: (a) Projects where the root cause is known
(a) Reducing process variahlity
and lmproving
(b) Projects that are managm.ent "pet projects'
Prooess
(c) Voice
(b) lncreaping customer satiSaction
(c) Lorcring D6fecb
Considering the following Statement regardkrg
Six Sigma gives a precision of
3.
4.
of
(d) Projects where there is a lack of data
(d)aH of ttre above
DMDAV:
{a) e9.9s%
(b) se.73%
\c)
(d) e5.4s%
68.270/o
of customer (VOC) and Voice ffeB )
Business
1.
Analyze, design and varify.
2.
A six sigma
process has defect level below defects per million opportunities.
(a) 3.4
(b) 4.5
(c) 5.6
{d) 6.7
Acronym DMDAV Stands for Define, Measure,
DMADAV is used when process needs to be replaced by a new process rather than improving the existing process
(b) 2 only (d) Neither 1 nor 2
(a) 1 only
(c) Both 1 and
Read the following statements and answer the 9.
question
2
The main purpose of the define phase is
to:
:
(a) Select a project
Statement l: The main obiective of six sigma is to increase profits by eliminating variability defects and waste heai that undermine customer loyalty.
(b) Get agreement on the project's purpoase, goals and opportunity
(c) Decide on which data to collect Staternent
ll:
Six Sigma process doesn't produce
(d) None of above
more than 3.4 defects per million opportunities..., (a) Both i and (ii) are correct and (ii) is correct explanation of (i) (b) Both (i) and (ii) are correct but
10.
Operational definitions provide: (a) A definition of the type of data to be collected
(ii) is not the
(b) A statistically valid sample size
(c) A clear, precisedescription of the factdr being
{c) Only (i) is conect and (ii) is incorrect. (d) (i) is incorect and (ii) is conect.
5.
measured.
(d) All of the above
Which elements are required to calculate sigma? (a) Number of defectives and range
{b)
-
Process performance
and
customer
requirements
{c) Cycle time and quality (d) Number of employees, number of customers
6.
validiated root
causes . '
..
The acronym DMAIC stands for: (a) Develop, Matrics, Analyze, lmplement, Contain
11-. One of the key roles of a Champion (sponsor)
-(b) Defi ne, Measure, Analyze, lmprove;Control
(c) Define, Metrics, Analysis,'
I
m
plem ent, Control
(d) None of the abyove
www.dream2gate.co.in
is
(a) Hire team of Master Black Belt, Black belts, among others
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 162
StatisticalArnl}pr+ , ,.: ,, {c) Play a pivotal role in tlgt they own the processes of the busiress and, thereofre,
.{b) PerfOrm
16. (a
(d) Corduct a braindonnirg session
d
) Productivity measures (b)Fi narrcial
rn
easu res
I i
{a)There is a statically relationship between the suspcted rqqt cause and the effuct.
the Measure Phase of
(b) TfE data is normal
{a) Determine the,tu$omer requirement
-@
T
::--..
17. Validationof root cause is made only when which standard(s) is met:
captured ard su$aired
The main purpose DMAIC is to:
_."-
{c) Quality measures (d) Time measures
rnust ensure process improvements are
13"
. I ..
{c)
{b) Fird root cau$es (c) Develop sd{ttbn
KnovCedge
of the process conoborates this
carsal relationship.
{d)St
baselire dda to understand how the process is orrently performing
These are the project-specific, full-or part-time
resources that povide process and cross: functional knowl@e, as well.as help to sus{ain the gains.
{d)BothAandCabove 18.
What is capability ratio ? (a) the ratio of process capabilily and nurnberof unib inspected.
{b)the ratio of specification range and process
-
capability
(c) the ratio of number of defectives aM process (a) Champion (Sponsor)
capability
{b) Master Black Belt
15.
(c) Black Belt
(d) the ratio d nurnber of deflection is and number of units inspected.
(d)Yeltow Belt
Methods
,
Match the following
:
Levels of
Six Sigma
A.
Master Black
Belt
Description
(a) Six Sigma
of Person
(b) Lean Production
1. Highestexpertiseon
B. Black Belt
2. Understand DMAIC
C. Green Belt
3. Trained team members
AB (a)12 (b)21 (c) 21 (d)12
i
4. Team Mernber
ca
34 34 43 43
(c) Kaizen (d) All of the given options
subject
D. Yellow Belt Codes :
of continuous improvement include
20. What is the relationship between the Critical eustomer Requirement (CCR) and Voice o,'-the Customer (VOC)Z-
{a) The CCR and VOC are the same thing -!
(b) The VOC is translatd into the CCR via key customer issue
(c) Ttre VOC ones from the cusiorner and rtid CCR comes frorn marketing
{d) Both the VOC and eCR comes from
tie.
sponsor.
j ?
fi
g
$
I www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 163 \a
ANSWERS
(b)
e. 10.
(c)
11.
(d)
14. 15.
12.
td)
16,_
(b)
2'i
6. 7. 8.
(a)
_
(c)
(b)
(c)
.
13.
'(d)
17.
(d)
(d)
18.
(b)
(d)
le.
{d)
(c)
20.
(b)
I
3.
(a)
by a new process rather than improving Yield tY"l
satisfied by the existing process. At times,
an
1o
6W.i62
30.7538
2o
308,538
69.1462
3o
66,807
organization may decide to launch a new pro(uct or seryice to grab a new business
93.3193
opportunity offered by the environment. ln all
4o
6.
the
existing process. The demands of the customers with regard to quality cannot be
6,210
99.3790
such situations, the last two steps in DMAIC, namely,.'improce' and'control'
5o
233
99.9767
6
3.4
99.9997
the
have
to be replaced by 'designl and 'verify'so that it becomes DMADV. 11. (d). ln this phase lmprovisations of the performance of the process and removable
(b)
of the causds of the defects are take place. 12. (d) Play a pivotal role in that they own the processes of the business and, therefore, must ensure process. improvements are captured and sustained. 13. {d) ldeniify the true procesrand determine the .most like contributes including the statistical
deterniination of the accuracy and rbpeatability of the data characterizing the
Six Sigma Multiplaehoice Questions and Answers
.
7.
(c)
.':."process. .:'. t qing procgs's mapping, flow..charts and ... . ....;. ' : .FMEA (Failure lvlode Effect Anatyiis;, ori.ginat '.'..':' " data is cplldcted that.will act as A baseline ' -'loi improv'ement.
The voice of customer are the needs, wants, expectations, and preferences, both spoken
and unspoken, of business's customeis, whether internal or external f-o.llf.oring Examples of customer needs are a T6il- J4. (d) Rgpreggn! a lgrg.e percentage of the service, 2417 support, no down
tiine.
...'
The Voice of the Business are the need,.' wants, expectations, and preferences, both.' spoken and unspoken, of the people who constitute (run) the business,itself (e.9. shareholders, officers, or others involved in
" ':" :
corporate governance).
8. (c)
Acronym DMDAV stands for Define, Measure, .,Ana[12e, Design and Varify. There are certain
18.
situations where the prqiect team members ' *"y feel that a process needs to be replaced
19.
raxrrkforce
. . and is-trairied.with skills necessary to identify, ' mgnjtoq.alrd.controi profit-eating practices in their owh procebseS. They are also prepared
(b) (d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
to feed that inibririetion to Black Belts and Green Belts woiking on larger system proiects. The training of Yellow Belts builds and sustains the Six Sigma culture. C, and C"* are considered short term potentialcapability measure for a process. Six.sigma,'lean production and Kaizen ail focus on coniinuous improvement.
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
i
!
i
: I
i
t
t
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 164
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
i
Elr 1.
According to ISO 9000-2005 standard,.Qriality is
{c}
They are environmental quality standards.
defined as:
(d)
All of the above
{a) Degree to which a set of infierent (b) (c)
{d)
The ISO 9000 registration process includes all
7.
charactaistics frdfils requiremerds.
d
Fitness for use.,
ta) R-ectification
Meeting trre
nebdsof the custonrertoth in
(c)
performance and prtce. Cor#onnaree.to spec{Hcdions.
(a)
1. 3.
Legalprovisiur 2. Measurement Document record 4. Standardization
(b)
{a) (c)
1, 2 and
3 4
and
15014001 is
(d)
abatement
{c)
A watcr quality regulation set out under the UK 19S environment Act.
{d)
An international standard setting out best pract'rce for carrying out audits bycompanies
{a) {b) {c) .(d) 10.
"'
:
(a) Set improvement targets for
of its environrneltal
(c)
t-
(d)
I
:5" i
Total'QualityManagement lnternationalsiandardOrganization Total Productive Maintenance
Which of the following is not a criterion for the Malcomb Baldrige Award?
(a) Leadership (b) Defect rate
11.
TQM & ISO both focuses'on (a)
Custorirer
of its environmer*al manag€rnent system
(b)
Employee
None of the above
{c) (d)
Supplier
Cornpanies have utilized the Malcolrn Baldrige National Quality Award mostly for the purpose
.
TotalQualityControl
Define a quality polby with the defired scope
I
a
(c) Progess managern€nt
ev€ry
management system fo
an international standard that describes
(l\rBNQA)
and policies.
Define the scope
preparing control
Malcolm Baldrige national quality award is for
of their environment management system
(b)
for
quality
9.
an organization to
instructlons
a set of guidelines for qqality (c) a set of forms and procedures to ensure
1, 3 arrd 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
:
'14001 requires
a set of charts
{i)
(a) A particularly harmful globat warming gas (b) A European union regulation on prcllution
ISO
(b) Docurnent review Pre'assessment (d) Assessment
The ISO 9000 series is:
{SO :9000 quality sy$em contains
1,2
Sre foHowing except:
i
of:
(a) (b)
{a) Capability rnaturity niodQl Winning an award Prestige
(b) Capability mor.r'ltgring model.
.
(c) lntemal assessment (d) Advertising
and improvement
., ' . '.' .
(c) CapabilitV fneasuiing moUetl {d) Capability matctiing model
"'
13. Which ISO standard is used in
Which of the following best describes the ISO
9000 standards?
{a) (b)
'
They are prodrct quality standards. They.'are quality system standards.
."'
'
internatibnal
automobile companies to set automotive quality system standards?
(a) lso 14000 (c) ISO 9000 ,' .
www.dream2gate.co.in
(b) TS 16949 . (d) none of the above
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 165
, R:tt:--+
14.-.The Americari model for TQM is
15.
:,
(a) ISO s000 (b) rso 14000 (c) .The Baldrige Award criteria (d) Use of control charts (e) Use of quality circles in the shop
Mdccilm Baldrige national quatity award (MBNOA) award are give in rrvhich arec
(a) (b)
Manufacturing, services, health. small buslness
. (c)
(d)
Manufacturing, services, health, hedth care Manufacturing, services, heal&r, edrcation
(a)
10.
(b)
13.
(b)
{c)
(c)
11.
(a)
14"
(c)
(a)
e.
(a)
12.
(a)
15.
(d)
{b}
5.
6.
for
Manufactudng,.services, healsr
78.
4.
b
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
__t
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 166
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1.
Which of the foHowing is true of Just in time (JlT)
'
production systbms?
(a)
Marketing
is
scheduled jtrst in time to
generate crrstomer orders.
(b)
Ttte flow of gOods is controlled by a push
2.
lnventory is unnecessary ard should be eliminated immediately at any cost (d) lnventory. should be eliminated and. additional iabor added so as to have the flexibility to respond to changes in ctstomer reeds.
I
approach.
(c)
(c)
Raw matedds are received just ln tinre go ir*o @rction.
{d)
JIT approaches can
to
ls
6.
forecasting lnnecessa,ry
cor*rasbd n'ith convertional approactres u*rk* advocde a pull appoach.
{b) No, many longer leim business
The just in time (JlT) productbn face of the lean
managernent processes dtill need forecasts of deimard.
profound effects on the opera(ions ofcompanies that maintain:
(c)
{a) Raw materials and finished
(d) Necessary in floq but unnecessary to
goods
support pull.
Primary elements of concept of JIT are:
7.
inventories.
(a) Having only required inventory (b) lmproving quriity to zero defects. (c) Reducing lead time by redrrcing setup time.
{c) Raw materials and work in process inventories. Raw materialb, work in process, and finished goods inventories.
(d)
Which of the following represent rnanual syslems
designed
to
support continuous
f
system
result in'
"(i) lncreased poductivity. (ii) Effeclivaresgwee-ut@ttm,
.
(b) ioC's OPT sysrem (c) An ABC system. (d) (aland {b) (e) (b) and (c)
'. '..
I
i-
(b)
Quality
-
:
The use of inventory should be anticipated and scheduled for replenishnent in advarrce of its use. ln this way the overallobjective of "2ero inventory" can be achieved. lnventory'shouH only be rephnished when
it has been
Wasteminimisatkrn
(a)
only (i) & (ii) (i), {iD
a
0i)
{b) only (i) (d){i), (ii),1iii) and (iv)
{i) Eicriss inventory {ii) Waiting time . '.:iiii)' €xcess movement (iv)Excess production - -{.ri''9lfv(i); fiii)and (iv) . . ....
idea: i
(iv)
. lmplementation of JIT will help in reduction of
Pull Replenishment is a fundamental.concepi in: lean manufacturing-that is based on irne coie'
i
lmproving poduct competitiveness
Snlv
(a) flexibility
(a)
(iii)
'Gi
Lean productbn primarily delivers to an operation?
(c)
All of the above.
Strccessful itnplementation of concept of JIT will
low
manufacturing?
{a) JIT's kanban
to
support pull.
(b) Work in process and finished goods
(d)
in flow, but necessary
Unnecessary
inventories.
i
pull
-envkonnrent? (a) Yes, every irportant company activity is driven by ctrs&omer orders.
te
thinking model would likely have the most
l
h a flow or
used.
.
.
'.'. (9),. OnlY {i) and (iii) .(c) onlv lii) and (iv)
(d)
10.
(i),'(ii), (iii) and (iv)
I
I
Which term connotes waste irefficiency?
(a)
Muda
(b)
(c-)
pokayoke
(d) kanban
Kaizen
I
i
E i'i
j
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
H
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 167
.. - l:'':
11. Which one
is. not included
in the list of seven
waites?
(a) overproduction (b) inefficient work methods (c) product defects (d) poor product design
(c) (d)
Product is made right first tine-
on product
More personnel are employed to check the. quality of final product.
system are:
(a)
. (a) -a flexibki sysiem (b) frequent schedule changes
(b) (c) (d)
'
little waste
low setup times
consumers, external custoryters, internal customers
i
(d)
Strict tOlerances are applied specifications.
14. The three basic components of a production
12. Which-of the followil'ig would you not ex@ to see in a lean prodtiction system?
{c)
(b)
materials, supplies, and market research inputs, processes, and outptds new products, supplies, ard maintenance
15. Lean systems typically use layouls that
13. lncrease in productivity, reduction in mst of
(a)
production and increase in customer rsatisfactbn will increase when:
(b) enable moving parts in large lot sizes (c) facilitate handling somewhat dissimilar
products not confirming to specifications are rejected before shipping
products
.
(d)
t t
all of the above
ANSWERS
'
i
(a)
'3,
9.1
variety
(a) When final to customer.
are based on a job shop in order to handle
4.
(c)
7.
(d)
10.
(a)
s.
(b)
8.
(d)
11.
(d)
6. . (b)
-9.
(d)
12.
(b)
13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
I I I I
(d)
alt .inanufb-ctuiing activities. required to Rr.o.d uce-.a. .f iira I p rbd u ct,.': f.ro m d es i g n 'tengiireedng to.'delivery and'including all 'Sfages of conv.ersion from.iaw material . orrraait. f irg'pfl m ary elements incl ude having . . ofly to . lhelequqed.inventory when needed; '.'.. improve guality to 2ero-defects; to reduce ltpd 'iimb Oy reggcjnEietup times, queue lengths
.' , : and lot sizes; to.incitimehtally
revise the
operations themsefuesi anil to accomplish these things at minimuni cost.
8. td)
. . " . . . .
JIT encoinp,isses the successful exectfrion of
The primary objective in implementing JIT to
a
production {acitity was to obtain a competitive adyantage and bring about increased pioductivity by eliminating the
following wastes:
13.
(c)
Waste from overprodwt'ron Excesstransportation Excess inventory Waiting time Processing waste Wasted motion Waste from production defects When products are made rightthefkst time, then the same amount of availaUe resourcesmaterial, machinery and manpower-more saleable units are produced. When overhead is spread over a larger number of units sold, the production cost per unit decreases. When a part of the cost reduction is passed on to the customer, it will result in better satisfaction for them, as they will be receiving a quality product at a redu-ced price"
\
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 168
the following stiatement reqardirq
Considering
(a) Six Srgma (c) ss
system rdiability:
1. As components are added {o the series, tfie
t.
system reliability decreases.
2.
ln series
(O) Continuous. irnprovenrcnt
:
(c) Less changeover tin-re
{41,rffy
{d) Auto,rnmous maintenance
{b)2Only (c)8oth 1 and 2 (d)l.eei*er 1
7.
rpr 2
Cons'xbrirp tfre following statement regarding
(c) 7
,(d)
i#are
i
I
I
E
F
il k E
c
5 L
I
the individual components. Which of the above statement
I
(b)' nfant-nrorta lity' where f ailures occur early. ,(c) 'Normal-life' where few failures occur (d)'Pullirg the plug' wher.e production is halted due to unacceptable level of {ailures
.2. The reliability for a parallel arranEement cf oemponents is greater than the reliability of correct?
i
a
{
I t
Total prodtrctive maintenance {TPM) has five goals. Which of the following is IIIOT a goal of
{a)1 Only (b)2 only
rt
'{
TPM?
'l and 2
i is
nor 2
I
or delay
a
t
wtrere failure
I
(b) Achieve gulongmous .maintenanqe (c) Train all staff in relevant maintenance
to:
:f 2 I H
(d) lmprove equipment effectiveness.
Iqilf
{b} Reduce repail t!me..
10"
{c) Find the cauieot'pinr'uoiXing of equipirent during runiring ti.me..'
(d) Replaceinent
t
{a) Focus preventative maintenance is most likely to occur.
Th+raain,purpose of Gorretivenrainter+ane+of :
p R
How is reliability and failure intensity related to each otlter?
i li a
(a) Direct relation (b) lndirect reldtion
dM i€ddsigh eiquipment.after
E R
E
(c) Charges according to servbes (d) No relation
4. failure irijBathtub Curve?
' :.: . .."
11.
{a)lnherent:Defecb and Poor desil.r:. .. {b} Fatigue or depletion of maeria}s' . . (d)
5.
'(b).6
(a) 'Wear-out' where failure increases due to age.
components.
,(a) Prevent
a)5 i
1. As the number of components in parallel increases, the reliability increases individual
..
How many pil{ars are considered under TPM?
The'ta th-tubi: cu rV€ nd cates fail ure probabi ity. Which stage iis.NOT normally assmiated with the bathtub ctirve?
system re4iabilify:
equ.lpnrent
What does Jishu f{ozen airns for under ,IPM (a) Cbanliness
Whbhd {tre_; ab&e da*ement is/re c.oned?
{d) Neit,her
(d) SllEo
implementation
the systivn reli$ility is?waysgneabr
than its lowestivalue
-(c) Both
(b).Kaizen
Allof Sov,e
Whictr principle or
bctmkpe-is considered
the base plqtform {or TP{r,l?
'
as
B.ath tub curve
E E
u E H
is representation of
i t
(a) Relative failure rate of a sirgte itemover time
*
(blRelative failurJ rate of entire population of productsover time (c) Sales data of single item over tirne (d)'Sales data of entire population of producls over tirne
t I
t: a
I
I
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 169
El,s+ryfg1
..
ruto Qn^r-nv Pnecrrcis-
12.. The realiability of an equipment for a time to ' faildre exceeding t hours is giv.en by
reliability ratedlin each block
R(t) = s+ooat
The mean time to failure (MTTF) for this equipment (in hours; ig (a) 1s0
(b) 200
(c)250
(d) 175
A production machihe has been
13.
What is reliability of system?
in operation for
2000 days. lf it brofie down four times during this
period, what
is thp MTBF of machine
18"
i-n Oays?
trl+m
{b) 2000
(c) 500
{d) None of above
(c) 0.5e1
(d)0.8ry
Science
i:
(a) 0.421
.(b) 0.e84
(c)QJs
(d)
Which one of the following is conect in context
.
R2
(i)
"'
until-it ls'discarded: (a) (i), (ii) and (iv)
.
ir,,
nsitr
1"; {iii) and (iv) (d) (i) an+ (ii)
pl1ii;.
,
:
4.r
(iii) and (iv)
(i),
8.
-,
20. ln a product segment a
where maintaining price effectiveness is i m perati ve tecause of cut-lhroat cornpetition, which approach of quality should be followed :
redesign of
, (b) 0.664 (d) 0.75
with the
(a) Prduct based approach (b) Manufacturing based approach. (c) User based approach.
i
The.reliability block diagram of a sysiem is shown
in the following figure
3.(
and comfort.,
' -"''
'system?
17.
add to theconvenience
(iii) Conformance: degree to which produd meets
control system to include a reduntant parallel system, u/fmt will be new reliability of
. .'(a) 0.a2 . fc) 0.e85
Performance: produc{ ability to do rryork it is intended to.
(ii) Reliability: things that
i
.R.
.Thb company is now considering ''riredical
zlc
prescribed specifications. (iv)Durability: length of time the product will last
figure
R,
1-t
of the dimensions of quality?
ii
hours u4ll be
A medical control system has three component in series with individual reliabitities (Rr, & and R ) as shown in
16.
I
smells.
t, - ,'19"
0.q84
I
the actual quality. : (d) How a product looks, feels, sounds, tastes, or
l,li,ii'j.
of 600
-
with
(b) Probability of a product maliunctioning or failing within a specified time period. (c) Perceived quality of the product rather than
each component has reliability of O.75, then the system reliability at the end
of Reliability deals
standards.
15. A system contains 3-components conrected iii paralle{, reliability of each components iS measured for 600 hours and the time of failure of components are found to be exponential. [f
. .
(c) 0.8o4
to which a product's design and operating characteristics rneet established
be
(b) 0.ee (d) o.B0
(b) 0.726-
(a) Degree
,
A system contains 4+omponents connected in series, reliability of each components is measured for500 hours and time to failure of component3' are found to be exponential. lts each cornponeriil has realibility of O.8. Then the system reliability .r( at the end of 500 hours will (a)0.a0e
(a) 0.670
(d) Vaiue based approach.
conponent
s
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
10.
r
1l:,
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 170 Qurrn-rN MAr{rErANlt
E
:IT! li "
?. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
(a)
{c). (d) (a)
(d)
s. to.
(d)
11'.
{b)
{d)
12.
(c)
(c)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 1'6. (b)
{a} (b)
77. 18.
(b)
le. 2{.
(c)
(b)
(d)
EXPLANATION
1. {a)
12. {c}
ln series connection System retiability R{0
S
mir{Roit)' R$)'Rc(t)l
6@
rurrF = Jrutt 00
RA(t), RB(t), Ro(Q = reliability of components As components are added to tte series, the system reliability decreases. Also, tl'B system retiaUitity is always less than ib loraest value 2.
(c)
ln parallel connection System reliabilityR(t) RA(t), RB(t), Rc{t)
3" (d)
2
= -
{a)
1 l.-oo*]: = _-!{o,]:zso _0.004'0.004
13. (c) rna{R6(t), RB{0'
= reliability
Rc(tI
Total
of components
ln Conective repair, replacement, or restore will be carried out after the occunence of a failure in order to eliminate the source of this failure or reduce the frequency of its
MTTF =
la.
Failures in infant mortality
prbd
are 'caused
by defects and poor'deslgh that.cause an
Nurnber of faifure
t-l
1'r-I L-FF-J
the' reliabili$ increases, faihre intenslty'
if .
R"= 1-(1 -RlX1 -R2Xl-q) 1
Bath tub cyrve is graphical+epreser{atjon of
ttt. .. .-'l-''. iair.". iate versui time of a population of . , . p1odtrcts..The bathtub'curve does nct depict item, bt{ describes
th; feiiwe?ate of a singfle tne reibtivd failure rabol an entire population of produirs overtime- Sone iMividual units will fail relatively early (infantmorblity failures), others will last.until raearout, and some-will fait during the relativelY long
5oo da,s
r-+-r 2*
the pk4g' where prodtrction is halted
.
ry=
15. {b)
' lPulling due to trnacciptable kevelof faihnes.
...:'.'-
=
R(t) = RA{t), RB(t)' Rc(t) " Ro(t) = ,0.8 x 0.8 x 0.8 x 0.8 - 0.409
item to be legitimately bad. The faifure rate in this period is relativelY high'
tO. {U1'-.aU.
device hours
(a)
occurience.
4.
ot'.[e4*'
- (1 -O.75X1 -0.7sx1 -o.75)
= O:984 1.6. (b)
ffi lnitial system
www.dream2gate.co.in
reliability =
Rr
* R, u R,
0-Bx0'75x0'7 R,* = 0.42
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 171
New system
0i)
Science of'desthetics dedswi$rhow a product looks, feels, sounds tdes or smells.
(iii) Perceived quality is abq.(
brand images,
inferences from advertisirrg. 19.
(c)
= 18.
1
{b) (i)
-
(1
-
= 1i:-
0.42)(1
-
( -
RiniXl
is its ability to perform without failure over time wtrile things that add
to the convenience
'Reliability when parallel system Adopted = R(.)
Reliability of a product
- B,i) 20.
0.42) = 0.66
(d) .
t
Degree to which a product's design and operating characteristics meet established
and cornfort are called
Fealures.
o
Since quality isdefined in terms of costs and prices, it will help in ascertiining most
economic quality level for maintaining conformance of the product with the specif
i
cationd requiremenb.
standard is called Conformance. 10
I I
lr
l. I
lr
I t
t a
l' t
Ir
l'
L-
o
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 172
1.
Th€ activity which incltrdes confirrrirg
{a) {b) {c) {d)
understanding, brainstorming ard testing ideas
isa
(a) Code vsalkthrough (b) lnspection (c) Review I
ld)
StruOredi
What oonflict
-8.
(a) {b)
managar using uhen he says, "t cannot deal with this isstre now!"
{c) {d) 9.
(b) Forcing (c) Withdrawal (d) Compromising
lnitiating
(b)Executing
Planning
(d) Closeout
The document ttrat is proof of
10.
(b) (c) (d)
The project groals and obiectives. The project charter. The project definition..
'upper
Which of the followirgstandard related to Quality
(a) (b) {c) {d)
7.
{S/ISO 9000 : 2005 ZOOS
.(c)
' 15883(Part 4) : xxxx
{d)
107O8
:
- lS
1985
Which of the following standard related to Guidelines for C,onstruction project Managem ent'
At the time of tender prooess
Exploring risk advance
Risk transfer Umit extent of damage under prevailing risks All of the above 15883 {part S) related to
db) (c) {d) 13.
Management systems
During proiect construction
response?
(a)
Quality manruernent system
the project?
11"r Which of the following are the aims of risk
12.
Ib) Oeve.lopment of proiect .(c) Tender action
1.0005
Performance appraisal takes place during whictl
(c) (d)
:
{a) Proiect appraisal
4al (b)
Tender Action
{a) Pr+.construction stage (b) Post -constnrction stage
On the context of Quality inConstruction, which of the following places emphasis on prevention, not correction?
{d)
Plannirg for Constnrction
stage of
poject manager is called: The project plqn.
Project0evelopment
{a) Pre+onstrrc{ion stage (b) Post ronstruction stage {c) DurinQ project construction (d) After the commissioning
management's eomrnitment to the project and gives the authority tomanage the project to the
,(a)
Commissioning
Froject appraisal {akes place'in ufrich stage of the projec.t?
Whlch phase of the project is likely to have the greatest amount of its funding spent?
{a) (c)
4): xxxx 15883(Part 2):2013 15883(Part
On {he foltowing processes, wtrich one does not
{eetrn(r.re is a prr*ect
(a) Probbm sdvirg
19Bs
-be+srq to pe+onstruction .stage
v,vatkthrurgh
tresot-urlion
1070E:
1ffi5 :2ffi5
ldentification of Project peculiaiities and Performance risks Quality Cmt Analysis
Quality Control Procedures
'lime Management
Which of {he following forms a part of sdlient aspects of a typical quality plan br construction
'(a) {.b) (c) {d) {e)
Quality Assurance ard control procedure Meeting legal and other requirements Continualprocess improvement approach .All of the above None of the above
: Time Management
a-
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 173
74.
i
-Proiect quality assurartce related uorls : 1c1 ensring the implementation of conedive
Who shall have a role in developing the prc{ed
(b)
definition?
(a) Ownerlclient (c) Customers 15.
Rules
for rounding off numerical values
(d)
Which of the following parts of lS 15883
is
:
Guidelines for construction Pro.iect Managernent
(a) (b)
is conedly matched
(d)
lS/lSO 9000 : 2005
i. 6. iii.
: 1960 1 15883(Part a}
lS 2
10708
:
lS No. 10708
1985
.
e
: 1985 is related
(a) (c)
to
(a) Quality Management (b) Rounding off numerical values (c) Time management (d) Guide to quality costs 17.
All of tre above
concerned with
{c) 16.
actions
(b) Contractors (d) Project Manager
19.
Parl2 - Time Management Part 3 - Cost Managernent (b) Only 1 and 3 Ody 1 '2 2 ard 3 only (d) 1, and 3
Health and Safety Management isgiven in u,hich
of the follortring standards
1t
(a) lS/lSO 9000 : 2005 (b) lS2:1960 (c) 15s83(Part 4) (d) 15883(Part 5)
Quality Audit team shoutd focus on which of the following?
(a)
Part 1 - General guidelines
I
Visual lnspection
l.
l+
L
ANSWERS 'j,;',,,, ,2_,'.
2
:''
I
i0
;
(c)
,,
, 13. (d)
17.
(d)
14.
(d)'
18"
(d)
le
(d)
11.
{d}
15.
(b)
12.
(a)
16.
(d)
.
4..
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
L
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 174 I I I
'l
1.
Read the {ollowing statements and.select the
isbased on the.idea that customer
6.
right option:
expecbt'oirs of the servic6 they wiH receive shape
(i)
ttnirperception of the actual service encounter.
(ii)
{a) (b) (c) (d)
SERYQUAL tuisrument is used to assess custombr satis{actkrn h service industries.
lt meawres quality by comparing customer expedationsbefore a servhe encounter and their preffkm of the aclral service ' d€li\ered. ; e Botf' {i) ard{ii) are *a{se. '
:
{b)Service actb+ {c) Sewice reco\rery. {d) Servioe sdisfaction. 7.
Only {i) is tnre. Only (ii)'rs{rue. Both {i)
quality
{a)Service
ard.{ii)ae true.
'The
$aifl operator uncterstards cu$oner &sire foracomfortabh seat but fails to specify trow many should be provided relative to the anticilabd rumber of travellers on each route. This is an example of
:
{a} GAP Z the gap betwe6n management 2.
Services differ from the prodrrction of tangibie goo'ds in which of the following ways:-
perceptign and service quality specification.
{b) GAP1 the gap between the customer's expectations and management perception.
{a) Servbe output is more easily rneasured. (b) Services Bnd to be produced and consurned
&)
simultaneously.
{c) (d)
{d)GAP 4 the gap between service delivery
Service output is generally more tangible.
Which of the following is best understood as a perkd of time during whhh a customer interacb
is determined by maximising
directly with a service?
the benefits they can achieve and by reducing or minimising the sacrifices associated with an
(a) Good usage.
offering.
(b) Service scape.
{c)Service mix.
{a) Servhe (b) Prcfitability (c) Value (d) Relationship 4"
(d) S€rvkrc encounters.
Ihe relationship marketing considered
Value is created by the activities of buyers ard sellers v'prkirag together for mutualbenefit, br.rt value is stillpassed from one to another. This is refened to as:
(a) added
value.
{a ) custom
a
nd customer satisfactir:n.
When there
is little or no personal
contact
between-customer and service provider, this is
classified as:
commodity value.
(a) Low contact service-
Whichof the following is not one of the service
(b) fi4edium contact service.
processes?
(c) High contact service.
(a) People processing. (b) Possesskrn processing" (c)- lnformation prooessi ng
id)
er attraction
{c) serv'rce errcounter and custorner atlraction. {d) serv'rce processes and customer retention.
(c) cocreation value.
5.
concept-was
to consisl of two main elentents:
(b) customer attraction and customer relention.
10.
(b) performance vakre.
{d)
and
external communications.
Services have a higher equipment to labor ratio.
3.
GAP 3 the gap between service quality specifkxtions and service delivery.
{d) lnten_se contact service"
11. Which item is not among ihe
.
dimensions?
Phys'rcal evitlence.
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
SERVQUAL
I
I
All made Easy technical and non tech notes available 9784236981 Page 175
Qr** (a)
Assurance
(c) Reliability
(b)
Tangibles
(d)
Arafty
o
The GAP-4 in'servqual is
(a) perceived serviceGap (b) quality specification GAp
and
12. The difference between manufacturing
"
16.
w SenrrrL
service is
(c)
(a) Nonexistent (b) Products cannot be inventoried (c) Service cdn't 5e backordered (d) Service isl- consumed as produced
(d) market communicat'ron GAP
fi.
service delivery GAP
The GAp-s in Servquat is
(a) perceived service GAP
13. Which of the following is not an importarf
(b) , quality
specification GAP
(c) service delivery GAp quality? (d) market communication GAp (a) timeliness {b) completeness 18. L}se of good communication is a remedy for (d) convenienqe (d) likelihood. Servqual is 14. servicesare'generally_intensive;whereas (a) GAp-1 (b)GAp-2 manufacturing is more .' intensive" GAp_4 (d) GAp-s G) dimension of service
I
-
.
(a) (b) (c)
labor; equiprnent
.
id)
15.
The GAP-3 in Servqual
(a) (b) (c) (d)
19.
uniformly; randomly
Make sure the organization is dsefining a level of service they believe is needed is a remedy for
input; output
Servqual is
equipment; labor
(a) cAP-1 (c) GAPa
management
is
perception6AP
20.
quality specification GAP service deliv4ly GAP
(b)cAP-2 (d) cAp-s
RATER i.s term used in
(a) SERVQUAL (b) MIZEN (c) POKAYOKE (d) SMED
market communication GAP
\ 1"
2. 3.
5. 6. 7. 8.
(d)
9.
(b)
13.
(d)
(a)
t0.
(a)
14.
(cl
(a)
11.
(d)
't5.
(c)
(d)
12.
(d)
{6.
{d)
www.dream2gate.co.in
https://t.me/mechmentorofficial
Related Documents
Material: 6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality
January 2021 1
Rudiments Of Material Science
February 2021 1
Material Science Notes
January 2021 1
Ies Master For Material Science
February 2021 1
Piping Material & Metallurgy
February 2021 1
Mwd Log Quality & Standards
January 2021 1More Documents from "Hamed Sadeghi"
Material: 6. Material Science 7. Standards & Quality
January 2021 1
Master-hr
February 2021 11
Unit 1 (1).docx
February 2021 3
Constitution And Political Science
January 2021 1
Contract Of Guarantee
January 2021 1